diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'upstream/debian-unstable/man1')
616 files changed, 9238 insertions, 4949 deletions
diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/CA.pl.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/CA.pl.1ssl index 014b5e1e..711a804d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/CA.pl.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/CA.pl.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "CA.PL 1SSL" -.TH CA.PL 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH CA.PL 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/abc2ly.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/abc2ly.1 index 36cc3427..efd80270 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/abc2ly.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/abc2ly.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH ABC2LY "1" "January 2024" "abc2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH ABC2LY "1" "March 2024" "abc2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME abc2ly \- manual page for abc2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/addftinfo.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/addftinfo.1 index 60ba98d1..3d4d1d3d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/addftinfo.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/addftinfo.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH addftinfo 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH addftinfo 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name addftinfo \- add font metrics to .I troff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/addr2line.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/addr2line.1 index f8ebb851..8abefdb0 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/addr2line.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/addr2line.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ADDR2LINE 1" -.TH ADDR2LINE 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH ADDR2LINE 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/afmtodit.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/afmtodit.1 index d7b60fa7..07691753 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/afmtodit.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/afmtodit.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH afmtodit 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH afmtodit 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name afmtodit \- adapt Adobe Font Metrics files for .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ar.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ar.1 index dd1b5ba6..a4d8b082 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ar.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ar.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "AR 1" -.TH AR 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH AR 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/arch.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/arch.1 index c416a09c..25e6a694 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/arch.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/arch.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ARCH "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH ARCH "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME arch \- print machine hardware name (same as uname -m) .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/as.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/as.1 index d54bfd21..562e34e9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/as.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/as.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "AS 1" -.TH AS 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH AS 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/b2sum.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/b2sum.1 index 3f0366c5..7c6d9a52 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/b2sum.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/b2sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH B2SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH B2SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME b2sum \- compute and check BLAKE2 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/base32.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/base32.1 index 3635b4c3..5b758fdd 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/base32.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/base32.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASE32 "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH BASE32 "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME base32 \- base32 encode/decode data and print to standard output .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/base64.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/base64.1 index c3f68531..b694d1f5 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/base64.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/base64.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASE64 "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH BASE64 "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME base64 \- base64 encode/decode data and print to standard output .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/basename.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/basename.1 index 81f3f61f..6b3df56b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/basename.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/basename.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASENAME "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH BASENAME "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME basename \- strip directory and suffix from filenames .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/basenc.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/basenc.1 index 1634d39e..dc3c2df3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/basenc.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/basenc.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASENC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH BASENC "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME basenc \- Encode/decode data and print to standard output .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/bootctl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/bootctl.1 index 945a1a98..5e91cd6e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/bootctl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/bootctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "BOOTCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "bootctl" +.TH "BOOTCTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "bootctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Boot Loader Specification Type #1 entries should generally be placed in the dire "$(bootctl \-x)/EFI/Linux/"\&. .sp Note that this option (similarly to the -\fB\-\-print\-boot\-path\fR +\fB\-\-print\-esp\-path\fR option mentioned above), is available independently from the boot loader used, i\&.e\&. also without \fBsystemd\-boot\fR being installed\&. @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ Added in version 253\&. Do not pipe output into a pager\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of "short" @@ -655,10 +655,7 @@ specifies the entry that will be used by default, and specifies the entry that was selected the last time (i\&.e\&. is currently running)\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd-boot\fR(7), -\m[blue]\fBBoot Loader Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2, -\m[blue]\fBBoot Loader Interface\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2, -\fBsystemd-boot-random-seed.service\fR(8) +\fBsystemd-boot\fR(7), \m[blue]\fBBoot Loader Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2, \m[blue]\fBBoot Loader Interface\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2, \fBsystemd-boot-random-seed.service\fR(8) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Boot Loader Specification diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/busctl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/busctl.1 index ed53281e..533eb8d2 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/busctl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/busctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "BUSCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "busctl" +.TH "BUSCTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "busctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ call instead of the normal output\&. Added in version 243\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 When used with the \fBcall\fR @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ when invoked interactively from a terminal\&. Otherwise equivalent to Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-expect\-reply=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-expect\-reply=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 When used with the \fBcall\fR @@ -276,7 +276,7 @@ above\&. Defaults to Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-auto\-start=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-auto\-start=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 When used with the \fBcall\fR @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ command, specifies whether the method call should implicitly activate the called Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-allow\-interactive\-authorization=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-allow\-interactive\-authorization=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 When used with the \fBcall\fR @@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ command, specifies whether the services may enforce interactive authorization wh Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-timeout=\fR\fISECS\fR +\fB\-\-timeout=\fR\fB\fISECS\fR\fR .RS 4 When used with the \fBcall\fR @@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ is assumed\&. Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-augment\-creds=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-augment\-creds=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Controls whether credential data reported by \fBlist\fR @@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ might be more recent than the rest of the credential information\&. Defaults to Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-watch\-bind=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-watch\-bind=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Controls whether to wait for the specified \fBAF_UNIX\fR @@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ bus socket to appear in the file system before connecting to it\&. Defaults to o Added in version 237\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-destination=\fR\fISERVICE\fR +\fB\-\-destination=\fR\fB\fISERVICE\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a service name\&. When used with the \fBemit\fR @@ -379,6 +379,13 @@ syntax is used either the left hand side or the right hand side may be omitted ( are implied\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-capsule=\fR +.RS 4 +Execute operation on a capsule\&. Specify a capsule name to connect to\&. See +\fBcapsule@.service\fR(5) +for details about capsules\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-full\fR .RS 4 Do not ellipsize the output in @@ -558,13 +565,7 @@ o "/org/freedesktop/systemd1/job/42684" .\} .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBdbus-daemon\fR(1), -\m[blue]\fBD\-Bus\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[3]\d\s+2, -\fBsd-bus\fR(3), -\fBvarlinkctl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBmachinectl\fR(1), -\fBwireshark\fR(1) +\fBdbus-daemon\fR(1), \m[blue]\fBD\-Bus\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[3]\d\s+2, \fBsd-bus\fR(3), \fBvarlinkctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBmachinectl\fR(1), \fBwireshark\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 PCAP Next Generation (pcapng) Capture File Format diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/c++filt.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/c++filt.1 index 49d3869f..e92b6b56 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/c++filt.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/c++filt.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "C++FILT 1" -.TH C++FILT 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH C++FILT 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/captoinfo.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/captoinfo.1 index 7ee554e6..9614bf65 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/captoinfo.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/captoinfo.1 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ '\" t .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.58 2023/12/23 16:28:31 tom Exp $ -.TH captoinfo 1 2023-12-23 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.63 2024/03/23 20:37:25 tom Exp $ +.TH captoinfo 1 2024-03-23 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ and extracts only the entry for the terminal named in the environment variable \fITERM\fP from it. If the environment variable \fI\%TERMCAP\fP is not set, \fB\%captoinfo\fP reads -.I \%/etc/termcap. +.IR \%/etc/termcap . .PP This utility is implemented as a link to \fB\%tic\fP(1), with the latter's @@ -90,9 +90,10 @@ It issues a diagnostic to the standard error stream for each, inviting the user to check that it has not mistakenly translated an unknown or mistyped capability name. .PP +.\" DWB 3.3 tbl requires the two junk "L" specifiers in the first row. .TS center; -Cb S +Cb S L L Cb Cb Cb Cb Cb Cb C Lb. Name @@ -215,7 +216,7 @@ SVr4 systems provide \fB\%captoinfo\fP as a separate application from Its .B \-v option does not accept a trace level argument -.I n; +.IR n ; repeat .B \-v .I n diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cat.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cat.1 index d5d83585..4284bb60 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cat.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cat.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CAT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CAT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME cat \- concatenate files and print on the standard output .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chattr.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chattr.1 index 1ba1bf18..980be93f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chattr.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chattr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" -*- nroff -*- -.TH CHATTR 1 "February 2023" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.0" +.TH CHATTR 1 "May 2024" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.1" .SH NAME chattr \- change file attributes on a Linux file system .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chcon.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chcon.1 index af89d954..e077dec4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chcon.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chcon.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHCON "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHCON "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME chcon \- change file security context .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chem.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chem.1 index 6675abd2..da285d3b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chem.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chem.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH \%chem 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH \%chem 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name \%chem \- embed chemical structure diagrams in .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chgrp.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chgrp.1 index 8ab8f0d7..a162d369 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chgrp.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chgrp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHGRP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHGRP "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME chgrp \- change group ownership .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chmod.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chmod.1 index c0869f14..9b2a4e96 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chmod.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chmod.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHMOD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHMOD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME chmod \- change file mode bits .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chown.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chown.1 index aa12977a..b8926c9f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chown.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/chown.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHOWN "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHOWN "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME chown \- change file owner and group .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cksum.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cksum.1 index 2cd81cc2..9686ae9e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cksum.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cksum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CKSUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CKSUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME cksum \- compute and verify file checksums .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/clear.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/clear.1 index c034b0ea..9301043a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/clear.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/clear.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.46 2023/12/16 20:32:22 tom Exp $ -.TH clear 1 2023-12-16 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.48 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH clear 1 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/comm.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/comm.1 index 92d485ad..5d7ae865 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/comm.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/comm.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH COMM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH COMM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME comm \- compare two sorted files line by line .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/compress.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/compress.1 index 7b63eae2..ba50a992 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/compress.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/compress.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH COMPRESS 1 local +.TH COMPRESS 1 2024-05-21 ncompress .SH NAME compress, uncompress.real \- compress and expand data .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -43,11 +43,10 @@ compress, uncompress.real \- compress and expand data .I "name \&..." ] .SH DESCRIPTION -.PP Note that the program that would normally be installed as .I uncompress is installed for Debian as -.I uncompress.real. +.IR uncompress.real . This has been done to avoid conflicting with the more-commonly-used program with the same name that is part of the gzip package. .PP @@ -61,8 +60,8 @@ If no files are specified, the standard input is compressed to the standard output. .I Compress will only attempt to compress regular files. -In particular, it will ignore symbolic links. If a file has multiple -hard links, +In particular, it will ignore symbolic links. +If a file has multiple hard links, .I compress will refuse to compress it unless the .B \-f @@ -76,14 +75,14 @@ is run in the foreground, the user is prompted as to whether an existing file should be overwritten. .PP Compressed files can be restored to their original form using -.I uncompress.real. +.IR uncompress.real . .PP .I uncompress.real takes a list of files on its command line and replaces each file whose name ends with .B "\&.Z" and which begins with the correct magic number with an uncompressed -file without the +file without the .B "\&.Z." The uncompressed file will have the mode, ownership and timestamps of the compressed file. @@ -102,10 +101,10 @@ write to the standard output; no files are changed. .PP If the .B \-r -flag is specified, +flag is specified, .I compress -will operate recursively. If any of the file names specified on the command -line are directories, +will operate recursively. +If any of the file names specified on the command line are directories, .I compress will descend into the directory and compress all the files it finds there. When compressing, any files already compressed will be ignored, and when @@ -120,9 +119,9 @@ stderr before doing any compression or uncompression. .I Compress uses the modified Lempel\-Ziv algorithm popularized in "A Technique for High Performance Data Compression", -Terry A. Welch, +Terry A.\& Welch, .I "IEEE Computer," -vol. 17, no. 6 (June 1984), pp. 8\-19. +vol.\& 17, no.\& 6 (June 1984), pp.\& 8\(en19. Common substrings in the file are first replaced by 9\-bit codes 257 and up. When code 512 is reached, the algorithm switches to 10\-bit codes and continues to use more bits until the @@ -149,13 +148,13 @@ the algorithm to adapt to the next "block" of the file. Note that the .B \-b flag is omitted for -.I uncompress.real, -since the +.IR uncompress.real , +since the .I bits parameter specified during compression is encoded within the output, along with a magic number to ensure that neither decompression of random data nor -recompression of compressed data is attempted. +recompression of compressed data is attempted. .PP .ne 8 The amount of compression obtained depends on the size of the @@ -163,7 +162,7 @@ input, the number of .I bits per code, and the distribution of common substrings. Typically, text such as source code or English -is reduced by 50\-60%. +is reduced by 50\(en60%. Compression is generally much better than that achieved by Huffman coding (as used in .IR pack ), @@ -192,7 +191,7 @@ Invalid options were specified on the command line. Missing maxbits .in +8 Maxbits must follow -.BR \-b \. +.BR \-b . .in -8 .IR file : not in compressed format @@ -202,19 +201,19 @@ The file specified to has not been compressed. .in -8 .IR file : -compressed with +compressed with .I xx -bits, can only handle +bits, can only handle .I yy bits .in +8 .I File was compressed by a program that could deal with -more +more .I bits than the compress code on this machine. Recompress the file with smaller -.IR bits \. +.IR bits . .in -8 .IR file : already has .Z suffix \-\- no change @@ -240,26 +239,27 @@ uncompress.real: corrupt input A SIGSEGV violation was detected which usually means that the input file has been corrupted. .in -8 -Compression: +Compression: .I "xx.xx%" .in +8 Percentage of the input saved by compression. (Relevant only for -.BR \-v \.) +.BR \-v .) .in -8 \-\- not a regular file or directory: ignored .in +8 When the input file is not a regular file or directory, -(e.g. a symbolic link, socket, FIFO, device file), it is +(e.g.\& a symbolic link, socket, FIFO, device file), it is left unaltered. .in -8 \-\- has -.I xx +.I xx other links: unchanged .in +8 The input file has links; it is left unchanged. See .IR ln "(1)" -for more information. Use the +for more information. +Use the .B \-f flag to force compression of multiply\-linked files. .in -8 @@ -270,9 +270,9 @@ compression. The input remains virgin. .in -8 .SH "BUGS" Although compressed files are compatible between machines with large memory, -.BR \-b \12 -should be used for file transfer to architectures with -a small process data space (64KB or less, as exhibited by the DEC PDP +.BR \-b 12 +should be used for file transfer to architectures with +a small process data space (64\~KiB or less, as exhibited by the DEC PDP series, the Intel 80286, etc.) .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR pack (1), diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/convert-ly.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/convert-ly.1 index 285029f5..67888fff 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/convert-ly.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/convert-ly.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH CONVERT-LY "1" "January 2024" "convert-ly 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH CONVERT-LY "1" "March 2024" "convert-ly 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME convert-ly \- manual page for convert-ly 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/coredumpctl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/coredumpctl.1 index fc6d03da..2bce6177 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/coredumpctl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/coredumpctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "COREDUMPCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "coredumpctl" +.TH "COREDUMPCTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "coredumpctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Do not pipe output into a pager\&. Do not print the legend, i\&.e\&. column headers and the footer with hints\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of "short" @@ -203,14 +203,14 @@ Reverse output so that the newest entries are displayed first\&. Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-F\fR \fIFIELD\fR, \fB\-\-field=\fR\fIFIELD\fR +\fB\-F\fR \fIFIELD\fR, \fB\-\-field=\fR\fB\fIFIELD\fR\fR .RS 4 Print all possible data values the specified field takes in matching core dump entries of the journal\&. .sp Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-o\fR \fIFILE\fR, \fB\-\-output=\fR\fIFILE\fR +\fB\-o\fR \fIFILE\fR, \fB\-\-output=\fR\fB\fIFILE\fR\fR .RS 4 Write the core to \fBFILE\fR\&. @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ Write the core to Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-debugger=\fR\fIDEBUGGER\fR +\fB\-\-debugger=\fR\fB\fIDEBUGGER\fR\fR .RS 4 Use the given debugger for the \fBdebug\fR @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ will be used\&. Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-A\fR \fIARGS\fR, \fB\-\-debugger\-arguments=\fR\fIARGS\fR +\fB\-A\fR \fIARGS\fR, \fB\-\-debugger\-arguments=\fR\fB\fIARGS\fR\fR .RS 4 Pass the given \fIARGS\fR @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ instead of the default runtime and system journal paths\&. May be specified mult Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-D\fR \fIDIR\fR, \fB\-\-directory=\fR\fIDIR\fR +\fB\-D\fR \fIDIR\fR, \fB\-\-directory=\fR\fB\fIDIR\fR\fR .RS 4 Use the journal files in the specified \fBDIR\fR\&. @@ -455,10 +455,7 @@ $ coredumpctl \-o bar\&.coredump dump /usr/bin/bar .\} .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd-coredump\fR(8), -\fBcoredump.conf\fR(5), -\fBsystemd-journald.service\fR(8), -\fBgdb\fR(1) +\fBsystemd-coredump\fR(8), \fBcoredump.conf\fR(5), \fBsystemd-journald.service\fR(8), \fBgdb\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Discoverable Partitions Specification diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cp.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cp.1 index 00363823..fc582fb8 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cp.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CP "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME cp \- copy files and directories .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/crontab.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/crontab.1 index 073e6ca9..83e9fc50 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/crontab.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/crontab.1 @@ -1,211 +1,227 @@ -.\"/* Copyright 1988,1990,1993 by Paul Vixie -.\" * All rights reserved -.\" * -.\" * Distribute freely, except: don't remove my name from the source or -.\" * documentation (don't take credit for my work), mark your changes (don't -.\" * get me blamed for your possible bugs), don't alter or remove this -.\" * notice. May be sold if buildable source is provided to buyer. No -.\" * warrantee of any kind, express or implied, is included with this -.\" * software; use at your own risk, responsibility for damages (if any) to -.\" * anyone resulting from the use of this software rests entirely with the -.\" * user. -.\" * -.\" * Send bug reports, bug fixes, enhancements, requests, flames, etc., and -.\" * I'll try to keep a version up to date. I can be reached as follows: -.\" * Paul Vixie <paul@vix.com> uunet!decwrl!vixie!paul -.\" */ +'\" t +.\" Title: Crontab +.\" Author: Paul Vixie <paul@vix.com> +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> +.\" Date: 03/26/2024 +.\" Manual: crontab User Manual +.\" Source: crontab +.\" Language: English .\" -.\" $Id: crontab.1,v 2.4 1993/12/31 10:47:33 vixie Exp $ -.\" -.TH CRONTAB 1 "19 April 2010" -.UC 4 -.SH NAME +.TH "CRONTAB" "1" "03/26/2024" "crontab" "crontab User Manual" +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * Define some portability stuff +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 +.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq +.el .ds Aq ' +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * set default formatting +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" disable hyphenation +.nh +.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) +.ad l +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.SH "NAME" crontab \- maintain crontab files for individual users (Vixie Cron) -.SH SYNOPSIS -crontab [ \-h] -.br -crontab [ \-u user ] [\-n] file -.br -crontab [ \-u user ] [ \-i ] { \-e | \-l | \-r } -.SH DESCRIPTION -.I crontab -is the program used to install, deinstall or list the tables -used to drive the -.IR cron (8) -daemon in Vixie Cron. Each user can have their own crontab, and though -these are files in /var/spool/cron/crontabs, -they are not intended to be edited directly. +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.HP \w'\fBcrontab\fR\ 'u +\fBcrontab\fR [\fB\-h\fR] +.HP \w'\fBcrontab\fR\ 'u +\fBcrontab\fR [\fB\-u\ \fR\fB\fIuser\fR\fR] [\fB\-n\fR] \fB\fIfile\fR\fR +.HP \w'\fBcrontab\fR\ 'u +\fBcrontab\fR [\fB\-u\ \fR\fB\fIuser\fR\fR] [\fB\-i\fR] {\fB\-e\fR\ |\ \fB\-l\fR\ |\ \fB\-r\fR} +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +\fBcrontab\fR +is the program used to install, deinstall or list the tables used to drive the +\fBcron\fR(8) +daemon in Vixie Cron\&. Each user can have their own crontab, and though these are files in +/var/spool/cron/crontabs, they are not intended to be edited directly\&. .PP If the -.I /etc/cron.allow -file exists, then you must be listed (one user per line) therein in order to be -allowed to use this command. If the -.I /etc/cron.allow +\fI/etc/cron\&.allow\fR +file exists, then you must be listed (one user per line) therein in order to be allowed to use this command\&. If the +\fI/etc/cron\&.allow\fR file does not exist but the -.I /etc/cron.deny -file does exist, then you must \fBnot\fR be listed in the -.I /etc/cron.deny -file in order to use this command. +\fI/etc/cron\&.deny\fR +file does exist, then you must not be listed in the +\fI/etc/cron\&.deny\fR +file in order to use this command\&. .PP -If neither of these files exists, then depending on site-dependent -configuration parameters, only the super user will be allowed to use this -command, or all users will be able to use this command. +If neither of these files exists, then depending on site\-dependent configura\(hy tion parameters, only the super user will be allowed to use this command, or all users will be able to use this command\&. .PP If both files exist then -.I /etc/cron.allow -takes precedence. Which means that -.I /etc/cron.deny +\fI/etc/cron\&.allow\fR +takes precedence\&. Which means that +\fI/etc/cron\&.deny\fR is not considered and your user must be listed in -.I /etc/cron.allow -in order to be able to use the crontab. +\fI/etc/cron\&.allow\fR +in order to be able to use the crontab\&. .PP -Regardless of the existence of any of these files, the root administrative -user is always allowed to setup a crontab. For standard Debian systems, all -users may use this command. +Regardless of the existence of any of these files, the root administrative user is always allowed to setup a crontab\&. For standard Debian systems, all users may use this command\&. .PP If the -.I \-h +\fI\-h\fR option is given, -.I crontab -shows a help message and quits immediately. +\fBcrontab\fR +shows a help message and quits immediately\&. .PP If the -.I \-u -option is given, it specifies the name of the user whose crontab is to be -used (when listing) or modified (when editing). If this option is not given, -.I crontab -examines "your" crontab, i.e., the crontab of the person executing the -command. Note that -.IR su (8) -can confuse -.I crontab -and that if you are running inside of -.IR su (8) +\fI\-u\fR +option is given, it specifies the name of the user whose crontab is to be used (when listing) or modified (when editing)\&. If this option is not given, +\fBcrontab\fR +examines "your" crontab, i\&.e\&., the crontab of the person executing the command\&. Note that +\fBsu\fR(8) +can confuse crontab and that if you are running inside of +\fBsu\fR(8) you should always use the -.I \-u -option for safety's sake. +\fI\-u\fR +option for safety\*(Aqs sake\&. .PP -The first form of this command is used to install a new crontab from some -named file or standard input if the pseudo-filename ``-'' is given. +The first form of this command is used to install a new crontab from some named file or standard input if the pseudo\-filename ``\-\*(Aq\*(Aq is given\&. .PP If the -.I \-n -option is given, it means "dry run": -.I crontab -examines "your" crontab for its syntax, and outputs a success message if -this syntax is correct, but nothing is written to any crontab. +\fI\-n\fR +option is given, it means "dry run": crontab examines "your" crontab for its syntax, and outputs a success message if this syntax is correct, but nothing is written to any crontab\&. .PP The -.I \-l -option causes the current crontab to be displayed on standard output. See -the note under -.B DEBIAN SPECIFIC -below. +\fI\-l\fR +option causes the current crontab to be displayed on standard output\&. See the note under +the section called \(lqDEBIAN SPECIFIC\(rq +below\&. .PP The -.I \-r -option causes the current crontab to be removed. +\fI\-r\fR +option causes the current crontab to be removed\&. .PP The -.I \-e -option is used to edit the current crontab using the editor specified by -the \s-1VISUAL\s+1 or \s-1EDITOR\s+1 environment variables. -After you exit -from the editor, the modified crontab will be installed automatically. If -neither of the environment variables is defined, then the -default editor /usr/bin/editor is used. +\fI\-e\fR +option is used to edit the current crontab using the editor specified by the VISUAL or EDITOR environment variables\&. After you exit from the editor, the modified crontab will be installed automatically\&. If neither of the environment variables is defined, then the default editor +/usr/bin/editor +is used\&. .PP The -.I \-i -option modifies the \-r option to prompt the user for a 'y/Y' response -before actually removing the crontab. -.SH DEBIAN SPECIFIC -The "out-of-the-box" behaviour for -.I crontab \-l -is to display the three line "DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE" header -that is placed at the -beginning of the crontab when it is installed. The problem is that -it makes the sequence -.PP -crontab \-l | crontab \- -.PP -non-idempotent \(em you keep adding copies of the header. This causes -pain to scripts that use sed to edit a crontab. Therefore, the default -behaviour of the -.B \-l -option has been changed to not output such header. You may obtain the -original behaviour by setting the environment variable -.B CRONTAB_NOHEADER -to 'N', which will cause the -.I crontab \-l -command to emit the extraneous header. -.SH HIGHLIGHTING THE OUTPUT of crontab \-l +\fI\-i\fR +option modifies the +\fI\-r\fR +option to prompt the user for a \*(Aqy/Y\*(Aq response before actually removing the crontab\&. +.SH "DEBIAN SPECIFIC" +.PP +The "out\-of\-the\-box" behaviour for +\fBcrontab \-l\fR +is to display the three line "DO NOT EDIT THIS FILE" header that is placed at the beginning of the crontab when it is installed\&. The problem is that it makes the sequence +.PP +\fBcrontab \-l | crontab \-\fR +.PP +non\-idempotent \(em you keep adding copies of the header\&. This causes pain to scripts that use sed to edit a crontab\&. Therefore, the default behaviour of the +\fI\-l\fR +option has been changed to not output such header\&. You may obtain the original behaviour by setting the environment variable +\fBCRONTAB_NOHEADER\fR +to \*(AqN\*(Aq, which will cause the +\fBcrontab \-l\fR +command to emit the extraneous header\&. +.SH "HIGHLIGHTING THE OUTPUT OF CRONTAB \-L" +.PP The command -.I crontab \-l -outputs plain text. When a tty can support ANSI sequences to colourise -this text, one can highlight the output, by calling: -.I crontab \-l | spc -t crontab -when the tty background is dark, or -.I crontab \-l | spc -t crontab-light -when this background is light. -.PP -The highlighting scheme can be modified by using customised versions of -files -.I /etc/supercat/spcrc-crontab* - +\fBcrontab \-l\fR +outputs plain text\&. When a tty can support ANSI sequences to colourise this text, one can highlight the output, by calling: +\fBcrontab \-l | spc \-t crontab\fR +when the ttybackground is dark, or +\fBcrontab \-l | spc \-t crontab\-light\fR +when this background is light\&. +.PP +The highlighting scheme can be modified by using customised versions of files +\fI/etc/supercat/spcrc\-crontab*\fR +.PP +One can also colourise this text with the program +\fBbatcat\fR +provided by the package +\fBbat\fR(), here is an example: +.PP +\fBcrontab \-l | batcat \-\-language Crontab\fR .SH "SEE ALSO" -crontab(5), cron(8), spc(1) -.SH FILES -.nf -/etc/cron.allow -/etc/cron.deny -/var/spool/cron/crontabs -.fi .PP +\fBcrontab\fR(5), +\fBcron\fR(8), +\fBspc\fR(1) +.SH "FILES" +.PP +/etc/cron\&.allow, /etc/cron\&.deny +.RS 4 The files -.I /etc/cron.allow +\fI/etc/cron\&.allow\fR and -.I /etc/cron.deny -if they exist, must be either world-readable, or readable by group -``crontab''. If they are not, then cron will deny access to all users until the -permissions are fixed. -.PP -There is one file for each user's crontab under the /var/spool/cron/crontabs -directory. Users are not allowed to edit the files under that directory -directly to ensure that only users allowed by the system to run periodic tasks -can add them, and only syntactically correct crontabs will be written there. -This is enforced by having the directory writable only by the -.I crontab -group and configuring -.I crontab -command with the setgid bid set for that specific group. -.SH STANDARDS +\fI/etc/cron\&.deny\fR +if they exist, must be either world\-readable, or readable by group ``crontab\*(Aq\*(Aq\&. If they are not, then +\fBcron\fR +will deny access to all users until the permissions are fixed\&. +.RE +.PP +/var/spool/cron/crontabs +.RS 4 +There is one file for each user\*(Aqs crontab under the +/var/spool/cron/crontabs +directory\&. Users are not allowed to edit the files under that directory directly to ensure that only users allowed by the system to run periodic tasks can add them, and only syntactically correct crontabs will be written there\&. This is enforced by having the directory writable only by the ``crontab\*(Aq\*(Aq group and configuring +\fBcrontab\fR +command with the setgid bid set for that specific group\&. +.RE +.SH "STANDARDS" +.PP The -.I crontab -command conforms to IEEE Std1003.2-1992 (``POSIX''). This new command syntax -differs from previous versions of Vixie Cron, as well as from the classic -SVR3 syntax. - -.SH DIAGNOSTICS -A fairly informative usage message appears if you run it with a bad command -line. - -cron requires that each entry in a crontab end in a newline character. If the -last entry in a crontab is missing the newline, cron will consider the crontab -(at least partially) broken and refuse to install it. - +\fBcrontab\fR +command conforms to IEEE Std1003\&.2\-1992 (``POSIX\*(Aq\*(Aq)\&. This new command syntax differs from previous versions of Vixie Cron, as well as from the classic SVR3 syntax\&. +.SH "DIAGNOSTICS" +.PP +A fairly informative usage message appears if you run it with a bad command line\&. +.PP +\fBcron\fR +requires that each entry in a crontab end in a newline character\&. If the last entry in a crontab is missing the newline, +\fBcron\fR +will consider the crontab (at least partially) broken and refuse to install it\&. +.PP The files under -.I -/var/spool/cron/crontabs -are named based on the user's account name. -Crontab jobs will not be run for users whose accounts have been -renamed either due to changes in the local system or because they are -managed through a central user database (external to the system, for -example an LDAP directory). - - -.SH AUTHOR -Paul Vixie <paul@vix.com> is the author of -.I cron -and original creator of this manual page. This page has also been modified for -Debian by Steve Greenland, Javier Fernandez-Sanguino and Christian Kastner. +\fI/var/spool/cron/crontabs\fR +are named based on the user\*(Aqs account name\&. Crontab jobs will not be run for users whose accounts have been renamed either due to changes in the local system or because they are managed through a central user database (external to the system, for example an LDAP directory)\&. +.SH "AUTHORS" +.PP +\fBPaul Vixie\fR <\&paul@vix\&.com\&> +.RS 4 +Wrote this manpage (1994)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBSteve Greenland\fR <\&stevegr@debian\&.org\&> +.RS 4 +Maintained the package (1996\-2005)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBJavier Fern\('andez\-Sanguino Pe\(~na\fR <\&jfs@debian\&.org\&> +.RS 4 +Maintained the package (2005\-2014)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBChristian Kastner\fR <\&ckk@debian\&.org\&> +.RS 4 +Maintained the package (2010\-2016)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBGeorges Khaznadar\fR <\&georgesk@debian\&.org\&> +.RS 4 +Maintained the package (2022\-2024)\&. +.RE +.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.br +Copyright \(co 1994 Paul Vixie +.br +.PP +Distribute freely, except: don\*(Aqt remove my name from the source or documentation (don\*(Aqt take credit for my work), mark your changes (don\*(Aqt get me blamed for your possible bugs), don\*(Aqt alter or remove this notice\&. May be sold if buildable source is provided to buyer\&. No warranty of any kind, express or implied, is included with this software; use at your own risk, responsibility for damages (if any) to anyone resulting from the use of this software rests entirely with the user\&. +.PP +Since year 1994, many modifications were made in this manpage, authored by Debian Developers which maintained +cron; above is a short list, more information can be found in the file +/usr/share/doc/cron/copyright\&. +.sp diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/csplit.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/csplit.1 index 6f00320f..42fecfdd 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/csplit.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/csplit.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CSPLIT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CSPLIT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME csplit \- split a file into sections determined by context lines .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/csv2rec.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/csv2rec.1 index bd645923..dfa04b4e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/csv2rec.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/csv2rec.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH CSV2REC "1" "February 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" +.TH CSV2REC "1" "March 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" .SH NAME csv2rec \- csv to rec converter .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cut.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cut.1 index ccd92cab..d372ac5e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cut.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/cut.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CUT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CUT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME cut \- remove sections from each line of files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/date.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/date.1 index 8081bac0..ad82fd5e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/date.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/date.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DATE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DATE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME date \- print or set the system date and time .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dbwrap_tool.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dbwrap_tool.1 index 6242f772..9b7d3c08 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dbwrap_tool.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dbwrap_tool.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: dbwrap_tool .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/29/2024 .\" Manual: System Administration tools -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5-Debian +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1-Debian .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DBWRAP_TOOL" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5\-Debian" "System Administration tools" +.TH "DBWRAP_TOOL" "1" "05/29/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1\-Debian" "System Administration tools" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ dbwrap_tool Use with caution! .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5\-Debian of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1\-Debian of the Samba suite\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBsmbd\fR(8), diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dd.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dd.1 index 295b2eaf..e4661c41 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dd.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dd.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME dd \- convert and copy a file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/df.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/df.1 index 529b6f47..a5286983 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/df.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/df.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DF "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DF "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME df \- report file system space usage .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dialog.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dialog.1 index 62aea4ac..89198be4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dialog.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dialog.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.\" $Id: dialog.1,v 1.236 2024/01/01 11:24:25 tom Exp $ +.\" $Id: dialog.1,v 1.238 2024/03/07 21:49:36 tom Exp $ .\" Copyright 2005-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey .\" .\" This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify @@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ and data. .bP Otherwise, \fB\*l\fP uses the given size for the widget. . -.SS \fBCommon Options\fP +.SS "\fBCommon Options\fP" Most of the common options are reset before processing each widget. . .IP "\fB\-\-ascii\-lines" @@ -278,6 +278,11 @@ Conversely, if you want to clear the screen and send your cursor to the lower left after the \fB\*p\fP program has exited, use the \fB\-\-erase\-on\-exit\fR\ option. . +.IP "\fB\-\-color-mode \fIcode" +Extend the \fB\-\-colors\fP option to the content of programbox, tailbox +and textbox. +Use code \*(``2\*('' for this feature. +. .IP "\fB\-\-colors" Interpret embedded \*(``\eZ\*('' sequences in the dialog text by the following character, @@ -851,7 +856,7 @@ If you tab to the button row, abbreviations apply to the buttons. Override the label used for \*(``Yes\*('' buttons. . .\" ************************************************************************ -.SS Box Options +.SS "Box Options" All dialog boxes have at least three parameters: .TP 7 \fItext\fP @@ -1666,7 +1671,7 @@ _ \fB\*L\fP's internal keycode names correspond to the \fBDLG_KEYS_ENUM\fP type in \fBdlg_keys.h\fP, e.g., \*(``HELP\*('' from \*(``DLGK_HELP\*(''. -.SS Widget Names +.SS "Widget Names" Some widgets (such as the formbox) have an area where fields can be edited. Those are managed in a subwindow of the widget, and may have separate keybindings from the main widget @@ -1719,7 +1724,7 @@ tailboxbg/tailbox _ .TE .RE -.SS Built-in Bindings +.SS "Built-in Bindings" This manual page does not list the key bindings for each widget, because that detailed information can be obtained by running \fB\*p\fP. If you have set the \fB\-\-trace\fP option, @@ -1897,7 +1902,7 @@ NetBSD 5.1 curses has incomplete support for wide-characters. .SH COMPATIBILITY You may want to write scripts which run with other \fB\*l\fP \*(``clones\*(''. -.SS Original Dialog +.SS "Original Dialog" First, there is the \*(``original\*('' \fB\*p\fP program to consider (versions 0.3 to 0.9). It had some misspelled (or inconsistent) options. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dir.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dir.1 index 7bea68ae..8810fc9c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dir.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DIR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DIR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME dir \- list directory contents .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dircolors.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dircolors.1 index 214c6490..2c7772e8 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dircolors.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dircolors.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DIRCOLORS "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DIRCOLORS "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME dircolors \- color setup for ls .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dirname.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dirname.1 index 458da15f..838662dd 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dirname.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dirname.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DIRNAME "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DIRNAME "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME dirname \- strip last component from file name .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/du.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/du.1 index 34ff3647..d7152a3a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/du.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/du.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DU "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DU "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME du \- estimate file space usage .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dvipdf.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dvipdf.1 index d915638d..8c8c0a0c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dvipdf.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dvipdf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH DVIPDF 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH DVIPDF 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME dvipdf \- Convert TeX DVI file to PDF using ghostscript and dvips .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ and any options from the command-line. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1), dvips(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dwp.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dwp.1 index bb71ecc7..ff119304 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dwp.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/dwp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH DWP "1" "February 2024" "GNU dwp (GNU Binutils for Debian) 2.42" "User Commands" +.TH DWP "1" "March 2024" "GNU dwp (GNU Binutils for Debian) 2.42" "User Commands" .SH NAME dwp \- The DWARF packaging utility .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/echo.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/echo.1 index d4a06725..0242e669 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/echo.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/echo.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ECHO "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH ECHO "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME echo \- display a line of text .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ed.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ed.1 index dcff01ce..ad371a8d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ed.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ed.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.2. -.TH ED "1" "February 2024" "GNU ed 1.20.1" "User Commands" +.TH ED "1" "April 2024" "GNU ed 1.20.2" "User Commands" .SH NAME ed \- line-oriented text editor .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/elfedit.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/elfedit.1 index 4799e8df..cebc5457 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/elfedit.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/elfedit.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ELFEDIT 1" -.TH ELFEDIT 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH ELFEDIT 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/env.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/env.1 index eb6f3194..f5c72283 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/env.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/env.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ENV "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH ENV "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME env \- run a program in a modified environment .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/eqn.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/eqn.1 index d4e07825..4095a03b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/eqn.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/eqn.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" et -.TH \%eqn 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH \%eqn 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name \%eqn \- format mathematics (equations) for .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/eqn2graph.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/eqn2graph.1 index 9aecd783..a888a8f6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/eqn2graph.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/eqn2graph.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH eqn2graph 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH eqn2graph 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name eqn2graph \- convert an .I eqn \" generic diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/etf2ly.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/etf2ly.1 index 83b70943..4044c762 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/etf2ly.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/etf2ly.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH ETF2LY "1" "January 2024" "etf2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH ETF2LY "1" "March 2024" "etf2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME etf2ly \- manual page for etf2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/expand.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/expand.1 index 09ab207c..3913a197 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/expand.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/expand.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH EXPAND "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH EXPAND "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME expand \- convert tabs to spaces .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/expect_decryptdir.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/expect_decryptdir.1 index 683cb7a0..01fbdb2f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/expect_decryptdir.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/expect_decryptdir.1 @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ if one is provided as an argument). When called as decryptdir .SH NOTES When encrypting, you are prompted twice for the password as a -precautionary measure. It would be a disaster to encrypt files a +precautionary measure. It would be a disaster to encrypt files with a password that wasn't what you intended. In contrast, when decrypting, you are only prompted once. If it's the diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/expr.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/expr.1 index 81acdfc1..5fad81ec 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/expr.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/expr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH EXPR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH EXPR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME expr \- evaluate expressions .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/factor.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/factor.1 index 8269dd99..08d81c5b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/factor.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/factor.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FACTOR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH FACTOR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME factor \- factor numbers .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/false.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/false.1 index 86e83d05..4d9a6f89 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/false.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/false.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FALSE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH FALSE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME false \- do nothing, unsuccessfully .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/fmt.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/fmt.1 index b17df353..655e458c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/fmt.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/fmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FMT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH FMT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME fmt \- simple optimal text formatter .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/fold.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/fold.1 index 4e59fa9f..0eb4687c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/fold.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/fold.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FOLD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH FOLD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME fold \- wrap each input line to fit in specified width .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/formail.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/formail.1 index 92c861ec..86968ea9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/formail.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/formail.1 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .ds Rv \\$3 .ds Dt \\$4 .. -.Id $Id$ +.Id $Id: formail.man,v 1.46 2001/08/04 06:08:17 guenther Exp $ .TH FORMAIL 1 \*(Dt BuGless .rn SH Sh .de SH @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ messages while splitting. When renaming, removing, or extracting fields, partial fieldnames may be used to specify all fields that start with the specified value. .PP -By default, when generating an auto-reply header formail selects the +By default, when generating an auto-reply header procmail selects the envelope sender from the input message. This is correct for vacation messages and other automatic replies regarding the routing or delivery of the original message. If the sender is expecting a reply or the @@ -517,7 +517,7 @@ it to display a command-line help page. .Sh SOURCE This program is part of the .I procmail mail-processing-package -(v3.24) available at http://www.procmail.org/ or +(v3.23pre) available at http://www.procmail.org/ or ftp.procmail.org in .BR pub/procmail/ . .Sh MAILINGLIST @@ -545,6 +545,10 @@ Stephen R. van den Berg .RS <srb@cuci.nl> .RE +Philip A. Guenther +.RS +<guenther@sendmail.com> +.RE .\".if n .pl -(\n(.tu-1i) .rm SH .rn Sh SH diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gdiffmk.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gdiffmk.1 index a9ed36e3..71b75a60 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gdiffmk.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gdiffmk.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH gdiffmk 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH gdiffmk 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name gdiffmk \- mark differences between .IR groff / nroff / troff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/getent.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/getent.1 index 1168fc5f..cfc6aaa3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/getent.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/getent.1 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" -.TH getent 1 2023-01-07 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH getent 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME getent \- get entries from Name Service Switch libraries .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,12 +25,11 @@ Otherwise, if no .I key is provided, all entries will be displayed (unless the database does not support enumeration). -.PP +.P The .I database may be any of those supported by the GNU C Library, listed below: -.RS 3 -.TP 10 +.TP .B ahosts When no .I key @@ -41,7 +40,7 @@ and .BR endhostent (3) to enumerate the hosts database. This is identical to using -.BR hosts . +.BR hosts (5). When one or more .I key arguments are provided, pass each @@ -324,41 +323,48 @@ arguments are provided, pass each in succession to .BR getspnam (3) and display the result. -.RE .SH OPTIONS .TP -.BR \-s\ \fIservice\fP ", " \-\-service\ \fIservice\fP +.BI \-\-service\~ service +.TQ +.BI \-s\~ service .\" commit 9d0881aa76b399e6a025c5cf44bebe2ae0efa8af (glibc) Override all databases with the specified service. (Since glibc 2.2.5.) .TP -.BR \-s\ \fIdatabase\fP:\fIservice\fP ", "\ -\-\-service\ \fIdatabase\fP:\fIservice\fP +.BI \-\-service\~ database : service +.TQ +.BI \-s\~ database : service .\" commit b4f6f4be85d32b9c03361c38376e36f08100e3e8 (glibc) Override only specified databases with the specified service. The option may be used multiple times, but only the last service for each database will be used. (Since glibc 2.4.) .TP -.BR \-i ", " \-\-no\-idn +.B \-\-no\-idn +.TQ +.B \-i .\" commit a160f8d808cf8020b13bd0ef4a9eaf3c11f964ad (glibc) Disables IDN encoding in lookups for .BR ahosts / getaddrinfo (3) (Since glibc-2.13.) .TP -.BR \-? ", " \-\-help +.B \-\-help +.TQ +.B \-? Print a usage summary and exit. .TP -.B "\-\-usage" +.B \-\-usage Print a short usage summary and exit. .TP -.BR \-V ", " \-\-version +.B \-\-version +.TQ +.B \-V Print the version number, license, and disclaimer of warranty for .BR getent . .SH EXIT STATUS One of the following exit values can be returned by .BR getent : -.RS 3 .TP .B 0 Command completed successfully. @@ -377,6 +383,5 @@ could not be found in the .B 3 Enumeration not supported on this .IR database . -.RE .SH SEE ALSO .BR nsswitch.conf (5) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/glilypond.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/glilypond.1 index faddc55e..144854a1 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/glilypond.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/glilypond.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH glilypond 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH glilypond 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name glilypond \- embed LilyPond musical notation in .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-archive.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-archive.1 index a75252e9..978050b1 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-archive.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-archive.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GP-ARCHIVE.1 1" -.TH GP-ARCHIVE.1 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" +.TH GP-ARCHIVE.1 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-collect-app.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-collect-app.1 index e0569029..f577d9a9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-collect-app.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-collect-app.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GP-COLLECT-APP.1 1" -.TH GP-COLLECT-APP.1 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" +.TH GP-COLLECT-APP.1 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-display-html.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-display-html.1 index 7dcdd810..7585425b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-display-html.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-display-html.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GP-DISPLAY-HTML.1 1" -.TH GP-DISPLAY-HTML.1 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" +.TH GP-DISPLAY-HTML.1 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-display-src.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-display-src.1 index 80fe014e..01aa9039 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-display-src.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-display-src.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GP-DISPLAY-SRC.1 1" -.TH GP-DISPLAY-SRC.1 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" +.TH GP-DISPLAY-SRC.1 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-display-text.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-display-text.1 index 54cf84c4..c53b4fca 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-display-text.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gp-display-text.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GP-DISPLAY-TEXT.1 1" -.TH GP-DISPLAY-TEXT.1 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" +.TH GP-DISPLAY-TEXT.1 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gperl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gperl.1 index bab71805..f6929f4b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gperl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gperl.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH gperl 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH gperl 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name gperl \- execute Perl commands in .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gpinyin.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gpinyin.1 index 256951ab..1457b080 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gpinyin.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gpinyin.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH gpinyin 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH gpinyin 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name gpinyin \- use Hanyu Pinyin Chinese in .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gprof.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gprof.1 index fad7bd3a..95b4c7b0 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gprof.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gprof.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GPROF 1" -.TH GPROF 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 GNU +.TH GPROF 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 GNU .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gprofng.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gprofng.1 index 3318d354..780cfca3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gprofng.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gprofng.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GPROFNG.1 1" -.TH GPROFNG.1 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" +.TH GPROFNG.1 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grap2graph.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grap2graph.1 index 4879d5f5..b8db714a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grap2graph.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grap2graph.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH grap2graph 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH grap2graph 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name grap2graph \- convert a .I grap diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grn.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grn.1 index 7e50d5f4..3983a225 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grn.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grn.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH \%grn 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH \%grn 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name \%grn \- embed Gremlin images in .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grodvi.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grodvi.1 index d0588d88..f8c200bd 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grodvi.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grodvi.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH grodvi 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH grodvi 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name grodvi \- .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/groff.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/groff.1 index 90be1bc6..6094fe0f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/groff.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/groff.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH groff 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH groff 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name groff \- front end to the GNU .I roff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grog.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grog.1 index 1b2d7fb5..6731551e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grog.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grog.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH grog 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH grog 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name grog \- \(lqgroff guess\(rq\(eminfer the .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grohtml.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grohtml.1 index 973a7aea..0d134d77 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grohtml.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grohtml.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH grohtml 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH grohtml 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name grohtml, post\-grohtml, pre\-grohtml \- .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grolbp.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grolbp.1 index 222bbf53..f33e44bb 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grolbp.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grolbp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH grolbp 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH grolbp 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name grolbp \- .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grolj4.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grolj4.1 index 9d14da92..77b273e7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grolj4.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grolj4.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH grolj4 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH grolj4 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name grolj4 \- .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gropdf.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gropdf.1 index 797b8e00..1f534316 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gropdf.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gropdf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH gropdf 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH gropdf 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name gropdf \- .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grops.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grops.1 index 2646d6ed..ac158bae 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grops.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grops.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH grops 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH grops 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name grops \- .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grotty.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grotty.1 index d1c6b206..d81f79ea 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grotty.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grotty.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH grotty 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH grotty 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name grotty \- .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/groups.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/groups.1 index 661e4ebc..e73dcbda 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/groups.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/groups.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH GROUPS "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH GROUPS "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME groups \- print the groups a user is in .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-editenv.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-editenv.1 index f01257ac..c29804fa 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-editenv.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-editenv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-EDITENV "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-EDITENV "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-editenv \- edit GRUB environment block .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-emu.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-emu.1 index 6eb5bdf5..8a6d25a6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-emu.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-emu.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-EMU "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-EMU "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-emu \- GRUB emulator .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-file.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-file.1 index 6fb38620..3e85c355 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-file.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-file.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-FILE "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-FILE "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-file \- check file type .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-fstest.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-fstest.1 index 874f8ba3..b296f166 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-fstest.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-fstest.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-FSTEST "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-FSTEST "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-fstest \- debug tool for GRUB filesystem drivers .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-glue-efi.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-glue-efi.1 index ded1984a..1c51b2cc 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-glue-efi.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-glue-efi.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-GLUE-EFI "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-GLUE-EFI "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-glue-efi \- generate a fat binary for EFI .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-kbdcomp.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-kbdcomp.1 index ae65b4ce..64e41b89 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-kbdcomp.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-kbdcomp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-KBDCOMP "1" "January 2024" "grub-kbdcomp ()" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-KBDCOMP "1" "April 2024" "grub-kbdcomp ()" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-kbdcomp \- generate a GRUB keyboard layout file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-menulst2cfg.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-menulst2cfg.1 index 6b283844..5171cd18 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-menulst2cfg.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-menulst2cfg.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MENULST2CFG "1" "January 2024" "Usage: grub-menulst2cfg [INFILE [OUTFILE]]" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MENULST2CFG "1" "April 2024" "Usage: grub-menulst2cfg [INFILE [OUTFILE]]" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-menulst2cfg \- transform legacy menu.lst into grub.cfg .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkfont.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkfont.1 index de8f90e2..26f8bec1 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkfont.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkfont.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKFONT "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKFONT "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkfont \- make GRUB font files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkimage.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkimage.1 index 93673a0d..b4501001 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkimage.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkimage.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKIMAGE "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKIMAGE "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkimage \- make a bootable image of GRUB .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mklayout.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mklayout.1 index 192130e7..e06afc08 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mklayout.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mklayout.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKLAYOUT "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKLAYOUT "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mklayout \- generate a GRUB keyboard layout file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mknetdir.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mknetdir.1 index 610f0c27..f6441e27 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mknetdir.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mknetdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKNETDIR "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKNETDIR "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mknetdir \- prepare a GRUB netboot directory. .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 index 047114bf..7b2365d5 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKPASSWD-PBKDF2 "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKPASSWD-PBKDF2 "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2 \- generate hashed password for GRUB .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkrelpath.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkrelpath.1 index b99b13eb..da91a69e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkrelpath.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkrelpath.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKRELPATH "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKRELPATH "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkrelpath \- make a system path relative to its root .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkrescue.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkrescue.1 index cfa52402..3e49eeb0 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkrescue.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkrescue.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKRESCUE "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKRESCUE "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkrescue \- make a GRUB rescue image .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkstandalone.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkstandalone.1 index cf099799..8571d0dc 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkstandalone.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mkstandalone.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKSTANDALONE "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKSTANDALONE "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkstandalone \- make a memdisk-based GRUB image .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mount.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mount.1 index cfe26966..80c56020 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mount.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-mount.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MOUNT "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MOUNT "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mount \- export GRUB filesystem with FUSE .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-render-label.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-render-label.1 index 76a99c8e..bec53b53 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-render-label.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-render-label.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-RENDER-LABEL "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-RENDER-LABEL "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-render-label \- generate a .disk_label for Apple Macs. .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-script-check.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-script-check.1 index 845ca514..aa96e70c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-script-check.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-script-check.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-SCRIPT-CHECK "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-SCRIPT-CHECK "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-script-check \- check grub.cfg for syntax errors .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-syslinux2cfg.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-syslinux2cfg.1 index d4cb4dd2..04ded16f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-syslinux2cfg.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/grub-syslinux2cfg.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-SYSLINUX2CFG "1" "January 2024" "GRUB 2.12-1" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-SYSLINUX2CFG "1" "April 2024" "GRUB 2.12-2" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-syslinux2cfg \- transform syslinux config into grub.cfg .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gs.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gs.1 index 153b727c..23bb9d4b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gs.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gs.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GS 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH GS 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME gs \- Ghostscript (PostScript and PDF language interpreter and previewer) .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ reading the documentation. See http://bugs.ghostscript.com/ and the Usenet news group comp.lang.postscript. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gslp.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gslp.1 index 9794045c..14f178e6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gslp.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gslp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GSLP 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH GSLP 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME gslp \- Format and print text using ghostscript .br @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Also, the string %# in a heading or footing is replaced with the page #. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gsnd.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gsnd.1 index 2711357c..721af68d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gsnd.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gsnd.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GSND 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH GSND 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME gsnd \- Run ghostscript (PostScript and PDF engine) without display .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ flag, followed by any other arguments from the command-line. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gxditview.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gxditview.1 index ca3ce268..68ef6b14 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gxditview.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/gxditview.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH gxditview 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH gxditview 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name gxditview \- display .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/head.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/head.1 index 35c138e0..81f5f6f4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/head.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/head.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH HEAD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH HEAD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME head \- output the first part of files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/homectl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/homectl.1 index db58c946..6cbbbac1 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/homectl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/homectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "HOMECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "homectl" +.TH "HOMECTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "homectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ .\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .SH "NAME" -homectl \- Create, remove, change or inspect home directories +homectl, systemd-homed-firstboot.service \- Create, remove, change or inspect home directories .SH "SYNOPSIS" .HP \w'\fBhomectl\fR\ 'u \fBhomectl\fR [OPTIONS...] {COMMAND} [NAME...] @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ The following general options are understood (further options that control the v systemd\-homed\&.service are documented further down): .PP -\fB\-\-identity=\fR\fIFILE\fR +\fB\-\-identity=\fR\fB\fIFILE\fR\fR .RS 4 Read the user\*(Aqs JSON record from the specified file\&. If passed as "\-" @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ commands (see below), where it allows configuring the user record in JSON as\-is Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-json=\fR\fIFORMAT\fR, \fB\-j\fR +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIFORMAT\fR\fR, \fB\-j\fR .RS 4 Controls whether to output the user record in JSON format, if the \fBinspect\fR @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ otherwise\&. Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-export\-format=\fR\fIFORMAT\fR, \fB\-E\fR, \fB\-EE\fR +\fB\-\-export\-format=\fR\fB\fIFORMAT\fR\fR, \fB\-E\fR, \fB\-EE\fR .RS 4 When used with the \fBinspect\fR @@ -217,6 +217,13 @@ mode, the signature is removed during the replication and thus the record will b Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-\-offline\fR +.RS 4 +Do not attempt to update the copy of the user record and blob directory that is embedded inside of the home area\&. This allows for operation on home areas that are absent, or without needing to authenticate as the user being modified\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-host=\fR .RS 4 Execute the operation remotely\&. Specify a hostname, or a username and hostname separated by @@ -276,21 +283,21 @@ and \fBupdate\fR commands for configuring various aspects of the home directory and the user account: .PP -\fB\-\-real\-name=\fR\fINAME\fR, \fB\-c\fR \fINAME\fR +\fB\-\-real\-name=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR, \fB\-c\fR \fINAME\fR .RS 4 The real name for the user\&. This corresponds with the GECOS field on classic UNIX NSS records\&. .sp Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-realm=\fR\fIREALM\fR +\fB\-\-realm=\fR\fB\fIREALM\fR\fR .RS 4 The realm for the user\&. The realm associates a user with a specific organization or installation, and allows distinguishing users of the same name defined in different contexts\&. The realm can be any string that also qualifies as valid DNS domain name, and it is recommended to use the organization\*(Aqs or installation\*(Aqs domain name for this purpose, but this is not enforced nor required\&. On each system only a single user of the same name may exist, and if a user with the same name and realm is seen it is assumed to refer to the same user while a user with the same name but different realm is considered a different user\&. Note that this means that two users sharing the same name but with distinct realms are not allowed on the same system\&. Assigning a realm to a user is optional\&. .sp Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-email\-address=\fR\fIEMAIL\fR +\fB\-\-email\-address=\fR\fB\fIEMAIL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes an electronic mail address to associate with the user\&. On log\-in the \fI$EMAIL\fR @@ -299,7 +306,7 @@ environment variable is initialized from this value\&. Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-location=\fR\fITEXT\fR +\fB\-\-location=\fR\fB\fITEXT\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes location specification for this user\&. This is free\-form text, which might or might not be usable by geo\-location applications\&. Example: \fB\-\-location="Berlin, Germany"\fR @@ -309,7 +316,7 @@ or Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-icon\-name=\fR\fIICON\fR +\fB\-\-icon\-name=\fR\fB\fIICON\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes an icon name to associate with the user, following the scheme defined by the \m[blue]\fBIcon Naming Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2\&. @@ -317,7 +324,7 @@ Takes an icon name to associate with the user, following the scheme defined by t Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-home\-dir=\fR\fIPATH\fR, \fB\-d\fR\fIPATH\fR +\fB\-\-home\-dir=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-d\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a path to use as home directory for the user\&. Note that this is the directory the user\*(Aqs home directory is mounted to while the user is logged in\&. This is not where the user\*(Aqs data is actually stored, see \fB\-\-image\-path=\fR @@ -327,7 +334,7 @@ for that\&. If not specified defaults to Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-uid=\fR\fIUID\fR +\fB\-\-uid=\fR\fB\fIUID\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a preferred numeric UNIX UID to assign this user\&. If a user is to be created with the specified UID and it is already taken by a different user on the local system then creation of the home directory is refused\&. Note though, if after creating the home directory it is used on a different system and the configured UID is taken by another user there, then \fBsystemd\-homed\fR @@ -343,7 +350,7 @@ always have a matching group associated with the same name as well as a GID matc Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-member\-of=\fR\fIGROUP\fR, \fB\-G\fR \fIGROUP\fR +\fB\-\-member\-of=\fR\fB\fIGROUP\fR\fR, \fB\-G\fR \fIGROUP\fR .RS 4 Takes a comma\-separated list of auxiliary UNIX groups this user shall belong to\&. Example: \fB\-\-member\-of=wheel\fR @@ -355,7 +362,7 @@ does not manage any groups besides a group matching the user in name and numeric Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-capability\-bounding\-set=\fR\fICAPABILITIES\fR, \fB\-\-capability\-ambient\-set=\fR\fICAPABILITIES\fR +\fB\-\-capability\-bounding\-set=\fR\fB\fICAPABILITIES\fR\fR, \fB\-\-capability\-ambient\-set=\fR\fB\fICAPABILITIES\fR\fR .RS 4 These options take a space separated list of process capabilities (e\&.g\&. \fBCAP_WAKE_ALARM\fR, @@ -368,7 +375,7 @@ character the effect is inverted: the specified capability is dropped from the s Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-skel=\fR\fIPATH\fR +\fB\-\-skel=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a file system path to a directory\&. Specifies the skeleton directory to initialize the home directory with\&. All files and directories in the specified path are copied into any newly create home directory\&. If not specified defaults to /etc/skel/\&. @@ -376,7 +383,7 @@ Takes a file system path to a directory\&. Specifies the skeleton directory to i Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-shell=\fR\fISHELL\fR +\fB\-\-shell=\fR\fB\fISHELL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a file system path\&. Specifies the shell binary to execute on terminal logins\&. If not specified defaults to /bin/bash\&. @@ -384,7 +391,7 @@ Takes a file system path\&. Specifies the shell binary to execute on terminal lo Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-setenv=\fR\fIVARIABLE\fR[=\fIVALUE\fR] +\fB\-\-setenv=\fR\fB\fIVARIABLE\fR\fR\fB[=\fR\fB\fIVALUE\fR\fR\fB]\fR .RS 4 Takes an environment variable assignment to set for all user processes\&. May be used multiple times to set multiple environment variables\&. When "=" @@ -401,7 +408,7 @@ and Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-timezone=\fR\fITIMEZONE\fR +\fB\-\-timezone=\fR\fB\fITIMEZONE\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a time zone location name that sets the timezone for the specified user\&. When the user logs in the \fI$TZ\fR @@ -415,17 +422,19 @@ is used intentionally as part of the timezone specification, see Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-language=\fR\fILANG\fR +\fB\-\-language=\fR\fB\fILANG\fR\fR .RS 4 -Takes a specifier indicating the preferred language of the user\&. The +Takes a comma\- or colon\-separated list of languages preferred by the user, ordered by descending priority\&. The \fI$LANG\fR -environment variable is initialized from this value on login, and thus a value suitable for this environment variable is accepted here, for example -\fB\-\-language=de_DE\&.UTF8\fR\&. +and +\fI$LANGUAGE\fR +environment variables are initialized from this value on login, and thus values suitible for these environment variables are accepted here, for example +\fB\-\-language=de_DE\&.UTF\-8\fR\&. This option may be used more than once, in which case the language lists are concatenated\&. .sp Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-ssh\-authorized\-keys=\fR\fIKEYS\fR +\fB\-\-ssh\-authorized\-keys=\fR\fB\fIKEYS\fR\fR .RS 4 Either takes a SSH authorized key line to associate with the user record or a "@" @@ -434,7 +443,7 @@ character followed by a path to a file to read one or more such lines from\&. SS Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-pkcs11\-token\-uri=\fR\fIURI\fR +\fB\-\-pkcs11\-token\-uri=\fR\fB\fIURI\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes an RFC 7512 PKCS#11 URI referencing a security token (e\&.g\&. YubiKey or PIV smartcard) that shall be able to unlock the user account\&. The security token URI should reference a security token with exactly one pair of X\&.509 certificate and private key\&. A random secret key is then generated, encrypted with the public key of the X\&.509 certificate, and stored as part of the user record\&. At login time it is decrypted with the PKCS#11 module and then used to unlock the account and associated resources\&. See below for an example how to set up authentication with a security token\&. .sp @@ -457,7 +466,7 @@ option below\&. Both mechanisms are similarly powerful, though FIDO2 is the more Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-fido2\-credential\-algorithm=\fR\fISTRING\fR +\fB\-\-fido2\-credential\-algorithm=\fR\fB\fISTRING\fR\fR .RS 4 Specify COSE algorithm used in credential generation\&. The default value is "es256"\&. Supported values are @@ -473,12 +482,12 @@ denotes 2048\-bit RSA with PKCS#1\&.5 padding and SHA\-256\&. "eddsa" denotes EDDSA over Curve25519 with SHA\-512\&. .sp -Note that your authenticator may not support some algorithms\&. +Note that your authenticator may choose not to support some algorithms\&. .sp Added in version 251\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-fido2\-device=\fR\fIPATH\fR +\fB\-\-fido2\-device=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a path to a Linux "hidraw" @@ -514,7 +523,7 @@ or Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-fido2\-with\-client\-pin=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-fido2\-with\-client\-pin=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 When enrolling a FIDO2 security token, controls whether to require the user to enter a PIN when unlocking the account (the FIDO2 "clientPin" @@ -526,7 +535,7 @@ feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it\&.) Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-fido2\-with\-user\-presence=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-fido2\-with\-user\-presence=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 When enrolling a FIDO2 security token, controls whether to require the user to verify presence (tap the token, the FIDO2 "up" @@ -538,7 +547,7 @@ feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it\&.) Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-fido2\-with\-user\-verification=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-fido2\-with\-user\-verification=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 When enrolling a FIDO2 security token, controls whether to require user verification when unlocking the account (the FIDO2 "uv" @@ -550,21 +559,40 @@ feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it\&.) Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-recovery\-key=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-recovery\-key=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Accepts a boolean argument\&. If enabled a recovery key is configured for the account\&. A recovery key is a computer generated access key that may be used to regain access to an account if the password has been forgotten or the authentication token lost\&. The key is generated and shown on screen, and should be printed or otherwise transferred to a secure location\&. A recovery key may be entered instead of a regular password to unlock the account\&. .sp Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-locked=\fR\fIBOOLEAN\fR +\fB\-\-blob=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-b\fR \fIPATH\fR, \fB\-\-blob=\fR\fB\fIFILENAME\fR\fR\fB=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-b\fR \fIFILENAME\fR=\fIPATH\fR +.RS 4 +Accepts either a directory path, or a file name followed by a file path\&. If just a directory path is specified, then the user\*(Aqs entire blob directory is replaced the specified path\&. Note that this replacement is performed before per\-file manipulations are applied, which means these per\-file manipulations will be applied on top of the specified directory\&. If a filename and file path are specified, then the single specified blob file will be overwritten with the specified path\&. If completely blank, the entire blob directory is emptied out (which also resets all previous blob\-related flags up to this point)\&. If a filename is specified but the corresponding path is blank, that single file will be deleted from the blob directory\&. All changes are performed in temporary copies of the specified files in directories, which means that the originals specified on the command line are not modified\&. See +\m[blue]\fBUser Record Blob Directories\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[3]\d\s+2 +for more information about blob directories\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-avatar=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-login\-background=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR +.RS 4 +Accept a file path\&. If set, the specified file is used to overwrite the corresponding file in the user\*(Aqs blob directory\&. If blank, the corresponding file is deleted from the blob directory\&. Essentially, these options are shortcuts to +\fB\-\-blob=\fR\fB\fIFILENAME\fR\fR\fB=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR +for the known filenames defined in +\m[blue]\fBUser Record Blob Directories\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[3]\d\s+2\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-locked=\fR\fB\fIBOOLEAN\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument\&. Specifies whether this user account shall be locked\&. If true logins into this account are prohibited, if false (the default) they are permitted (of course, only if authorization otherwise succeeds)\&. .sp Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-not\-before=\fR\fITIMESTAMP\fR, \fB\-\-not\-after=\fR\fITIMESTAMP\fR +\fB\-\-not\-before=\fR\fB\fITIMESTAMP\fR\fR, \fB\-\-not\-after=\fR\fB\fITIMESTAMP\fR\fR .RS 4 These options take a timestamp string, in the format documented in \fBsystemd.time\fR(7) @@ -573,14 +601,14 @@ and configures points in time before and after logins into this account are not Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-rate\-limit\-interval=\fR\fISECS\fR, \fB\-\-rate\-limit\-burst=\fR\fINUMBER\fR +\fB\-\-rate\-limit\-interval=\fR\fB\fISECS\fR\fR, \fB\-\-rate\-limit\-burst=\fR\fB\fINUMBER\fR\fR .RS 4 Configures a rate limit on authentication attempts for this user\&. If the user attempts to authenticate more often than the specified number, on a specific system, within the specified time interval authentication is refused until the time interval passes\&. Defaults to 10 times per 1min\&. .sp Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-password\-hint=\fR\fITEXT\fR +\fB\-\-password\-hint=\fR\fB\fITEXT\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a password hint to store alongside the user record\&. This string is stored accessible only to privileged users and the user itself and may not be queried by other users\&. Example: \fB\-\-password\-hint="My first pet\*(Aqs name"\fR\&. @@ -588,7 +616,7 @@ Takes a password hint to store alongside the user record\&. This string is store Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-enforce\-password\-policy=\fR\fIBOOL\fR, \fB\-P\fR +\fB\-\-enforce\-password\-policy=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR, \fB\-P\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument\&. Configures whether to enforce the system\*(Aqs password policy for this user, regarding quality and strength of selected passwords\&. Defaults to on\&. \fB\-P\fR @@ -598,14 +626,14 @@ is short for Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-password\-change\-now=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-password\-change\-now=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument\&. If true the user is asked to change their password on next login\&. .sp Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-password\-change\-min=\fR\fITIME\fR, \fB\-\-password\-change\-max=\fR\fITIME\fR, \fB\-\-password\-change\-warn=\fR\fITIME\fR, \fB\-\-password\-change\-inactive=\fR\fITIME\fR +\fB\-\-password\-change\-min=\fR\fB\fITIME\fR\fR, \fB\-\-password\-change\-max=\fR\fB\fITIME\fR\fR, \fB\-\-password\-change\-warn=\fR\fB\fITIME\fR\fR, \fB\-\-password\-change\-inactive=\fR\fB\fITIME\fR\fR .RS 4 Each of these options takes a time span specification as argument (in the syntax documented in \fBsystemd.time\fR(7)) and configures various aspects of the user\*(Aqs password expiration policy\&. Specifically, @@ -623,7 +651,7 @@ configures the time which has to pass after the password as expired until the us Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-disk\-size=\fR\fIBYTES\fR +\fB\-\-disk\-size=\fR\fB\fIBYTES\fR\fR .RS 4 Either takes a size in bytes as argument (possibly using the usual K, M, G, \&... suffixes for 1024 base values), a percentage value, or the special strings "min" @@ -638,7 +666,7 @@ assigns the maximum disk space available\&. If the LUKS2 backend is used this co Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-access\-mode=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-access\-mode=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a UNIX file access mode written in octal\&. Configures the access mode of the home directory itself\&. Note that this is only used when the directory is first created, and the user may change this any time afterwards\&. Example: \fB\-\-access\-mode=0700\fR @@ -646,21 +674,21 @@ Takes a UNIX file access mode written in octal\&. Configures the access mode of Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-umask=\fR\fIMASK\fR +\fB\-\-umask=\fR\fB\fIMASK\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes the access mode mask (in octal syntax) to apply to newly created files and directories of the user ("umask")\&. If set this controls the initial umask set for all login sessions of the user, possibly overriding the system\*(Aqs defaults\&. .sp Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-nice=\fR\fINICE\fR +\fB\-\-nice=\fR\fB\fINICE\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes the numeric scheduling priority ("nice level") to apply to the processes of the user at login time\&. Takes a numeric value in the range \-20 (highest priority) to 19 (lowest priority)\&. .sp Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-rlimit=\fR\fILIMIT\fR=\fIVALUE\fR[:\fIVALUE\fR] +\fB\-\-rlimit=\fR\fB\fILIMIT\fR\fR\fB=\fR\fB\fIVALUE\fR\fR\fB[:\fIVALUE\fR]\fR .RS 4 Allows configuration of resource limits for processes of this user, see \fBgetrlimit\fR(2) @@ -670,7 +698,7 @@ for details\&. Takes a resource limit name (e\&.g\&. Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-tasks\-max=\fR\fITASKS\fR +\fB\-\-tasks\-max=\fR\fB\fITASKS\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a non\-zero unsigned integer as argument\&. Configures the maximum number of tasks (i\&.e\&. threads, where each process is at least one thread) the user may have at any given time\&. This limit applies to all tasks forked off the user\*(Aqs sessions, even if they change user identity via \fBsu\fR(1) @@ -686,7 +714,7 @@ for further details\&. Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-memory\-high=\fR\fIBYTES\fR, \fB\-\-memory\-max=\fR\fIBYTES\fR +\fB\-\-memory\-high=\fR\fB\fIBYTES\fR\fR, \fB\-\-memory\-max=\fR\fB\fIBYTES\fR\fR .RS 4 Set a limit on the memory a user may take up on a system at any given time in bytes (the usual K, M, G, \&... suffixes are supported, to the base of 1024)\&. This includes all memory used by the user itself and all processes they forked off that changed user credentials\&. This controls the \fIMemoryHigh=\fR @@ -700,7 +728,7 @@ for further details\&. Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-cpu\-weight=\fR\fIWEIGHT\fR, \fB\-\-io\-weight=\fR\fIWEIGHT\fR +\fB\-\-cpu\-weight=\fR\fB\fIWEIGHT\fR\fR, \fB\-\-io\-weight=\fR\fB\fIWEIGHT\fR\fR .RS 4 Set CPU and IO scheduling weights of the processes of the user, including those of processes forked off by the user that changed user credentials\&. Takes a numeric value in the range 1\&...10000\&. This controls the \fICPUWeight=\fR @@ -714,7 +742,7 @@ for further details\&. Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-storage=\fR\fISTORAGE\fR +\fB\-\-storage=\fR\fB\fISTORAGE\fR\fR .RS 4 Selects the storage mechanism to use for this home directory\&. Takes one of "luks", @@ -728,7 +756,7 @@ defines which default storage to use\&. Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-image\-path=\fR\fIPATH\fR +\fB\-\-image\-path=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a file system path\&. Configures where to place the user\*(Aqs home directory\&. When LUKS2 storage is used refers to the path to the loopback file, otherwise to the path to the home directory (which may be in /home/ @@ -743,14 +771,14 @@ storage mechanism\&. To use LUKS2 storage on a regular block device (for example Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-drop\-caches=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-drop\-caches=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Automatically flush OS file system caches on logout\&. This is useful in combination with the fscrypt storage backend to ensure the OS does not keep decrypted versions of the files and directories in memory (and accessible) after logout\&. This option is also supported on other backends, but should not bring any benefit there\&. Defaults to off, except if the selected storage backend is fscrypt, where it defaults to on\&. Note that flushing OS caches will negatively influence performance of the OS shortly after logout\&. .sp Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-fs\-type=\fR\fITYPE\fR +\fB\-\-fs\-type=\fR\fB\fITYPE\fR\fR .RS 4 When LUKS2 storage is used configures the file system type to use inside the home directory LUKS2 container\&. One of "btrfs", @@ -764,7 +792,7 @@ is not recommended as its support for file system resizing is too limited\&. Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-luks\-discard=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-luks\-discard=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 When LUKS2 storage is used configures whether to enable the "discard" @@ -773,7 +801,7 @@ feature of the file system\&. If enabled the file system on top of the LUKS2 vol Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-luks\-offline\-discard=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-luks\-offline\-discard=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Similar to \fB\-\-luks\-discard=\fR, controls the trimming of the file system\&. However, while @@ -785,14 +813,14 @@ controls what happens when it becomes inactive, i\&.e\&. whether to trim/allocat Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-luks\-extra\-mount\-options=\fR\fIOPTIONS\fR +\fB\-\-luks\-extra\-mount\-options=\fR\fB\fIOPTIONS\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a string containing additional mount options to use when mounting the LUKS volume\&. If specified, this string will be appended to the default, built\-in mount options\&. .sp Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-luks\-cipher=\fR\fICIPHER\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-cipher\-mode=\fR\fIMODE\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-volume\-key\-size=\fR\fIBYTES\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-type=\fR\fITYPE\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-hash\-algorithm=\fR\fIALGORITHM\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-force\-iterations=\fR\fIITERATIONS\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-time\-cost=\fR\fISECONDS\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-memory\-cost=\fR\fIBYTES\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-parallel\-threads=\fR\fITHREADS\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-sector\-size=\fR\fIBYTES\fR +\fB\-\-luks\-cipher=\fR\fB\fICIPHER\fR\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-cipher\-mode=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-volume\-key\-size=\fR\fB\fIBYTES\fR\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-type=\fR\fB\fITYPE\fR\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-hash\-algorithm=\fR\fB\fIALGORITHM\fR\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-force\-iterations=\fR\fB\fIITERATIONS\fR\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-time\-cost=\fR\fB\fISECONDS\fR\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-memory\-cost=\fR\fB\fIBYTES\fR\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-parallel\-threads=\fR\fB\fITHREADS\fR\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-sector\-size=\fR\fB\fIBYTES\fR\fR .RS 4 Configures various cryptographic parameters for the LUKS2 storage mechanism\&. See \fBcryptsetup\fR(8) @@ -841,7 +869,7 @@ with an empty parameter\&. Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-nosuid=\fR\fIBOOL\fR, \fB\-\-nodev=\fR\fIBOOL\fR, \fB\-\-noexec=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-nosuid=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR, \fB\-\-nodev=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR, \fB\-\-noexec=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Configures the "nosuid", @@ -860,7 +888,7 @@ is off\&. For details about these mount options see Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-cifs\-domain=\fR\fIDOMAIN\fR, \fB\-\-cifs\-user\-name=\fR\fIUSER\fR, \fB\-\-cifs\-service=\fR\fISERVICE\fR, \fB\-\-cifs\-extra\-mount\-options=\fR\fIOPTIONS\fR +\fB\-\-cifs\-domain=\fR\fB\fIDOMAIN\fR\fR, \fB\-\-cifs\-user\-name=\fR\fB\fIUSER\fR\fR, \fB\-\-cifs\-service=\fR\fB\fISERVICE\fR\fR, \fB\-\-cifs\-extra\-mount\-options=\fR\fB\fIOPTIONS\fR\fR .RS 4 Configures the Windows File Sharing (CIFS) domain and user to associate with the home directory/user account, as well as the file share ("service") to mount as directory\&. The latter is used when "cifs" @@ -874,7 +902,7 @@ for details\&. Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-stop\-delay=\fR\fISECS\fR +\fB\-\-stop\-delay=\fR\fB\fISECS\fR\fR .RS 4 Configures the time the per\-user service manager shall continue to run after the all sessions of the user ended\&. The default is configured in \fBlogind.conf\fR(5) @@ -883,7 +911,7 @@ Configures the time the per\-user service manager shall continue to run after th Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-kill\-processes=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-kill\-processes=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Configures whether to kill all processes of the user on logout\&. The default is configured in \fBlogind.conf\fR(5)\&. @@ -891,12 +919,34 @@ Configures whether to kill all processes of the user on logout\&. The default is Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-auto\-login=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-auto\-login=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument\&. Configures whether the graphical UI of the system should automatically log this user in if possible\&. Defaults to off\&. If less or more than one user is marked this way automatic login is disabled\&. .sp Added in version 245\&. .RE +.PP +\fB\-\-session\-launcher=\fR\fB\fILAUNCHER\fR\fR +.RS 4 +Takes a string argument\&. Configures the user\*(Aqs preferred session launcher \&.desktop entry file (i\&.e\&. +"gnome", +"plasma", or other names that appear in +/usr/share/xesssions/ +or +/usr/share/wayland\-sessions)\&. This is read by the display manager to pick the default session that is launched when the user logs in\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-session\-type=\fR\fB\fITYPE\fR\fR +.RS 4 +Takes a string argument\&. Configures the user\*(Aqs preferred session type (i\&.e\&. +"x11", +"wayland", and other values accepted by +\fI$XDG_SESSION_TYPE\fR)\&. This is read by the display manage to pick the default session type the user is logged into\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE .SH "COMMANDS" .PP The following commands are understood: @@ -947,12 +997,12 @@ Validate authentication credentials of a home directory\&. This queries the call Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fBcreate\fR \fIUSER\fR, \fBcreate\fR \fB\-\-identity=\fR\fIPATH\fR [\fIUSER\fR] +\fBcreate\fR \fIUSER\fR, \fBcreate\fR \fB\-\-identity=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR [\fIUSER\fR] .RS 4 Create a new home directory/user account of the specified name\&. Use the various user record property options (as documented above) to control various aspects of the home directory and its user accounts\&. .sp The specified user name should follow the strict syntax described on -\m[blue]\fBUser/Group Name Syntax\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[3]\d\s+2\&. +\m[blue]\fBUser/Group Name Syntax\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[4]\d\s+2\&. .sp Added in version 245\&. .RE @@ -964,7 +1014,7 @@ Remove a home directory/user account\&. This will remove both the home directory Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fBupdate\fR \fIUSER\fR, \fBupdate\fR \fB\-\-identity=\fR\fIPATH\fR [\fIUSER\fR] +\fBupdate\fR \fIUSER\fR, \fBupdate\fR \fB\-\-identity=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR [\fIUSER\fR] .RS 4 Update a home directory/user account\&. Use the various user record property options (as documented above) to make changes to the account, or alternatively provide a full, updated JSON user record via the \fB\-\-identity=\fR @@ -1063,6 +1113,49 @@ above\&. This executes no operation unless there\*(Aqs at least one active LUKS2 .sp Added in version 250\&. .RE +.PP +\fBfirstboot\fR +.RS 4 +This command is supposed to be invoked during the initial boot of the system\&. It checks whether any regular home area exists so far, and if not queries the user interactively on the console for user name and password and creates one\&. Alternatively, if one or more service credentials whose name starts with +"home\&.create\&." +are passed to the command (containing a user record in JSON format) these users are automatically created at boot\&. +.sp +This command is invoked by the +systemd\-homed\-firstboot\&.service +service unit\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.SH "CREDENTIALS" +.PP +When invoked with the +\fBfirstboot\fR +command, +\fBhomectl\fR +supports the service credentials logic as implemented by +\fIImportCredential=\fR/\fILoadCredential=\fR/\fISetCredential=\fR +(see +\fBsystemd.exec\fR(5) +for details)\&. The following credentials are used when passed in: +.PP +\fIhome\&.create\&.*\fR +.RS 4 +If one or more credentials whose names begin with +"home\&.create\&.", followed by a valid UNIX username are passed, a new home area is created, one for each specified user record\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.SH "KERNEL COMMAND LINE" +.PP +\fIsystemd\&.firstboot=\fR +.RS 4 +This boolean will disable the effect of +\fBhomectl firstboot\fR +command\&. It\*(Aqs primarily interpreted by +\fBsystemd-firstboot\fR(1)\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE .SH "EXIT STATUS" .PP On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. @@ -1077,7 +1170,7 @@ finishes successfully\&. .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR .RS 4 -The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) \fBemerg\fR, \fBalert\fR, \fBcrit\fR, @@ -1087,7 +1180,15 @@ The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\& \fBinfo\fR, \fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See \fBsyslog\fR(3) -for more information\&. +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR @@ -1206,6 +1307,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1217,6 +1324,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -1347,12 +1460,7 @@ homectl update nihilbaxter \-\-fido2\-device=auto .\} .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-homed.service\fR(8), -\fBhomed.conf\fR(5), -\fBuserdbctl\fR(1), -\fBuseradd\fR(8), -\fBcryptsetup\fR(8) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-homed.service\fR(8), \fBhomed.conf\fR(5), \fBuserdbctl\fR(1), \fBuseradd\fR(8), \fBcryptsetup\fR(8) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 JSON User Records @@ -1365,6 +1473,11 @@ Icon Naming Specification \%https://standards.freedesktop.org/icon-naming-spec/icon-naming-spec-latest.html .RE .IP " 3." 4 +User Record Blob Directories +.RS 4 +\%https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD_BLOB_DIRS +.RE +.IP " 4." 4 User/Group Name Syntax .RS 4 \%https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/hostid.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/hostid.1 index 994d0c4b..8203981e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/hostid.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/hostid.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH HOSTID "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH HOSTID "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME hostid \- print the numeric identifier for the current host .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/hostnamectl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/hostnamectl.1 index bba45a7e..77d4116b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/hostnamectl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/hostnamectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "HOSTNAMECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "hostnamectl" +.TH "HOSTNAMECTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "hostnamectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ Print a short help text and exit\&. Print a short version string and exit\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of "short" @@ -197,18 +197,21 @@ Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of "off" (to turn off JSON output, the default)\&. .RE +.PP +\fB\-j\fR +.RS 4 +Equivalent to +\fB\-\-json=pretty\fR +if running on a terminal, and +\fB\-\-json=short\fR +otherwise\&. +.RE .SH "EXIT STATUS" .PP On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBhostname\fR(1), -\fBhostname\fR(5), -\fBmachine-info\fR(5), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-hostnamed.service\fR(8), -\fBsystemd-firstboot\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBhostname\fR(1), \fBhostname\fR(5), \fBmachine-info\fR(5), \fBsystemctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd-hostnamed.service\fR(8), \fBsystemd-firstboot\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Icon Naming Specification diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/hpftodit.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/hpftodit.1 index d21fa3ab..b263c683 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/hpftodit.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/hpftodit.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH hpftodit 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH hpftodit 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name hpftodit \- create font description files for use with .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icehelp.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icehelp.1 index cac660d8..5d2e0e2c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icehelp.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icehelp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,87 +52,25 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEHELP 1" -.TH ICEHELP 1 "2023-12-31" "icewm\ 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEHELP 1 2024-05-24 "icewm\ 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SS "\s-1NAME\s0" +.SS NAME .IX Subsection "NAME" .Vb 1 \& icehelp \- a very simple HTML browser .Ve -.SS "\s-1SYNOPSIS\s0" +.SS SYNOPSIS .IX Subsection "SYNOPSIS" -\&\fBicehelp\fR [\fI\s-1OPTIONS\s0\fR] \fI\s-1FILENAME\s0\fR -.SS "\s-1DESCRIPTION\s0" +\&\fBicehelp\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] \fIFILENAME\fR +.SS DESCRIPTION .IX Subsection "DESCRIPTION" -\&\fBicehelp\fR is a very simple \s-1HTML\s0 browser, which is used by \fBicewm\fR\|(1) +\&\fBicehelp\fR is a very simple HTML browser, which is used by \fBicewm\fR\|(1) to display the IceWM Manual and the manpages. .PP The document can be navigated by cursor keys, navigation keys and @@ -157,16 +79,16 @@ Hit the \f(CW\*(C`F3\*(C'\fR function key to repeat a search. .PP The top right corner shows a button, which opens a menu. This menu can also be opened by a right mouse button click. -.SS "\s-1ARGUMENTS\s0" +.SS ARGUMENTS .IX Subsection "ARGUMENTS" -.IP "\fI\s-1FILENAME\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fIFILENAME\fR 4 .IX Item "FILENAME" -Specifies the file to browse. It can also be the \s-1URL\s0 of a website. -.SS "\s-1OPTIONS\s0" +Specifies the file to browse. It can also be the URL of a website. +.SS OPTIONS .IX Subsection "OPTIONS" -.SS "\s-1SPECIFIC OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "SPECIFIC OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-B\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-B\fR 4 .IX Item "-B" Display the IceWM icewmbg manpage. .IP "\fB\-b\fR, \fB\-\-bugs\fR" 4 @@ -174,8 +96,8 @@ Display the IceWM icewmbg manpage. Display the IceWM bug reports (primitively). .IP "\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-faq\fR" 4 .IX Item "-f, --faq" -Display the IceWM \s-1FAQ\s0 and Howto. -.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4 +Display the IceWM FAQ and Howto. +.IP \fB\-g\fR 4 .IX Item "-g" Display the IceWM Github website. .IP "\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-icewm\fR" 4 @@ -184,7 +106,7 @@ Display the IceWM icewm manpage. .IP "\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-manual\fR" 4 .IX Item "-m, --manual" Display the IceWM Manual (default). -.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-s\fR 4 .IX Item "-s" Display the IceWM icesound manpage. .IP "\fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-theme\fR" 4 @@ -193,14 +115,14 @@ Display the IceWM themes Howto. .IP "\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-\-website\fR" 4 .IX Item "-w, --website" Display the IceWM website. -.SS "\s-1GENERAL OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "GENERAL OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fI\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fIDISPLAY\fR" 4 .IX Item "-d, --display=DISPLAY" -Use \fI\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR to connect to the X server. -If this option is missing then \fI\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR +Use \fIDISPLAY\fR to connect to the X server. +If this option is missing then \fIDISPLAY\fR is read from the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`DISPLAY\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-sync\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sync\fR 4 .IX Item "--sync" Use a slower synchronous mode communication with \fIX11\fR server. .IP "\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR" 4 @@ -212,16 +134,16 @@ Print the program version to \fIstdout\fR and exit. .IP "\fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-copying\fR" 4 .IX Item "-C, --copying" Print copying permissions to \fIstdout\fR for the program and exit. -.SS "\s-1BUGS\s0" +.SS BUGS .IX Subsection "BUGS" Please report bugs at <https://github.com/bbidulock/icewm/issues>. -.SS "\s-1AUTHOR\s0" +.SS AUTHOR .IX Subsection "AUTHOR" Brian Bidulock <mailto:bidulock@openss7.org>. .PP See \fB\-\-copying\fR for full copyright notice and copying permissions. -.SS "\s-1LICENSE\s0" +.SS LICENSE .IX Subsection "LICENSE" -\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the \s-1GNU\s0 Library General Public License. -See the \fI\s-1COPYING\s0\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag +\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the GNU Library General Public License. +See the \fICOPYING\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag to display copying permissions. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icesh.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icesh.1 index d433cead..2bad52f0 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icesh.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icesh.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,91 +52,29 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICESH 1" -.TH ICESH 1 "2023-12-31" "icewm\ 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICESH 1 2024-05-24 "icewm\ 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SS "\s-1NAME\s0" +.SS NAME .IX Subsection "NAME" .Vb 1 \& icesh \- control window properties and the IceWM window manager .Ve -.SS "\s-1SYNOPSIS\s0" +.SS SYNOPSIS .IX Subsection "SYNOPSIS" .IP "\fBicesh\fR \fIOPTIONS|ACTIONS\fR+" 4 .IX Item "icesh OPTIONS|ACTIONS+" -.SS "\s-1DESCRIPTION\s0" +.SS DESCRIPTION .IX Subsection "DESCRIPTION" \&\fBicesh\fR provides two types of commands: .IP "1. Commands to directly interact with icewm:" 4 .IX Item "1. Commands to directly interact with icewm:" -These are listed in the section \*(L"\s-1MANAGER ACTIONS\*(R"\s0 below. +These are listed in the section "MANAGER ACTIONS" below. They are easy to use, because they don't require to select one or more windows. For example, \f(CW\*(C`icesh restart\*(C'\fR will restart icewm and \f(CW\*(C`icesh clients\*(C'\fR lists the applications that @@ -186,10 +108,10 @@ and actions that you can give to a single icesh command. They are processed and evaluated one by one from left to right. This makes icesh a small declarative programming language. Have a look at some examples near the end of this document. -.SS "\s-1OPTIONS\s0" +.SS OPTIONS .IX Subsection "OPTIONS" \&\fBicesh\fR recognizes the following options: -.SS "\s-1SELECT OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "SELECT OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "SELECT OPTIONS" Select options specify the window or windows to which subsequent actions apply. If none is given, but an action does require a window, @@ -225,28 +147,28 @@ Selects all client windows that are on the current workspace. Selects all toplevel windows from the display unconditionally. This includes windows that have never been mapped and windows with the override redirect bit set to evade management. -.IP "\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-window\fR, \fB+w\fR, \fB+window\fR \fI\s-1WINDOW_ID\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-w\fR, \fB\-window\fR, \fB+w\fR, \fB+window\fR \fIWINDOW_ID\fR" 4 .IX Item "-w, -window, +w, +window WINDOW_ID" -Specifies the identifier of the window, \fI\s-1WINDOW_ID\s0\fR, for which the +Specifies the identifier of the window, \fIWINDOW_ID\fR, for which the action applies. Special identifiers are \fBroot\fR for the root window and \fBfocus\fR for the currently focused window. The option with minus sign replaces the existing selection. With a plus sign the window is added to an existing selection. .IP "\fB\-x\fR, \fB\-xembed\fR" 4 .IX Item "-x, -xembed" -Selects all windows that are embedded using the \fI\s-1XEMBED\s0\fR protocol. -.IP "\fB+c\fR, \fB+class\fR \fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR" 4 +Selects all windows that are embedded using the \fIXEMBED\fR protocol. +.IP "\fB+c\fR, \fB+class\fR \fICLASS\fR" 4 .IX Item "+c, +class CLASS" Extend the current selection with client windows that have a -\&\fI\s-1WM_CLASS\s0\fR property equal to \fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR. This is the resource -instance and class name. If \fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR contains a period, only -windows with exactly the same \fI\s-1WM_CLASS\s0\fR property are matched. +\&\fIWM_CLASS\fR property equal to \fICLASS\fR. This is the resource +instance and class name. If \fICLASS\fR contains a period, only +windows with exactly the same \fIWM_CLASS\fR property are matched. If there is no period, windows of the same class and windows of the same instance are selected. .IP "\fB+C\fR, \fB+Class\fR" 4 .IX Item "+C, +Class" Extend the current selection with client windows that -have a \fI\s-1WM_CLASS\s0\fR property \fIsimilar\fR to the already +have a \fIWM_CLASS\fR property \fIsimilar\fR to the already selected set of windows. .IP "\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-Dockapps\fR" 4 .IX Item "-D, -Dockapps" @@ -255,38 +177,38 @@ Selects all Dockapp applications that are managed by icewm. .IX Item "+P, +Pid" Extend the current selection with client windows that have the same process identifier as one of the selected windows. -.IP "\fB\-T\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-T\fR 4 .IX Item "-T" Selects the IceWM taskbar. -.SS "\s-1FILTER OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "FILTER OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "FILTER OPTIONS" The following options \fIfilter\fR the currently selected set of windows. If no previous \fIselect\fR option was given then a \fB\-all\fR option is implicitly assumed to filter all client windows. -.IP "\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-class\fR \fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-class\fR \fICLASS\fR" 4 .IX Item "-c, -class CLASS" -Filters the set of windows on their \fI\s-1WM_CLASS\s0\fR property. This is -the resource instance and class name. If \fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR contains a period, -only windows with exactly the same \fI\s-1WM_CLASS\s0\fR property are matched. +Filters the set of windows on their \fIWM_CLASS\fR property. This is +the resource instance and class name. If \fICLASS\fR contains a period, +only windows with exactly the same \fIWM_CLASS\fR property are matched. If there is no period, windows of the same class and windows of the same instance (aka. \fI\-name\fR) are selected. .IP "\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-last\fR" 4 .IX Item "-l, -last" Filter clients and keep only the most recent client. -.IP "\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-machine\fR \fI\s-1HOST\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-m\fR, \fB\-machine\fR \fIHOST\fR" 4 .IX Item "-m, -machine HOST" -Filters clients by host name. Clients with a \s-1WM_CLIENT_MACHINE\s0 property -equal to \fI\s-1HOST\s0\fR are selected. -.IP "\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-name\fR \fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR" 4 +Filters clients by host name. Clients with a WM_CLIENT_MACHINE property +equal to \fIHOST\fR are selected. +.IP "\fB\-n\fR, \fB\-name\fR \fINAME\fR" 4 .IX Item "-n, -name NAME" -Filters clients by _NET_WM_NAME or \s-1WM_NAME.\s0 -\&\fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR matches any part of the property value. +Filters clients by _NET_WM_NAME or WM_NAME. +\&\fINAME\fR matches any part of the property value. To match at the beginning use a \f(CW\*(C`^\*(C'\fR prefix. To match at the end use a \f(CW\*(C`$\*(C'\fR suffix. -.IP "\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-pid\fR \fI\s-1PID\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-pid\fR \fIPID\fR" 4 .IX Item "-p, -pid PID" -Filters clients by process \s-1ID.\s0 Clients with a _NET_WM_PID property equal -to \fI\s-1PID\s0\fR are selected. +Filters clients by process ID. Clients with a _NET_WM_PID property equal +to \fIPID\fR are selected. .IP "\fB\-u\fR, \fB\-unmapped\fR" 4 .IX Item "-u, -unmapped" Filter clients and keep those that are currently not viewable. @@ -295,57 +217,57 @@ These are hidden, minimized, rolled-up, or on another workspace. .IX Item "-v, -viewable" Filter clients and keep only those that are currently viewable. These clients are mapped on the current workspace. -.IP "\fB\-G\fR, \fB\-Gravity\fR \fI\s-1GRAVITY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-G\fR, \fB\-Gravity\fR \fIGRAVITY\fR" 4 .IX Item "-G, -Gravity GRAVITY" -Filters clients by the window gravity field of the \s-1WM_NORMAL_HINTS\s0 -property. Clients with a gravity equal to \fI\s-1GRAVITY\s0\fR are selected. -If \fI\s-1GRAVITY\s0\fR starts with an exclamation mark then the filtering is +Filters clients by the window gravity field of the WM_NORMAL_HINTS +property. Clients with a gravity equal to \fIGRAVITY\fR are selected. +If \fIGRAVITY\fR starts with an exclamation mark then the filtering is inverted. -.IP "\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-Layer\fR \fI\s-1LAYER\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-L\fR, \fB\-Layer\fR \fILAYER\fR" 4 .IX Item "-L, -Layer LAYER" -Filters clients by \fI\s-1GNOME\s0 window layer\fR, which can either be a layer -name or a layer number. See \s-1EXPRESSIONS\s0 below. If \fI\s-1LAYER\s0\fR starts with +Filters clients by \fIGNOME window layer\fR, which can either be a layer +name or a layer number. See EXPRESSIONS below. If \fILAYER\fR starts with an exclamation mark then the filtering is inverted. -.IP "\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-Netstate\fR \fI\s-1STATE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-N\fR, \fB\-Netstate\fR \fISTATE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-N, -Netstate STATE" -Filters clients by \fI\s-1EWMH\s0 window state\fR. Clients that have at -least an \s-1EWMH\s0 window state of \fI\s-1STATE\s0\fR are selected. This state -refers to details like \fB\s-1MINIZED\s0\fR or \fB\s-1MAXIMIZED\s0\fR. See \s-1EXPRESSIONS\s0 -below. If \fI\s-1STATE\s0\fR starts with an exclamation mark then the filtering +Filters clients by \fIEWMH window state\fR. Clients that have at +least an EWMH window state of \fISTATE\fR are selected. This state +refers to details like \fBMINIZED\fR or \fBMAXIMIZED\fR. See EXPRESSIONS +below. If \fISTATE\fR starts with an exclamation mark then the filtering is inverted. A question mark \f(CW\*(C`?\*(C'\fR filters clients with any bit set -in \fI\s-1STATE\s0\fR. +in \fISTATE\fR. .IP "\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-Property\fR \fIPROP[=value]\fR" 4 .IX Item "-P, -Property PROP[=value]" -Filters clients by property. Clients that have a property \fI\s-1PROP\s0\fR +Filters clients by property. Clients that have a property \fIPROP\fR are selected. If the optional \fIvalue\fR is given, the match succeeds -only if \fI\s-1PROP\s0\fR is a string, window, cardinal, or atom, with a value -equal to \fIvalue\fR. The filtering is inverted if \fI\s-1PROP\s0\fR starts with +only if \fIPROP\fR is a string, window, cardinal, or atom, with a value +equal to \fIvalue\fR. The filtering is inverted if \fIPROP\fR starts with an exclamation mark. -.IP "\fB\-R\fR, \fB\-Role\fR \fI\s-1ROLE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-R\fR, \fB\-Role\fR \fIROLE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-R, -Role ROLE" -Filters clients by \s-1WM_WINDOW_ROLE.\s0 Clients that have a \s-1WM_WINDOW_ROLE\s0 -property value equal to \fI\s-1ROLE\s0\fR are selected. The filtering is inverted -if \fI\s-1ROLE\s0\fR starts with an exclamation mark. -.IP "\fB\-W\fR, \fB\-Workspace\fR \fI\s-1WORKSPACE\s0\fR" 4 +Filters clients by WM_WINDOW_ROLE. Clients that have a WM_WINDOW_ROLE +property value equal to \fIROLE\fR are selected. The filtering is inverted +if \fIROLE\fR starts with an exclamation mark. +.IP "\fB\-W\fR, \fB\-Workspace\fR \fIWORKSPACE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-W, -Workspace WORKSPACE" -Filter clients by workspace. Workspace \fI\s-1WORKSPACE\s0\fR is either a +Filter clients by workspace. Workspace \fIWORKSPACE\fR is either a workspace name, or a workspace number counting from zero, or the word \&\f(CW\*(C`this\*(C'\fR for the current workspace, or the word \f(CW\*(C`All\*(C'\fR for all workspaces. -If \fI\s-1WORKSPACE\s0\fR starts with an exclamation mark then the filtering is +If \fIWORKSPACE\fR starts with an exclamation mark then the filtering is inverted. -.IP "\fB\-X\fR, \fB\-Xinerama\fR \fI\s-1MONITOR\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-X\fR, \fB\-Xinerama\fR \fIMONITOR\fR" 4 .IX Item "-X, -Xinerama MONITOR" Limit clients by \fIRandR\fR/\fIXinerama\fR monitor. Only operate on -clients that are displayed on \fI\s-1MONITOR\s0\fR, where \fI\s-1MONITOR\s0\fR can +clients that are displayed on \fIMONITOR\fR, where \fIMONITOR\fR can be \f(CW\*(C`All\*(C'\fR for all monitors, \f(CW\*(C`this\*(C'\fR for the monitor where the active window is displayed, or a monitor number starting from zero. See the output of \f(CW\*(C`randr\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`xinerama\*(C'\fR below. -.SS "\s-1GENERAL OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "GENERAL OPTIONS" The following options are identical for every IceWM command. -.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-display\fR \fI\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-display\fR \fIDISPLAY\fR" 4 .IX Item "-d, -display DISPLAY" -Specifies the X11 \s-1DISPLAY.\s0 If unspecified, defaults to \fB\f(CB$DISPLAY\fB\fR. +Specifies the X11 DISPLAY. If unspecified, defaults to \fR\f(CB$DISPLAY\fR\fB\fR. .IP "\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR" 4 .IX Item "-h, --help" Print a brief usage statement to \fIstdout\fR and exit. @@ -358,102 +280,102 @@ Print copying permissions to \fIstdout\fR for the program and exit. .IP "\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR" 4 .IX Item "-q, --quiet" Don't complain if no matching windows could be found. -.SS "\s-1ACTIONS\s0" +.SS ACTIONS .IX Subsection "ACTIONS" \&\fBicesh\fR expects one or more action arguments. There are two kinds of actions: \fIwindow actions\fR and \fImanager actions\fR. The first operates on the selected windows. The second directly interacts with the \fBicewm\fR window manager. -.SS "\s-1WINDOW ACTIONS\s0" +.SS "WINDOW ACTIONS" .IX Subsection "WINDOW ACTIONS" The following actions affect the selected window or windows. -.IP "\fBactivate\fR" 4 +.IP \fBactivate\fR 4 .IX Item "activate" Activate the window, aka. \fIto focus\fR. -.IP "\fBclose\fR" 4 +.IP \fBclose\fR 4 .IX Item "close" Send a close request to the client that created the window. -.IP "\fBkill\fR" 4 +.IP \fBkill\fR 4 .IX Item "kill" Force an immediate close down of the client that created the window. -.IP "\fBid\fR" 4 +.IP \fBid\fR 4 .IX Item "id" Print window identifiers for the selected windows. -.IP "\fBpid\fR" 4 +.IP \fBpid\fR 4 .IX Item "pid" Print process identifiers for the selected windows. -.IP "\fBlist\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlist\fR 4 .IX Item "list" Show window details, like geometry and names. -.IP "\fBlower\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlower\fR 4 .IX Item "lower" Lower the window. -.IP "\fBraise\fR" 4 +.IP \fBraise\fR 4 .IX Item "raise" Raise the window. -.IP "\fBabove\fR" 4 +.IP \fBabove\fR 4 .IX Item "above" Stack the window above others. -.IP "\fBbelow\fR" 4 +.IP \fBbelow\fR 4 .IX Item "below" Stack the window below others. -.IP "\fBrollup\fR" 4 +.IP \fBrollup\fR 4 .IX Item "rollup" Rollup the specified window. -.IP "\fBfullscreen\fR" 4 +.IP \fBfullscreen\fR 4 .IX Item "fullscreen" Set the window to fullscreen. -.IP "\fBmaximize\fR" 4 +.IP \fBmaximize\fR 4 .IX Item "maximize" Maximize the window. -.IP "\fBhorizontal\fR" 4 +.IP \fBhorizontal\fR 4 .IX Item "horizontal" Maximize the window only horizontally. -.IP "\fBvertical\fR" 4 +.IP \fBvertical\fR 4 .IX Item "vertical" Maximize the window only vertically. -.IP "\fBminimize\fR" 4 +.IP \fBminimize\fR 4 .IX Item "minimize" Minimize the window. -.IP "\fBrestore\fR" 4 +.IP \fBrestore\fR 4 .IX Item "restore" -Restore the window to normal. -.IP "\fBhide\fR" 4 +Restore the window to normal and clear urgency. +.IP \fBhide\fR 4 .IX Item "hide" Hide the window. -.IP "\fBunhide\fR" 4 +.IP \fBunhide\fR 4 .IX Item "unhide" Reveal the window. -.IP "\fBskip\fR" 4 +.IP \fBskip\fR 4 .IX Item "skip" Don't show the window on the taskbar. -.IP "\fBunskip\fR" 4 +.IP \fBunskip\fR 4 .IX Item "unskip" Do show the window on the taskbar. -.IP "\fBsticky\fR" 4 +.IP \fBsticky\fR 4 .IX Item "sticky" Show the window on all workspaces. -.IP "\fBunsticky\fR" 4 +.IP \fBunsticky\fR 4 .IX Item "unsticky" Show the window on just one workspace. -.IP "\fBurgent\fR" 4 +.IP \fBurgent\fR 4 .IX Item "urgent" -Set the urgent flag to flash the task button. -.IP "\fBresize\fR \fI\s-1WIDTH\s0\fR \fI\s-1HEIGHT\s0\fR" 4 +Set the urgency flag to flash the task button. +.IP "\fBresize\fR \fIWIDTH\fR \fIHEIGHT\fR" 4 .IX Item "resize WIDTH HEIGHT" -Resize window to \fI\s-1WIDTH\s0\fR by \fI\s-1HEIGHT\s0\fR window units. For text based +Resize window to \fIWIDTH\fR by \fIHEIGHT\fR window units. For text based applications like terminals, a window unit is the size of a single character cell. -.IP "\fBsizeto\fR \fI\s-1WIDTH\s0\fR \fI\s-1HEIGHT\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBsizeto\fR \fIWIDTH\fR \fIHEIGHT\fR" 4 .IX Item "sizeto WIDTH HEIGHT" -Resize window to \fI\s-1WIDTH\s0\fR by \fI\s-1HEIGHT\s0\fR pixels. If \fI\s-1WIDTH\s0\fR or \fI\s-1HEIGHT\s0\fR +Resize window to \fIWIDTH\fR by \fIHEIGHT\fR pixels. If \fIWIDTH\fR or \fIHEIGHT\fR ends with a percent sign \f(CW\*(C`%\*(C'\fR, then they refer to a percentage of the desktop work area. For instance, \f(CW\*(C`sizeto 50% 100%\*(C'\fR resizes to half the desktop width and whatever height is available above or below the taskbar. -.IP "\fBsizeby\fR \fI\s-1WIDTH\s0\fR \fI\s-1HEIGHT\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBsizeby\fR \fIWIDTH\fR \fIHEIGHT\fR" 4 .IX Item "sizeby WIDTH HEIGHT" -Resize window by \fI\s-1WIDTH\s0\fR by \fI\s-1HEIGHT\s0\fR pixels. If \fI\s-1WIDTH\s0\fR or \fI\s-1HEIGHT\s0\fR +Resize window by \fIWIDTH\fR by \fIHEIGHT\fR pixels. If \fIWIDTH\fR or \fIHEIGHT\fR ends with a percent sign \f(CW\*(C`%\*(C'\fR, then they refer to a percentage of the current window size. For instance, \f(CW\*(C`sizeby 50% 200\*(C'\fR increases the width by 50% and increases the height by 200 pixels. @@ -465,147 +387,147 @@ precede the value with an extra minus sign, like in \f(CW\*(C`move \-+10 \-\-20\ .IP "\fBmoveby\fR \fIX\fR \fIY\fR" 4 .IX Item "moveby X Y" Displace window by \fIX\fR \fIY\fR pixels. -.IP "\fBcenter\fR" 4 +.IP \fBcenter\fR 4 .IX Item "center" Position the window in the center of the desktop work area. -.IP "\fBleft\fR" 4 +.IP \fBleft\fR 4 .IX Item "left" Position the window against the left side of the desktop work area. -.IP "\fBright\fR" 4 +.IP \fBright\fR 4 .IX Item "right" Position the window against the right side of the desktop work area. -.IP "\fBtop\fR" 4 +.IP \fBtop\fR 4 .IX Item "top" Position the window against the top side of the desktop work area. -.IP "\fBbottom\fR" 4 +.IP \fBbottom\fR 4 .IX Item "bottom" Position the window against the bottom side of the desktop work area. -.IP "\fBsetIconTitle\fR \fI\s-1TITLE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBsetIconTitle\fR \fITITLE\fR" 4 .IX Item "setIconTitle TITLE" -Set the icon title to \fI\s-1TITLE\s0\fR. -.IP "\fBgetIconTitle\fR" 4 +Set the icon title to \fITITLE\fR. +.IP \fBgetIconTitle\fR 4 .IX Item "getIconTitle" Print the icon title. -.IP "\fBsetWindowTitle\fR \fI\s-1TITLE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBsetWindowTitle\fR \fITITLE\fR" 4 .IX Item "setWindowTitle TITLE" -Set the window title to \fI\s-1TITLE\s0\fR. -.IP "\fBgetWindowTitle\fR" 4 +Set the window title to \fITITLE\fR. +.IP \fBgetWindowTitle\fR 4 .IX Item "getWindowTitle" Print the window title. -.IP "\fBsetGeometry\fR \fI\s-1GEOMETRY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBsetGeometry\fR \fIGEOMETRY\fR" 4 .IX Item "setGeometry GEOMETRY" -Set the window geometry to \fI\s-1GEOMETRY\s0\fR. This geometry should be +Set the window geometry to \fIGEOMETRY\fR. This geometry should be specified in a format that can be parsed by \fBXParseGeometry\fR\|(3). Negative offsets are with respect to the bottom or right side of the screen. Use \f(CW\*(C`+\-\*(C'\fR for a truly negative position. -.IP "\fBgetGeometry\fR" 4 +.IP \fBgetGeometry\fR 4 .IX Item "getGeometry" Print the window geometry. -.IP "\fBsetClass\fR \fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBsetClass\fR \fICLASS\fR" 4 .IX Item "setClass CLASS" -Set the resource name and class to \fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR, which should be a resource +Set the resource name and class to \fICLASS\fR, which should be a resource name and a resource class connected by a dot. To preserve either the existing name or class, use a percentage sign for that part. -.IP "\fBgetClass\fR" 4 +.IP \fBgetClass\fR 4 .IX Item "getClass" Print the resource name and class. -.IP "\fBnetState\fR \fI[\s-1STATE\s0]\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBnetState\fR \fI[STATE]\fR" 4 .IX Item "netState [STATE]" -If \fI\s-1STATE\s0\fR is omitted then it shows the \fI\s-1EWMH\s0 window state\fR. -If \fI\s-1STATE\s0\fR starts with a \f(CW\*(C`+\*(C'\fR then flags in \fI\s-1STATE\s0\fR are appended to -the existing \fI\s-1EWMH\s0 window state\fR. If \fI\s-1STATE\s0\fR starts with a \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR -then flags in \fI\s-1STATE\s0\fR are removed from the existing \fI\s-1EWMH\s0 window -state\fR. If \fI\s-1STATE\s0\fR starts with a \f(CW\*(C`^\*(C'\fR then flags in \fI\s-1STATE\s0\fR are -toggled with respect to the existing \fI\s-1EWMH\s0 window state\fR. -If \fI\s-1STATE\s0\fR starts with a \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR then the \fI\s-1EWMH\s0 window state\fR -is set to \fI\s-1STATE\s0\fR. See \s-1EXPRESSIONS\s0 below. A list of \fI\s-1EWMH\s0 flags\fR +If \fISTATE\fR is omitted then it shows the \fIEWMH window state\fR. +If \fISTATE\fR starts with a \f(CW\*(C`+\*(C'\fR then flags in \fISTATE\fR are appended to +the existing \fIEWMH window state\fR. If \fISTATE\fR starts with a \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR +then flags in \fISTATE\fR are removed from the existing \fIEWMH window +state\fR. If \fISTATE\fR starts with a \f(CW\*(C`^\*(C'\fR then flags in \fISTATE\fR are +toggled with respect to the existing \fIEWMH window state\fR. +If \fISTATE\fR starts with a \f(CW\*(C`=\*(C'\fR then the \fIEWMH window state\fR +is set to \fISTATE\fR. See EXPRESSIONS below. A list of \fIEWMH flags\fR can be found in the output of \f(CW\*(C`icesh symbols\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fBsetLayer\fR \fI\s-1LAYER\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBsetLayer\fR \fILAYER\fR" 4 .IX Item "setLayer LAYER" Move the specified window to another \fIwindow layer\fR. -See \s-1EXPRESSIONS\s0 below for a list of \fI\s-1LAYER\s0\fR symbols. -.IP "\fBgetLayer\fR" 4 +See EXPRESSIONS below for a list of \fILAYER\fR symbols. +.IP \fBgetLayer\fR 4 .IX Item "getLayer" Print the \fIwindow layer\fR for the specified window. -.IP "\fBsetWorkspace\fR \fI\s-1WORKSPACE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBsetWorkspace\fR \fIWORKSPACE\fR" 4 .IX Item "setWorkspace WORKSPACE" Move the specified window to another workspace. Select the root -window to change the current workspace. If \fI\s-1WORKSPACE\s0\fR is \f(CW\*(C`All\*(C'\fR +window to change the current workspace. If \fIWORKSPACE\fR is \f(CW\*(C`All\*(C'\fR then the specified window becomes visible on all workspaces. Specify \f(CW\*(C`this\*(C'\fR for the current workspace, \f(CW\*(C`next\*(C'\fR for the subsequent workspace or \f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR for the preceding workspace. -.IP "\fBgetWorkspace\fR" 4 +.IP \fBgetWorkspace\fR 4 .IX Item "getWorkspace" Print the workspace for the specified window. -.IP "\fBopacity\fR [\fI\s-1OPACITY\s0\fR]" 4 +.IP "\fBopacity\fR [\fIOPACITY\fR]" 4 .IX Item "opacity [OPACITY]" -Print the window opacity if \fI\s-1OPACITY\s0\fR is not given, -otherwise set the window opacity to \fI\s-1OPACITY\s0\fR. -.IP "\fBsetTrayOption\fR \fI\s-1TRAYOPTION\s0\fR" 4 +Print the window opacity if \fIOPACITY\fR is not given, +otherwise set the window opacity to \fIOPACITY\fR. +.IP "\fBsetTrayOption\fR \fITRAYOPTION\fR" 4 .IX Item "setTrayOption TRAYOPTION" -Set the \fIIceWM tray option\fR for the specified window to \fI\s-1TRAYOPTION\s0\fR. -See \fIIceWM tray options\fR, below, for \fI\s-1TRAYOPTION\s0\fR symbols. -.IP "\fBgetTrayOption\fR" 4 +Set the \fIIceWM tray option\fR for the specified window to \fITRAYOPTION\fR. +See \fIIceWM tray options\fR, below, for \fITRAYOPTION\fR symbols. +.IP \fBgetTrayOption\fR 4 .IX Item "getTrayOption" Print the \fIIceWM tray option\fR for the specified window. -.IP "\fBsetNormalGravity\fR \fI\s-1GRAVITY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBsetNormalGravity\fR \fIGRAVITY\fR" 4 .IX Item "setNormalGravity GRAVITY" -Set the window gravity field in the \s-1WM_NORMAL_HINTS\s0 property for the -specified window to \fI\s-1GRAVITY\s0\fR. See below for \fI\s-1GRAVITY\s0\fR symbols. -.IP "\fBgetNormalGravity\fR" 4 +Set the window gravity field in the WM_NORMAL_HINTS property for the +specified window to \fIGRAVITY\fR. See below for \fIGRAVITY\fR symbols. +.IP \fBgetNormalGravity\fR 4 .IX Item "getNormalGravity" -Print the window gravity from the \s-1WM_NORMAL_HINTS\s0 property for the +Print the window gravity from the WM_NORMAL_HINTS property for the specified window. -.IP "\fBsetWindowGravity\fR \fI\s-1GRAVITY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBsetWindowGravity\fR \fIGRAVITY\fR" 4 .IX Item "setWindowGravity GRAVITY" -Set the window gravity for the specified window to \fI\s-1GRAVITY\s0\fR. -See below for \fI\s-1GRAVITY\s0\fR symbols. -.IP "\fBgetWindowGravity\fR" 4 +Set the window gravity for the specified window to \fIGRAVITY\fR. +See below for \fIGRAVITY\fR symbols. +.IP \fBgetWindowGravity\fR 4 .IX Item "getWindowGravity" Print the window gravity for the specified window. -.IP "\fBsetBitGravity\fR \fI\s-1GRAVITY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBsetBitGravity\fR \fIGRAVITY\fR" 4 .IX Item "setBitGravity GRAVITY" -Set the bit gravity> for the specified window to \fI\s-1GRAVITY\s0\fR. -See below for \fI\s-1GRAVITY\s0\fR symbols. -.IP "\fBgetBitGravity\fR" 4 +Set the bit gravity> for the specified window to \fIGRAVITY\fR. +See below for \fIGRAVITY\fR symbols. +.IP \fBgetBitGravity\fR 4 .IX Item "getBitGravity" Print the bit gravity for the specified window. -.IP "\fBmotif\fR [\fBfuncs\fR \fI\s-1FUNCTIONS\s0\fR | \fBdecor\fR \fI\s-1DECORATIONS\s0\fR | \fBremove\fR]" 4 +.IP "\fBmotif\fR [\fBfuncs\fR \fIFUNCTIONS\fR | \fBdecor\fR \fIDECORATIONS\fR | \fBremove\fR]" 4 .IX Item "motif [funcs FUNCTIONS | decor DECORATIONS | remove]" Query, set or modify the \f(CW\*(C`_MOTIF_WM_HINTS\*(C'\fR property for the specified window. Without arguments \fBmotif\fR will show the current value, but only if the window has such a property. The property can be removed or reset with the \fBremove\fR argument. With \fBfuncs\fR and \fBdecor\fR individual -fields of this property can be enabled or disabled. If \fI\s-1FUNCTIONS\s0\fR or -\&\fI\s-1DECORATIONS\s0\fR starts with a minus or plus sign then the existing value +fields of this property can be enabled or disabled. If \fIFUNCTIONS\fR or +\&\fIDECORATIONS\fR starts with a minus or plus sign then the existing value is modified, otherwise it is set to the new value. Note that if \f(CW\*(C`All\*(C'\fR is set, other set fields are disabled and cleared fields are enabled. -.IP "\fBborderless\fR" 4 +.IP \fBborderless\fR 4 .IX Item "borderless" Hide the frame borders and title. -.IP "\fBbordered\fR" 4 +.IP \fBbordered\fR 4 .IX Item "bordered" Show the frame borders and title. -.IP "\fBdenormal\fR" 4 +.IP \fBdenormal\fR 4 .IX Item "denormal" -Remove the \s-1WM_NORMAL_HINTS\s0 property, if it exists. This lifts +Remove the WM_NORMAL_HINTS property, if it exists. This lifts font-size restrictions on resizing, especially for terminals. -.IP "\fBprop\fR \fI\s-1PROPERTY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBprop\fR \fIPROPERTY\fR" 4 .IX Item "prop PROPERTY" -Print the value of property \fI\s-1PROPERTY\s0\fR, if it is present. -.IP "\fBproperties\fR" 4 +Print the value of property \fIPROPERTY\fR, if it is present. +.IP \fBproperties\fR 4 .IX Item "properties" Print all properties and their values. -.IP "\fBframe\fR" 4 +.IP \fBframe\fR 4 .IX Item "frame" Print the identifier of the window frame. -.IP "\fBextents\fR" 4 +.IP \fBextents\fR 4 .IX Item "extents" Print the window identifier and the frame border sizes: left, right, top and bottom. -.IP "\fBfocusmodel\fR" 4 +.IP \fBfocusmodel\fR 4 .IX Item "focusmodel" -Print the \s-1ICCCM\s0 focus model as advertised by the client window. +Print the ICCCM focus model as advertised by the client window. This is either Locally, Passive, Globally or NoInput. .IP "\fBoverride\fR [\fI0|1\fR]" 4 .IX Item "override [0|1]" @@ -615,16 +537,16 @@ is given, then disable or enable the override redirect status. .IX Item "tabto label" Move the windows as tabs to a frame that has \f(CW\*(C`frame\*(C'\fR label \fIlabel\fR. Such a frame is created if needed. -.IP "\fBuntab\fR" 4 +.IP \fBuntab\fR 4 .IX Item "untab" Move each window to its own frame, if it is currently tabbed. .IP "\fBloadicon\fR \fIimage.pam\fR" 4 .IX Item "loadicon image.pam" -Load an icon from file, which must be in the \s-1PAM\s0 image format, -with dimensions at most 256, a depth of 4, and type \fI\s-1RGB_ALPHA\s0\fR. +Load an icon from file, which must be in the PAM image format, +with dimensions at most 256, a depth of 4, and type \fIRGB_ALPHA\fR. .IP "\fBsaveicon\fR \fIfile000.pam\fR" 4 .IX Item "saveicon file000.pam" -Save an icon to a new file in the \s-1PAM\s0 image format. Digits are +Save an icon to a new file in the PAM image format. Digits are increased to generate a unique new filename for each window. .IP "\fBclick\fR \fIwindow-x\fR \fIwindow-y\fR \fIbutton\fR" 4 .IX Item "click window-x window-y button" @@ -636,121 +558,122 @@ the events. The button number should be between 1 and 5 inclusive. .IX Item "monitors top bottom left right" This sets the monitors to use for fullscreen. Top, bottom, left, and right are indices of the \fIicesh xinerama\fR command. -.IP "\fBspy\fR" 4 +.IP \fBspy\fR 4 .IX Item "spy" Observe the selected windows and report any changes. This includes focus, visibility, position, size and all window properties. To monitor all of the protocol request messages that client applications may send to icewm, also spy on the root window. -.IP "\fBstacking\fR" 4 +.IP \fBstacking\fR 4 .IX Item "stacking" Sort the list of windows from topmost to bottom-most. -.IP "\fBreverse\fR" 4 +.IP \fBreverse\fR 4 .IX Item "reverse" Reverse the order of the list of windows. -.SS "\s-1MANAGER ACTIONS\s0" +.SS "MANAGER ACTIONS" .IX Subsection "MANAGER ACTIONS" The following actions control the IceWM window manager and therefore do not require a window \fIselect\fR or \fIfilter\fR option: -.IP "\fBlistWorkspaces\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlistWorkspaces\fR 4 .IX Item "listWorkspaces" List the names of all workspaces. -.IP "\fBcurrent\fR" 4 +.IP \fBcurrent\fR 4 .IX Item "current" Show the number and name of the current workspace. -.IP "\fBgoto\fR \fI\s-1WORKSPACE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBgoto\fR \fIWORKSPACE\fR" 4 .IX Item "goto WORKSPACE" -Change the current workspace to \fI\s-1WORKSPACE\s0\fR. Specify \f(CW\*(C`next\*(C'\fR for the +Change the current workspace to \fIWORKSPACE\fR. Specify \f(CW\*(C`next\*(C'\fR for the subsequent workspace or \f(CW\*(C`prev\*(C'\fR for the preceding workspace. -.IP "\fBworkspaces\fR [\fI\s-1COUNT\s0\fR]" 4 +.IP "\fBworkspaces\fR [\fICOUNT\fR]" 4 .IX Item "workspaces [COUNT]" -Print the number of workspaces if \fI\s-1COUNT\s0\fR is not given, -otherwise set the number of workspaces to \fI\s-1COUNT\s0\fR. -.IP "\fBsetWorkspaceName\fR \fI\s-1INDEX\s0\fR \fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR" 4 +Print the number of workspaces if \fICOUNT\fR is not given, +otherwise set the number of workspaces to \fICOUNT\fR. +.IP "\fBsetWorkspaceName\fR \fIINDEX\fR \fINAME\fR" 4 .IX Item "setWorkspaceName INDEX NAME" -Change the name of the workspace \fI\s-1INDEX\s0\fR to \fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR, where \fI\s-1INDEX\s0\fR is +Change the name of the workspace \fIINDEX\fR to \fINAME\fR, where \fIINDEX\fR is a workspace number starting from zero. -.IP "\fBsetWorkspaceNames\fR \fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR [\fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR]*" 4 +.IP "\fBsetWorkspaceNames\fR \fINAME\fR [\fINAME\fR]*" 4 .IX Item "setWorkspaceNames NAME [NAME]*" -Change the workspace names to the list of \fI\s-1NAME\s0\fRs. -.IP "\fBaddWorkspace\fR \fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR" 4 +Change the workspace names to the list of \fINAME\fRs. +.IP "\fBaddWorkspace\fR \fINAME\fR" 4 .IX Item "addWorkspace NAME" -Create a new workspace with name \fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR. -.IP "\fBdesktop\fR [\fI\s-1SHOWING\s0\fR]" 4 +Create a new workspace with name \fINAME\fR. +.IP "\fBdesktop\fR [\fISHOWING\fR]" 4 .IX Item "desktop [SHOWING]" -If \fI\s-1SHOWING\s0\fR is \f(CW1\fR then set \f(CW\*(C`showing the desktop\*(C'\fR mode. -If \fI\s-1SHOWING\s0\fR is \f(CW0\fR then turn off \f(CW\*(C`showing the desktop\*(C'\fR. -Print the current mode if \fI\s-1SHOWING\s0\fR is not given. -.IP "\fBworkarea\fR" 4 +If \fISHOWING\fR is \f(CW1\fR then set \f(CW\*(C`showing the desktop\*(C'\fR mode. +If \fISHOWING\fR is \f(CW0\fR then turn off \f(CW\*(C`showing the desktop\*(C'\fR. +Print the current mode if \fISHOWING\fR is not given. +.IP \fBworkarea\fR 4 .IX Item "workarea" Print the dimensions of the work area for the current workspace. This is the desktop, but minus space occupied by dock and panel windows. -.IP "\fBrandr\fR" 4 +.IP \fBrandr\fR 4 .IX Item "randr" Summarize the \fIRandR\fR configuration. -.IP "\fBxinerama\fR" 4 +.IP \fBxinerama\fR 4 .IX Item "xinerama" Summarize the \fIXinerama\fR configuration. -.IP "\fBcheck\fR" 4 +.IP \fBcheck\fR 4 .IX Item "check" Print information about the current window manager, like name, version, class, locale, command, host name and pid. -.IP "\fBclients\fR" 4 +.IP \fBclients\fR 4 .IX Item "clients" List all managed client windows, their titles and geometries. -.IP "\fBshown\fR" 4 +.IP \fBshown\fR 4 .IX Item "shown" List all mapped client windows for the current desktop, their titles and geometries. -.IP "\fBwindows\fR" 4 +.IP \fBwindows\fR 4 .IX Item "windows" List all toplevel windows, their titles and geometries. -.IP "\fBsystray\fR" 4 +.IP \fBsystray\fR 4 .IX Item "systray" List applications that are managed by the IceWM system tray. -.IP "\fBxembed\fR" 4 +.IP \fBxembed\fR 4 .IX Item "xembed" -List application windows that are embedded using the \fI\s-1XEMBED\s0\fR protocol. +List application windows that are embedded using the \fIXEMBED\fR protocol. This is another way to discover system tray applications. -.IP "\fBlogout\fR" 4 +.IP \fBlogout\fR 4 .IX Item "logout" Let icewm execute the \f(CW\*(C`LogoutCommand\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fBreboot\fR" 4 +.IP \fBreboot\fR 4 .IX Item "reboot" Let icewm execute the \f(CW\*(C`RebootCommand\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fBshutdown\fR" 4 +.IP \fBshutdown\fR 4 .IX Item "shutdown" Let icewm execute the \f(CW\*(C`ShutdownCommand\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fBcancel\fR" 4 +.IP \fBcancel\fR 4 .IX Item "cancel" Let icewm cancel the logout/reboot/shutdown. -.IP "\fBabout\fR" 4 +.IP \fBabout\fR 4 .IX Item "about" Let icewm show the about window. -.IP "\fBwindowlist\fR" 4 +.IP \fBwindowlist\fR 4 .IX Item "windowlist" Let icewm show the window list window. -.IP "\fBrestart\fR" 4 +.IP \fBrestart\fR 4 .IX Item "restart" Let icewm restart itself. -.IP "\fBsuspend\fR" 4 +.IP \fBsuspend\fR 4 .IX Item "suspend" Let icewm execute the \f(CW\*(C`SuspendCommand\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fBhibernate\fR" 4 +.IP \fBhibernate\fR 4 .IX Item "hibernate" Let icewm execute the \f(CW\*(C`HibernateCommand\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fBwinoptions\fR" 4 +.IP \fBwinoptions\fR 4 .IX Item "winoptions" Let icewm reload the \f(CW\*(C`winoptions\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fBkeys\fR" 4 +This only affects new windows. +.IP \fBkeys\fR 4 .IX Item "keys" Let icewm reload the \f(CW\*(C`keys\*(C'\fR file. -.IP "\fBrefresh\fR" 4 +.IP \fBrefresh\fR 4 .IX Item "refresh" Let icewm refresh the desktop background. -.IP "\fBguievents\fR" 4 +.IP \fBguievents\fR 4 .IX Item "guievents" -Monitor the \fB\s-1ICEWM_GUI_EVENT\s0\fR property and report all changes. +Monitor the \fBICEWM_GUI_EVENT\fR property and report all changes. Hit \f(CW\*(C`Ctrl+C\*(C'\fR to abort this and continue with the next command. .IP "\fBdelay\fR [\fItime\fR]" 4 .IX Item "delay [time]" @@ -758,23 +681,23 @@ Stop execution for \fItime\fR or 0.1 seconds. .IP "\fBrunonce\fR \fIprogram\fR [\fIarguments...\fR]" 4 .IX Item "runonce program [arguments...]" This action is meant to be used together with the \fB\-class\fR option. -Only if no window is matched by \fI\s-1WM_CLASS\s0\fR then +Only if no window is matched by \fIWM_CLASS\fR then \&\fIprogram\fR [\fIarguments...\fR] is executed. .IP "\fBloop\fR [\fIcount\fR]" 4 .IX Item "loop [count]" Loop back to the beginning of the command and repeat. The optional \&\fIcount\fR limits the number of repetitions. -.IP "\fBpick\fR" 4 +.IP \fBpick\fR 4 .IX Item "pick" Choose a window by a mouse button click. -.IP "\fBsync\fR" 4 +.IP \fBsync\fR 4 .IX Item "sync" Synchronize with the IceWM window manager. That is, wait for icewm to process all previous actions. -.IP "\fBsymbols\fR" 4 +.IP \fBsymbols\fR 4 .IX Item "symbols" List all named symbols. -.SS "\s-1CONDITIONALS\s0" +.SS CONDITIONALS .IX Subsection "CONDITIONALS" Icesh supports \f(CW\*(C`if\-then\-else\*(C'\fR expressions. The full syntax is: .PP @@ -799,14 +722,14 @@ or taken. Each clause is optional. Whenever a selection condition evaluates to \fBfalse\fR, the window selection that existed before the \f(CW\*(C`if\*(C'\fR clause is immediately restored. This also happens after an \f(CW\*(C`end\*(C'\fR clause. -.SS "\s-1EXPRESSIONS\s0" +.SS EXPRESSIONS .IX Subsection "EXPRESSIONS" -Some of the window actions require one or two \fI\s-1EXPRESSION\s0\fR arguments. -.ie n .IP "\fB\s-1EXPRESSION\s0\fR ::= \fI\s-1SYMBOL\s0\fR | \fI\s-1EXPRESSION\s0\fR { ""+"" | ""|"" } \fI\s-1SYMBOL\s0\fR" 4 -.el .IP "\fB\s-1EXPRESSION\s0\fR ::= \fI\s-1SYMBOL\s0\fR | \fI\s-1EXPRESSION\s0\fR { \f(CW+\fR | \f(CW|\fR } \fI\s-1SYMBOL\s0\fR" 4 +Some of the window actions require one or two \fIEXPRESSION\fR arguments. +.ie n .IP "\fBEXPRESSION\fR ::= \fISYMBOL\fR | \fIEXPRESSION\fR { ""+"" | ""|"" } \fISYMBOL\fR" 4 +.el .IP "\fBEXPRESSION\fR ::= \fISYMBOL\fR | \fIEXPRESSION\fR { \f(CW+\fR | \f(CW|\fR } \fISYMBOL\fR" 4 .IX Item "EXPRESSION ::= SYMBOL | EXPRESSION { + | | } SYMBOL" .PP -Each \fI\s-1SYMBOL\s0\fR may be from one of the following applicable domains: +Each \fISYMBOL\fR may be from one of the following applicable domains: .IP "\fIWindow layer\fR" 4 .IX Item "Window layer" Named symbols of the domain \fIWindow layer\fR (numeric range: 0\-15): @@ -823,7 +746,7 @@ Named symbols of the domain \fIWindow layer\fR (numeric range: 0\-15): \& AboveAll (15) .Ve .Sp -These symbols are used with the \fI\s-1LAYER\s0\fR argument to the \f(CW\*(C`setLayer\*(C'\fR +These symbols are used with the \fILAYER\fR argument to the \f(CW\*(C`setLayer\*(C'\fR action. .IP "\fIIceWM tray option\fR" 4 .IX Item "IceWM tray option" @@ -835,7 +758,7 @@ Named symbols of the domain \fIIceWM tray option\fR (numeric range: 0\-2): \& Exclusive (2) .Ve .Sp -These symbols are used with the \fI\s-1TRAYOPTION\s0\fR argument to the +These symbols are used with the \fITRAYOPTION\fR argument to the \&\f(CW\*(C`setTrayOption\*(C'\fR action. .IP "\fIGravity symbols\fR" 4 .IX Item "Gravity symbols" @@ -875,9 +798,9 @@ Named symbols for window and bit gravity (numeric range: 0\-10): \& Minimize (32) \& Maximize (64) .Ve -.IP "\fI\s-1EWMH\s0 window state symbols\fR" 4 +.IP "\fIEWMH window state symbols\fR" 4 .IX Item "EWMH window state symbols" -Named symbols of the domain \fI\s-1EWMH\s0 state\fR (numeric range: +Named symbols of the domain \fIEWMH state\fR (numeric range: 0\-8191): .Sp .Vb 10 @@ -895,7 +818,7 @@ Named symbols of the domain \fI\s-1EWMH\s0 state\fR (numeric range: \& SKIP_TASKBAR (2048) \& STICKY (4096) .Ve -.SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0" +.SS EXAMPLES .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES" List all workspace names: .PP @@ -930,7 +853,7 @@ Change opacity for all xterms. \& icesh \-c XTerm opacity 84 .Ve .PP -Move all windows on workspace \*(L"Top\*(R" to the current workspace. +Move all windows on workspace "Top" to the current workspace. .PP .Vb 1 \& icesh \-W "Top" setWorkspace "this" @@ -963,7 +886,7 @@ Here is a different solution using conditionals. .Ve .PP Here is a conditional to either toggle the visibility of a roxterm -that has a \s-1WM_ROLE\s0 value of \f(CW\*(C`special\*(C'\fR or start it with \fBrunonce\fR. +that has a WM_ROLE value of \f(CW\*(C`special\*(C'\fR or start it with \fBrunonce\fR. .PP .Vb 4 \& icesh if \-c roxterm.Roxterm \-R special then \e @@ -985,46 +908,46 @@ appear. .Vb 1 \& icesh \-t if \-n Tooltip then list else delay 0.05 loop end .Ve -.SS "\s-1ENVIRONMENT\s0" +.SS ENVIRONMENT .IX Subsection "ENVIRONMENT" -.IP "\fB\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fBDISPLAY\fR 4 .IX Item "DISPLAY" The default display. -.SS "\s-1EXIT STATUS\s0" +.SS "EXIT STATUS" .IX Subsection "EXIT STATUS" -.IP "\fB0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB0\fR 4 .IX Item "0" The last action completed successfully. -.IP "\fB1\fR" 4 +.IP \fB1\fR 4 .IX Item "1" The last action completed unsuccessfully, or no window met the condition. -.IP "\fB2\fR" 4 +.IP \fB2\fR 4 .IX Item "2" A conditional has invalid syntax. -.IP "\fB3\fR" 4 +.IP \fB3\fR 4 .IX Item "3" The display could not be opened. -.IP "\fB4\fR" 4 +.IP \fB4\fR 4 .IX Item "4" The X server reports an error while processing a request. -.SS "\s-1COMPLIANCE\s0" +.SS COMPLIANCE .IX Subsection "COMPLIANCE" -\&\fBicesh\fR is largely compliant with the \s-1EWMH\s0 and \s-1ICCCM\s0 specifications. +\&\fBicesh\fR is largely compliant with the EWMH and ICCCM specifications. Some commands, like manager actions, are specific to IceWM. -.SS "\s-1SEE ALSO\s0" +.SS "SEE ALSO" .IX Subsection "SEE ALSO" \&\fBicewm\fR\|(1), \fBwmctrl\fR\|(1), \fBxdotool\fR\|(1), \fBxprop\fR\|(1), \&\fBxwininfo\fR\|(1), \fBXParseGeometry\fR\|(3). -.SS "\s-1BUGS\s0" +.SS BUGS .IX Subsection "BUGS" Please report bugs at <https://github.com/bbidulock/icewm/issues>. -.SS "\s-1AUTHOR\s0" +.SS AUTHOR .IX Subsection "AUTHOR" Brian Bidulock <mailto:bidulock@openss7.org>. .PP See \fB\-\-copying\fR for full copyright notice and copying permissions. -.SS "\s-1LICENSE\s0" +.SS LICENSE .IX Subsection "LICENSE" -\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the \s-1GNU\s0 Library General Public License. -See the \fI\s-1COPYING\s0\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag +\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the GNU Library General Public License. +See the \fICOPYING\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag to display copying permissions. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icesound.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icesound.1 index 5d827f0b..5d239e64 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icesound.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icesound.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,169 +52,107 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICESOUND 1" -.TH ICESOUND 1 "2023-12-31" "icewm\ 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICESOUND 1 2024-05-24 "icewm\ 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SS "\s-1NAME\s0" +.SS NAME .IX Subsection "NAME" .Vb 1 \& icesound \- play audio files when interesting GUI events happen .Ve -.SS "\s-1SYNOPSIS\s0" +.SS SYNOPSIS .IX Subsection "SYNOPSIS" -\&\fBicesound\fR [\fI\s-1OPTIONS\s0\fR] -.SS "\s-1DESCRIPTION\s0" +\&\fBicesound\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] +.SS DESCRIPTION .IX Subsection "DESCRIPTION" -The \fBicewm\fR\|(1) window manager generates so-called \s-1GUI\s0 events in +The \fBicewm\fR\|(1) window manager generates so-called GUI events in response to interesting actions, like opening or closing of application -windows, switching of workspace, etc. \s-1GUI\s0 events are a property of the -X root window. \fBicewm\fR\|(1) updates this property whenever a new \s-1GUI\s0 +windows, switching of workspace, etc. GUI events are a property of the +X root window. \fBicewm\fR\|(1) updates this property whenever a new GUI event occurs. Interested applications can listen for changes to this -property. There are nearly twenty \s-1GUI\s0 events defined. +property. There are nearly twenty GUI events defined. .PP -\&\fBicesound\fR responds to these \s-1GUI\s0 events by playing audio files. +\&\fBicesound\fR responds to these GUI events by playing audio files. These sound files are \fI.wav\fR files located in a \fIsounds\fR sub-directory in one of the \fBicewm\fR\|(1) configuration directories. .PP -\&\fBicesound\fR supports several common audio interfaces. These are: \s-1ALSA, -OSS\s0 and libAO. These must be enabled during configuration. -\&\s-1ALSA, OSS\s0 and libAO all require support for libsndfile, which is a +\&\fBicesound\fR supports several common audio interfaces. These are: ALSA, +OSS and libAO. These must be enabled during configuration. +ALSA, OSS and libAO all require support for libsndfile, which is a very common library to read audio files. -.IP "\fB\s-1ALSA\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fBALSA\fR 4 .IX Item "ALSA" -\&\fB\s-1ALSA\s0\fR is rather involved to program and it works, but this could use +\&\fBALSA\fR is rather involved to program and it works, but this could use more testing. It plays at most one sound at a time. -.IP "\fBLibAO\fR" 4 +.IP \fBLibAO\fR 4 .IX Item "LibAO" \&\fBLibAO\fR is a cross-platform audio output library which is a convenient wrapper around a significant number of common audio interfaces. It has a simple configuration file which is documented in the \fBlibao.conf\fR\|(5) manual page. -.IP "\fB\s-1OSS\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fBOSS\fR 4 .IX Item "OSS" -The \fIOpen Sound System (\s-1OSS\s0)\fR is a cross-platform sound interface, +The \fIOpen Sound System (OSS)\fR is a cross-platform sound interface, which is fully supported by \fBicesound\fR. .PP When multiple audio interfaces are available \fBicesound\fR will examine them all until it finds one which it can connect to and then use that -one. By default it prefers them in the order of: \fB\s-1AO\s0\fR, \fB\s-1ALSA\s0\fR, \fB\s-1OSS\s0\fR. -.SS "\s-1OPTIONS\s0" +one. By default it prefers them in the order of: \fBAO\fR, \fBALSA\fR, \fBOSS\fR. +.SS OPTIONS .IX Subsection "OPTIONS" -.SS "\s-1SPECIFIC OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "SPECIFIC OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fI\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fIDISPLAY\fR" 4 .IX Item "-d, --display=DISPLAY" X11 display used by \fBicewm\fR\|(1) (default: \f(CW$DISPLAY\fR). -.IP "\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sample\-dir\fR=\fI\s-1DIRECTORY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sample\-dir\fR=\fIDIRECTORY\fR" 4 .IX Item "-s, --sample-dir=DIRECTORY" Specifies a directory with sound files. The default is: -\&\fI\f(CI$HOME\fI/.config/icewm/sounds\fR, \fI\f(CI$HOME\fI/.icewm/sounds\fR, \fICFGDIR/sounds\fR +\&\fR\f(CI$HOME\fR\fI/.config/icewm/sounds\fR, \fI\fR\f(CI$HOME\fR\fI/.icewm/sounds\fR, \fICFGDIR/sounds\fR and \fILIBDIR/sounds\fR. See the output of \f(CW\*(C`icewm \-\-directories\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-interface\fR={\fB\s-1AO\s0\fR|\fB\s-1ALSA\s0\fR|\fB\s-1OSS\s0\fR}[,{\fB\s-1AO\s0\fR|\fB\s-1ALSA\s0\fR|\fB\s-1OSS\s0\fR}]*" 4 +.IP "\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-interface\fR={\fBAO\fR|\fBALSA\fR|\fBOSS\fR}[,{\fBAO\fR|\fBALSA\fR|\fBOSS\fR}]*" 4 .IX Item "-i, --interface={AO|ALSA|OSS}[,{AO|ALSA|OSS}]*" -Specifies the audio output interfaces. One or more of: \fB\s-1AO\s0\fR, -\&\fB\s-1ALSA\s0\fR, \fB\s-1OSS\s0\fR separated by comma's (\f(CW\*(C`,\*(C'\fR). -.IP "\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-device\fR=\fI\s-1DEVICE\s0\fR" 4 +Specifies the audio output interfaces. One or more of: \fBAO\fR, +\&\fBALSA\fR, \fBOSS\fR separated by comma's (\f(CW\*(C`,\*(C'\fR). +.IP "\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-device\fR=\fIDEVICE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-D, --device=DEVICE" Backwards compatibility only: the default device. Please prefer one of the \fB\-A\fR, \fB\-O\fR or \fB\-S\fR options. -.IP "\fB\-O\fR, \fB\-\-oss\fR=\fI\s-1DEVICE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-O\fR, \fB\-\-oss\fR=\fIDEVICE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-O, --oss=DEVICE" -Specifies the \s-1OSS\s0 device (default: \fI/dev/dsp\fR). -.IP "\fB\-A\fR, \fB\-\-alsa\fR=\fI\s-1DEVICE\s0\fR" 4 +Specifies the OSS device (default: \fI/dev/dsp\fR). +.IP "\fB\-A\fR, \fB\-\-alsa\fR=\fIDEVICE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-A, --alsa=DEVICE" -Specifies the \s-1ALSA\s0 device (default: \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR). -.IP "\fB\-z\fR, \fB\-\-snooze\fR=\fI\s-1MILLISECONDS\s0\fR" 4 +Specifies the ALSA device (default: \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR). +.IP "\fB\-z\fR, \fB\-\-snooze\fR=\fIMILLISECONDS\fR" 4 .IX Item "-z, --snooze=MILLISECONDS" Specifies the snooze interval between sound events in milliseconds. Default is 500 milliseconds. -.IP "\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-play\fR=\fI\s-1SOUND\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-play\fR=\fISOUND\fR" 4 .IX Item "-p, --play=SOUND" Plays the given sound (name or number) and exits. .IP "\fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-list\-files\fR" 4 .IX Item "-l, --list-files" Lists the available sound file paths and exits. -.IP "\fB\-\-list\-sounds\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-list\-sounds\fR 4 .IX Item "--list-sounds" Lists the supported sound file names and exits. -.IP "\fB\-\-list\-interfaces\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-list\-interfaces\fR 4 .IX Item "--list-interfaces" Lists the supported audio interfaces and exits. .IP "\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output=FILE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-o, --output=FILE" -Redirect all output to \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR. +Redirect all output to \fIFILE\fR. A leading tilde or environment variable is expanded. .IP "\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4 .IX Item "-v, --verbose" Be verbose and print some information when sound events occur. -.SS "\s-1GENERAL OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IP "\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR" 4 .IX Item "-h, --help" @@ -241,37 +163,37 @@ Print the program version to \fIstdout\fR and exit. .IP "\fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-copying\fR" 4 .IX Item "-C, --copying" Print copying permissions to \fIstdout\fR for the program and exit. -.SS "\s-1EXIT STATUS\s0" +.SS "EXIT STATUS" .IX Subsection "EXIT STATUS" -.IP "\fB0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB0\fR 4 .IX Item "0" Success. -.IP "\fB1\fR" 4 +.IP \fB1\fR 4 .IX Item "1" General error. -.IP "\fB2\fR" 4 +.IP \fB2\fR 4 .IX Item "2" Command line error. -.IP "\fB3\fR" 4 +.IP \fB3\fR 4 .IX Item "3" Subsystems error (i.e cannot connect to server). -.SS "\s-1SEE ALSO\s0" +.SS "SEE ALSO" .IX Subsection "SEE ALSO" \&\fBicewm\fR\|(1), \&\fBlibao.conf\fR\|(5), \&\fBpadsp\fR\|(1), \&\fBaplay\fR\|(1), \&\fBalsamixer\fR\|(1). -.SS "\s-1BUGS\s0" +.SS BUGS .IX Subsection "BUGS" Please report bugs at <https://github.com/bbidulock/icewm/issues>. -.SS "\s-1AUTHOR\s0" +.SS AUTHOR .IX Subsection "AUTHOR" Brian Bidulock <mailto:bidulock@openss7.org>. .PP See \fB\-\-copying\fR for full copyright notice and copying permissions. -.SS "\s-1LICENSE\s0" +.SS LICENSE .IX Subsection "LICENSE" -\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the \s-1GNU\s0 Library General Public License. -See the \fI\s-1COPYING\s0\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag +\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the GNU Library General Public License. +See the \fICOPYING\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag to display copying permissions. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 index f7cd3c2d..209da896 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,124 +52,62 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-MENU-FDO 1" -.TH ICEWM-MENU-FDO 1 "2023-12-31" "icewm\ 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-MENU-FDO 1 2024-05-24 "icewm\ 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SS "\s-1NAME\s0" +.SS NAME .IX Subsection "NAME" .Vb 1 \& icewm\-menu\-fdo \- menu generator for .desktop files .Ve -.SS "\s-1SYNOPSIS\s0" +.SS SYNOPSIS .IX Subsection "SYNOPSIS" -\&\fBicewm-menu-fdo\fR [\fI\s-1OPTIONS\s0\fR] [\fI\s-1FILENAME\s0\fR] -.SS "\s-1DESCRIPTION\s0" +\&\fBicewm-menu-fdo\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] [\fIFILENAME\fR] +.SS DESCRIPTION .IX Subsection "DESCRIPTION" \&\fBicewm-menu-fdo\fR generates a menu for the \fBIceWM\fR window manager -from \s-1XDG\s0 menu descriptors (aka FreeDesktop.Org \fI.desktop\fR files). +from XDG menu descriptors (aka FreeDesktop.Org \fI.desktop\fR files). By including this in the \fBicewm\-menu\fR\|(1), the system applications become available in the icewm start menu. -.SS "\s-1ARGUMENTS\s0" +.SS ARGUMENTS .IX Subsection "ARGUMENTS" -.IP "[\fI\s-1FILENAME\s0\fR]" 4 +.IP [\fIFILENAME\fR] 4 .IX Item "[FILENAME]" -The optional \fI\s-1FILENAME\s0\fR argument is the location of a \fI.desktop\fR file. +The optional \fIFILENAME\fR argument is the location of a \fI.desktop\fR file. When given, \fBicewm-menu-fdo\fR launches the application using the \f(CW\*(C`Exec\*(C'\fR line from the desktop file. -.SS "\s-1OPTIONS\s0" +.SS OPTIONS .IX Subsection "OPTIONS" .IP "\fB\-g\fR, \fB\-\-generic\fR" 4 .IX Item "-g, --generic" Include the generic name in parentheses in the title of \fBprog\fR entries. -.IP "\fB\-\-seps\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-seps\fR 4 .IX Item "--seps" Print a leading and a trailing separator. -.IP "\fB\-\-sep\-before\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sep\-before\fR 4 .IX Item "--sep-before" Print a leading separator. -.IP "\fB\-\-sep\-after\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sep\-after\fR 4 .IX Item "--sep-after" Print a trailing separator. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-sep\-others\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-sep\-others\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-sep-others" Don't print the \f(CW\*(C`Other\*(C'\fR category last. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-sub\-cats\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-sub\-cats\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-sub-cats" Don't nest subcategories in submenus. .IP "\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output=FILE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-o, --output=FILE" -Write the output to \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR. +Write the output to \fIFILE\fR. .IP "\fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-terminal=NAME\fR" 4 .IX Item "-t, --terminal=NAME" -Use \fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR to start a terminal emulator that supports the '\-e' option. -.IP "\fB\-\-flat\fR" 4 +Use \fINAME\fR to start a terminal emulator that supports the '\-e' option. +.IP \fB\-\-flat\fR 4 .IX Item "--flat" Display apps from all categories in one level with the title containing the category information as prefix. @@ -200,11 +122,11 @@ within their title. .IP "\fB\-M filter\fR, \fB\-\-imatch=filter\fR" 4 .IX Item "-M filter, --imatch=filter" Like \f(CW\*(C`\-\-match\*(C'\fR but applied with any letter case. -.IP "\fB\-\-match\-sec\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-match\-sec\fR 4 .IX Item "--match-sec" Apply the filter from \f(CW\*(C`\-\-match\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`\-\-imatch\*(C'\fR to both, apps and section titles. -.IP "\fB\-\-match\-osec\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-match\-osec\fR 4 .IX Item "--match-osec" Apply the filter from \f(CW\*(C`\-\-match\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`\-\-imatch\*(C'\fR to only to section titles. .IP "\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR" 4 @@ -216,11 +138,11 @@ Print the program version to \fIstdout\fR and exit. .IP "\fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-copying\fR" 4 .IX Item "-C, --copying" Print copying permissions to \fIstdout\fR for the program and exit. -.SS "\s-1USAGE\s0" +.SS USAGE .IX Subsection "USAGE" This utility is not normally used directly. It is used as the executable in a \fBmenuprog\fR entry in a \fBicewm\-menu\fR\|(5). -.SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0" +.SS EXAMPLES .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES" The following line in a \fBicewm\-menu\fR\|(5) file will dynamically generate a comprehensive set of menus for easy access to \fI.desktop\fR files. @@ -228,41 +150,42 @@ a comprehensive set of menus for easy access to \fI.desktop\fR files. .Vb 1 \& menuprog "Desktop Apps" folder icewm\-menu\-fdo .Ve -.SS "\s-1ENVIRONMENT\s0" +.SS ENVIRONMENT .IX Subsection "ENVIRONMENT" -\&\fB\s-1XDG_DATA_HOME\s0\fR or \fB\s-1XDG_DATA_DIRS\s0\fR are considered as suggested by \s-1XDG\s0 +\&\fBXDG_DATA_HOME\fR or \fBXDG_DATA_DIRS\fR are considered as suggested by XDG Base Directory Specification. .PP -\&\fB\s-1TERMINAL\s0\fR may define a terminal emulator that supports the '\-e' option. -.SS "\s-1CONFORMING TO\s0" +\&\fBTERMINAL\fR may define a terminal emulator that supports the '\-e' option. +.SS "CONFORMING TO" .IX Subsection "CONFORMING TO" -\&\fBicewm-menu-fdo\fR complies roughly to the \s-1XDG\s0 \fI.desktop\fR file and menu -specification, see \*(L"Desktop Entry Specification\*(R", Version 1.2alpha, -2015\-03\-06 and \*(L"Desktop Menu Specification\*(R", Version 1.1\-draft, 31 +\&\fBicewm-menu-fdo\fR complies roughly to the XDG \fI.desktop\fR file and menu +specification, see "Desktop Entry Specification", Version 1.2alpha, +2015\-03\-06 and "Desktop Menu Specification", Version 1.1\-draft, 31 March 2011. -.SS "\s-1CAVEATS\s0" +.SS CAVEATS .IX Subsection "CAVEATS" The \fBicewm-menu-fdo\fR program is only built when the \fBicewm\fR\|(1) package is configured with the \fB\-\-enable\-menus\-fdo\fR option, which requires the \&\fBglib2\-dev\fR package dependency. -.SS "\s-1SEE ALSO\s0" +.SS "SEE ALSO" .IX Subsection "SEE ALSO" -\&\*(L"Desktop Entry Specification\*(R", -\&\*(L"Desktop Menu Specification\*(R", +Base Directory Specification, +Desktop Entry Specification, +Desktop Menu Specification, \&\fBicewm\fR\|(1), \&\fBicewm\-menu\fR\|(5), \&\fBicewm\-preferences\fR\|(5), \&\fBicewm\-programs\fR\|(5). -.SS "\s-1BUGS\s0" +.SS BUGS .IX Subsection "BUGS" Please report bugs at <https://github.com/bbidulock/icewm/issues>. -.SS "\s-1AUTHOR\s0" +.SS AUTHOR .IX Subsection "AUTHOR" Eduard Bloch <mailto:edi@gmx.de>. .PP See \fB\-\-copying\fR for full copyright notice and copying permissions. -.SS "\s-1LICENSE\s0" +.SS LICENSE .IX Subsection "LICENSE" -\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the \s-1GNU\s0 Library General Public License. -See the \fI\s-1COPYING\s0\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag +\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the GNU Library General Public License. +See the \fICOPYING\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag to display copying permissions. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 index 9065ed4c..1755d6ed 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,85 +52,23 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-MENU-XRANDR 1" -.TH ICEWM-MENU-XRANDR 1 "2023-12-31" "icewm\ 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-MENU-XRANDR 1 2024-05-24 "icewm\ 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SS "\s-1NAME\s0" +.SS NAME .IX Subsection "NAME" .Vb 1 \& icewm\-menu\-xrandr \- IceWM menu provider for multi\-monitor setup shortcuts .Ve -.SS "\s-1SYNOPSIS\s0" +.SS SYNOPSIS .IX Subsection "SYNOPSIS" \&\fBicewm-menu-xrandr\fR -.SS "\s-1DESCRIPTION\s0" +.SS DESCRIPTION .IX Subsection "DESCRIPTION" \&\fBicewm-menu-xrandr\fR is a helper to manage multi-screen configurations in a semi-automated way. It is a regular icewm menu generator that @@ -155,7 +77,7 @@ creates menu entries that call the xrandr command to setup this configuration. .PP Optionally, the contents of the generated configurations can be accessed -on-the-fly through a \*(L"quick-switch\*(R" style menu which pops up upon +on-the-fly through a "quick-switch" style menu which pops up upon pressing Super-P key binding (or a manually configured key, see \&\fBicewm\-keys\fR\|(5) for the configuration of \fBswitchkey\fR directive). .PP @@ -163,20 +85,20 @@ The tool does not examine the exact monitor resolutions, refresh rates or screen orientation. For this matters it uses auto selected mode by default. However, it is possible to replace the custom option selection for each output using \fIxrandr\fR options in a custom configuration file -(see \fI\s-1CONFIGURATION\s0\fR below). Also tuning specific options like +(see \fICONFIGURATION\fR below). Also tuning specific options like \&\-\-brightness and \-\-gamma is possible there. .PP The displayed name of the monitors is constructed using the output name -and the monitor information from its \s-1EDID\s0 data. Either from its \*(L"Display -Name\*(R" field or from the \*(L"Unspecified \s-1ASCII\s0 text\*(R" fields (concatenated). -.SS "\s-1OPTIONS\s0" +and the monitor information from its EDID data. Either from its "Display +Name" field or from the "Unspecified ASCII text" fields (concatenated). +.SS OPTIONS .IX Subsection "OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-\-max\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-max\fR 4 .IX Item "--max" Obsolete and ineffective option. Used to select the \fIxrandr\fR mode with the highest detected refresh rate. However, the maximum rate might cause -problems, therefore the explicit configuration in the \fI\s-1INI\s0 file\fR should be -used now, see \fI\s-1CONFIGURATION\s0\fR. +problems, therefore the explicit configuration in the \fIINI file\fR should be +used now, see \fICONFIGURATION\fR. .IP "\fB\-\-auto\-number [ init value ]\fR" 4 .IX Item "--auto-number [ init value ]" Adding a auto-incremented numbered prefix to each display name, @@ -192,28 +114,28 @@ A shortcut to run the activation command of the specified combo, just like \fIIceWM\fR would run the commmand when selected from the menu or quick-switch dialog. The \fIcombo-name\fR parameter needs to match the displayed name exactly. -.SS "\s-1CONFIGURATION\s0" +.SS CONFIGURATION .IX Subsection "CONFIGURATION" Optionally, a local configuration can specify command line options to \&\fIxrandr\fR calls, and further commands to run after mode switching. .PP Refer to configuration examples (\fIxrandr_menu\fR) in \fIicewm\fR documentation or its contrib folder for the syntax and rules of that -file. It can be placed into \fI\f(CI$HOME\fI/.config/icewm\fR or into -\&\fI\f(CI$HOME\fI/.icewm\fR or wherever \fI\f(CI$XDG_CONFIG_HOME\fI/.config/icewm\fR might +file. It can be placed into \fR\f(CI$HOME\fR\fI/.config/icewm\fR or into +\&\fI\fR\f(CI$HOME\fR\fI/.icewm\fR or wherever \fI\fR\f(CI$XDG_CONFIG_HOME\fR\fI/.config/icewm\fR might resolve to. -.SS "\s-1SEE ALSO\s0" +.SS "SEE ALSO" .IX Subsection "SEE ALSO" \&\fBicewm\fR\|(1), \&\fBxrandr\fR\|(1). -.SS "\s-1BUGS\s0" +.SS BUGS .IX Subsection "BUGS" Please report bugs at <https://github.com/bbidulock/icewm/issues>. -.SS "\s-1AUTHOR\s0" +.SS AUTHOR .IX Subsection "AUTHOR" Eduard Bloch <mailto:edi@gmx.de>. -.SS "\s-1LICENSE\s0" +.SS LICENSE .IX Subsection "LICENSE" -\&\fBicewm-menu-xrandr\fR is licensed under the Simplified \s-1BSD\s0 License. -\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the \s-1GNU\s0 Library General Public License. -See the \fI\s-1COPYING\s0\fR file in the distribution. +\&\fBicewm-menu-xrandr\fR is licensed under the Simplified BSD License. +\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the GNU Library General Public License. +See the \fICOPYING\fR file in the distribution. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-session.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-session.1 index 7ebe6d6b..698183a8 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-session.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-session.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,105 +52,43 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-SESSION 1" -.TH ICEWM-SESSION 1 "2023-12-31" "icewm\ 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-SESSION 1 2024-05-24 "icewm\ 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SS "\s-1NAME\s0" +.SS NAME .IX Subsection "NAME" .Vb 1 \& icewm\-session \- X.Org session manager provider with IceWM .Ve -.SS "\s-1SYNOPSIS\s0" +.SS SYNOPSIS .IX Subsection "SYNOPSIS" -\&\fBicewm-session\fR [\fI\s-1OPTIONS\s0\fR] -.SS "\s-1DESCRIPTION\s0" +\&\fBicewm-session\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] +.SS DESCRIPTION .IX Subsection "DESCRIPTION" icewm-session is an implementation of a X.Org session manager and can be run from a X11 session setup. It runs \fBicewm\fR as default window manager and controls the life cycle of related support applications. -.SS "\s-1OPTIONS\s0" +.SS OPTIONS .IX Subsection "OPTIONS" -.SS "\s-1SPECIFIC OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .IP "\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-config=FILE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-c, --config=FILE" -Let IceWM load preferences from \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR. +Let IceWM load preferences from \fIFILE\fR. .IP "\fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-theme=FILE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-t, --theme=FILE" -Let IceWM load the theme \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR. +Let IceWM load the theme \fIFILE\fR. .IP "\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-icewm=FILE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-i, --icewm=FILE" -Use \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR as the IceWM window manager. +Use \fIFILE\fR as the IceWM window manager. .IP "\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output=FILE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-o, --output=FILE" -Redirect all output to \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR. +Redirect all output to \fIFILE\fR. A leading tilde or environment variable is expanded. .IP "\fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-alpha\fR" 4 .IX Item "-a, --alpha" @@ -182,14 +104,14 @@ to use an external icewmtray process. .IP "\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sound\fR" 4 .IX Item "-s, --sound" Also start icesound. -.SS "\s-1GENERAL OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "GENERAL OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fI\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fIDISPLAY\fR" 4 .IX Item "-d, --display=DISPLAY" -Use \fI\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR to connect to the X server. -If this option is missing then \fI\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR +Use \fIDISPLAY\fR to connect to the X server. +If this option is missing then \fIDISPLAY\fR is read from the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`DISPLAY\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-sync\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sync\fR 4 .IX Item "--sync" Use a slower synchronous mode communication with the \fIX11\fR server. .IP "\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR" 4 @@ -201,7 +123,7 @@ Print the program version and exit. .IP "\fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-copying\fR" 4 .IX Item "-C, --copying" Print copying permissions and exit. -.SS "\s-1DEBUGGING OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "DEBUGGING OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "DEBUGGING OPTIONS" .IP "\fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-\-valgrind\fR" 4 .IX Item "-v, ---valgrind" @@ -211,7 +133,7 @@ Thoroughly examines the execution of icewm. .IX Item "-g, ---catchsegv" Let \f(CW\*(C`/usr/bin/catchsegv\*(C'\fR run icewm. Gives a backtrace if icewm segfaults. -.SS "\s-1USAGE\s0" +.SS USAGE .IX Subsection "USAGE" On startup icewm-session executes the following steps. From the file \fIenv\fR in the configuration directory @@ -235,29 +157,29 @@ it. If two such crashes occur in a short period, then icewm-session will attempt to popup a dialog using either \fIyad\fR, \fIxmessage\fR, \fIkdialog\fR or \fIzenity\fR. This dialog presents a choice between restarting icewm, starting a terminal, or abort execution of icewm-session. -.SS "\s-1ENVIRONMENT\s0" +.SS ENVIRONMENT .IX Subsection "ENVIRONMENT" -.IP "\fB\s-1ICEWM_OPTIONS\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fBICEWM_OPTIONS\fR 4 .IX Item "ICEWM_OPTIONS" A space separated list of options that will be added to the command line invocation of \fIicewm\fR. This can be set in the \fIenv\fR file. -.SS "\s-1SEE ALSO\s0" +.SS "SEE ALSO" .IX Subsection "SEE ALSO" \&\fBicewm\fR\|(1), \&\fBicewm\-env\fR\|(5), \&\fBicewm\-shutdown\fR\|(5), \&\fBicewm\-startup\fR\|(5), \&\fBicewmbg\fR\|(1). -.SS "\s-1BUGS\s0" +.SS BUGS .IX Subsection "BUGS" Please report bugs at <https://github.com/bbidulock/icewm/issues>. -.SS "\s-1AUTHOR\s0" +.SS AUTHOR .IX Subsection "AUTHOR" Brian Bidulock <mailto:bidulock@openss7.org>. .PP See \fB\-\-copying\fR for full copyright notice and copying permissions. -.SS "\s-1LICENSE\s0" +.SS LICENSE .IX Subsection "LICENSE" -\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the \s-1GNU\s0 Library General Public License. -See the \fI\s-1COPYING\s0\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag +\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the GNU Library General Public License. +See the \fICOPYING\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag to display copying permissions. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 index 27b47532..943bd677 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,91 +52,29 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-SET-GNOMEWM 1" -.TH ICEWM-SET-GNOMEWM 1 "2023-12-31" "icewm\ 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-SET-GNOMEWM 1 2024-05-24 "icewm\ 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SS "\s-1NAME\s0" +.SS NAME .IX Subsection "NAME" .Vb 1 \& icewm\-set\-gnomewm \- modify GNOME settings to use IceWM .Ve -.SS "\s-1SYNOPSIS\s0" +.SS SYNOPSIS .IX Subsection "SYNOPSIS" -\&\fBicewm-set-gnomewm\fR [\fI\s-1OPTIONS\s0\fR] -.SS "\s-1DESCRIPTION\s0" +\&\fBicewm-set-gnomewm\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] +.SS DESCRIPTION .IX Subsection "DESCRIPTION" -\&\fBicewm-set-gnomewm\fR is a helper script that instruments \s-1GNOME\s0 to -replace its own \s-1WM\s0 with icewm. -.SS "\s-1OPTIONS\s0" +\&\fBicewm-set-gnomewm\fR is a helper script that instruments GNOME to +replace its own WM with icewm. +.SS OPTIONS .IX Subsection "OPTIONS" -.SS "\s-1GENERAL OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IP "\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR" 4 .IX Item "-h, --help" @@ -160,16 +82,16 @@ Print a brief usage statement to \fIstdout\fR and exit. .IP "\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR" 4 .IX Item "-V, --version" Print the program version to \fIstdout\fR and exit. -.SS "\s-1BUGS\s0" +.SS BUGS .IX Subsection "BUGS" Please report bugs at <https://github.com/bbidulock/icewm/issues>. -.SS "\s-1AUTHOR\s0" +.SS AUTHOR .IX Subsection "AUTHOR" Brian Bidulock <mailto:bidulock@openss7.org>. .PP See \fB\-\-copying\fR for full copyright notice and copying permissions. -.SS "\s-1LICENSE\s0" +.SS LICENSE .IX Subsection "LICENSE" -\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the \s-1GNU\s0 Library General Public License. -See the \fI\s-1COPYING\s0\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag +\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the GNU Library General Public License. +See the \fICOPYING\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag to display copying permissions. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm.1 index fed3c883..8e96ca5a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,85 +52,23 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM 1" -.TH ICEWM 1 "2023-12-31" "icewm\ 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM 1 2024-05-24 "icewm\ 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SS "\s-1NAME\s0" +.SS NAME .IX Subsection "NAME" .Vb 1 \& icewm \- lightweight X11 window manager .Ve -.SS "\s-1SYNOPSIS\s0" +.SS SYNOPSIS .IX Subsection "SYNOPSIS" -\&\fBicewm\fR [\fI\s-1OPTIONS\s0\fR] -.SS "\s-1DESCRIPTION\s0" +\&\fBicewm\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] +.SS DESCRIPTION .IX Subsection "DESCRIPTION" \&\fBicewm\fR is a window manager for the X11 window system. It aims to be small, fast and familiar to new users. @@ -165,11 +87,11 @@ while keeping oversight. This is supported by a task bar and a pager. .PP The installation comes with several themes. Choose a theme via a menu. .PP -\&\fBicewm\fR is compliant with the \s-1ICCCM\s0 and \s-1EWMH\s0 window manager specifications. -.SS "\s-1PROGRAMS\s0" +\&\fBicewm\fR is compliant with the ICCCM and EWMH window manager specifications. +.SS PROGRAMS .IX Subsection "PROGRAMS" The \fBicewm\fR package includes several programs: -.IP "\fBicewm\fR\|(1)" 4 +.IP \fBicewm\fR\|(1) 4 .IX Item "icewm" The actual window manager. It positions application windows on screen and decorates them with borders. It gives input focus to the current @@ -177,7 +99,7 @@ active application. \fBicewm\fR supports different focus modes, which are explained below. It draws a small task bar at the bottom of the screen, that gives easy access to programs, to virtual desktops, to active applications, and to a small set of monitoring applets. -.IP "\fBicewmbg\fR\|(1)" 4 +.IP \fBicewmbg\fR\|(1) 4 .IX Item "icewmbg" The background setting application. It can assign plain background color or images in different formats to the X background. Each workspace can @@ -185,7 +107,7 @@ have its own background. It supports semitransparency. Semitransparent background image and colour can be configured. When the background image has changed then \fBicewmbg\fR\|(1) can be notified to update the background. Multi-head monitor setups are fully supported. See the \fBicewmbg\fR\|(1). -.IP "\fBicewm\-session\fR\|(1)" 4 +.IP \fBicewm\-session\fR\|(1) 4 .IX Item "icewm-session" \&\fBicewm\-session\fR\|(1) is the preferred program to start the IceWM system. It first loads additional environment variables from the optional @@ -195,53 +117,53 @@ On termination the \fIshutdown\fR script will be run first, then \&\fBicewm\-session\fR\|(1) will terminate \fBicewm\fR and \fBicewmbg\fR\|(1). \&\fBicewm\-session\fR\|(1) will also start the optional \fBicesound\fR\|(1) if you give it the \fB\-\-sound\fR option. See \fBicewm\-session\fR\|(1). -.IP "\fBicesh\fR\|(1)" 4 +.IP \fBicesh\fR\|(1) 4 .IX Item "icesh" A powerful tool to control window properties and to interact with the window manager. It is typically used in shell scripts. See \fBicesh\fR\|(1). -.IP "\fBicehelp\fR\|(1)" 4 +.IP \fBicehelp\fR\|(1) 4 .IX Item "icehelp" A small document browser that is used by \fBicewm\fR to display the \&'IceWM manual' and some man pages. -.IP "\fBicewmhint\fR\|(1)" 4 +.IP \fBicewmhint\fR\|(1) 4 .IX Item "icewmhint" A utility for passing IceWM-specific window options to \fBicewm\fR. The options are used to configure the first application that is started subsequently. See \fBicewmhint\fR\|(1). -.IP "\fBicesound\fR\|(1)" 4 +.IP \fBicesound\fR\|(1) 4 .IX Item "icesound" -Plays audio files on \s-1GUI\s0 events that are raised by \fBicewm\fR. -It supports \s-1ALSA, AO\s0 and \s-1OSS.\s0 See the \fBicesound\fR\|(1) man page. -.IP "\fBicewm\-menu\-fdo\fR\|(1)" 4 +Plays audio files on GUI events that are raised by \fBicewm\fR. +It supports ALSA, AO and OSS. See the \fBicesound\fR\|(1) man page. +.IP \fBicewm\-menu\-fdo\fR\|(1) 4 .IX Item "icewm-menu-fdo" Generate an \fBicewm\fR menu with executable desktop applications -according to \s-1XDG\s0 specifications. See the \fBicewm\-menu\-fdo\fR\|(1) man page. -.IP "\fBicewm\-set\-gnomewm\fR\|(1)" 4 +according to XDG specifications. See the \fBicewm\-menu\-fdo\fR\|(1) man page. +.IP \fBicewm\-set\-gnomewm\fR\|(1) 4 .IX Item "icewm-set-gnomewm" -Configures \s-1GNOME\s0 to start IceWM instead of its own \s-1WM.\s0 -.SS "\s-1OPTIONS\s0" +Configures GNOME to start IceWM instead of its own WM. +.SS OPTIONS .IX Subsection "OPTIONS" -.SS "\s-1COMMON OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "COMMON OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "COMMON OPTIONS" Each of the IceWM executables supports the following options: -.IP "\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-config\fR=\fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIFILE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-c, --config=FILE" -Use \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR as the source of configuration options. By default \fBicewm\fR +Use \fIFILE\fR as the source of configuration options. By default \fBicewm\fR looks for a file named \fIpreferences\fR. This is a readable text file that can be modified with the help of a text editor. -.IP "\fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-theme\fR=\fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-theme\fR=\fINAME\fR" 4 .IX Item "-t, --theme=NAME" -Use \fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR as the name of the \fBicewm\fR theme to use. A theme defines +Use \fINAME\fR as the name of the \fBicewm\fR theme to use. A theme defines the look and feel of \fBicewm\fR, like colors, fonts and buttons. -.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fI\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fIDISPLAY\fR" 4 .IX Item "-d, --display=DISPLAY" -Connect to the X11 server on \fI\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR. By default +Connect to the X11 server on \fIDISPLAY\fR. By default the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`DISPLAY\*(C'\fR is used. .IP "\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output=FILE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-o, --output=FILE" -Redirect all output to \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR. +Redirect all output to \fIFILE\fR. A leading tilde or environment variable is expanded. -.IP "\fB\-\-sync\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sync\fR 4 .IX Item "--sync" This option specifies to use a slower synchronous communication mode with the X11 server. This is irrelevant for normal use. @@ -252,17 +174,17 @@ some very brief explanation. .IP "\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR" 4 .IX Item "-V, --version" Shows the software release version for this program. -.SS "\s-1ICEWM OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "ICEWM OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "ICEWM OPTIONS" The \fBicewm\fR program supports some additional options: .IP "\fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-alpha\fR" 4 .IX Item "-a, --alpha" Use a 32\-bit visual for translucency. This can also be set in the preferences file as \f(CW\*(C`Alpha=1\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-replace\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-replace\fR 4 .IX Item "--replace" Instructs \fBicewm\fR to replace an existing window manager. Provided that -the window manager being replaced is \s-1ICCCM 2.0\s0 compliant, once it +the window manager being replaced is ICCCM 2.0 compliant, once it notices that it is to be replaced it will cease operations and typically stop execution. This allows \fBicewm\fR to establish itself as the only active window manager. @@ -270,16 +192,16 @@ active window manager. .IX Item "-r, --restart" Tell \fBicewm\fR to restart itself. This reloads the configuration from file. If no window manager is active, then it starts one. -.IP "\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-splash\fR=\fI\s-1IMAGE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-splash\fR=\fIIMAGE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-s, --splash=IMAGE" -Briefly show \fI\s-1IMAGE\s0\fR on startup in the center of the screen. +Briefly show \fIIMAGE\fR on startup in the center of the screen. This can also be set in the preferences file as Splash=\f(CW\*(C`image.jpg\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-configured\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-configured\fR 4 .IX Item "--configured" Shows a list of configuration options that were enabled when \fBicewm\fR was compiled from source code. This can be helpful if one suspects some functionality may be missing. -.IP "\fB\-\-directories\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-directories\fR 4 .IX Item "--directories" Gives a list of directories where \fBicewm\fR will look for configuration data. This list is printed in the actual order in which \fBicewm\fR uses @@ -288,26 +210,30 @@ it to search for configuration files. .IX Item "-l, --list-themes" \&\fBicewm\fR will search all the configuration directories for theme files and print a list of all found themes. +.IP "\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-install\fR=\fITHEME\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-i, --install=THEME" +Install \fITHEME\fR from icewm-extra and exit. When \fITHEME\fR is \fIlist\fR, +print a listing of available themes to install. .IP "\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-postpreferences\fR" 4 .IX Item "-p, --postpreferences" This gives a long list of all the internal \fBicewm\fR options with their actual values after \fBicewm\fR has processed all of the configuration and theme files. In some advanced scenarios this can be helpful to inspect which configuration was chosen or whether option formatting was correct. -.IP "\fB\-\-rewrite\-preferences\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-rewrite\-preferences\fR 4 .IX Item "--rewrite-preferences" Overwrite an existing preferences file with an icewm default preferences, but preserve all modifications insofar they deviate from the defaults. -.IP "\fB\-\-extensions\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-extensions\fR 4 .IX Item "--extensions" Give a list of the current X extensions, their versions and status. -.IP "\fB\-\-trace\fR=\fIconf\fR,\fIfont\fR,\fIicon\fR,\fIprog\fR,\fIsystray\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-trace\fR=\fIconf\fR,\fIfont\fR,\fIicon\fR,\fIprog\fR,\fIsystray\fR 4 .IX Item "--trace=conf,font,icon,prog,systray" Enable tracing of the paths that are used to load configuration, fonts, icons, executed programs, and/or system tray applets. -.SS "\s-1USAGE\s0" +.SS USAGE .IX Subsection "USAGE" -.SS "\s-1TASKBAR\s0" +.SS TASKBAR .IX Subsection "TASKBAR" On startup \fBicewm\fR launches the task bar at the bottom of the screen. The task bar consists from left to right of the following components: @@ -360,17 +286,17 @@ accessed by right-clicking the bottom right corner of the taskbar. .PP The \fITray Applet\fR shows system tray objects. .PP -The \fI\s-1APM\s0 Applet\fR shows battery power status. +The \fIAPM Applet\fR shows battery power status. .PP The \fINet Applet\fR shows network activity. Network devices to monitor are given by the \f(CW\*(C`NetworkStatusDevice\*(C'\fR option. .PP The \fIMemory Applet\fR monitors memory usage. .PP -The \fI\s-1CPU\s0 Applet\fR monitors processor utilization. +The \fICPU Applet\fR monitors processor utilization. .PP The \fIMailbox Applet\fR monitors mailbox status changes. -See the section \s-1MAILBOX MONITORING\s0 below. +See the section MAILBOX MONITORING below. .PP The \fIClock Applet\fR shows the current time and date. It is configured by the \f(CW\*(C`TimeFormat\*(C'\fR option. @@ -380,7 +306,7 @@ The \fITask Bar Collapse\fR button collapses the task bar and hides it. Not all \fBicewm\fR applets may show up on the task bar. They must have been enabled during configuration of the \fBicewm\fR software. Their appearance is also controlled by options in the \fIpreferences\fR file. -.SS "\s-1INPUT FOCUS\s0" +.SS "INPUT FOCUS" .IX Subsection "INPUT FOCUS" Of all visible windows only one can be the active window. This is the window that has input focus. It is the primary receiver of keyboard @@ -448,7 +374,7 @@ ways by keyboard. By pressing \f(CW\*(C`Alt+Esc\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`Alt+Shift+ input focus is immediately changed to the next or previous window, which will be raised to make it fully visible. The other method involves the quick switch. -.SS "\s-1QUICK SWITCH\s0" +.SS "QUICK SWITCH" .IX Subsection "QUICK SWITCH" The \fBQuickSwitch\fR is a means to quickly and interactively change the input focus to another window. It is activated by pressing the @@ -475,7 +401,7 @@ The QuickSwitch has two distinct modes: vertical and horizontal. The window list can include all windows or be limited to the current workspace. There is an option to raise the selected candidate. See the many preferences available for the QuickSwitch. -.SS "\s-1WINDOW PLACEMENT\s0" +.SS "WINDOW PLACEMENT" .IX Subsection "WINDOW PLACEMENT" A second important task of a window manager is to place new windows on the screen. By default \fBicewm\fR chooses a placement with minimal @@ -486,7 +412,7 @@ also turn on \f(CW\*(C`ManualPlacement\*(C'\fR. Then new windows appear initial the top left corner and the mouse cursor changes into a fist. By moving the fist cursor to a suitable location and clicking the new window will appear at the mouse click location. -.SS "\s-1WINDOW LAYERS\s0" +.SS "WINDOW LAYERS" .IX Subsection "WINDOW LAYERS" Windows can overlap. Which window appears on top is determined by three features. Newer windows appear over older windows. By clicking on a @@ -496,7 +422,7 @@ menu. Click with the right mouse button on the window frame and select \&\fILayer\fR. From there choose one of seven window layers. These are ordered from higher to lower. Windows in higher layers appear over windows in lower layers. -.SS "\s-1TABBED WINDOWS\s0" +.SS "TABBED WINDOWS" .IX Subsection "TABBED WINDOWS" A window frame may contain multiple client windows. Only one client can be visible, while the others are hidden. This is called tabbing. This @@ -508,17 +434,17 @@ to merge the client of the upper window to the lower frame. Now the lower frame will have multiple clients, called tabs. The title bar will show a vertical bar with triple dots to indicate this. To change the current tab either: -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 Click on the triple dots next to the vertical bar. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 Use \f(CW\*(C`KeyWinNext=Alt+F6\*(C'\fR to select the next tab. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 Use \f(CW\*(C`KeyWinPrev=Alt+Shift+F6\*(C'\fR for the previous tab. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 Use the QuickSwitch. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 Use the window list window. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 Use a submenu in the window menu. .PP To change the mouse binding for creating tabs, modify @@ -542,7 +468,7 @@ To open all chrome windows in the same frame add this to \f(CW\*(C`winoptions\*( .Vb 1 \& google\-chrome.frame: chrome .Ve -.SS "\s-1WORKSPACES\s0" +.SS WORKSPACES .IX Subsection "WORKSPACES" \&\fBicewm\fR supports multiple virtual desktops called workspaces. A workspace is like a screen where a subset of all application windows are @@ -574,7 +500,7 @@ to wait before a change of workspace occurs. To move an application window to a different workspace one can use a keyboard shortcut. Another option is to select the \fIMove To\fR submenu in the window menu of the window frame. -.SS "\s-1DRAG AND DROP\s0" +.SS "DRAG AND DROP" .IX Subsection "DRAG AND DROP" The task bar supports drag and drop operations. When a drag is in progress, the destination window can be activated by @@ -583,22 +509,75 @@ Alternatively, the current workspace can be changed by hovering the drag icon over the desired workspace button. When edge switching is enabled, the current workspace can also be changed by bringing the drag icon to the screen edge. -.SS "\s-1ADDRESS BAR\s0" +.SS "ADDRESS BAR" .IX Subsection "ADDRESS BAR" -If \fBEnableAddressBar\fR=1 then \fBKeySysAddressBar\fR=\f(CW\*(C`Alt+Ctrl+Space\*(C'\fR -activates the address bar in the task bar. -If \fBShowAddressBar\fR=1 it is always shown. This is a command-line in -the task bar where a shell command can be typed. -Pressing \f(CW\*(C`Enter\*(C'\fR will execute the command. -\&\fBAddressBarCommand\fR=\f(CW\*(C`/bin/sh\*(C'\fR will be used to execute the command. -On \f(CW\*(C`Control+Enter\*(C'\fR the command is executed in a terminal +The task bar contains a command-line prompt called the address bar, +if \fBEnableAddressBar\fR=1. It is always shown when \fBShowAddressBar\fR=1, +otherwise it is activated by \fBKeySysAddressBar\fR=\f(CW\*(C`Alt+Ctrl+Space\*(C'\fR. +In it a shell command can be typed, which is executed by the +\&\fBAddressBarCommand\fR=\f(CW\*(C`/bin/sh\*(C'\fR when pressing \f(CW\*(C`Enter\*(C'\fR. +On \f(CW\*(C`Control+Enter\*(C'\fR this command is executed in a new terminal as given by \fBTerminalCommand\fR. -The address bar maintains a history that is navigable by the \fIUp\fR -and \fIDown\fR keys. -It supports command completion using \f(CW\*(C`Tab\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`Ctrl+I\*(C'\fR. -A rich set of editing operations is supported, -including cut\-/copy\-/paste\-operations. -.SS "\s-1WINDOW LIST\s0" +.PP +Commands are executed relative to the working directory of icewm. +This can be shown by executing \f(CW\*(C`pwd\*(C'\fR. It can be changed using the \f(CW\*(C`cd\*(C'\fR +command. Without argument it defaults to the home directory. With one +argument it is changed. This argument is expanded when it starts with a +dollar or tilde. When it is equal to \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR, it reverts to the previous +directory. +.PP +The address bar has a history that is navigable by \fIUp\fR and \fIDown\fR. +It supports file completion using \f(CW\*(C`Tab\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`Ctrl+I\*(C'\fR, cut/copy/paste +and these editing operations: +.IP "Ctrl+a: select all" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+a: select all" +.PD 0 +.IP "Ctrl+backslash: deselect all" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+backslash: deselect all" +.IP "Ctrl+u: delete selected or to line start" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+u: delete selected or to line start" +.IP "Ctrl+v: paste selected" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+v: paste selected" +.IP "Ctrl+w: delete selected or previous word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+w: delete selected or previous word" +.IP "Ctrl+x: cut selection" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+x: cut selection" +.IP "Ctrl+c: copy selection" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+c: copy selection" +.IP "Ctrl+i: completion" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+i: completion" +.IP "Ctrl+Left: back a word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Left: back a word" +.IP "Ctrl+Right: forward a word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Right: forward a word" +.IP "Ctrl+Shift+Backspace: delete to beginning" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Shift+Backspace: delete to beginning" +.IP "Ctrl+Shift+Delete: delete to end" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Shift+Delete: delete to end" +.IP "Ctrl+Delete: delete word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Delete: delete word" +.IP "Ctrl+Backspace: delete previous word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Backspace: delete previous word" +.IP "Shift+Delete: cut selection" 4 +.IX Item "Shift+Delete: cut selection" +.IP "Shift+Insert: paste selected" 4 +.IX Item "Shift+Insert: paste selected" +.IP "Tab: completion" 4 +.IX Item "Tab: completion" +.IP "Left: move cursor left" 4 +.IX Item "Left: move cursor left" +.IP "Right: move cursor right" 4 +.IX Item "Right: move cursor right" +.IP "Home: move cursor to line start" 4 +.IX Item "Home: move cursor to line start" +.IP "End: move cursor to line end" 4 +.IX Item "End: move cursor to line end" +.IP "Delete: delete next character" 4 +.IX Item "Delete: delete next character" +.IP "Backspace: delete previous character" 4 +.IX Item "Backspace: delete previous character" +.PD +.SS "WINDOW LIST" .IX Subsection "WINDOW LIST" The window list window shows a list of all workspaces. For each workspace it shows the window titles of the windows that are mapped @@ -607,15 +586,15 @@ windows. These windows are mapped in all workspaces. .PP The window list window is normally hidden. Choose one of the following four methods to make it visible: -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 Select the bottom window list menu entry. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 Press the \f(CW\*(C`KeySysWindowList=Ctrl+Alt+Esc\*(C'\fR key. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 Press the right Windows key if \f(CW\*(C`Win95Keys=1\*(C'\fR -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 Press the \f(CW\*(C`DesktopWinListButton=2\*(C'\fR mouse button in the root window. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 Press the middle mouse button in a workspace button on the task bar. .PP A single-click on a window entry selects it. A group of windows can @@ -637,7 +616,7 @@ repeatedly pressing the first letter cycles over those windows. \&\f(CW\*(C`Home\*(C'\fR selects the first entry and \f(CW\*(C`End\*(C'\fR the last. \f(CW\*(C`PageUp\*(C'\fR and \&\f(CW\*(C`PageDown\*(C'\fR move up or down by ten entries. Combine this with the \&\f(CW\*(C`Shift\*(C'\fR key to extend a selection over the range of motion. -.SS "\s-1SYSTEM DIALOG\s0" +.SS "SYSTEM DIALOG" .IX Subsection "SYSTEM DIALOG" The system dialog offers quick access to a set of general controls. It can lock the screen, suspend the system, logout or cancel a pending @@ -645,10 +624,10 @@ logout, reboot the system, shutdown the system, show the window list, restart icewm, show the about dialog, reload the winoptions file or the keys file. It is activated by \fBKeySysDialog\fR=\f(CW\*(C`Ctrl+Alt+Del\*(C'\fR. To cancel it, hit the Escape key. -.SS "\s-1MAILBOX MONITORING\s0" +.SS "MAILBOX MONITORING" .IX Subsection "MAILBOX MONITORING" The task bar can show one or more icons to reflect the status of a -mailbox. The mailbox can be a local file or a remote \s-1POP\s0 or \s-1IMAP\s0 +mailbox. The mailbox can be a local file or a remote POP or IMAP account. For this a couple of options must be set. First, \&\fITaskBarShowMailboxStatus\fR must be enabled, which it is by default. Then the location of the mailbox must be set. Icewm first looks for @@ -656,7 +635,7 @@ Then the location of the mailbox must be set. Icewm first looks for environment variables \f(CW\*(C`MAILPATH\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`MAIL\*(C'\fR. \fIMailBoxPath\fR may contain a space-separated list of mailboxes, while \f(CW\*(C`MAILPATH\*(C'\fR may contain a colon-separated list of mailboxes. If a mailbox starts -with a slash \f(CW\*(C`/\*(C'\fR, then it is a local file, otherwise a \s-1URL.\s0 +with a slash \f(CW\*(C`/\*(C'\fR, then it is a local file, otherwise a URL. These are six examples of possible mailboxes: .PP .Vb 6 @@ -668,9 +647,9 @@ These are six examples of possible mailboxes: \& imaps://mathias:password@imap.gmail.com/INBOX .Ve .PP -The \s-1POP3S\s0 and \s-1IMAPS\s0 schemes use \f(CW\*(C`openssl\*(C'\fR for \s-1TLS/SSL\s0 encryption. +The POP3S and IMAPS schemes use \f(CW\*(C`openssl\*(C'\fR for TLS/SSL encryption. Note that for IceWM to access Gmail you must first configure -your Gmail account to enable \s-1POP3\s0 or \s-1IMAP\s0 access. +your Gmail account to enable POP3 or IMAP access. Make sure you have secure file permissions on your IceWM preferences file and the directory that contains it. .PP @@ -701,23 +680,23 @@ The color will indicate if the mail has been read or not. Hovering the mouse over the mailbox icon will show a tooltip with more details. A command can be also be run on new mail. Set the \fINewMailCommand\fR option. Its environment will have these variables set by IceWM: -.IP "\s-1ICEWM_MAILBOX\s0" 4 +.IP ICEWM_MAILBOX 4 .IX Item "ICEWM_MAILBOX" The mailbox index number of \fIMailBoxPath\fR starting from 1. -.IP "\s-1ICEWM_COUNT\s0" 4 +.IP ICEWM_COUNT 4 .IX Item "ICEWM_COUNT" The total number of messages in this mailbox. -.IP "\s-1ICEWM_UNREAD\s0" 4 +.IP ICEWM_UNREAD 4 .IX Item "ICEWM_UNREAD" The number of unread messages in this mailbox. -.SS "\s-1KEYBOARD LAYOUT SWITCHING\s0" +.SS "KEYBOARD LAYOUT SWITCHING" .IX Subsection "KEYBOARD LAYOUT SWITCHING" To control keyboard layouts on the task bar, define in \fIpreferences\fR the option \fBKeyboardLayouts\fR to a comma-separated list of your preferred keyboard layouts. For example: .PP .Vb 1 -\& KeyboardLayouts="de","fr","jp" +\& KeyboardLayouts = "de", "fr", "jp" .Ve .PP A keyboard layout can simply be a name. Usually this is a two-letter @@ -746,7 +725,7 @@ on the task bar will be updated to reflect this. Please note that for keyboard layout switching to work, the \&\f(CW\*(C`setxkbmap\*(C'\fR program must be installed. To see your current keyboard layout settings, do \f(CW\*(C`setxkbmap \-query\*(C'\fR. -.SS "\s-1KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS\s0" +.SS "KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS" .IX Subsection "KEYBOARD SHORTCUTS" \&\fBicewm\fR supports a large number of hotkeys to activate some behaviour with a single key combination. These are all configurable in the @@ -759,404 +738,394 @@ following modifiers: Alt, AltGr, Ctrl, Hyper, Meta, Shift, Super. Setting \fBModSuperIsCtrlAlt=1\fR makes the Super modifier an alias for Ctrl+Alt. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinRaise\fR=""Alt+F1""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinRaise\fR=\f(CWAlt+F1\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinRaise\fR=\f(CWAlt+F1\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinRaise=Alt+F1" Raises the window that currently has input focus. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinOccupyAll\fR=""Alt+F2""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinOccupyAll\fR=\f(CWAlt+F2\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinOccupyAll\fR=\f(CWAlt+F2\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinOccupyAll=Alt+F2" Makes the active window occupy all workspaces. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinLower\fR=""Alt+F3""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinLower\fR=\f(CWAlt+F3\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinLower\fR=\f(CWAlt+F3\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinLower=Alt+F3" Lowers the window that currently has input focus. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinClose\fR=""Alt+F4""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinClose\fR=\f(CWAlt+F4\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinClose\fR=\f(CWAlt+F4\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinClose=Alt+F4" Closes the active window. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinRestore\fR=""Alt+F5""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinRestore\fR=\f(CWAlt+F5\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinRestore\fR=\f(CWAlt+F5\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinRestore=Alt+F5" Restores the active window to its visible state. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinNext\fR=""Alt+F6""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinNext\fR=\f(CWAlt+F6\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinNext\fR=\f(CWAlt+F6\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinNext=Alt+F6" Switches focus to the next window. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinPrev\fR=""Alt+Shift+F6""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinPrev\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F6\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinPrev\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F6\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinPrev=Alt+Shift+F6" Switches focus to the previous window. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinMove\fR=""Alt+F7""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinMove\fR=\f(CWAlt+F7\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinMove\fR=\f(CWAlt+F7\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinMove=Alt+F7" Starts movement of the active window. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinSize\fR=""Alt+F8""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinSize\fR=\f(CWAlt+F8\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinSize\fR=\f(CWAlt+F8\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinSize=Alt+F8" Starts resizing of the active window. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinMinimize\fR=""Alt+F9""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinMinimize\fR=\f(CWAlt+F9\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinMinimize\fR=\f(CWAlt+F9\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinMinimize=Alt+F9" Iconifies the active window. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinMaximize\fR=""Alt+F10""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinMaximize\fR=\f(CWAlt+F10\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinMaximize\fR=\f(CWAlt+F10\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinMaximize=Alt+F10" Maximizes the active window with borders. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinMaximizeVert\fR=""Alt+Shift+F10""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinMaximizeVert\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F10\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinMaximizeVert\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F10\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinMaximizeVert=Alt+Shift+F10" Maximizes the active window vertically. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinMaximizeHoriz\fR=""undefined""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinMaximizeHoriz\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinMaximizeHoriz\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinMaximizeHoriz=undefined" Maximizes the active window horizontally. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinFullscreen\fR=""Alt+F11""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinFullscreen\fR=\f(CWAlt+F11\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinFullscreen\fR=\f(CWAlt+F11\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinFullscreen=Alt+F11" Maximizes the active window without borders. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinRollup\fR=""Alt+F12""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinRollup\fR=\f(CWAlt+F12\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinRollup\fR=\f(CWAlt+F12\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinRollup=Alt+F12" Rolls up the active window. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinHide\fR=""Alt+Shift+F12""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinHide\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F12\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinHide\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F12\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinHide=Alt+Shift+F12" Hides the active window. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinMenu\fR=""Alt+Space""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinMenu\fR=\f(CWAlt+Space\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinMenu\fR=\f(CWAlt+Space\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinMenu=Alt+Space" Posts the window menu. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeNW\fR=""Ctrl+Alt+KP_7""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeNW\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_7\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinArrangeNW\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_7\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinArrangeNW=Ctrl+Alt+KP_7" Moves the active window to the top left corner of the screen. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeN\fR=""Ctrl+Alt+KP_8""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeN\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_8\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinArrangeN\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_8\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinArrangeN=Ctrl+Alt+KP_8" Moves the active window to the top middle of the screen. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeNE\fR=""Ctrl+Alt+KP_9""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeNE\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_9\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinArrangeNE\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_9\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinArrangeNE=Ctrl+Alt+KP_9" Moves the active window to the top right of the screen. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeE\fR=""Ctrl+Alt+KP_6""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeE\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_6\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinArrangeE\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_6\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinArrangeE=Ctrl+Alt+KP_6" Moves the active window to the middle right of the screen. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeSE\fR=""Ctrl+Alt+KP_3""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeSE\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_3\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinArrangeSE\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_3\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinArrangeSE=Ctrl+Alt+KP_3" Moves the active window to the bottom right of the screen. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeS\fR=""Ctrl+Alt+KP_2""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeS\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_2\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinArrangeS\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_2\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinArrangeS=Ctrl+Alt+KP_2" Moves the active window to the bottom middle of the screen. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeSW\fR=""Ctrl+Alt+KP_1""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeSW\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_1\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinArrangeSW\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_1\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinArrangeSW=Ctrl+Alt+KP_1" Moves the active window to the bottom left of the screen. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeW\fR=""Ctrl+Alt+KP_4""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeW\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_4\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinArrangeW\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_4\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinArrangeW=Ctrl+Alt+KP_4" Moves the active window to the middle left of the screen. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeC\fR=""Ctrl+Alt+KP_5""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinArrangeC\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_5\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinArrangeC\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+KP_5\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinArrangeC=Ctrl+Alt+KP_5" Moves the active window to the center of the screen. -.ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinTileLeft\fR=""""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinTileLeft\fR=``''" 4 +.IP "\fBKeyWinTileLeft\fR=""""" 4 .IX Item "KeyWinTileLeft=""""" Let the active window occupy the left half of the screen. -.ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinTileRight\fR=""""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinTileRight\fR=``''" 4 +.IP "\fBKeyWinTileRight\fR=""""" 4 .IX Item "KeyWinTileRight=""""" Let the active window occupy the right half of the screen. -.ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinTileTop\fR=""""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinTileTop\fR=``''" 4 +.IP "\fBKeyWinTileTop\fR=""""" 4 .IX Item "KeyWinTileTop=""""" Let the active window occupy the top half of the screen. -.ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinTileBottom\fR=""""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinTileBottom\fR=``''" 4 +.IP "\fBKeyWinTileBottom\fR=""""" 4 .IX Item "KeyWinTileBottom=""""" Let the active window occupy the bottom half of the screen. -.ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinTileTopLeft\fR=""""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinTileTopLeft\fR=``''" 4 +.IP "\fBKeyWinTileTopLeft\fR=""""" 4 .IX Item "KeyWinTileTopLeft=""""" Let the active window occupy the top left quarter of the screen. -.ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinTileTopRight\fR=""""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinTileTopRight\fR=``''" 4 +.IP "\fBKeyWinTileTopRight\fR=""""" 4 .IX Item "KeyWinTileTopRight=""""" Let the active window occupy the top right quarter of the screen. -.ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinTileBottomLeft\fR=""""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinTileBottomLeft\fR=``''" 4 +.IP "\fBKeyWinTileBottomLeft\fR=""""" 4 .IX Item "KeyWinTileBottomLeft=""""" Let the active window occupy the bottom left quarter of the screen. -.ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinTileBottomRight\fR=""""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinTileBottomRight\fR=``''" 4 +.IP "\fBKeyWinTileBottomRight\fR=""""" 4 .IX Item "KeyWinTileBottomRight=""""" Let the active window occupy the bottom right quarter of the screen. -.ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinTileCenter\fR=""""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinTileCenter\fR=``''" 4 +.IP "\fBKeyWinTileCenter\fR=""""" 4 .IX Item "KeyWinTileCenter=""""" Let the active window occupy the center quarter of the screen. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyWinSmartPlace\fR=""Ctrl+Alt+Shift+KP_5""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyWinSmartPlace\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+Shift+KP_5\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyWinSmartPlace\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+Shift+KP_5\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyWinSmartPlace=Ctrl+Alt+Shift+KP_5" Smart place the active window. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWinMenu\fR=""Shift+Esc""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWinMenu\fR=\f(CWShift+Esc\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWinMenu\fR=\f(CWShift+Esc\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWinMenu=Shift+Esc" Posts the system window menu. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWinNext\fR=""Alt+Esc""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWinNext\fR=\f(CWAlt+Esc\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWinNext\fR=\f(CWAlt+Esc\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWinNext=Alt+Esc" Give focus to the next window and raise it. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWinPrev\fR=""Alt+Shift+Esc""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWinPrev\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+Esc\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWinPrev\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+Esc\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWinPrev=Alt+Shift+Esc" Give focus to the previous window and raise it. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysDialog\fR=""Ctrl+Alt+Del""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysDialog\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+Del\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysDialog\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+Del\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysDialog=Ctrl+Alt+Del" Opens the IceWM system dialog in the center of the screen. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysMenu\fR=""Ctrl+Esc""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysMenu\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Esc\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysMenu\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Esc\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysMenu=Ctrl+Esc" Activates the IceWM root menu in the lower left corner. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWindowList\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Esc""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWindowList\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Esc\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWindowList\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Esc\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWindowList=Alt+Ctrl+Esc" Opens the IceWM system window list in the center of the screen. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysAddressBar\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Space""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysAddressBar\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Space\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysAddressBar\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Space\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysAddressBar=Alt+Ctrl+Space" Opens the address bar in the task bar where a command can be typed. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspacePrev\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Left""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspacePrev\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Left\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspacePrev\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Left\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspacePrev=Alt+Ctrl+Left" Goes one workspace to the left. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspaceNext\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Right""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspaceNext\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Right\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspaceNext\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Right\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspaceNext=Alt+Ctrl+Right" Goes one workspace to the right. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspaceLast\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Down""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspaceLast\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Down\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspaceLast\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Down\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspaceLast=Alt+Ctrl+Down" Goes to the previous workspace. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspacePrevTakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+Left""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspacePrevTakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+Left\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspacePrevTakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+Left\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspacePrevTakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+Left" Takes the active window one workspace to the left. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspaceNextTakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+Right""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspaceNextTakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+Right\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspaceNextTakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+Right\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspaceNextTakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+Right" Takes the active window one workspace to the right. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspaceLastTakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+Down""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspaceLastTakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+Down\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspaceLastTakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+Down\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspaceLastTakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+Down" Takes the active window to the previous workspace. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace1\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+1""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace1\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+1\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace1\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+1\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace1=Alt+Ctrl+1" Goes to workspace 1. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace2\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+2""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace2\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+2\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace2\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+2\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace2=Alt+Ctrl+2" Goes to workspace 2. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace3\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+3""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace3\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+3\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace3\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+3\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace3=Alt+Ctrl+3" Goes to workspace 3. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace4\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+4""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace4\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+4\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace4\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+4\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace4=Alt+Ctrl+4" Goes to workspace 4. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace5\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+5""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace5\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+5\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace5\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+5\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace5=Alt+Ctrl+5" Goes to workspace 5. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace6\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+6""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace6\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+6\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace6\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+6\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace6=Alt+Ctrl+6" Goes to workspace 6. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace7\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+7""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace7\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+7\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace7\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+7\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace7=Alt+Ctrl+7" Goes to workspace 7. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace8\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+8""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace8\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+8\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace8\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+8\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace8=Alt+Ctrl+8" Goes to workspace 8. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace9\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+9""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace9\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+9\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace9\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+9\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace9=Alt+Ctrl+9" Goes to workspace 9. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace10\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+0""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace10\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+0\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace10\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+0\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace10=Alt+Ctrl+0" Goes to workspace 10. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace11\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+minus""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace11\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+minus\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace11\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+minus\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace11=Alt+Ctrl+minus" Goes to workspace 11. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace12\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+equal""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace12\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+equal\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace12\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+equal\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace12=Alt+Ctrl+equal" Goes to workspace 12. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace1TakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+1""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace1TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+1\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace1TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+1\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace1TakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+1" Takes the active window to workspace 1. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace2TakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+2""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace2TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+2\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace2TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+2\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace2TakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+2" Takes the active window to workspace 2. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace3TakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+3""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace3TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+3\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace3TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+3\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace3TakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+3" Takes the active window to workspace 3. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace4TakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+4""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace4TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+4\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace4TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+4\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace4TakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+4" Takes the active window to workspace 4. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace5TakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+5""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace5TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+5\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace5TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+5\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace5TakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+5" Takes the active window to workspace 5. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace6TakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+6""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace6TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+6\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace6TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+6\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace6TakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+6" Takes the active window to workspace 6. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace7TakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+7""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace7TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+7\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace7TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+7\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace7TakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+7" Takes the active window to workspace 7. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace8TakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+8""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace8TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+8\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace8TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+8\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace8TakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+8" Takes the active window to workspace 8. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace9TakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+9""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace9TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+9\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace9TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+9\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace9TakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+9" Takes the active window to workspace 9. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace10TakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+0""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace10TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+0\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace10TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+0\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace10TakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+0" Takes the active window to workspace 10. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace11TakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+minus""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace11TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+minus\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace11TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+minus\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace11TakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+minus" Takes the active window to workspace 11. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace12TakeWin\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+Shift+equal""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWorkspace12TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+equal\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWorkspace12TakeWin\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+Shift+equal\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWorkspace12TakeWin=Alt+Ctrl+Shift+equal" Takes the active window to workspace 12. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysTileVertical\fR=""Alt+Shift+F2""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysTileVertical\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F2\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysTileVertical\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F2\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysTileVertical=Alt+Shift+F2" Tiles all windows from left to right maximized vertically. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysTileHorizontal\fR=""Alt+Shift+F3""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysTileHorizontal\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F3\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysTileHorizontal\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F3\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysTileHorizontal=Alt+Shift+F3" Tiles all windows from top to bottom maximized horizontally. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysCascade\fR=""Alt+Shift+F4""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysCascade\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F4\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysCascade\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F4\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysCascade=Alt+Shift+F4" Makes a horizontal cascade of all windows which are maximized vertically. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysArrange\fR=""Alt+Shift+F5""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysArrange\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F5\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysArrange\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F5\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysArrange=Alt+Shift+F5" Rearranges the windows. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysUndoArrange\fR=""Alt+Shift+F7""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysUndoArrange\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F7\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysUndoArrange\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F7\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysUndoArrange=Alt+Shift+F7" Undoes arrangement. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysArrangeIcons\fR=""Alt+Shift+F8""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysArrangeIcons\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F8\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysArrangeIcons\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F8\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysArrangeIcons=Alt+Shift+F8" Rearranges icons. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysMinimizeAll\fR=""Alt+Shift+F9""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysMinimizeAll\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F9\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysMinimizeAll\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F9\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysMinimizeAll=Alt+Shift+F9" Minimizes all windows. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysHideAll\fR=""Alt+Shift+F11""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysHideAll\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F11\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysHideAll\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+F11\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysHideAll=Alt+Shift+F11" Hides all windows. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysShowDesktop\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+d""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysShowDesktop\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+d\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysShowDesktop\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+d\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysShowDesktop=Alt+Ctrl+d" Unmaps all windows to show the desktop. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysCollapseTaskBar\fR=""Alt+Ctrl+h""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysCollapseTaskBar\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+h\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysCollapseTaskBar\fR=\f(CWAlt+Ctrl+h\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysCollapseTaskBar=Alt+Ctrl+h" Hides the task bar. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyTaskBarSwitchNext\fR=""undefined""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyTaskBarSwitchNext\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyTaskBarSwitchNext\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyTaskBarSwitchNext=undefined" Switches to the next window in the task bar. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyTaskBarSwitchPrev\fR=""undefined""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyTaskBarSwitchPrev\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyTaskBarSwitchPrev\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyTaskBarSwitchPrev=undefined" Switches to the previous window in the task bar. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyTaskBarMoveNext\fR=""undefined""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyTaskBarMoveNext\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyTaskBarMoveNext\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyTaskBarMoveNext=undefined" Moves the task bar button of the current window right. .ie n .IP "\fBKeyTaskBarMovePrev\fR=""undefined""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeyTaskBarMovePrev\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeyTaskBarMovePrev\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR 4 .IX Item "KeyTaskBarMovePrev=undefined" Moves the task bar button of the current window left. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysWinListMenu\fR=""undefined""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysWinListMenu\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysWinListMenu\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysWinListMenu=undefined" Shows the window list menu. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysKeyboardNext\fR=""undefined""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysKeyboardNext\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysKeyboardNext\fR=\f(CWundefined\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysKeyboardNext=undefined" Switch to the next keyboard layout in the KeyboardLayouts list. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysSwitchNext\fR=""Alt+Tab""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysSwitchNext\fR=\f(CWAlt+Tab\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysSwitchNext\fR=\f(CWAlt+Tab\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysSwitchNext=Alt+Tab" -Opens the \f(CW\*(C`QuickSwitch\*(C'\fR popup (see \*(L"\s-1INPUT FOCUS\*(R"\s0) +Opens the \f(CW\*(C`QuickSwitch\*(C'\fR popup (see "INPUT FOCUS") and/or moves the selector in the \f(CW\*(C`QuickSwitch\*(C'\fR popup. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysSwitchLast\fR=""Alt+Shift+Tab""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysSwitchLast\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+Tab\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysSwitchLast\fR=\f(CWAlt+Shift+Tab\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysSwitchLast=Alt+Shift+Tab" Works like \f(CW\*(C`KeySysSwitchNext\*(C'\fR but moving in the opposite direction. .ie n .IP "\fBKeySysSwitchClass\fR=""Alt+grave""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBKeySysSwitchClass\fR=\f(CWAlt+grave\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBKeySysSwitchClass\fR=\f(CWAlt+grave\fR 4 .IX Item "KeySysSwitchClass=Alt+grave" Is like \f(CW\*(C`KeySysSwitchNext\*(C'\fR but only for windows -with the same \s-1WM_CLASS\s0 property as the currently focused window. -.SS "\s-1MOUSE BINDINGS\s0" +with the same WM_CLASS property as the currently focused window. +.SS "MOUSE BINDINGS" .IX Subsection "MOUSE BINDINGS" You can control windows by a modified mouse button press: .ie n .IP "\fBMouseWinMove\fR=""Alt+Pointer_Button1""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBMouseWinMove\fR=\f(CWAlt+Pointer_Button1\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBMouseWinMove\fR=\f(CWAlt+Pointer_Button1\fR 4 .IX Item "MouseWinMove=Alt+Pointer_Button1" Moves the window under the mouse over the screen. .ie n .IP "\fBMouseWinSize\fR=""Alt+Pointer_Button3""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBMouseWinSize\fR=\f(CWAlt+Pointer_Button3\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBMouseWinSize\fR=\f(CWAlt+Pointer_Button3\fR 4 .IX Item "MouseWinSize=Alt+Pointer_Button3" Resizes the window. Keep the key and button pressed. To enlarge the window move the mouse button away from the center. To shrink it move towards the centre. .ie n .IP "\fBMouseWinRaise\fR=""Ctrl+Alt+Pointer_Button1""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBMouseWinRaise\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+Pointer_Button1\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBMouseWinRaise\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+Pointer_Button1\fR 4 .IX Item "MouseWinRaise=Ctrl+Alt+Pointer_Button1" Raises the window under the mouse. .ie n .IP "\fBMouseWinLower\fR=""Ctrl+Alt+Pointer_Button1""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBMouseWinLower\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+Pointer_Button1\fR" 4 +.el .IP \fBMouseWinLower\fR=\f(CWCtrl+Alt+Pointer_Button1\fR 4 .IX Item "MouseWinLower=Ctrl+Alt+Pointer_Button1" Lowers the window under the mouse. If this is equal to \f(CW\*(C`MouseWinRaise\*(C'\fR and the window can be raised then \f(CW\*(C`MouseWinRaise\*(C'\fR takes preference over \f(CW\*(C`MouseWinLower\*(C'\fR. -.ie n .IP "\fBMouseWinTabbing\fR=""Shift+Pointer_Button2""" 4 -.el .IP "\fBMouseWinTabbing\fR=``Shift+Pointer_Button2''" 4 -.IX Item "MouseWinTabbing=Shift+Pointer_Button2" +.IP "\fBMouseWinTabbing\fR=""Shift+Pointer_Button2""" 4 +.IX Item "MouseWinTabbing=""Shift+Pointer_Button2""" Mouse binding to create tabs. Drag the title bar with this button over another title bar. When they start to flash, release the button to merge the frame tabs. @@ -1179,87 +1148,90 @@ Clicking on the desktop activates a menu. The middle button shows the window list (\f(CW\*(C`DesktopWinListButton=2\*(C'\fR). The right button shows the root menu (\f(CW\*(C`DesktopMenuButton=3\*(C'\fR). If you press \f(CW\*(C`Ctrl+Alt\*(C'\fR then the mouse wheel will focus all applications in turn. -.SS "\s-1SIGNALS\s0" +.SS SIGNALS .IX Subsection "SIGNALS" \&\fBicewm\fR supports the following signals: -.IP "\fB\s-1SIGHUP\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fBSIGHUP\fR 4 .IX Item "SIGHUP" \&\fBicewm\fR will restart itself. It is a way to reload the configuration. -.IP "\fB\s-1SIGINT\s0\fR, \fB\s-1SIGTERM\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBSIGINT\fR, \fBSIGTERM\fR" 4 .IX Item "SIGINT, SIGTERM" \&\fBicewm\fR will cease to manage application windows and terminate. -.IP "\fB\s-1SIGQUIT\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fBSIGQUIT\fR 4 .IX Item "SIGQUIT" \&\fBicewm\fR will initiate the logout procedure. If a \f(CW\*(C`LogoutCommand\*(C'\fR preferences option was configured it will be executed. -.IP "\fB\s-1SIGUSR2\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fBSIGUSR2\fR 4 .IX Item "SIGUSR2" Toggle the logging of X11 events, if \f(CW\*(C`logevents\*(C'\fR was configured. -.SS "\s-1ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES\s0" +.SS "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" .IX Subsection "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" -.IP "\fB\s-1ICEWM_PRIVCFG\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fBICEWM_PRIVCFG\fR 4 .IX Item "ICEWM_PRIVCFG" The directory for user private configuration files. When this environment variable is not specified, the default directory is -\&\fI\f(CI$XDG_CONFIG_HOME\fI/icewm\fR when that directory exists, otherwise the -default value is \fI\f(CI$HOME\fI/.icewm\fR. -.IP "\fB\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR" 4 +\&\fR\f(CI$XDG_CONFIG_HOME\fR\fI/icewm\fR when that directory exists, otherwise the +default value is \fI\fR\f(CI$HOME\fR\fI/.icewm\fR. +.IP \fBDISPLAY\fR 4 .IX Item "DISPLAY" The name of the X11 server. See \fBXorg\fR\|(1) or \fBXserver\fR\|(1). This value can be overridden by the \fB\-\-display\fR option. -.IP "\fB\s-1MAILPATH\s0\fR, \fB\s-1MAIL\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBMAILPATH\fR, \fBMAIL\fR" 4 .IX Item "MAILPATH, MAIL" Gives the location of your mailbox. If the schema is omitted the local -\&\*(L"file\*(R" schema is assumed. This is used by the mailbox applet in the +"file" schema is assumed. This is used by the mailbox applet in the task bar to show the status of your mailbox. If the \f(CW\*(C`MailBoxPath\*(C'\fR option in the \fIpreferences\fR file is set, then that one takes precedence. -.SS "\s-1FILES\s0" +.SS FILES .IX Subsection "FILES" -.SS "\s-1CONFIGURATION DIRECTORIES\s0" +.SS "CONFIGURATION DIRECTORIES" .IX Subsection "CONFIGURATION DIRECTORIES" \&\fBicewm\fR looks for configuration files in the following directories, in the given order, until it finds one: -.IP "\fI\f(CI$ICEWM_PRIVCFG\fI/\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP \fR\fI$ICEWM_PRIVCFG\fR\fI/\fR 4 +.el .IP \fR\f(CI$ICEWM_PRIVCFG\fR\fI/\fR 4 .IX Item "$ICEWM_PRIVCFG/" -Contains user-specific configurations. When \fB\s-1ICEWM_PRIVCFG\s0\fR is +Contains user-specific configurations. When \fBICEWM_PRIVCFG\fR is specified, this directory takes precedence over -\&\fI\f(CI$XDG_CONFIG_HOME\fI/icewm\fR and \fI\f(CI$HOME\fI/.icewm\fR. -.IP "\fI\f(CI$XDG_CONFIG_HOME\fI/icewm/\fR" 4 +\&\fR\f(CI$XDG_CONFIG_HOME\fR\fI/icewm\fR and \fI\fR\f(CI$HOME\fR\fI/.icewm\fR. +.ie n .IP \fR\fI$XDG_CONFIG_HOME\fR\fI/icewm/\fR 4 +.el .IP \fR\f(CI$XDG_CONFIG_HOME\fR\fI/icewm/\fR 4 .IX Item "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/icewm/" Contains user-specific configurations. When this directory exists it -take precedence over \fI\f(CI$HOME\fI/.icewm\fR. -.IP "\fI\f(CI$HOME\fI/.icewm/\fR" 4 +take precedence over \fR\f(CI$HOME\fR\fI/.icewm\fR. +.ie n .IP \fR\fI$HOME\fR\fI/.icewm/\fR 4 +.el .IP \fR\f(CI$HOME\fR\fI/.icewm/\fR 4 .IX Item "$HOME/.icewm/" Contains user-specific configurations. This is the historical default directory. -.IP "\fI/etc/X11/icewm/\fR" 4 +.IP \fI/etc/X11/icewm/\fR 4 .IX Item "/etc/X11/icewm/" Contains system-wide customized defaults. Please note that your local installation may have been configured to use a different system location. The output of \f(CW\*(C`icewm \-\-directories\*(C'\fR will show this location. -.IP "\fI/usr/share/icewm/\fR" 4 +.IP \fI/usr/share/icewm/\fR 4 .IX Item "/usr/share/icewm/" Default local installation settings. -.SS "\s-1CONFIGURATION FILES\s0" +.SS "CONFIGURATION FILES" .IX Subsection "CONFIGURATION FILES" -.IP "\fIenv\fR" 4 +.IP \fIenv\fR 4 .IX Item "env" \&\fBicewm\-session\fR\|(1) loads additional environment variables from the file -\&\fIenv\fR. Each line is subjected to \s-1POSIX\s0 shell expansion by +\&\fIenv\fR. Each line is subjected to POSIX shell expansion by \&\fBwordexp\fR\|(3). Comment lines starting by a hash-sign (\f(CW\*(C`#\*(C'\fR) are ignored. \&\fBicewm\-session\fR\|(1) will load those expanded lines that contain a name, followed by an equals sign, followed by the value (which may be empty). .Sp See \fBicewm\-env\fR\|(5). -.IP "\fIfocus_mode\fR" 4 +.IP \fIfocus_mode\fR 4 .IX Item "focus_mode" Defines the initial value for \f(CW\*(C`FocusMode\*(C'\fR. Its default value is \&\f(CW\*(C`FocusMode=1\*(C'\fR (Click-to-focus). This can be changed via the menu. \&\fBicewm\fR will save the Focus menu choice in this file. .Sp See \fBicewm\-focus_mode\fR\|(5). -.IP "\fIkeys\fR" 4 +.IP \fIkeys\fR 4 .IX Item "keys" Global keybindings to launch applications, which need not be window manager related. Each non-empty line starts with the word \f(CW\*(C`key\*(C'\fR. @@ -1274,7 +1246,7 @@ creates a hotkey to reload the \fBicewm\fR configuration: .Ve .Sp See \fBicewm\-keys\fR\|(5). -.IP "\fImenu\fR" 4 +.IP \fImenu\fR 4 .IX Item "menu" A menu of applications; usually customized by the user. \fBicewm\fR provides the \fBicewm\-menu\-fdo\fR\|(1) program to generate a default menu. @@ -1282,7 +1254,7 @@ Similar programs are \fBxdg_menu\fR\|(1), \fBmmaker\fR\|(1) (MenuMaker), \&\fBxde\-menu\fR\|(1), \fBxdgmenumaker\fR\|(1). .Sp See \fBicewm\-menu\fR\|(5). -.IP "\fIpreferences\fR" 4 +.IP \fIpreferences\fR 4 .IX Item "preferences" Contains general settings like paths, colors and fonts, but also options to control the \fBicewm\fR focus behaviour and the applets that are @@ -1291,7 +1263,7 @@ default \fIpreferences\fR file, which can be copied to the \fBicewm\fR user configuration directory and modified. .Sp See \fBicewm\-preferences\fR\|(5). -.IP "\fIprefoverride\fR" 4 +.IP \fIprefoverride\fR 4 .IX Item "prefoverride" Settings which override the settings from a theme. Some of the \fBicewm\fR configuration options from the preferences file that control the @@ -1301,14 +1273,14 @@ override this for a few specific options of your choosing. It is safe to leave this file empty initially. .Sp See \fBicewm\-prefoverride\fR\|(5). -.IP "\fIprograms\fR" 4 +.IP \fIprograms\fR 4 .IX Item "programs" An automatically generated menu of applications. This could be used by \&\fBwmconfig\fR\|(1), menu or similar programs to give easy access to all the desktop applications that are installed on the system. .Sp See \fBicewm\-programs\fR\|(5). -.IP "\fItheme\fR" 4 +.IP \fItheme\fR 4 .IX Item "theme" This file contains the name of the default theme. On startup \fBicewm\fR reads this file to obtain the theme name, unless \fBicewm\fR was started @@ -1325,7 +1297,7 @@ file, which replaces \fIdefault.theme\fR. If no theme file exists then \&\f(CW\*(C`Theme="default/default.theme"\*(C'\fR. .Sp See \fBicewm\-theme\fR\|(5). -.IP "\fItoolbar\fR" 4 +.IP \fItoolbar\fR 4 .IX Item "toolbar" Contains names of quick to launch applications with icons for the task bar. Each non-empty non-comment line starts with the keyword \fBprog\fR. @@ -1343,7 +1315,7 @@ with the \fIfirefox\fR icon that launches \fBfirefox\fR\|(1) when clicked: .Ve .Sp See \fBicewm\-toolbar\fR\|(5). -.IP "\fIwinoptions\fR" 4 +.IP \fIwinoptions\fR 4 .IX Item "winoptions" Contains settings to control window appearance and behaviour that are specific to applications or groups of applications. Options can control @@ -1352,7 +1324,7 @@ system tray and the workspaces. Also its layer, geometry, whether it can be moved, resized and closed. .Sp See \fBicewm\-winoptions\fR\|(5). -.IP "\fIstartup\fR" 4 +.IP \fIstartup\fR 4 .IX Item "startup" Contains commands to be executed on \fBicewm\fR startup. This is an executable script with commands to tweak X11 settings and launch some @@ -1360,7 +1332,7 @@ applications that need to be active whenever \fBicewm\fR is started. It is run by \fBicewm\-session\fR\|(1) when \fBicewm\fR starts. .Sp See \fBicewm\-startup\fR\|(5). -.IP "\fIshutdown\fR" 4 +.IP \fIshutdown\fR 4 .IX Item "shutdown" Contains commands to be executed on \fBicewm\fR shutdown. This is an executable script with commands to be executed in the last stage of @@ -1369,58 +1341,57 @@ the \fIstartup\fR script. It is run by \fBicewm\-session\fR\|(1) when \fBicewm\ terminates. .Sp See \fBicewm\-shutdown\fR\|(5). -.SS "\s-1CONFIGURATION SUBDIRECTORIES\s0" +.SS "CONFIGURATION SUBDIRECTORIES" .IX Subsection "CONFIGURATION SUBDIRECTORIES" -.IP "\fIcursors\fR" 4 +.IP \fIcursors\fR 4 .IX Item "cursors" -May contain cursor icons in the \s-1XPM\s0 image format. These overrule cursors +May contain cursor icons in the XPM image format. These overrule cursors provided by a theme. There are 3 direction cursors: \fIleft.xpm\fR, \&\fIright.xpm\fR, \fImove.xpm\fR, 8 resize cursors: \fIsizeR.xpm\fR, \fIsizeTR.xpm\fR, \&\fIsizeT.xpm\fR, \fIsizeTL.xpm\fR, \fIsizeL.xpm\fR, \fIsizeBL.xpm\fR, \fIsizeB.xpm\fR, \&\fIsizeBR.xpm\fR, and 4 scroll cursors: \fIscrollL.xpm\fR, \fIscrollR.xpm\fR, \&\fIscrollU.xpm\fR, and \fIscrollD.xpm\fR. -By default an \s-1XPM\s0 header defines four dimensions: width, height, colors +By default an XPM header defines four dimensions: width, height, colors and chars-per-pixel. For cursors this must be extended to six. The last two are the \fIx\-hotspot\fR and the \fIy\-hotspot\fR. These define which point -in the \s-1XPM\s0 image is the sensitive point for the mouse pointer. -.IP "\fIicons\fR" 4 +in the XPM image is the sensitive point for the mouse pointer. +.IP \fIicons\fR 4 .IX Item "icons" -Contains icons that are used to identify applications. Usually these -files are in the \s-1XPM\s0 format, but the \s-1PNG\s0 and \s-1SVG\s0 image formats are also -supported. The names of icon files may follow a specific naming -pattern, like \fIapp_32x32.xpm\fR. They start with a base name, usually -this is just a single word. Then follows an underscore, followed by a -size specification in the format \f(CW\*(C`SIZExSIZE\*(C'\fR. This is followed by a -dot and the file extension, where the extension denotes the icon image -format. Common sizes are 16, 32 and 48 for small, large and huge icons. +Contains icons for applications and keyboard layouts. These can be in +XPM, PNG or SVG format. The filename of an \fIapplication icon\fR may +follow a specific naming pattern, like \fIapp_32x32.xpm\fR. They start +with a base name, which usually is just a single word. Then follows +an underscore, followed by a size specification, as in \f(CW\*(C`SIZExSIZE\*(C'\fR. +This is followed by a dot and the file extension, where the extension +denotes the icon image format. Common sizes are 16, 32 and 48. This depends on the respective \f(CW\*(C`IconSize\*(C'\fR preferences options. -.IP "\fIledclock\fR" 4 +.IP \fIledclock\fR 4 .IX Item "ledclock" -Pictures of digits for the \s-1LED\s0 clock which is displayed in the +Pictures of digits for the LED clock which is displayed in the bottom-right corner of the task bar. These can be seen when the \&\f(CW\*(C`TaskBarShowClock\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`TaskBarClockLeds\*(C'\fR options are both set to 1. -.IP "\fImailbox\fR" 4 +.IP \fImailbox\fR 4 .IX Item "mailbox" Icons that are used to display different states of the mailbox applet in the task bar. There are five states and each has its own icon: \&\fImail.xpm\fR, \fInewmail.xpm\fR, \fIunreadmail.xpm\fR, \fInomail.xpm\fR, \&\fIerrmail.xpm\fR. -.IP "\fIsounds\fR" 4 +.IP \fIsounds\fR 4 .IX Item "sounds" -Audio files that are played by \fBicesound\fR\|(1) on \s-1GUI\s0 events. These +Audio files that are played by \fBicesound\fR\|(1) on GUI events. These are: \fIstartup.wav\fR, \fIshutdown.wav\fR, \fIrestart.wav\fR, \fIlaunchApp.wav\fR, \&\fIworkspaceChange.wav\fR, \fIwindowOpen.wav\fR, \fIwindowClose.wav\fR, \&\fIdialogOpen.wav\fR, \fIdialogClose.wav\fR, \fIwindowMax.wav\fR, \&\fIwindowRestore.wav\fR, \fIwindowMin.wav\fR, \fIwindowHide.wav\fR, \&\fIwindowRollup.wav\fR, \fIwindowMoved.wav\fR, \fIwindowSized.wav\fR, \&\fIwindowLower.wav\fR. -.IP "\fItaskbar\fR" 4 +.IP \fItaskbar\fR 4 .IX Item "taskbar" Pictures to customize the look of the task bar. These include: \&\fItaskbarbg.xpm\fR, \fItaskbuttonactive.xpm\fR, \fItaskbuttonbg.xpm\fR, \&\fItaskbuttonminimized.xpm\fR, \fItoolbuttonbg.xpm\fR, \&\fIworkspacebuttonactive.xpm\fR, \fIworkspacebuttonbg.xpm\fR. -.IP "\fIthemes\fR" 4 +.IP \fIthemes\fR 4 .IX Item "themes" A directory to store themes. Each theme is stored in its own sub-directory in the \fIthemes\fR directory. A theme contains at least a @@ -1429,12 +1400,12 @@ additional files that have a \fI.theme\fR file name extension and that contain tweaks of the \fIdefault.theme\fR file. How to create a theme is explained in the IceWM Theme Creation Howto. -.IP "\fIworkspace\fR" 4 +.IP \fIworkspace\fR 4 .IX Item "workspace" If \f(CW\*(C`PagerShowPreview\*(C'\fR is disabled, icewm looks in the \f(CW\*(C`workspace\*(C'\fR directory for images to draw on a workspace button. The image filename should have the name of the workspace. The image extension is optional. -.SS "\s-1OPACITY\s0" +.SS OPACITY .IX Subsection "OPACITY" IceWM supports window opacity and transparency in connection with an external compositor like \fBcompton\fR\|(1) or \fBpicom\fR\|(1). @@ -1446,19 +1417,19 @@ The opacity can also be set in the \fBicewm\-winoptions\fR\|(5) file. \&\fBicesh\fR\|(1) can control the opacity level of running applications. .PP The _NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE properties that \fBicewm\fR sets on its windows -are \fI\s-1DIALOG\s0\fR, \fI\s-1NOTIFICATION\s0\fR, \fI\s-1POPUP_MENU\s0\fR and \fI\s-1TOOLTIP\s0\fR. The output -of \f(CW\*(C`icesh windows\*(C'\fR shows their \s-1WM_CLASS\s0 values. These can be helpful +are \fIDIALOG\fR, \fINOTIFICATION\fR, \fIPOPUP_MENU\fR and \fITOOLTIP\fR. The output +of \f(CW\*(C`icesh windows\*(C'\fR shows their WM_CLASS values. These can be helpful to configure compton. -.SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0" +.SS EXAMPLES .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES" Examples of the above configuration files can be found in the default installation path or in the system-wide defaults. See the output of \&\f(CW\*(C`icewm \-\-directories\*(C'\fR for their locations. -.SS "\s-1CONFORMING TO\s0" +.SS "CONFORMING TO" .IX Subsection "CONFORMING TO" -\&\s-1ICCCM 2.0:\s0 partial. NetWM/EWMH: extensive. -See the file \fI\s-1COMPLIANCE\s0\fR in the distribution for full details. -.SS "\s-1SEE ALSO\s0" +ICCCM 2.0: partial. NetWM/EWMH: extensive. +See the file \fICOMPLIANCE\fR in the distribution for full details. +.SS "SEE ALSO" .IX Subsection "SEE ALSO" \&\fBicehelp\fR\|(1), \&\fBicesh\fR\|(1), @@ -1488,16 +1459,16 @@ See the file \fI\s-1COMPLIANCE\s0\fR in the distribution for full details. \&\fBxprop\fR\|(1), \&\fBxwininfo\fR\|(1), \&\fBwmctrl\fR\|(1). -.SS "\s-1BUGS\s0" +.SS BUGS .IX Subsection "BUGS" Please report bugs at <https://github.com/bbidulock/icewm/issues>. -.SS "\s-1AUTHOR\s0" +.SS AUTHOR .IX Subsection "AUTHOR" Brian Bidulock <mailto:bidulock@openss7.org>. .PP See \fB\-\-copying\fR for full copyright notice and copying permissions. -.SS "\s-1LICENSE\s0" +.SS LICENSE .IX Subsection "LICENSE" -\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the \s-1GNU\s0 Library General Public License. -See the \fI\s-1COPYING\s0\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag +\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the GNU Library General Public License. +See the \fICOPYING\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag to display copying permissions. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewmbg.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewmbg.1 index 2050521e..e8aecd1d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewmbg.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewmbg.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,85 +52,23 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWMBG 1" -.TH ICEWMBG 1 "2023-12-31" "icewm\ 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWMBG 1 2024-05-24 "icewm\ 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SS "\s-1NAME\s0" +.SS NAME .IX Subsection "NAME" .Vb 1 -\& icewmbg \- a background settings manager for the IceWM window manager +\& icewmbg \- a desktop background image manager for IceWM .Ve -.SS "\s-1SYNOPSIS\s0" +.SS SYNOPSIS .IX Subsection "SYNOPSIS" -\&\fBicewmbg\fR [\fI\s-1OPTIONS\s0\fR] [\fI\s-1ARGUMENTS\s0\fR] -.SS "\s-1DESCRIPTION\s0" +\&\fBicewmbg\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] [\fIARGUMENTS\fR] +.SS DESCRIPTION .IX Subsection "DESCRIPTION" \&\fBicewmbg\fR can assign a colour or image to the \fIX11\fR desktop background. Common image formats are supported. Each \fBicewm\fR\|(1) workspace can have @@ -154,8 +76,7 @@ its own background. .PP When the background image changes, \fBicewmbg\fR can be notified to update the background. When switching workspaces, it checks the image -file modification time. If the file has changed, it reloads the -image from file. +file modification time. If it has changed, it reloads the image. .PP \&\fBicewmbg\fR supports semitransparency. Semitransparent background images and colours can be configured. @@ -173,17 +94,17 @@ If there is just a single background for all workspaces, icewmbg may conclude that it can safely exit after setting the desktop background, to free its system memory. If the screen size changes, icewm will then attempt to restart icewmbg, preferably via icewm-session. -.SS "\s-1ARGUMENTS\s0" +.SS ARGUMENTS .IX Subsection "ARGUMENTS" -.SS "\s-1SPECIFIC OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "SPECIFIC OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "SPECIFIC OPTIONS" Where multiple values can be given for images or colours, they are separated by comma's. Each such value may be enclosed in double quotes. -If \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR is a directory, all images +If \fIFILE\fR is a directory, all images from that directory are used in sorted order. If the value starts with an exclamation mark, as in \fI!FILE\fR, -the images from the directory \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR are permuted randomly. +the images from the directory \fIFILE\fR are permuted randomly. Image file names or directory names may have \fBglob\fR\|(7) wildcards, or they may start with a tilde or environment variable. .IP "\fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-fork\fR" 4 @@ -206,29 +127,29 @@ settings in have changed. If no icewmbg is active, it starts one. Shuffle the list of background images randomly. This option may be given again whenever the running \&\fBicewmbg\fR should reshuffle its list of background images. -.IP "\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-config\fR=\fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-config\fR=\fIFILE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-c, --config=FILE" -Load preferences from \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR. -.IP "\fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-theme\fR=\fI\s-1THEME\s0\fR" 4 +Load preferences from \fIFILE\fR. +.IP "\fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-theme\fR=\fITHEME\fR" 4 .IX Item "-t, --theme=THEME" -Use the theme named \fI\s-1THEME\s0\fR. -.IP "\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-image\fR=\fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR[,\fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR]*" 4 +Use the theme named \fITHEME\fR. +.IP "\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-image\fR=\fIFILE\fR[,\fIFILE\fR]*" 4 .IX Item "-i, --image=FILE[,FILE]*" -Load background images from each \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR. +Load background images from each \fIFILE\fR. This overrules the \f(CW\*(C`DesktopBackgroundImage\*(C'\fR preference. When more than one image is given, they are assigned to each workspace in the given order. -.IP "\fB\-k\fR, \fB\-\-color\fR=\fI\s-1COLOR\s0\fR[,\fI\s-1COLOR\s0\fR]*" 4 +.IP "\fB\-k\fR, \fB\-\-color\fR=\fICOLOR\fR[,\fICOLOR\fR]*" 4 .IX Item "-k, --color=COLOR[,COLOR]*" -Use background colours from each \fI\s-1COLOR\s0\fR. +Use background colours from each \fICOLOR\fR. This overrules the \f(CW\*(C`DesktopBackgroundColor\*(C'\fR preference. -.IP "\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-semis\fR=\fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR[,\fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR]*" 4 +.IP "\fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-semis\fR=\fIFILE\fR[,\fIFILE\fR]*" 4 .IX Item "-s, --semis=FILE[,FILE]*" -Load transparency images from each \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR. +Load transparency images from each \fIFILE\fR. This overrules the \f(CW\*(C`DesktopTransparencyImage\*(C'\fR preference. -.IP "\fB\-x\fR, \fB\-\-trans\fR=\fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR[,\fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR]" 4 +.IP "\fB\-x\fR, \fB\-\-trans\fR=\fINAME\fR[,\fINAME\fR]" 4 .IX Item "-x, --trans=NAME[,NAME]" -Use transparency colours for each \fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR. +Use transparency colours for each \fINAME\fR. This overrules the \f(CW\*(C`DesktopTransparencyColor\*(C'\fR preference. .IP "\fB\-e\fR, \fB\-\-center\fR={\fI0\fR|\fI1\fR}" 4 .IX Item "-e, --center={0|1}" @@ -242,23 +163,26 @@ This overrules the \f(CW\*(C`DesktopBackgroundScaled\*(C'\fR preference. .IX Item "-m, --multi={0|1}" Disable or enable a single background over all monitors. This overrules the \f(CW\*(C`DesktopBackgroundMultihead\*(C'\fR preference. -.IP "\fB\-y\fR, \fB\-\-cycle\fR=\fI\s-1SECONDS\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-y\fR, \fB\-\-cycle\fR=\fISECONDS\fR" 4 .IX Item "-y, --cycle=SECONDS" -Cycle over the list of background images every \fI\s-1SECONDS\s0\fR. +Cycle over the list of background images every \fISECONDS\fR. This overrules the \f(CW\*(C`CycleBackgroundsPeriod\*(C'\fR preference. .IP "\fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output=FILE\fR" 4 .IX Item "-o, --output=FILE" -Redirect all output to \fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR. +Redirect all output to \fIFILE\fR. A leading tilde or environment variable is expanded. -.IP "\fB\-\-postpreferences\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-postpreferences\fR 4 .IX Item "--postpreferences" Print a list of all preference values that \fBicewmbg\fR will use. -.SS "\s-1GENERAL OPTIONS\s0" +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 +.IX Item "--verbose" +Print a log of actions and some events. +.SS "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "GENERAL OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fI\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fIDISPLAY\fR" 4 .IX Item "-d, --display=DISPLAY" -Use \fI\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR to connect to the X server. -Otherwise use \s-1DISPLAY\s0 from the environment. +Use \fIDISPLAY\fR to connect to the X server. +Otherwise use DISPLAY from the environment. .IP "\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR" 4 .IX Item "-h, --help" Print a brief usage statement to \fIstdout\fR and exit. @@ -268,17 +192,17 @@ Print the program version to \fIstdout\fR and exit. .IP "\fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-copying\fR" 4 .IX Item "-C, --copying" Print copying permissions to \fIstdout\fR for the program and exit. -.IP "\fB\-\-sync\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-sync\fR 4 .IX Item "--sync" Use a slow synchronous mode to communicate with the \fIX11\fR server. -.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--verbose" Report on some of the activities. -.SS "\s-1FILES\s0" +.SS FILES .IX Subsection "FILES" Additional arguments, which either are a path or which have an image extension, are assumed to be background image files or directories. -.SS "\s-1PREFERENCES\s0" +.SS PREFERENCES .IX Subsection "PREFERENCES" By default \fBicewmbg\fR loads settings from the \fBicewm\fR\|(1) preferences file. See \fBicewm\-preferences\fR\|(5) for details. @@ -301,7 +225,7 @@ If these settings are set in the \fIpreferences\fR file, they can be overridden by the theme in the theme defaults file. To enforce a certain setting, set it in the \fIprefoverride\fR file instead. See \fBicewm\-prefoverride\fR\|(5). -.SS "\s-1WORKSPACES\s0" +.SS WORKSPACES .IX Subsection "WORKSPACES" Each workspace can have a unique image. Specify multiple images to \&\fBDesktopBackgroundImage\fR separated by comma's. Or give at least one @@ -314,7 +238,7 @@ If you specify more images then there are workspaces, then icewmbg will switch to the next set of images. If you give less images than there are workspaces, then icewmbg will reuse previous images for the remaining workspaces. -.SS "\s-1IMAGE SCALING\s0" +.SS "IMAGE SCALING" .IX Subsection "IMAGE SCALING" Often a background image has a different width or height than the screen. The image can then be replicated (tiled), centered or scaled. This is @@ -327,7 +251,7 @@ What happens for their combination is given by the following table: \& center:1 scaled:1 = Fill one dimension and preserve the aspect ratio. \& center:0 scaled:1 = Fill both dimensions and preserve the aspect ratio. .Ve -.SS "\s-1EXAMPLES\s0" +.SS EXAMPLES .IX Subsection "EXAMPLES" .Vb 1 \& # For four unique desktop backgrounds for four workspaces do: @@ -340,20 +264,20 @@ What happens for their combination is given by the following table: \& \& # The images should have proper image filename extensions. .Ve -.SS "\s-1SIGNALS\s0" +.SS SIGNALS .IX Subsection "SIGNALS" \&\fBicewmbg\fR supports the following signals: -.IP "\fB\s-1SIGHUP\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fBSIGHUP\fR 4 .IX Item "SIGHUP" \&\fBicewmbg\fR will restart itself. -.IP "\fB\s-1SIGINT\s0\fR, \fB\s-1SIGTERM\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBSIGINT\fR, \fBSIGTERM\fR" 4 .IX Item "SIGINT, SIGTERM" \&\fBicewmbg\fR will terminate. -.IP "\fB\s-1SIGUSR1\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fBSIGUSR1\fR 4 .IX Item "SIGUSR1" \&\fBicewmbg\fR will reshuffle the list of background images and update the backgrounds of all workspaces. -.SS "\s-1SEE ALSO\s0" +.SS "SEE ALSO" .IX Subsection "SEE ALSO" \&\fBicewm\fR\|(1), \&\fBicewm\-preferences\fR\|(5), @@ -361,16 +285,16 @@ update the backgrounds of all workspaces. \&\fBwmsetbg\fR\|(1), \&\fBxsetbg\fR\|(1), \&\fBxwallpaper\fR\|(1). -.SS "\s-1BUGS\s0" +.SS BUGS .IX Subsection "BUGS" Please report bugs at <https://github.com/bbidulock/icewm/issues>. -.SS "\s-1AUTHOR\s0" +.SS AUTHOR .IX Subsection "AUTHOR" Brian Bidulock <mailto:bidulock@openss7.org>. .PP See \fB\-\-copying\fR for full copyright notice and copying permissions. -.SS "\s-1LICENSE\s0" +.SS LICENSE .IX Subsection "LICENSE" -\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the \s-1GNU\s0 Library General Public License. -See the \fI\s-1COPYING\s0\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag +\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the GNU Library General Public License. +See the \fICOPYING\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag to display copying permissions. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewmhint.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewmhint.1 index 9b4ba56b..fe8d9bed 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewmhint.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/icewmhint.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -68,83 +52,21 @@ . \} .\} .rr rF -.\" -.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2). -.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts. -. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds #H 0 -. ds #V .8m -. ds #F .3m -. ds #[ \f1 -. ds #] \fP -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m) -. ds #V .6m -. ds #F 0 -. ds #[ \& -. ds #] \& -.\} -. \" simple accents for nroff and troff -.if n \{\ -. ds ' \& -. ds ` \& -. ds ^ \& -. ds , \& -. ds ~ ~ -. ds / -.\} -.if t \{\ -. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u" -. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u' -. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u' -. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u' -. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u' -.\} -. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents -.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V' -.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H' -.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#] -.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H' -.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u' -.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#] -.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#] -.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e -.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E -. \" corrections for vroff -.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u' -.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u' -. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr) -.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \ -\{\ -. ds : e -. ds 8 ss -. ds o a -. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga -. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy -. ds th \o'bp' -. ds Th \o'LP' -. ds ae ae -. ds Ae AE -.\} -.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWMHINT 1" -.TH ICEWMHINT 1 "2023-12-31" "icewm\ 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWMHINT 1 2024-05-24 "icewm\ 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SS "\s-1NAME\s0" +.SS NAME .IX Subsection "NAME" icewmhint \- set IceWM hints by window class and instance -.SS "\s-1SYNOPSIS\s0" +.SS SYNOPSIS .IX Subsection "SYNOPSIS" -\&\fBicewmhint\fR \fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR\fB.\fR\fI\s-1INSTANCE\s0\fR \fI\s-1OPTION\s0\fR \fI\s-1VALUE\s0\fR ... -.SS "\s-1DESCRIPTION\s0" +\&\fBicewmhint\fR \fICLASS\fR\fB.\fR\fIINSTANCE\fR \fIOPTION\fR \fIVALUE\fR ... +.SS DESCRIPTION .IX Subsection "DESCRIPTION" \&\fBicewmhint\fR is a utility for passing IceWM hints to \fBicewm\fR\|(1). \&\fBicewm\fR uses these hints for the first \fIX11 client\fR which is @@ -158,10 +80,10 @@ invocation of \fBicewmhint\fR. The hints are communicated over the \f(CW\*(C`_ICEWM_WINOPTHINT\*(C'\fR property on the root window. \fBicewmhint\fR appends hints to this property, while \&\fBicewm\fR removes the property after reading it. -.SS "\s-1OPTIONS\s0" +.SS OPTIONS .IX Subsection "OPTIONS" \&\fBicewmhint\fR recognizes the following options: -.SS "\s-1COMMAND OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "COMMAND OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "COMMAND OPTIONS" Only one command option can be specified per invocation. If no command option is specified, argument parsing and processing is performed. @@ -174,61 +96,61 @@ Print the program version to \fIstdout\fR and exit. .IP "\fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-copying\fR" 4 .IX Item "-C, --copying" Print copying permissions to \fIstdout\fR for the program and exit. -.SS "\s-1GENERAL OPTIONS\s0" +.SS "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "GENERAL OPTIONS" -.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fI\s-1DISPLAY\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fIDISPLAY\fR" 4 .IX Item "-d, --display=DISPLAY" -Specifies the X11 \s-1DISPLAY.\s0 If unspecified, defaults to \fB\f(CB$DISPLAY\fB\fR. -.SS "\s-1ARGUMENTS\s0" +Specifies the X11 DISPLAY. If unspecified, defaults to \fR\f(CB$DISPLAY\fR\fB\fR. +.SS ARGUMENTS .IX Subsection "ARGUMENTS" The following three arguments are required for each hint. -.IP "\fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR\fB.\fR\fI\s-1INSTANCE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fICLASS\fR\fB.\fR\fIINSTANCE\fR 4 .IX Item "CLASS.INSTANCE" -Specifies the \s-1ICCCM 2.0\s0 \fB\s-1WM_CLASS\s0\fR property in terms of resource class +Specifies the ICCCM 2.0 \fBWM_CLASS\fR property in terms of resource class and resource name separated by a period (\f(CW\*(C`.\*(C'\fR). For example: \&\f(CW\*(C`XTerm.xterm\*(C'\fR. Just the resource class or resource name without a dot is also acceptable, like \f(CW\*(C`XTerm\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`xterm\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fI\s-1OPTION\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fIOPTION\fR 4 .IX Item "OPTION" -Specifies the \fI\s-1OPTION\s0\fR to affect. -.IP "\fI\s-1VALUE\s0\fR" 4 +Specifies the \fIOPTION\fR to affect. +.IP \fIVALUE\fR 4 .IX Item "VALUE" -Gives the \fI\s-1VALUE\s0\fR for the option. +Gives the \fIVALUE\fR for the option. .PP Multiple hints can be given. -.SS "\s-1GENERAL OPTION ARGUMENTS\s0" +.SS "GENERAL OPTION ARGUMENTS" .IX Subsection "GENERAL OPTION ARGUMENTS" -.IP "\fBicon\fR \fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBicon\fR \fINAME\fR" 4 .IX Item "icon NAME" -Specifies the icon name for windows of \fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR\fB.\fR\fI\s-1INSTANCE\s0\fR. -\&\fI\s-1NAME\s0\fR should be the name of the icon. \fBicewm\fR\|(1) will use its +Specifies the icon name for windows of \fICLASS\fR\fB.\fR\fIINSTANCE\fR. +\&\fINAME\fR should be the name of the icon. \fBicewm\fR\|(1) will use its usual method to locate the icon. The default is the name provided by window manager hints. -.IP "\fBworkspace\fR \fI\s-1WORKSPACE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBworkspace\fR \fIWORKSPACE\fR" 4 .IX Item "workspace WORKSPACE" -Specifies the workspace on which a window of \fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR\fB.\fR\fI\s-1INSTANCE\s0\fR +Specifies the workspace on which a window of \fICLASS\fR\fB.\fR\fIINSTANCE\fR will be initially placed. The default is the current workspace. -\&\fI\s-1WORKSPACE\s0\fR should be a workspace number counting from 0. -.IP "\fBgeometry\fR \fI\s-1GEOMETRY\s0\fR" 4 +\&\fIWORKSPACE\fR should be a workspace number counting from 0. +.IP "\fBgeometry\fR \fIGEOMETRY\fR" 4 .IX Item "geometry GEOMETRY" Specifies the initial geometry for windows of the given -\&\fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR\fB.\fR\fI\s-1INSTANCE\s0\fR. \fI\s-1GEOMETRY\s0\fR must be a geometry that can be +\&\fICLASS\fR\fB.\fR\fIINSTANCE\fR. \fIGEOMETRY\fR must be a geometry that can be parsed by \fBXParseGeometry\fR\|(3). The default is the geometry provided by window manager hints. -.IP "\fBorder\fR \fI\s-1NUMBER\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBorder\fR \fINUMBER\fR" 4 .IX Item "order NUMBER" The sorting order of task buttons and tray icons. The default value is zero. Increasing positive values go farther right, while decreasing negative values go farther left. The order option applies to the task pane, the tray pane and the system tray. -.IP "\fBopacity\fR \fI\s-1NUMBER\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fBopacity\fR \fINUMBER\fR" 4 .IX Item "opacity NUMBER" -Set the _NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY property if \fI\s-1NUMBER\s0\fR is a value between -1 and 100. \fI\s-1NUMBER\s0\fR is interpreted as percentage of maximum opaqueness. -.IP "\fBlayer\fR {\fI\s-1LAYER\s0\fR|\fI\s-1NUMBER\s0\fR}" 4 +Set the _NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY property if \fINUMBER\fR is a value between +1 and 100. \fINUMBER\fR is interpreted as percentage of maximum opaqueness. +.IP "\fBlayer\fR {\fILAYER\fR|\fINUMBER\fR}" 4 .IX Item "layer {LAYER|NUMBER}" This command option specifies the layer to be associated with a -\&\fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR\fB.\fR\fI\s-1INSTANCE\s0\fR. The default is the \f(CW\*(C`Normal\*(C'\fR layer. \fI\s-1VALUE\s0\fR +\&\fICLASS\fR\fB.\fR\fIINSTANCE\fR. The default is the \f(CW\*(C`Normal\*(C'\fR layer. \fIVALUE\fR is either a layer number or a symbolic layer name. Symbolic layer names are: .Sp @@ -243,12 +165,12 @@ layer names are: \& Fullscreen (14) When fullscreen and focused. \& AboveAll (15) Always above anything. .Ve -.IP "\fBtray\fR {\fBIgnore\fR|\fBMinimized\fR|\fBExclusive\fR|\fI\s-1NUMBER\s0\fR}" 4 +.IP "\fBtray\fR {\fBIgnore\fR|\fBMinimized\fR|\fBExclusive\fR|\fINUMBER\fR}" 4 .IX Item "tray {Ignore|Minimized|Exclusive|NUMBER}" Specifies the tray handling to be applied to windows with -\&\fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR\fB.\fR\fI\s-1INSTANCE\s0\fR. This option is specific to \fBicewm\fR\|(1) and +\&\fICLASS\fR\fB.\fR\fIINSTANCE\fR. This option is specific to \fBicewm\fR\|(1) and sets the \f(CW\*(C`_ICEWM_TRAY\*(C'\fR property associated with the window. -The default is \f(CW\*(C`Ignore\*(C'\fR. \fI\s-1VALUE\s0\fR can be an option number +The default is \f(CW\*(C`Ignore\*(C'\fR. \fIVALUE\fR can be an option number or a symbolic name as follows: .Sp .Vb 3 @@ -259,10 +181,10 @@ or a symbolic name as follows: .IP "\fBframe\fR \fIlabel\fR (default: none)" 4 .IX Item "frame label (default: none)" All windows with the same frame label become tabs in a single frame. -.SS "\s-1FUNCTION OPTION ARGUMENTS\s0" +.SS "FUNCTION OPTION ARGUMENTS" .IX Subsection "FUNCTION OPTION ARGUMENTS" Specifies which functions are disabled or enabled (0/1) for windows with -\&\fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR\fB.\fR\fI\s-1INSTANCE\s0\fR. All functions have a default value of enabled +\&\fICLASS\fR\fB.\fR\fIINSTANCE\fR. All functions have a default value of enabled (1) unless overridden by the application. The Motif-like functions are as follows: .PP @@ -275,10 +197,10 @@ as follows: \& fResize can be resized: (default: 1). \& fRollup can be shaded: (default: 1). .Ve -.SS "\s-1DECOR OPTION ARGUMENTS\s0" +.SS "DECOR OPTION ARGUMENTS" .IX Subsection "DECOR OPTION ARGUMENTS" Specifies which decorations are disabled or enabled (0/1) for windows -with \fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR\fB.\fR\fI\s-1INSTANCE\s0\fR. All decor options have a default value +with \fICLASS\fR\fB.\fR\fIINSTANCE\fR. All decor options have a default value of enabled (1) unless overridden by the application. The Motif-like decorations are as follows: .PP @@ -294,10 +216,10 @@ decorations are as follows: \& dSysMenu has window menu: (default: 1). \& dTitleBar has title bar: (default: 1). .Ve -.SS "\s-1FEATURE OPTION ARGUMENTS\s0" +.SS "FEATURE OPTION ARGUMENTS" .IX Subsection "FEATURE OPTION ARGUMENTS" Specifies which advanced features to be enabled/disabled (1/0) for -windows with \fI\s-1CLASS\s0\fR\fB.\fR\fI\s-1INSTANCE\s0\fR. All advanced features have a +windows with \fICLASS\fR\fB.\fR\fIINSTANCE\fR. All advanced features have a default value of disabled (0) unless overridden by the application. The advanced features are as follows: .PP @@ -328,7 +250,7 @@ advanced features are as follows: \& startMaximizedVert start maximized vertical. \& startMinimized start minimized. .Ve -.SS "\s-1EXAMPLE\s0" +.SS EXAMPLE .IX Subsection "EXAMPLE" .Vb 2 \& # Here is how to preload an invisible background process of chromium @@ -344,16 +266,16 @@ advanced features are as follows: \& Chromium\-browser noFocusOnAppRaise 1 \& chromium .Ve -.SS "\s-1BUGS\s0" +.SS BUGS .IX Subsection "BUGS" Please report bugs at <https://github.com/bbidulock/icewm/issues>. -.SS "\s-1AUTHOR\s0" +.SS AUTHOR .IX Subsection "AUTHOR" Brian Bidulock <mailto:bidulock@openss7.org>. .PP See \fB\-\-copying\fR for full copyright notice and copying permissions. -.SS "\s-1LICENSE\s0" +.SS LICENSE .IX Subsection "LICENSE" -\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the \s-1GNU\s0 Library General Public License. -See the \fI\s-1COPYING\s0\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag +\&\fBIceWM\fR is licensed under the GNU Library General Public License. +See the \fICOPYING\fR file in the distribution or use the \fB\-\-copying\fR flag to display copying permissions. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/iconv.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/iconv.1 index 39fb6ba2..9e640111 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/iconv.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/iconv.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" -.TH iconv 1 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH iconv 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME iconv \- convert text from one character encoding to another .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ reads from standard input. If no output file is given, .B iconv writes to standard output. -.PP +.P If no .I from-encoding is given, the default is derived @@ -34,12 +34,16 @@ from the current locale's character encoding. .SH OPTIONS .TP -.BI \-f " from-encoding" "\fR, \fP\-\-from\-code=" from-encoding +.BI \-\-from\-code= from-encoding +.TQ +.BI \-f\~ from-encoding Use .I from-encoding for input characters. .TP -.BI \-t " to-encoding" "\fR, \fP\-\-to\-code=" to-encoding +.BI \-\-to\-code= to-encoding +.TQ +.BI \-t\~ to-encoding Use .I to-encoding for output characters. @@ -62,32 +66,42 @@ looking characters. Characters that are outside of the target character set and cannot be transliterated are replaced with a question mark (?) in the output. .TP -.BR \-l ", " \-\-list +.B \-\-list +.TQ +.B \-l List all known character set encodings. .TP -.B "\-c" +.B \-c Silently discard characters that cannot be converted instead of terminating when encountering such characters. .TP -.BI \-o " outputfile" "\fR, \fP\-\-output=" outputfile +.BI \-\-output= outputfile +.TQ +.BI \-o\~ outputfile Use .I outputfile for output. .TP -.BR \-s ", " \-\-silent +.B \-\-silent +.TQ +.B \-s This option is ignored; it is provided only for compatibility. .TP -.B "\-\-verbose" +.B \-\-verbose Print progress information on standard error when processing multiple files. .TP -.BR \-? ", " \-\-help +.B \-\-help +.TQ +.B \-? Print a usage summary and exit. .TP -.B "\-\-usage" +.B \-\-usage Print a short usage summary and exit. .TP -.BR \-V ", " \-\-version +.B \-\-version +.TQ +.B \-V Print the version number, license, and disclaimer of warranty for .BR iconv . .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -155,7 +169,7 @@ Usual system default gconv module configuration file. .TP .I /usr/lib/gconv/gconv\-modules.cache Usual system gconv module configuration cache. -.PP +.P Depending on the architecture, the above files may instead be located at directories with the path prefix .IR /usr/lib64 . @@ -164,17 +178,17 @@ POSIX.1-2008. .SH HISTORY POSIX.1-2001. .SH EXAMPLES -Convert text from the ISO 8859-15 character encoding to UTF-8: -.PP +Convert text from the ISO/IEC\~8859-15 character encoding to UTF-8: +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBiconv \-f ISO\-8859\-15 \-t UTF\-8 < input.txt > output.txt\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P The next example converts from UTF-8 to ASCII, transliterating when possible: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBecho abc ß α € àḃç | iconv \-f UTF\-8 \-t ASCII//TRANSLIT\fP diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/id.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/id.1 index 0d2fcbe0..048b5fac 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/id.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/id.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ID "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH ID "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME id \- print real and effective user and group IDs .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/importctl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/importctl.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..584af873 --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/importctl.1 @@ -0,0 +1,749 @@ +'\" t +.TH "IMPORTCTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "importctl" +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * Define some portability stuff +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 +.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq +.el .ds Aq ' +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * set default formatting +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" disable hyphenation +.nh +.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) +.ad l +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.SH "NAME" +importctl \- Download, import or export disk images +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.HP \w'\fBimportctl\fR\ 'u +\fBimportctl\fR [OPTIONS...] {COMMAND} [NAME...] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +\fBimportctl\fR +may be used to download, import, and export disk images via +\fBsystemd-importd.service\fR(8)\&. +.PP +\fBimportctl\fR +operates both on block\-level disk images (such as DDIs) as well as file\-system\-level images (tarballs)\&. It supports disk images are one of the four following classes: +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +VM images or full OS container images, that may be run via +\fBsystemd-vmspawn\fR(1) +or +\fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1), and managed via +\fBmachinectl\fR(1)\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +Portable service images, that may be attached an managed via +\fBportablectl\fR(1)\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +System extension (sysext) images, that may be activated via +\fBsystemd-sysext\fR(8)\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +Configuration extension (confext) images, that may be activated via +\fBsystemd-confext\fR(8)\&. +.RE +.PP +When images are downloaded or imported they are placed in the following directories, depending on the +\fB\-\-class=\fR +parameter: +.sp +.it 1 an-trap +.nr an-no-space-flag 1 +.nr an-break-flag 1 +.br +.B Table\ \&1.\ \&Classes and Directories +.TS +allbox tab(:); +lB lB. +T{ +Class +T}:T{ +Directory +T} +.T& +l l +l l +l l +l l. +T{ +"machine" +T}:T{ +/var/lib/machines/ +T} +T{ +"portable" +T}:T{ +/var/lib/portables/ +T} +T{ +"sysext" +T}:T{ +/var/lib/extensions/ +T} +T{ +"confext" +T}:T{ +/var/lib/confexts/ +T} +.TE +.sp 1 +.SH "COMMANDS" +.PP +The following commands are understood: +.PP +\fBpull\-tar\fR \fIURL\fR [\fINAME\fR] +.RS 4 +Downloads a +\&.tar +image from the specified URL, and makes it available under the specified local name in the image directory for the selected +\fB\-\-class=\fR\&. The URL must be of type +"http://" +or +"https://", and must refer to a +\&.tar, +\&.tar\&.gz, +\&.tar\&.xz +or +\&.tar\&.bz2 +archive file\&. If the local image name is omitted, it is automatically derived from the last component of the URL, with its suffix removed\&. +.sp +The image is verified before it is made available, unless +\fB\-\-verify=no\fR +is specified\&. Verification is done either via an inline signed file with the name of the image and the suffix +\&.sha256 +or via separate +SHA256SUMS +and +SHA256SUMS\&.gpg +files\&. The signature files need to be made available on the same web server, under the same URL as the +\&.tar +file\&. With +\fB\-\-verify=checksum\fR, only the SHA256 checksum for the file is verified, based on the +\&.sha256 +suffixed file or the +SHA256SUMS +file\&. With +\fB\-\-verify=signature\fR, the sha checksum file is first verified with the inline signature in the +\&.sha256 +file or the detached GPG signature file +SHA256SUMS\&.gpg\&. The public key for this verification step needs to be available in +/usr/lib/systemd/import\-pubring\&.gpg +or +/etc/systemd/import\-pubring\&.gpg\&. +.sp +If +\fB\-keep\-download=yes\fR +is specified the image will be downloaded and stored in a read\-only subvolume/directory in the image directory that is named after the specified URL and its HTTP etag\&. A writable snapshot is then taken from this subvolume, and named after the specified local name\&. This behavior ensures that creating multiple instances of the same URL is efficient, as multiple downloads are not necessary\&. In order to create only the read\-only image, and avoid creating its writable snapshot, specify +"\-" +as local name\&. +.sp +Note that pressing C\-c during execution of this command will not abort the download\&. Use +\fBcancel\-transfer\fR, described below\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBpull\-raw\fR \fIURL\fR [\fINAME\fR] +.RS 4 +Downloads a +\&.raw +disk image from the specified URL, and makes it available under the specified local name in the image directory for the selected +\fB\-\-class=\fR\&. The URL must be of type +"http://" +or +"https://"\&. The image must either be a +\&.qcow2 +or raw disk image, optionally compressed as +\&.gz, +\&.xz, or +\&.bz2\&. If the local name is omitted, it is automatically derived from the last component of the URL, with its suffix removed\&. +.sp +Image verification is identical for raw and tar images (see above)\&. +.sp +If the downloaded image is in +\&.qcow2 +format it is converted into a raw image file before it is made available\&. +.sp +If +\fB\-keep\-download=yes\fR +is specified the image will be downloaded and stored in a read\-only file in the image directory that is named after the specified URL and its HTTP etag\&. A writable copy is then made from this file, and named after the specified local name\&. This behavior ensures that creating multiple instances of the same URL is efficient, as multiple downloads are not necessary\&. In order to create only the read\-only image, and avoid creating its writable copy, specify +"\-" +as local name\&. +.sp +Note that pressing C\-c during execution of this command will not abort the download\&. Use +\fBcancel\-transfer\fR, described below\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBimport\-tar\fR \fIFILE\fR [\fINAME\fR], \fBimport\-raw\fR \fIFILE\fR [\fINAME\fR] +.RS 4 +Imports a TAR or RAW image, and places it under the specified name in the image directory for the image class selected via +\fB\-\-class=\fR\&. When +\fBimport\-tar\fR +is used, the file specified as the first argument should be a tar archive, possibly compressed with xz, gzip or bzip2\&. It will then be unpacked into its own subvolume/directory\&. When +\fBimport\-raw\fR +is used, the file should be a qcow2 or raw disk image, possibly compressed with xz, gzip or bzip2\&. If the second argument (the resulting image name) is not specified, it is automatically derived from the file name\&. If the filename is passed as +"\-", the image is read from standard input, in which case the second argument is mandatory\&. +.sp +No cryptographic validation is done when importing the images\&. +.sp +Much like image downloads, ongoing imports may be listed with +\fBlist\fR +and aborted with +\fBcancel\-transfer\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBimport\-fs\fR \fIDIRECTORY\fR [\fINAME\fR] +.RS 4 +Imports an image stored in a local directory into the image directory for the image class selected via +\fB\-\-class=\fR +and operates similarly to +\fBimport\-tar\fR +or +\fBimport\-raw\fR, but the first argument is the source directory\&. If supported, this command will create a btrfs snapshot or subvolume for the new image\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBexport\-tar\fR \fINAME\fR [\fIFILE\fR], \fBexport\-raw\fR \fINAME\fR [\fIFILE\fR] +.RS 4 +Exports a TAR or RAW image and stores it in the specified file\&. The first parameter should be an image name\&. The second parameter should be a file path the TAR or RAW image is written to\&. If the path ends in +"\&.gz", the file is compressed with gzip, if it ends in +"\&.xz", with xz, and if it ends in +"\&.bz2", with bzip2\&. If the path ends in neither, the file is left uncompressed\&. If the second argument is missing, the image is written to standard output\&. The compression may also be explicitly selected with the +\fB\-\-format=\fR +switch\&. This is in particular useful if the second parameter is left unspecified\&. +.sp +Much like image downloads and imports, ongoing exports may be listed with +\fBlist\fR +and aborted with +\fBcancel\-transfer\fR\&. +.sp +Note that, currently, only directory and subvolume images may be exported as TAR images, and only raw disk images as RAW images\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBlist\-transfer\fR +.RS 4 +Shows a list of image downloads, imports and exports that are currently in progress\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBcancel\-transfer\fR \fIID\fR\&... +.RS 4 +Aborts a download, import or export of the image with the specified ID\&. To list ongoing transfers and their IDs, use +\fBlist\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBlist\-images\fR +.RS 4 +Shows a list of already downloaded/imported images\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.SH "OPTIONS" +.PP +The following options are understood: +.PP +\fB\-\-read\-only\fR +.RS 4 +When used with +\fBpull\-raw\fR, +\fBpull\-tar\fR, +\fBimport\-raw\fR, +\fBimport\-tar\fR +or +\fBimport\-fs\fR +a read\-only image is created\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-verify=\fR +.RS 4 +When downloading an image, specify whether the image shall be verified before it is made available\&. Takes one of +"no", +"checksum" +and +"signature"\&. If +"no", no verification is done\&. If +"checksum" +is specified, the download is checked for integrity after the transfer is complete, but no signatures are verified\&. If +"signature" +is specified, the checksum is verified and the image\*(Aqs signature is checked against a local keyring of trustable vendors\&. It is strongly recommended to set this option to +"signature" +if the server and protocol support this\&. Defaults to +"signature"\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-force\fR +.RS 4 +When downloading an image, and a local copy by the specified local name already exists, delete it first and replace it by the newly downloaded image\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-format=\fR +.RS 4 +When used with the +\fBexport\-tar\fR +or +\fBexport\-raw\fR +commands, specifies the compression format to use for the resulting file\&. Takes one of +"uncompressed", +"xz", +"gzip", +"bzip2"\&. By default, the format is determined automatically from the output image file name passed\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR +.RS 4 +Suppresses additional informational output while running\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-host=\fR +.RS 4 +Execute the operation remotely\&. Specify a hostname, or a username and hostname separated by +"@", to connect to\&. The hostname may optionally be suffixed by a port ssh is listening on, separated by +":", and then a container name, separated by +"/", which connects directly to a specific container on the specified host\&. This will use SSH to talk to the remote machine manager instance\&. Container names may be enumerated with +\fBmachinectl \-H \fR\fB\fIHOST\fR\fR\&. Put IPv6 addresses in brackets\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-M\fR, \fB\-\-machine=\fR +.RS 4 +Connect to +\fBsystemd-import.service\fR(8) +running in a local container, to perform the specified operation within the container\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-class=\fR, \fB\-m\fR, \fB\-P\fR, \fB\-S\fR, \fB\-C\fR +.RS 4 +Selects the image class for the downloaded images\&. This primarily selects the directory to download into\&. The +\fB\-\-class=\fR +switch takes +"machine", +"portable", +"sysext" +or +"confext" +as argument\&. The short options +\fB\-m\fR, +\fB\-P\fR, +\fB\-S\fR, +\fB\-C\fR +are shortcuts for +\fB\-\-class=machine\fR, +\fB\-\-class=portable\fR, +\fB\-\-class=sysext\fR, +\fB\-\-class=confext\fR\&. +.sp +Note that +\fB\-\-keep\-download=\fR +defaults to true for +\fB\-\-class=machine\fR +and false otherwise, see below\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-keep\-download=\fR, \fB\-N\fR +.RS 4 +Takes a boolean argument\&. When specified with +\fBpull\-raw\fR +or +\fBpull\-tar\fR, selects whether to download directly into the specified local image name, or whether to download into a read\-only copy first of which to make a writable copy after the download is completed\&. Defaults to true for +\fB\-\-class=machine\fR, false otherwise\&. +.sp +The +\fB\-N\fR +switch is a shortcut for +\fB\-\-keep\-download=no\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR +.RS 4 +Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of +"short" +(for the shortest possible output without any redundant whitespace or line breaks), +"pretty" +(for a pretty version of the same, with indentation and line breaks) or +"off" +(to turn off JSON output, the default)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-j\fR +.RS 4 +Equivalent to +\fB\-\-json=pretty\fR +if running on a terminal, and +\fB\-\-json=short\fR +otherwise\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-no\-pager\fR +.RS 4 +Do not pipe output into a pager\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-no\-legend\fR +.RS 4 +Do not print the legend, i\&.e\&. column headers and the footer with hints\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-no\-ask\-password\fR +.RS 4 +Do not query the user for authentication for privileged operations\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR +.RS 4 +Print a short help text and exit\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-version\fR +.RS 4 +Print a short version string and exit\&. +.RE +.SH "EXAMPLES" +.PP +\fBExample\ \&1.\ \&Download an Ubuntu TAR image and open a shell in it\fR +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +# importctl pull\-tar \-mN https://cloud\-images\&.ubuntu\&.com/jammy/current/jammy\-server\-cloudimg\-amd64\-root\&.tar\&.xz +# systemd\-nspawn \-M jammy\-server\-cloudimg\-amd64\-root +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.PP +This downloads and verifies the specified +\&.tar +image, and then uses +\fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1) +to open a shell in it\&. +.PP +\fBExample\ \&2.\ \&Download an Ubuntu RAW image, set a root password in it, start it as a service\fR +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +# importctl pull\-raw \-mN \e + https://cloud\-images\&.ubuntu\&.com/jammy/current/jammy\-server\-cloudimg\-amd64\-disk\-kvm\&.img \e + jammy +# systemd\-firstboot \-\-image=/var/lib/machines/jammy\&.raw \-\-prompt\-root\-password \-\-force +# machinectl start jammy +# machinectl login jammy +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.PP +This downloads the specified +\&.raw +image and makes it available under the local name +"jammy"\&. Then, a root password is set with +\fBsystemd-firstboot\fR(1)\&. Afterwards the machine is started as system service\&. With the last command a login prompt into the container is requested\&. +.PP +\fBExample\ \&3.\ \&Exports a container image as tar file\fR +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +# importctl export\-tar \-m fedora myfedora\&.tar\&.xz +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.PP +Exports the container +"fedora" +as an xz\-compressed tar file +myfedora\&.tar\&.xz +into the current directory\&. +.SH "EXIT STATUS" +.PP +On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. +.SH "ENVIRONMENT" +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR +.RS 4 +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +\fBemerg\fR, +\fBalert\fR, +\fBcrit\fR, +\fBerr\fR, +\fBwarning\fR, +\fBnotice\fR, +\fBinfo\fR, +\fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See +\fBsyslog\fR(3) +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR +.RS 4 +A boolean\&. If true, messages written to the tty will be colored according to priority\&. +.sp +This setting is only useful when messages are written directly to the terminal, because +\fBjournalctl\fR(1) +and other tools that display logs will color messages based on the log level on their own\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME\fR +.RS 4 +A boolean\&. If true, console log messages will be prefixed with a timestamp\&. +.sp +This setting is only useful when messages are written directly to the terminal or a file, because +\fBjournalctl\fR(1) +and other tools that display logs will attach timestamps based on the entry metadata on their own\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LOCATION\fR +.RS 4 +A boolean\&. If true, messages will be prefixed with a filename and line number in the source code where the message originates\&. +.sp +Note that the log location is often attached as metadata to journal entries anyway\&. Including it directly in the message text can nevertheless be convenient when debugging programs\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_TID\fR +.RS 4 +A boolean\&. If true, messages will be prefixed with the current numerical thread ID (TID)\&. +.sp +Note that the this information is attached as metadata to journal entries anyway\&. Including it directly in the message text can nevertheless be convenient when debugging programs\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_TARGET\fR +.RS 4 +The destination for log messages\&. One of +\fBconsole\fR +(log to the attached tty), +\fBconsole\-prefixed\fR +(log to the attached tty but with prefixes encoding the log level and "facility", see +\fBsyslog\fR(3), +\fBkmsg\fR +(log to the kernel circular log buffer), +\fBjournal\fR +(log to the journal), +\fBjournal\-or\-kmsg\fR +(log to the journal if available, and to kmsg otherwise), +\fBauto\fR +(determine the appropriate log target automatically, the default), +\fBnull\fR +(disable log output)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_RATELIMIT_KMSG\fR +.RS 4 +Whether to ratelimit kmsg or not\&. Takes a boolean\&. Defaults to +"true"\&. If disabled, systemd will not ratelimit messages written to kmsg\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGER\fR +.RS 4 +Pager to use when +\fB\-\-no\-pager\fR +is not given; overrides +\fI$PAGER\fR\&. If neither +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGER\fR +nor +\fI$PAGER\fR +are set, a set of well\-known pager implementations are tried in turn, including +\fBless\fR(1) +and +\fBmore\fR(1), until one is found\&. If no pager implementation is discovered no pager is invoked\&. Setting this environment variable to an empty string or the value +"cat" +is equivalent to passing +\fB\-\-no\-pager\fR\&. +.sp +Note: if +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR +is not set, +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGER\fR +(as well as +\fI$PAGER\fR) will be silently ignored\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LESS\fR +.RS 4 +Override the options passed to +\fBless\fR +(by default +"FRSXMK")\&. +.sp +Users might want to change two options in particular: +.PP +\fBK\fR +.RS 4 +This option instructs the pager to exit immediately when +Ctrl+C +is pressed\&. To allow +\fBless\fR +to handle +Ctrl+C +itself to switch back to the pager command prompt, unset this option\&. +.sp +If the value of +\fI$SYSTEMD_LESS\fR +does not include +"K", and the pager that is invoked is +\fBless\fR, +Ctrl+C +will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBX\fR +.RS 4 +This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. +.RE +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp +See +\fBless\fR(1) +for more discussion\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LESSCHARSET\fR +.RS 4 +Override the charset passed to +\fBless\fR +(by default +"utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR +.RS 4 +Takes a boolean argument\&. When true, the "secure" mode of the pager is enabled; if false, disabled\&. If +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR +is not set at all, secure mode is enabled if the effective UID is not the same as the owner of the login session, see +\fBgeteuid\fR(2) +and +\fBsd_pid_get_owner_uid\fR(3)\&. In secure mode, +\fBLESSSECURE=1\fR +will be set when invoking the pager, and the pager shall disable commands that open or create new files or start new subprocesses\&. When +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR +is not set at all, pagers which are not known to implement secure mode will not be used\&. (Currently only +\fBless\fR(1) +implements secure mode\&.) +.sp +Note: when commands are invoked with elevated privileges, for example under +\fBsudo\fR(8) +or +\fBpkexec\fR(1), care must be taken to ensure that unintended interactive features are not enabled\&. "Secure" mode for the pager may be enabled automatically as describe above\&. Setting +\fISYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE=0\fR +or not removing it from the inherited environment allows the user to invoke arbitrary commands\&. Note that if the +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGER\fR +or +\fI$PAGER\fR +variables are to be honoured, +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR +must be set too\&. It might be reasonable to completely disable the pager using +\fB\-\-no\-pager\fR +instead\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_COLORS\fR +.RS 4 +Takes a boolean argument\&. When true, +\fBsystemd\fR +and related utilities will use colors in their output, otherwise the output will be monochrome\&. Additionally, the variable can take one of the following special values: +"16", +"256" +to restrict the use of colors to the base 16 or 256 ANSI colors, respectively\&. This can be specified to override the automatic decision based on +\fI$TERM\fR +and what the console is connected to\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_URLIFY\fR +.RS 4 +The value must be a boolean\&. Controls whether clickable links should be generated in the output for terminal emulators supporting this\&. This can be specified to override the decision that +\fBsystemd\fR +makes based on +\fI$TERM\fR +and other conditions\&. +.RE +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.PP +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-importd.service\fR(8), \fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1), \fBsystemd-vmspawn\fR(1), \fBmachinectl\fR(1), \fBportablectl\fR(1), \fBsystemd-sysext\fR(8), \fBsystemd-confext\fR(8), \fBtar\fR(1), \fBxz\fR(1), \fBgzip\fR(1), \fBbzip2\fR(1) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/indxbib.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/indxbib.1 index fb46e4db..4bebb6e4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/indxbib.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/indxbib.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH \%indxbib 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH \%indxbib 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name \%indxbib \- make inverted index for bibliographic databases . diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/infocmp.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/infocmp.1 index b5904d86..42f9cfcc 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/infocmp.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/infocmp.1 @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.107 2024/01/13 22:05:39 tom Exp $ -.TH infocmp 1 2024-01-13 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.109 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH infocmp 1 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/infotocap.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/infotocap.1 index 59271c64..ba411ac3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/infotocap.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/infotocap.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1999-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.39 2023/12/10 14:12:43 tom Exp $ -.TH infotocap 1 2023-12-10 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.41 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH infotocap 1 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/infotopam.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/infotopam.1 index f7d9ea37..b176dc78 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/infotopam.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/infotopam.1 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .\" Do not hand-hack it! If you have bug fixes or improvements, please find .\" the corresponding HTML page on the Netpbm website, generate a patch .\" against that, and send it to the Netpbm maintainer. -.TH "Infotopam User Manual" 1 "07 April 2004" "netpbm documentation" +.TH "Infotopam User Manual" 1 "22 March 2024" "netpbm documentation" .SH NAME infotopam - convert Amiga .info icons to PAM @@ -15,7 +15,8 @@ infotopam - convert Amiga .info icons to PAM [\fB-forcecolor\fP] [\fB-numcolors\fP \fInumcolors\fP] [\fB-selected\fP] -[\fIindex color\fP ...] +[\fB-verbose\fP] +[\fIindex\fP \fIcolor\fP ...] [\fIfilename\fP] .PP Minimum unique abbreviation of option is acceptable. You may use double @@ -24,35 +25,31 @@ place of the equals sign to separate an option name from its value. .UN examples .SH EXAMPLES -.PP -By default, \fBinfotopam\fP converts the first icon in a .info file: .nf - infotopam amiga.info > amiga.first.pam + \f(CW + $ infotopam amiga.info > amiga.first.pam + \fP .fi .PP -Use the \fI-selected\fP option to convert the second icon in a .info -file. Here \fBinfotopam\fP reads from Standard Input: +Use the \fI-selected\fP option to convert the 'selected' version +of the icon rather than the regular version. Here \fBinfotopam\fP reads from +Standard Input: .nf + \f(CW infotopam -selected < amiga.info > amiga.second.pam + \fP .fi .PP -Use the \fI-forcecolor\fP option to force color conversion for a 1 -bit-plane .info file: +Use \fI-numcolors\fP to change the colors. .nf - infotopam -forcecolor bw.info > bw.pam - -.fi -.PP -Use \fI-numcolors\fP to override colors for indexes 0 and 3. Notice the -two ways to specify the color: - -.nf - infotopam -numcolors 2 0 green 3 #FF0000 icon.info > icon.pam + \f(CW + infotopam -numcolors 2 0 green 3 rgb:FF/00/00 icon.info > icon.pam + \fP .fi .PP @@ -60,10 +57,13 @@ Since Amiga monitors do not use square pixels, some icons may appear squished. Filtering the output through \fBpamscale\fP can fix this: .nf - infotopam squish.info | pamtopnm | pamscale -yscale 1.7 > normal.pnm + \f(CW + $ infotopam squish.info | pamtopnm | pamscale -yscale 1.7 > normal.pnm + \fP .fi + .UN description .SH DESCRIPTION .PP @@ -71,76 +71,93 @@ This program is part of .BR "Netpbm" (1)\c \&. .PP -\fBinfotopam\fP converts an Amiga .info (icon) file to a PAM image. +\fBinfotopam\fP converts an Amiga .info (icon) image to a PAM image. \fBinfotopam\fP reads a .info file from \fIfilename\fP, or from Standard Input if you do not specify a file name, and writes the converted PAM image to Standard Output. .PP -\fBinfotopam\fP currently handles 1 and 2 bit-plane icons. If the .info -icon only has 1 bit-plane, \fBinfotopam\fP generates a bitmap -(black&white) PAM image; otherwise it generates a color PAM image. You -can force \fBinfotopam\fP to convert 1 bit-plane images to color PAM images by -using the \fI-forcecolor\fP option. +\fBinfotopam\fP handles 1- and 2 bit-plane icons. If the .info icon has +only 1 bit-plane, \fBinfotopam\fP generates a black and white PAM image; +otherwise it generates a color PAM image. In the latter case, you can choose +the colors or keep the original Amiga standard colors. You can +force \fBinfotopam\fP to produce a color PAM with 1 bit-plane input with +a \fB-forcecolor\fP option. + .UN options .SH OPTIONS .PP -In addition to the options common to all programs based on libnetpbm -(most notably \fB-quiet\fP, see +In addition to the options common to all programs based on libnetpbm (most +notably \fB-quiet\fP, see .UR index.html#commonoptions Common Options .UE -\&), \fBinfotopam\fP recognizes the following -command line options: +\&), \fBinfotopam\fP recognizes the following command line options: .TP -\fB-forcecolor\fP - - -.sp -Forces \fBinfotopam\fP to convert 1 bit-plane icons to color PAM - images instead of bitmap PAM images. \fBinfotopam\fP uses the index 2 - color for black and the index 1 color for white (more on this - below). - -.TP \fB-numcolors\fP \fInumcolors\fP +This causes the program to change the colors in the conversion. A + 2-bit-plane Amiga .icon image has four colors, numbered 0 through 3. + Those colors are as follows. - -.sp -Tells \fBinfotopam\fP how many colors to override. Pixels in the - Amiga .info files are assigned an index value rather than a specific color. - The standard colors for a 2 bit-plane icon are: -.nf - Index 0: Blue (00, 55, AA) - Index 1: White (FF, FF, FF) - Index 2: Black (00, 00, 20) - Index 3: Orange (FF, 8A, 00) +.TP +0 + +Blue (00, 55, AA) +.TP +1 + +White (FF, FF, FF) +.TP +2 + +Black (00, 00, 20) +.TP +3 + +Orange (FF, 8A, 00) -.fi .sp -To override the colors, first specify how many colors to override using - \fI-numcolors\fP, then specify an (\fIindex color\fP) pair for each color - you want to override, where \fIindex\fP is a value from 0 to 3 and - \fIcolor\fP the new color for that index. Specify \fIcolor\fP as - described for the +To specify the changes, specify the number of colors you are changing + as the argument of \fB-numcolors\fP and for each color, specify a pair + of command line arguments, the first being the color index 0 through 3 + and the second being the color to substitute. Specify the color + (\fIcolor\fP) as described for the + .UR libnetpbm_image.html#colorname -\fBpnm_parsecolor()\fP argument +argument of the \fBpnm_parsecolor()\fP library routine .UE \&. +.sp +\fBThese arguments go before the input file name argument, + if any\fP. This is an unusual syntax for a Netpbm program. .TP \fB-selected\fP - -Tells \fBinfotopam\fP to convert the selected (second) icon instead of - the normal (first) icon. Each Amiga .info icon file contains two icon - images. The first image is the normal, unselected icon, and the second - image is the selected icon. By default \fBinfotopam\fP converts the first - icon. You can tell \fBinfotopam\fP to convert the second icon by using the - \fI-selected\fP option. + +An Amiga .info image contains two versions of the icon: one for + regular display and one to display when the thing represented by + the icon is selected. By default, \fBinfotopam\fP converts the + regular icon, but this option causes it to convert the selected icon + instead. + +.TP +\fB-forcecolor\fP +.sp +This causes \fBinfotopam\fP to convert 1 bit-plane icons to color + PAM images instead of black and white. The colors are the index 2 + color for black and the index 1 color for white. + +.TP +\fB-verbose\fP +.sp +This causes \fBinfotopam\fP to issue informational messages about + the conversion process. +.sp +This option was new in Netpbm 11.06 (March 2024). .PP diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/install.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/install.1 index 9a24e8e0..1fc753fa 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/install.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/install.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH INSTALL "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH INSTALL "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME install \- copy files and set attributes .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/intro.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/intro.1 index 06905e1d..5e5eb9c4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/intro.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/intro.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH intro 1 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH intro 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME intro \- introduction to user commands .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ web browsers, file and image viewers and editors, and so on. Linux is a flavor of UNIX, and as a first approximation all user commands under UNIX work precisely the same under Linux (and FreeBSD and lots of other UNIX-like systems). -.PP +.P Under Linux, there are GUIs (graphical user interfaces), where you can point and click and drag, and hopefully get work done without first reading lots of documentation. @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ See also .BR dash (1), .BR ksh (1), .BR zsh (1). -.PP +.P A session might go like: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX .RB "knuth login: " aeb @@ -98,9 +98,9 @@ maja 0501\-1136285 $ .EE .in -.PP +.P Here typing Control-D ended the session. -.PP +.P The .B $ here was the command prompt\[em]it is the shell's way of indicating @@ -110,13 +110,13 @@ in lots of ways, and one might include stuff like username, machine name, current directory, time, and so on. An assignment PS1="What next, master? " would change the prompt as indicated. -.PP +.P We see that there are commands .I date (that gives date and time), and .I cal (that gives a calendar). -.PP +.P The command .I ls lists the contents of the current directory\[em]it tells you what @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Owner and permissions can be changed by the commands .I chown and .IR chmod . -.PP +.P The command .I cat will show the contents of a file. @@ -142,26 +142,26 @@ parameters are concatenated and sent to "standard output" .BR stdout (3)), here the terminal screen.) -.PP +.P The command .I cp (from "copy") will copy a file. -.PP +.P The command .I mv (from "move"), on the other hand, only renames it. -.PP +.P The command .I diff lists the differences between two files. Here there was no output because there were no differences. -.PP +.P The command .I rm (from "remove") deletes the file, and be careful! it is gone. No wastepaper basket or anything. Deleted means lost. -.PP +.P The command .I grep (from "g/re/p") finds occurrences of a string in one or more files. @@ -185,15 +185,15 @@ to .I tel when the current directory is .IR /home/aeb . -.PP +.P The command .I pwd prints the current directory. -.PP +.P The command .I cd changes the current directory. -.PP +.P Try alternatively .I cd and @@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ usage: "cd", "cd .", "cd ..", "cd /", and "cd \[ti]". The command .I mkdir makes a new directory. -.PP +.P The command .I rmdir removes a directory if it is empty, and complains otherwise. -.PP +.P The command .I find (with a rather baroque syntax) will find files with given name @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ sends the text through some usually .IR less . Hit the space bar to get the next page, hit q to quit. -.PP +.P In documentation it is customary to refer to man pages by giving the name and section number, as in .BR man (1). @@ -274,12 +274,12 @@ Man pages are terse, and allow you to find quickly some forgotten detail. For newcomers an introductory text with more examples and explanations is useful. -.PP +.P A lot of GNU/FSF software is provided with info files. Type "info info" for an introduction on the use of the program .IR info . -.PP +.P Special topics are often treated in HOWTOs. Look in .I /usr/share/doc/howto/en diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/join.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/join.1 index 76e2b159..525e5ee3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/join.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/join.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH JOIN "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH JOIN "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME join \- join lines of two files on a common field .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/journalctl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/journalctl.1 index 16dd0e82..89b3a8bc 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/journalctl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/journalctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "JOURNALCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "journalctl" +.TH "JOURNALCTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "journalctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -63,8 +63,8 @@ being shown\&. The set of journal files which will be used can be modified using the \fB\-\-user\fR, \fB\-\-system\fR, -\fB\-\-directory\fR, and -\fB\-\-file\fR +\fB\-\-directory=\fR, and +\fB\-\-file=\fR options, see below\&. .PP All users are granted access to their private per\-user journals\&. However, by default, only root and users who are members of a few special groups are granted access to the system journal and the journals of other users\&. Members of the groups @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ instead of the default runtime and system journal paths\&. Added in version 187\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-file=\fR\fB\fIGLOB\fR\fR +\fB\-i \fR\fB\fIGLOB\fR\fR, \fB\-\-file=\fR\fB\fIGLOB\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a file glob as an argument\&. If specified, journalctl will operate on the specified journal files matching \fIGLOB\fR @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ the boot before last, and so on\&. An empty \fIoffset\fR is equivalent to specifying \fB\-0\fR, except when the current boot is not the last boot (e\&.g\&. because -\fB\-\-directory\fR +\fB\-\-directory=\fR was specified to look at logs from a different machine)\&. .sp If the 32\-character @@ -349,6 +349,16 @@ This parameter can be specified multiple times\&. Added in version 217\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-T\fR, \fB\-\-exclude\-identifier=\fR\fB\fISYSLOG_IDENTIFIER\fR\fR +.RS 4 +Exclude messages for the specified syslog identifier +\fISYSLOG_IDENTIFIER\fR\&. +.sp +This parameter can be specified multiple times\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-priority=\fR .RS 4 Filter output by message priorities or priority ranges\&. Takes either a single numeric or textual log level (i\&.e\&. between 0/"emerg" @@ -789,7 +799,7 @@ Added in version 206\&. .RE .SH "COMMANDS" .PP -The following commands are understood\&. If none is specified the default is to display journal records\&. +The following commands are understood\&. If none is specified the default is to display journal records: .PP \fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-fields\fR .RS 4 @@ -807,7 +817,13 @@ Added in version 195\&. .PP \fB\-\-list\-boots\fR .RS 4 -Show a tabular list of boot numbers (relative to the current boot), their IDs, and the timestamps of the first and last message pertaining to the boot\&. +Show a tabular list of boot numbers (relative to the current boot), their IDs, and the timestamps of the first and last message pertaining to the boot\&. When specified with +\fB\-n/\-\-lines=\fR\fB[+]\fR\fB\fIN\fR\fR +option, only the first (when the number prefixed with +"+") or the last (without prefix) +\fIN\fR +entries will be shown\&. When specified with +\fB\-r/\-\-reverse\fR, the list will be shown in the reverse order\&. .sp Added in version 209\&. .RE @@ -1003,7 +1019,7 @@ On success, 0 is returned; otherwise, a non\-zero failure code is returned\&. .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR .RS 4 -The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) \fBemerg\fR, \fBalert\fR, \fBcrit\fR, @@ -1013,7 +1029,15 @@ The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\& \fBinfo\fR, \fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See \fBsyslog\fR(3) -for more information\&. +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR @@ -1132,6 +1156,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1143,6 +1173,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -1326,16 +1362,7 @@ journalctl \-f \-u apache .\} .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-cat\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-journald.service\fR(8), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1), -\fBcoredumpctl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.journal-fields\fR(7), -\fBjournald.conf\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.time\fR(7), -\fBsystemd-journal-remote.service\fR(8), -\fBsystemd-journal-upload.service\fR(8) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-cat\fR(1), \fBsystemd-journald.service\fR(8), \fBsystemctl\fR(1), \fBcoredumpctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd.journal-fields\fR(7), \fBjournald.conf\fR(5), \fBsystemd.time\fR(7), \fBsystemd-journal-remote.service\fR(8), \fBsystemd-journal-upload.service\fR(8) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Discoverable Partitions Specification diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ld.bfd.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ld.bfd.1 index 42c9e636..7f10073d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ld.bfd.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ld.bfd.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "LD 1" -.TH LD 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH LD 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ld.gold.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ld.gold.1 index b19738fe..46e8579b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ld.gold.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ld.gold.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GOLD "1" "February 2024" "GNU gold (GNU Binutils for Debian 2.42) 1.16" "User Commands" +.TH GOLD "1" "March 2024" "GNU gold (GNU Binutils for Debian 2.42) 1.16" "User Commands" .SH NAME gold \- The GNU ELF linker .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ldd.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ldd.1 index 1c894def..fd42c4ad 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ldd.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ldd.1 @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later .\" -.TH ldd 1 2023-02-05 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH ldd 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME ldd \- print shared object dependencies .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ prints the shared objects (shared libraries) required by each program or shared object specified on the command line. An example of its use and output is the following: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBldd /bin/ls\fP @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ $ \fBldd /bin/ls\fP libpthread.so.0 => /lib64/libpthread.so.0 (0x00007f87e45fa000) .EE .in -.PP +.P In the usual case, .B ldd invokes the standard dynamic linker (see @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ the upstream .B ldd implementation did this for example, although most distributions provided a modified version that did not.) -.PP +.P Thus, you should .I never employ @@ -97,13 +97,13 @@ employ on an untrusted executable, since this may result in the execution of arbitrary code. A safer alternative when dealing with untrusted executables is: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBobjdump \-p /path/to/program | grep NEEDED\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P Note, however, that this alternative shows only the direct dependencies of the executable, while .B ldd @@ -114,18 +114,26 @@ shows the entire dependency tree of the executable. Print the version number of .BR ldd . .TP -.BR \-v ", " \-\-verbose +.B \-\-verbose +.TQ +.B \-v Print all information, including, for example, symbol versioning information. .TP -.BR \-u ", " \-\-unused +.B \-\-unused +.TQ +.B \-u Print unused direct dependencies. (Since glibc 2.3.4.) .TP -.BR \-d ", " \-\-data\-relocs +.B \-\-data\-relocs +.TQ +.B \-d Perform relocations and report any missing objects (ELF only). .TP -.BR \-r ", " \-\-function\-relocs +.B \-\-function\-relocs +.TQ +.B \-r Perform relocations for both data objects and functions, and report any missing objects or functions (ELF only). .TP @@ -142,7 +150,7 @@ Usage information. .\" .B \-V .\" and only has the equivalent .\" .BR \-\-version . -.\" .LP +.\" .P .\" The libc5 version of this program will use the name of a library given .\" on the command line as-is when it contains a \[aq]/\[aq]; otherwise it .\" searches for the library in the standard locations. @@ -151,7 +159,7 @@ Usage information. .SH BUGS .B ldd does not work on a.out shared libraries. -.PP +.P .B ldd does not work with some extremely old a.out programs which were built before diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/less.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/less.1 index 7b633e27..ab0ea975 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/less.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/less.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH LESS 1 "Version 590: 03 Jun 2021" +.TH LESS 1 "Version 643: 20 Jul 2023" .SH NAME less \- opposite of more .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ less \- opposite of more .br .B "less \-\-version" .br -.B "less [\-[+]aABcCdeEfFgGiIJKLmMnNqQrRsSuUVwWX~]" +.B "less [\-[+]aABcCdeEfFgGiIJKLmMnNqQrRsSuUVwWX\(ti]" .br .B " [\-b \fIspace\/\fP] [\-h \fIlines\/\fP] [\-j \fIline\/\fP] [\-k \fIkeyfile\/\fP]" .br @@ -24,15 +24,17 @@ less \- opposite of more (See the OPTIONS section for alternate option syntax with long option names.) . .SH DESCRIPTION -.I Less +.B Less is a program similar to -.IR more (1), -but it has many more features. -.I Less +.BR more (1), +but which allows backward movement +in the file as well as forward movement. +Also, +.B less does not have to read the entire input file before starting, so with large input files it starts up faster than text editors like -.IR vi (1). -.I Less +.BR vi (1). +.B Less uses termcap (or terminfo on some systems), so it can run on a variety of terminals. There is even limited support for hardcopy terminals. @@ -40,46 +42,46 @@ There is even limited support for hardcopy terminals. of the screen are prefixed with a caret.) .PP Commands are based on both -.I more +.B more and -.IR vi . +.BR vi . Commands may be preceded by a decimal number, called N in the descriptions below. The number is used by some commands, as indicated. . .SH COMMANDS -In the following descriptions, ^X means control-X. +In the following descriptions, \(haX means control-X. ESC stands for the ESCAPE key; for example ESC-v means the two character sequence "ESCAPE", then "v". .IP "h or H" Help: display a summary of these commands. If you forget all the other commands, remember this one. -.IP "SPACE or ^V or f or ^F" +.IP "SPACE or \(haV or f or \(haF" Scroll forward N lines, default one window (see option \-z below). If N is more than the screen size, only the final screenful is displayed. -Warning: some systems use ^V as a special literalization character. +Warning: some systems use \(haV as a special literalization character. .IP "z" Like SPACE, but if N is specified, it becomes the new window size. .IP "ESC-SPACE" Like SPACE, but scrolls a full screenful, even if it reaches end-of-file in the process. -.IP "ENTER or RETURN or ^N or e or ^E or j or ^J" +.IP "ENTER or RETURN or \(haN or e or \(haE or j or \(haJ" Scroll forward N lines, default 1. The entire N lines are displayed, even if N is more than the screen size. -.IP "d or ^D" +.IP "d or \(haD" Scroll forward N lines, default one half of the screen size. If N is specified, it becomes the new default for subsequent d and u commands. -.IP "b or ^B or ESC-v" +.IP "b or \(haB or ESC-v" Scroll backward N lines, default one window (see option \-z below). If N is more than the screen size, only the final screenful is displayed. .IP "w" Like ESC-v, but if N is specified, it becomes the new window size. -.IP "y or ^Y or ^P or k or ^K" +.IP "y or \(haY or \(haP or k or \(haK" Scroll backward N lines, default 1. The entire N lines are displayed, even if N is more than the screen size. -Warning: some systems use ^Y as a special job control character. -.IP "u or ^U" +Warning: some systems use \(haY as a special job control character. +.IP "u or \(haU" Scroll backward N lines, default one half of the screen size. If N is specified, it becomes the new default for subsequent d and u commands. @@ -99,11 +101,11 @@ Scroll horizontally left N characters, default half the screen width (see the \-# option). If a number N is specified, it becomes the default for future RIGHTARROW and LEFTARROW commands. -.IP "ESC-} or ^RIGHTARROW" +.IP "ESC-} or \(haRIGHTARROW" Scroll horizontally right to show the end of the longest displayed line. -.IP "ESC-{ or ^LEFTARROW" +.IP "ESC-{ or \(haLEFTARROW" Scroll horizontally left back to the first column. -.IP "r or ^R or ^L" +.IP "r or \(haR or \(haL" Repaint the screen. .IP R Repaint the screen, discarding any buffered input. @@ -116,8 +118,14 @@ Normally this command would be used when already at the end of the file. It is a way to monitor the tail of a file which is growing while it is being viewed. (The behavior is similar to the "tail \-f" command.) -To stop waiting for more data, enter the interrupt character (usually ^C). -On some systems you can also use ^X. +To stop waiting for more data, enter the interrupt character (usually \(haC). +On systems which support +.BR poll (2) +you can also use \(haX or the character specified by the \-\-intr option. +If the input is a pipe and the \-\-exit-follow-on-close option is in effect, +.B less +will automatically stop waiting for data when the input side +of the pipe is closed. .IP "ESC-F" Like F, but as soon as a line is found which matches the last search pattern, the terminal bell is rung @@ -152,7 +160,7 @@ on the screen, the } command will go to the matching left curly bracket. The matching left curly bracket is positioned on the top line of the screen. -If there is more than one right curly bracket on the top line, +If there is more than one right curly bracket on the bottom line, a number N may be used to specify the N-th bracket on the line. .IP "(" Like {, but applies to parentheses rather than curly brackets. @@ -162,17 +170,17 @@ Like }, but applies to parentheses rather than curly brackets. Like {, but applies to square brackets rather than curly brackets. .IP "]" Like }, but applies to square brackets rather than curly brackets. -.IP "ESC-^F" +.IP "ESC-\(haF" Followed by two characters, acts like {, but uses the two characters as open and close brackets, respectively. -For example, "ESC ^F < >" could be used to +For example, "ESC \(haF < >" could be used to go forward to the > which matches the < in the top displayed line. -.IP "ESC-^B" +.IP "ESC-\(haB" Followed by two characters, acts like }, but uses the two characters as open and close brackets, respectively. -For example, "ESC ^B < >" could be used to +For example, "ESC \(haB < >" could be used to go backward to the < which matches the > in the bottom displayed line. .IP m Followed by any lowercase or uppercase letter, @@ -182,17 +190,17 @@ the status column shows the marked line. .IP M Acts like m, except the last displayed line is marked rather than the first displayed line. -.IP "'" +.IP "\(aq" (Single quote.) Followed by any lowercase or uppercase letter, returns to the position which was previously marked with that letter. Followed by another single quote, returns to the position at which the last "large" movement command was executed. -Followed by a ^ or $, jumps to the beginning or end of the +Followed by a \(ha or $, jumps to the beginning or end of the file respectively. Marks are preserved when a new file is examined, -so the ' command can be used to switch between input files. -.IP "^X^X" +so the \(aq command can be used to switch between input files. +.IP "\(haX\(haX" Same as single quote. .IP "ESC-m" Followed by any lowercase or uppercase letter, @@ -202,6 +210,8 @@ Search forward in the file for the N-th line containing the pattern. N defaults to 1. The pattern is a regular expression, as recognized by the regular expression library supplied by your system. +By default, searching is case-sensitive (uppercase and lowercase +are considered different); the \-i option can be used to change this. The search starts at the first line displayed (but see the \-a and \-j options, which change this). .sp @@ -209,29 +219,40 @@ Certain characters are special if entered at the beginning of the pattern; they modify the type of search rather than become part of the pattern: .RS -.IP "^N or !" +.IP "\(haN or !" Search for lines which do NOT match the pattern. -.IP "^E or *" +.IP "\(haE or *" Search multiple files. That is, if the search reaches the END of the current file without finding a match, the search continues in the next file in the command line list. -.IP "^F or @" +.IP "\(haF or @" Begin the search at the first line of the FIRST file in the command line list, regardless of what is currently displayed on the screen or the settings of the \-a or \-j options. -.IP "^K" +.IP "\(haK" Highlight any text which matches the pattern on the current screen, but don't move to the first match (KEEP current position). -.IP "^R" +.IP "\(haR" Don't interpret regular expression metacharacters; that is, do a simple textual comparison. -.IP "^W" +.IP "\(haS" +Followed by a digit N between 1 and 5. +Only text which has a non-empty match for the N-th parenthesized SUB-PATTERN +will be considered to match the pattern. +(Supported only if +.B less +is built with one of the regular expression libraries +.BR posix ", " pcre ", or " pcre2 ".)" +Multiple \(haS modifiers can be specified, +to match more than one sub-pattern. +.IP "\(haW" WRAP around the current file. That is, if the search reaches the end of the current file without finding a match, the search continues from the first line of the current file up to the line where it started. +If the \(haW modifier is set, the \(haE modifier is ignored. .RE .IP ?pattern Search backward in the file for the N-th line containing the pattern. @@ -240,23 +261,25 @@ The search starts at the last line displayed .sp Certain characters are special as in the / command: .RS -.IP "^N or !" +.IP "\(haN or !" Search for lines which do NOT match the pattern. -.IP "^E or *" +.IP "\(haE or *" Search multiple files. That is, if the search reaches the beginning of the current file without finding a match, the search continues in the previous file in the command line list. -.IP "^F or @" +.IP "\(haF or @" Begin the search at the last line of the last file in the command line list, regardless of what is currently displayed on the screen or the settings of the \-a or \-j options. -.IP "^K" +.IP "\(haK" As in forward searches. -.IP "^R" +.IP "\(haR" As in forward searches. -.IP "^W" +.IP "\(haS" +As in forward searches. +.IP "\(haW" WRAP around the current file. That is, if the search reaches the beginning of the current file without finding a match, the search continues from the last line of the @@ -268,13 +291,13 @@ Same as "/*". Same as "?*". .IP n Repeat previous search, for N-th line containing the last pattern. -If the previous search was modified by ^N, the search is made for the +If the previous search was modified by \(haN, the search is made for the N-th line NOT containing the pattern. -If the previous search was modified by ^E, the search continues +If the previous search was modified by \(haE, the search continues in the next (or previous) file if not satisfied in the current file. -If the previous search was modified by ^R, the search is done +If the previous search was modified by \(haR, the search is done without using regular expressions. -There is no effect if the previous search was modified by ^F or ^K. +There is no effect if the previous search was modified by \(haF or \(haK. .IP N Repeat previous search, but in the reverse direction. .IP "ESC-n" @@ -308,9 +331,9 @@ which match all of the patterns will be displayed. .sp Certain characters are special as in the / command: .RS -.IP "^N or !" +.IP "\(haN or !" Display only lines which do NOT match the pattern. -.IP "^R" +.IP "\(haR" Don't interpret regular expression metacharacters; that is, do a simple textual comparison. .RE @@ -333,10 +356,10 @@ the list of files and the first one is examined. If the filename contains one or more spaces, the entire filename should be enclosed in double quotes (also see the \-" option). -.IP "^X^V or E" +.IP "\(haX\(haV or E" Same as :e. -Warning: some systems use ^V as a special literalization character. -On such systems, you may not be able to use ^V. +Warning: some systems use \(haV as a special literalization character. +On such systems, you may not be able to use \(haV. .IP ":n" Examine the next file (from the list of files given in the command line). If a number N is specified, the N-th next file is examined. @@ -353,7 +376,7 @@ Go to the next tag, if there were more than one matches for the current tag. See the \-t option for more details about tags. .IP "T" Go to the previous tag, if there were more than one matches for the current tag. -.IP "= or ^G or :f" +.IP "= or \(haG or :f" Prints some information about the file being viewed, including its name and the line number and byte offset of the bottom line being displayed. @@ -364,7 +387,7 @@ and the percent of the file above the last displayed line. Followed by one of the command line option letters (see OPTIONS below), this will change the setting of that option and print a message describing the new setting. -If a ^P (CONTROL-P) is entered immediately after the dash, +If a \(haP (CONTROL-P) is entered immediately after the dash, the setting of the option is changed but no message is printed. If the option letter has a numeric value (such as \-b or \-h), or a string value (such as \-P or \-t), @@ -375,7 +398,7 @@ the current setting is printed and nothing is changed. Like the \- command, but takes a long option name (see OPTIONS below) rather than a single option letter. You must press ENTER or RETURN after typing the option name. -A ^P immediately after the second dash suppresses printing of a +A \(haP immediately after the second dash suppresses printing of a message describing the new setting, as in the \- command. .IP \-+ Followed by one of the command line option letters @@ -408,19 +431,19 @@ You must press ENTER or RETURN after typing the option name. .IP +cmd Causes the specified cmd to be executed each time a new file is examined. For example, +G causes -.I less +.B less to initially display each file starting at the end rather than the beginning. .IP V Prints the version number of -.I less +.B less being run. .IP "q or Q or :q or :Q or ZZ" Exits -.IR less . +.BR less . .PP The following -four +six commands may or may not be valid, depending on your particular installation. . .IP v @@ -439,6 +462,10 @@ A pound sign (#) is replaced by the name of the previously examined file. On Unix systems, the shell is taken from the environment variable SHELL, or defaults to "sh". On MS-DOS and OS/2 systems, the shell is the normal command processor. +.IP "# shell-command" +Similar to the "!" command, +except that the command is expanded in the same way as prompt strings. +For example, the name of the current file would be given as "%f". .IP "| <m> shell-command" <m> represents any mark letter. Pipes a section of the input file to the given shell command. @@ -446,19 +473,37 @@ The section of the file to be piped is between the position marked by the letter and the current screen. The entire current screen is included, regardless of whether the marked position is before or after the current screen. -<m> may also be ^ or $ to indicate beginning or end of file respectively. +<m> may also be \(ha or $ to indicate beginning or end of file respectively. If <m> is \&.\& or newline, the current screen is piped. .IP "s filename" Save the input to a file. -This only works if the input is a pipe, not an ordinary file. +This works only if the input is a pipe, not an ordinary file. +.IP "\(haX" +When the "Waiting for data" message is displayed, +such as while in the F command, pressing \(haX +will stop +.B less +from waiting and return to a prompt. +This may cause +.B less +to think that the file ends at the current position, +so it may be necessary to use the R or F command to see more data. +The \-\-intr option can be used to specify a different character +to use instead of \(haX. +This command works only on systems that support the +.BR poll (2) +function. +On systems without +.BR poll (2), +the interrupt character (usually \(haC) can be used instead. . .SH OPTIONS Command line options are described below. Most options may be changed while -.I less +.B less is running, via the "\-" command. .PP -Most options may be given in one of two forms: +Some options may be given in one of two forms: either a dash followed by a single letter, or two dashes followed by a long option name. A long option name may be abbreviated as long as @@ -474,14 +519,14 @@ For example, \-\-Quit-at-eof is equivalent to \-\-QUIT-AT-EOF. Options are also taken from the environment variable "LESS". For example, to avoid typing "less \-options \&...\&" each time -.I less +.B less is invoked, you might tell -.IR csh : +.BR csh : .sp setenv LESS "\-options" .sp or if you use -.IR sh : +.BR sh : .sp LESS="\-options"; export LESS .sp @@ -496,7 +541,7 @@ line option with "\-+". .sp Some options like \-k or \-D require a string to follow the option letter. The string for that option is considered to end when a dollar sign ($) is found. -For example, you can set two \-D options on MS-DOS like this: +For example, you can set two \-D options like this: .sp LESS="Dn9.1$Ds4.1" .sp @@ -508,7 +553,7 @@ not treated specially, and there is no way to include a dollar sign in the option string. .IP "\-? or \-\-help" This option displays a summary of the commands accepted by -.I less +.B less (the same as the h command). (Depending on how your shell interprets the question mark, it may be necessary to quote the question mark, thus: "\-\e?".) @@ -533,7 +578,7 @@ from the last line up to and including the target line. This was the default behavior in less versions prior to 441. .IP "\-b\fIn\fP or \-\-buffers=\fIn\fP" Specifies the amount of buffer space -.I less +.B less will use for each file, in units of kilobytes (1024 bytes). By default 64\ KB of buffer space is used for each file (unless the file is a pipe; see the \-B option). @@ -553,20 +598,21 @@ is used for the pipe. Warning: use of \-B can result in erroneous display, since only the most recently viewed part of the piped data is kept in memory; any earlier data is lost. +Lost characters are displayed as question marks. .IP "\-c or \-\-clear-screen" Causes full screen repaints to be painted from the top line down. By default, full screen repaints are done by scrolling from the bottom of the screen. .IP "\-C or \-\-CLEAR-SCREEN" Same as \-c, for compatibility with older versions of -.IR less . +.BR less . .IP "\-d or \-\-dumb" The \-d option suppresses the error message normally displayed if the terminal is dumb; that is, lacks some important capability, such as the ability to clear the screen or scroll backward. The \-d option does not otherwise change the behavior of -.I less +.B less on a dumb terminal. .IP "\-D\fBx\fP\fIcolor\fP or \-\-color=\fBx\fP\fIcolor\fP" Changes the color of different parts of the displayed text. @@ -579,6 +625,8 @@ Binary characters. Control characters. .IP "E" Errors and informational messages. +.IP "H" +Header lines and columns, set via the \-\-header option. .IP "M" Mark letters in the status column. .IP "N" @@ -589,6 +637,13 @@ Prompts. The rscroll character. .IP "S" Search results. +.IP "1-5" +The text in a search result which matches +the first through fifth parenthesized sub-pattern. +Sub-pattern coloring works only if +.B less +is built with one of the regular expression libraries +.BR posix ", " pcre ", or " pcre2 . .IP "W" The highlight enabled via the \-w option. .IP "d" @@ -602,18 +657,18 @@ Underlined text. .RE .RS -The uppercase letters can be used only when the \-\-use-color option is enabled. +The uppercase letters and digits can be used only when the \-\-use-color option is enabled. When text color is specified by both an uppercase letter and a lowercase letter, the uppercase letter takes precedence. For example, error messages are normally displayed as standout text. So if both "s" and "E" are given a color, the "E" color applies to error messages, and the "s" color applies to other standout text. The "d" and "u" letters refer to bold and underline text formed by -overstriking with backspaces (see the \-u option), +overstriking with backspaces (see the \-U option), not to text using ANSI escape sequences with the \-R option. .PP A lowercase letter may be followed by a + to indicate that -both the normal format change and the specified color should both be used. +the normal format change and the specified color should both be used. For example, \-Dug displays underlined text as green without underlining; the green color has replaced the usual underline formatting. But \-Du+g displays underlined text as both green and in underlined format. @@ -640,7 +695,7 @@ White .IP "y" Yellow .PP -The corresponding upper-case letter denotes a brighter shade of the color. +The corresponding uppercase letter denotes a brighter shade of the color. For example, \-DNGk displays line numbers as bright green text on a black background, and \-DEbR displays error messages as blue text on a bright red background. @@ -654,12 +709,12 @@ Each integer is a value between 0 and 255 inclusive which selects a "CSI 38;5" color value (see .br .nh -https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#SGR_parameters) +https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#SGR) .hy If either integer is a "-" or is omitted, the corresponding color is set to that of normal text. On MS-DOS versions of -.IR less , +.BR less , 8-bit color is not supported; instead, decimal values are interpreted as 4-bit CHAR_INFO.Attributes values (see @@ -667,41 +722,46 @@ CHAR_INFO.Attributes values .nh https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/windows/console/char-info-str). .hy +.PP +On MS-DOS only, the \-Da option may be used to specify strict parsing of +ANSI color (SGR) sequences when the \-R option is used. +Without this option, sequences that change text attributes +(bold, underline, etc.) may clear the text color. .RE .IP "\-e or \-\-quit-at-eof" Causes -.I less +.B less to automatically exit the second time it reaches end-of-file. By default, the only way to exit -.I less +.B less is via the "q" command. .IP "\-E or \-\-QUIT-AT-EOF" Causes -.I less +.B less to automatically exit the first time it reaches end-of-file. .IP "\-f or \-\-force" Forces non-regular files to be opened. (A non-regular file is a directory or a device special file.) Also suppresses the warning message when a binary file is opened. By default, -.I less +.B less will refuse to open non-regular files. Note that some operating systems will not allow directories to be read, even if \-f is set. .IP "\-F or \-\-quit-if-one-screen" Causes -.I less +.B less to automatically exit if the entire file can be displayed on the first screen. .IP "\-g or \-\-hilite-search" Normally, -.I less +.B less will highlight ALL strings which match the last search command. The \-g option changes this behavior to highlight only the particular string which was found by the last search command. This can cause -.I less +.B less to run somewhat faster than the default. .IP "\-G or \-\-HILITE-SEARCH" The \-G option suppresses all highlighting of strings found by search commands. @@ -736,8 +796,7 @@ Alternately, the screen line may be specified as a fraction of the height of the screen, starting with a decimal point: \&.5 is in the middle of the screen, \&.3 is three tenths down from the first line, and so on. If the line is specified as a fraction, the actual line number -is recalculated if the terminal window is resized, so that the -target line remains at the specified fraction of the screen height. +is recalculated if the terminal window is resized. If any form of the \-j option is used, repeated forward searches (invoked with "n" or "N") begin at the line immediately after the target line, @@ -750,25 +809,42 @@ However nonrepeated searches (invoked with "/" or "?") always begin at the start or end of the current screen respectively. .IP "\-J or \-\-status-column" Displays a status column at the left edge of the screen. -The status column shows the lines that matched the current search, -and any lines that are marked (via the m or M command). +The character displayed in the status column may be one of: +.RS +.IP ">" +The line is chopped with the \-S option, and +the text that is chopped off beyond the right edge of the screen +contains a match for the current search. +.IP "<" +The line is horizontally shifted, and +the text that is shifted beyond the left side of the screen +contains a match for the current search. +.IP "=" +The line is both chopped and shifted, +and there are matches beyond both sides of the screen. +.IP "*" +There are matches in the visible part of the line +but none to the right or left of it. +.IP "a-z, A-Z" +The line has been marked with the corresponding letter via the m command. +.RE .IP "\-k\fIfilename\fP or \-\-lesskey-file=\fIfilename\fP" Causes -.I less +.B less to open and interpret the named file as a -.IR lesskey (1) +.BR lesskey (1) binary file. Multiple \-k options may be specified. If the LESSKEY or LESSKEY_SYSTEM environment variable is set, or if a lesskey file is found in a standard place (see KEY BINDINGS), it is also used as a -.I lesskey +.B lesskey file. .IP "\-\-lesskey-src=\fIfilename\fP" Causes -.I less +.B less to open and interpret the named file as a -.IR lesskey (1) +.BR lesskey (1) source file. If the LESSKEYIN or LESSKEYIN_SYSTEM environment variable is set, or if a lesskey source file is found in a standard place (see KEY BINDINGS), @@ -776,26 +852,26 @@ it is also used as a .I "lesskey source" file. Prior to version 582, the -.I lesskey +.B lesskey program needed to be run to convert a .I "lesskey source" file to a .I "lesskey binary" file for -.I less +.B less to use. Newer versions of -.I less +.B less read the .I "lesskey source" file directly and ignore the binary file if the source file exists. .IP "\-K or \-\-quit-on-intr" Causes -.I less +.B less to exit immediately (with status 2) -when an interrupt character (usually ^C) is typed. +when an interrupt character (usually \(haC) is typed. Normally, an interrupt character causes -.I less +.B less to stop whatever it is doing and return to its command prompt. Note that use of this option makes it impossible to return to the command prompt from the "F" command. @@ -803,26 +879,27 @@ command prompt from the "F" command. Ignore the LESSOPEN environment variable (see the INPUT PREPROCESSOR section below). This option can be set from within -.IR less , +.BR less , but it will apply only to files opened subsequently, not to the file which is currently open. .IP "\-m or \-\-long-prompt" Causes -.I less -to prompt verbosely (like \fImore\fP), +.B less +to prompt verbosely (like +.BR more (1)), with the percent into the file. By default, -.I less +.B less prompts with a colon. .IP "\-M or \-\-LONG-PROMPT" Causes -.I less +.B less to prompt even more verbosely than -.IR more . +.BR more (1). .IP "\-n or \-\-line-numbers" Suppresses line numbers. The default (to use line numbers) may cause -.I less +.B less to run more slowly in some cases, especially with a very large input file. Suppressing line numbers with the \-n option will avoid this problem. Using line numbers means: the line number will be displayed in the verbose @@ -834,12 +911,12 @@ Causes a line number to be displayed at the beginning of each line in the display. .IP "\-o\fIfilename\fP or \-\-log-file=\fIfilename\fP" Causes -.I less +.B less to copy its input to the named file as it is being viewed. This applies only when the input file is a pipe, not an ordinary file. If the file already exists, -.I less +.B less will ask for confirmation before overwriting it. .IP "\-O\fIfilename\fP or \-\-LOG-FILE=\fIfilename\fP" The \-O option is like \-o, but it will overwrite an existing @@ -847,23 +924,23 @@ file without asking for confirmation. .sp If no log file has been specified, the \-o and \-O options can be used from within -.I less +.B less to specify a log file. Without a file name, they will simply report the name of the log file. The "s" command is equivalent to specifying \-o from within -.IR less . +.BR less . .IP "\-p\fIpattern\fP or \-\-pattern=\fIpattern\fP" The \-p option on the command line is equivalent to specifying +/\fIpattern\fP; that is, it tells -.I less +.B less to start at the first occurrence of \fIpattern\fP in the file. .IP "\-P\fIprompt\fP or \-\-prompt=\fIprompt\fP" Provides a way to tailor the three prompt styles to your own preference. This option would normally be put in the LESS environment variable, rather than being typed in with each -.I less +.B less command. Such an option must either be the last option in the LESS variable, or be terminated by a dollar sign. @@ -873,7 +950,7 @@ to that string. \-PM changes the long (\-M) prompt. \-Ph changes the prompt for the help screen. \-P= changes the message printed by the = command. - \-Pw changes the message printed while waiting for data (in the F command). + \-Pw changes the message printed while waiting for data (in the "F" command). .sp 1 All prompt strings consist of a sequence of letters and special escape sequences. @@ -895,9 +972,10 @@ where the terminal bell would have been rung. .IP "\-r or \-\-raw-control-chars" Causes "raw" control characters to be displayed. The default is to display control characters using the caret notation; -for example, a control-A (octal 001) is displayed as "^A". +for example, a control-A (octal 001) is displayed as "\(haA" +(with some exceptions as described under the \-U option). Warning: when the \-r option is used, -.I less +.B less cannot keep track of the actual appearance of the screen (since this depends on how the screen responds to each type of control character). @@ -931,19 +1009,19 @@ ANSI color escape sequences are sequences of the form: .sp where the "...\&" is zero or more color specification characters. You can make -.I less +.B less think that characters other than "m" can end ANSI color escape sequences by setting the environment variable LESSANSIENDCHARS to the list of characters which can end a color escape sequence. And you can make -.I less +.B less think that characters other than the standard ones may appear between the ESC and the m by setting the environment variable LESSANSIMIDCHARS to the list of characters which can appear. .IP "\-s or \-\-squeeze-blank-lines" Causes consecutive blank lines to be squeezed into a single blank line. This is useful when viewing -.I nroff +.B nroff output. .IP "\-S or \-\-chop-long-lines" Causes lines longer than the screen width to be @@ -952,27 +1030,28 @@ That is, the portion of a long line that does not fit in the screen width is not displayed until you press RIGHT-ARROW. The default is to wrap long lines; that is, display the remainder on the next line. +See also the \-\-wordwrap option. .IP "\-t\fItag\fP or \-\-tag=\fItag\fP" The \-t option, followed immediately by a TAG, will edit the file containing that tag. For this to work, tag information must be available; for example, there may be a file in the current directory called "tags", which was previously built by -.IR ctags (1) +.BR ctags (1) or an equivalent command. If the environment variable LESSGLOBALTAGS is set, it is taken to be the name of a command compatible with -.IR global (1), +.BR global (1), and that command is executed to find the tag. (See .nh http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). .hy The \-t option may also be specified from within -.I less +.B less (using the \- command) as a way of examining a new file. The command ":t" is equivalent to specifying \-t from within -.IR less . +.BR less . .IP "\-T\fItagsfile\fP or \-\-tag-file=\fItagsfile\fP" Specifies a tags file to be used instead of "tags". .IP "\-u or \-\-underline-special" @@ -999,9 +1078,12 @@ Unicode formatting characters, such as the Byte Order Mark, are sent to the terminal. Text which is overstruck or underlined can be searched for if neither \-u nor \-U is in effect. +.sp +See also the \-\-proc-backspace, \-\-proc-tab, +and \-\-proc-return options. .IP "\-V or \-\-version" Displays the version number of -.IR less . +.BR less . .IP "\-w or \-\-hilite-unread" Temporarily highlights the first "new" line after a forward movement of a full page. @@ -1009,7 +1091,10 @@ The first "new" line is the line immediately following the line previously at the bottom of the screen. Also highlights the target line after a g or p command. The highlight is removed at the next command which causes movement. -The entire line is highlighted, unless the \-J option is in effect, +If the \-\-status-line option is in effect, the entire line +(the width of the screen) is highlighted. +Otherwise, only the text in the line is highlighted, +unless the \-J option is in effect, in which case only the status column is highlighted. .IP "\-W or \-\-HILITE-UNREAD" Like \-w, but temporarily highlights the first new line after any @@ -1020,7 +1105,7 @@ If only one \fIn\fP is specified, tab stops are set at multiples of \fIn\fP. If multiple values separated by commas are specified, tab stops are set at those positions, and then continue with the same spacing as the last two. -For example, \fI\-x9,17\fP will set tabs at positions 9, 17, 25, 33, etc. +For example, "-x9,17" will set tabs at positions 9, 17, 25, 33, etc. The default for \fIn\fP is 8. .IP "\-X or \-\-no-init" Disables sending the termcap initialization and deinitialization strings @@ -1039,7 +1124,7 @@ Changes the default scrolling window size to \fIn\fP lines. The default is one screenful. The z and w commands can also be used to change the window size. The "z" may be omitted for compatibility with some versions of -.IR more . +.BR more (1). If the number .I n is negative, it indicates @@ -1062,8 +1147,8 @@ Filenames containing a space should then be preceded by the open quote character and followed by the close quote character. Note that even after the quote characters are changed, this option remains \-" (a dash followed by a double quote). -.IP "\-~ or \-\-tilde" -Normally lines after end of file are displayed as a single tilde (~). +.IP "\-\(ti or \-\-tilde" +Normally lines after end of file are displayed as a single tilde (\(ti). This option causes lines after end of file to be displayed as blank lines. .IP "\-# or \-\-shift" Specifies the default number of positions to scroll horizontally @@ -1074,36 +1159,95 @@ Alternately, the number may be specified as a fraction of the width of the screen, starting with a decimal point: \&.5 is half of the screen width, \&.3 is three tenths of the screen width, and so on. If the number is specified as a fraction, the actual number of -scroll positions is recalculated if the terminal window is resized, -so that the actual scroll remains at the specified fraction -of the screen width. +scroll positions is recalculated if the terminal window is resized. +.IP "\-\-exit-follow-on-close" +When using the "F" command on a pipe, +.B less +will automatically stop waiting for more data when the input side of the +pipe is closed. .IP "\-\-file-size" If \-\-file-size is specified, -.I less +.B less will determine the size of the file immediately after opening the file. -Normally this is not done, because it can be slow if the input file is large. +Then the "=" command will display the number of lines in the file. +Normally this is not done, because it can be slow if the input file +is non-seekable (such as a pipe) and is large. .IP "\-\-follow-name" Normally, if the input file is renamed while an F command is executing, -.I less +.B less will continue to display the contents of the original file despite its name change. If \-\-follow-name is specified, during an F command -.I less +.B less will periodically attempt to reopen the file by name. If the reopen succeeds and the file is a different file from the original (which means that a new file has been created with the same name as the original (now renamed) file), -.I less +.B less will display the contents of that new file. +.IP "\-\-header=\fIN[,M]\fP" +Sets the number of header lines and columns displayed on the screen. +The value may be of the form "N,M" where N and M are integers, +to set the header lines to N and the header columns to M, +or it may be a single integer "N" which sets the header lines to N +and the header columns to zero, +or it may be ",M" which sets the header columns to M and the +header lines to zero. +When N is nonzero, the first N lines at the top +of the screen are replaced with the first N lines of the file, +regardless of what part of the file are being viewed. +When M is nonzero, the characters displayed at the +beginning of each line are replaced with the first M characters of the line, +even if the rest of the line is scrolled horizontally. +If either N or M is zero, +.B less +stops displaying header lines or columns, respectively. +(Note that it may be necessary to change the setting of the \-j option +to ensure that the target line is not obscured by the header line(s).) .IP "\-\-incsearch" Subsequent search commands will be "incremental"; that is, -.I less +.B less will advance to the next line containing the search pattern as each character of the pattern is typed in. -.IP "\-\-line-num-width" -Sets the minimum width of the line number field when the \-N option is in effect. -The default is 7 characters. +.IP "\-\-intr=\fIc\fP" +Use the character \fIc\fP instead of \(haX to interrupt a read +when the "Waiting for data" message is displayed. +\fIc\fP must be an ASCII character; that is, one with a value +between 1 and 127 inclusive. +A caret followed by a single character can be used +to specify a control character. +.IP "\-\-line-num-width=\fIn\fP" +Sets the minimum width of the line number field when the \-N option is in effect +to \fIn\fP characters. +The default is 7. +.IP "\-\-modelines=\fIn\fP" +.RS +Before displaying a file, +.B less +will read the first \fIn\fP lines to try to find a vim-compatible +.IR modeline . +If \fIn\fP is zero, +.B less +does not try to find modelines. +By using a modeline, the file itself can specify the tab stops +that should be used when viewing it. +.PP +A modeline contains, anywhere in the line, +a program name ("vi", "vim", "ex", or "less"), +followed by a colon, +possibly followed by the word "set", +and finally followed by zero or more option settings. +If the word "set" is used, +option settings are separated by spaces, and end at the first colon. +If the word "set" is not used, +option settings may be separated by either spaces or colons. +The word "set" is required if the program name is "less" +but optional if any of the other three names are used. +If any option setting is of the form "tabstop=\fIn\fP" or "ts=\fIn\fP", +then tab stops are automatically set as if \-\-tabs=\fIn\fP had been given. +See the \-\-tabs description for acceptable values of \fIn\fP. +.RE .IP "\-\-mouse" Enables mouse input: scrolling the mouse wheel down moves forward in the file, @@ -1114,7 +1258,7 @@ The number of lines to scroll when the wheel is moved can be set by the \-\-wheel-lines option. Mouse input works only on terminals which support X11 mouse reporting, and on the Windows version of -.IR less . +.BR less . .IP "\-\-MOUSE" Like \-\-mouse, except the direction scrolled on mouse wheel movement is reversed. @@ -1129,7 +1273,53 @@ file name is typed in, and the same string is already in the history list, the existing copy is removed from the history list before the new one is added. Thus, a given string will appear only once in the history list. Normally, a string may appear multiple times. -.IP "\-\-rscroll" +.IP "\-\-no-number-headers" +Header lines (defined via the \-\-header option) are not assigned line numbers. +Line number 1 is assigned to the first line after any header lines. +.IP "\-\-no-search-headers" +Searches do not include header lines or header columns. +.IP "\-\-no-vbell" +Disables the terminal's visual bell. +.IP "\-\-proc-backspace" +If set, backspaces are handled as if neither the \-u option +nor the \-U option were set. +That is, a backspace adjacent to an underscore causes text to be +displayed in underline mode, and a backspace between identical +characters cause text to be displayed in boldface mode. +This option overrides the \-u and \-U options, so that display of +backspaces can be controlled separate from tabs and carriage returns. +If not set, backspace display is controlled by the \-u and \-U options. +.IP "\-\-PROC-BACKSPACE" +If set, backspaces are handled as if the \-U option were set; +that is backspaces are treated as control characters. +.IP "\-\-proc-return" +If set, carriage returns are handled as if neither the \-u option +nor the \-U option were set. +That is, a carriage return immediately before a newline is deleted. +This option overrides the \-u and \-U options, so that display of +carriage returns can be controlled separate from that of backspaces and tabs. +If not set, carriage return display is controlled by the \-u and \-U options. +.IP "\-\-PROC-RETURN" +If set, carriage returns are handled as if the \-U option were set; +that is carriage returns are treated as control characters. +.IP "\-\-proc-tab" +If set, tabs are handled as if the \-U option were not set. +That is, tabs are expanded to spaces. +This option overrides the \-U option, so that display of +tabs can be controlled separate from that of backspaces and carriage returns. +If not set, tab display is controlled by the \-U options. +.IP "\-\-PROC-TAB" +If set, tabs are handled as if the \-U option were set; +that is tabs are treated as control characters. +.IP "\-\-redraw-on-quit" +When quitting, after sending the terminal deinitialization string, +redraws the entire last screen. +On terminals whose terminal deinitialization string causes the +terminal to switch from an alternate screen, +this makes the last screenful of the current file remain visible after +.B less +has quit. +.IP "\-\-rscroll=\fIc\fP" This option changes the character used to mark truncated lines. It may begin with a two-character attribute indicator like LESSBINFMT does. If there is no attribute indicator, standout is used. @@ -1137,18 +1327,41 @@ If set to "\-", truncated lines are not marked. .IP "\-\-save-marks" Save marks in the history file, so marks are retained across different invocations of -.IR less . -.IP "\-\-status-col-width" +.BR less . +.IP "\-\-search-options=\fI...\fP" +Sets default search modifiers. +The value is a string of one or more of the characters +E, F, K, N, R or W. +Setting any of these has the same effect as typing that +control character at the beginning of every search pattern. +For example, setting \-\-search-options=W is the same as +typing \(haW at the beginning of every pattern. +The value may also contain a digit between 1 and 5, +which has the same effect as typing \(haS followed by that digit +at the beginning of every search pattern. +The value "-" disables all default search modifiers. +.IP "\-\-show-preproc-errors" +If a preprocessor produces data, +then exits with a non-zero exit code, +.B less +will display a warning. +.IP "\-\-status-col-width=\fIn\fP" Sets the width of the status column when the \-J option is in effect. The default is 2 characters. +.IP "\-\-status-line" +If a line is marked, the entire line (rather than just the status column) +is highlighted. +Also lines highlighted due to the \-w option will have +the entire line highlighted. +If \-\-use-color is set, the line is colored rather than highlighted. .IP "\-\-use-backslash" This option changes the interpretations of options which follow this one. After the \-\-use-backslash option, any backslash in an option string is removed and the following character is taken literally. This allows a dollar sign to be included in option strings. .IP "\-\-use-color" -Enables the colored text in various places. -The -D option can be used to change the colors. +Enables colored text in various places. +The \-D option can be used to change the colors. Colored text works only if the terminal supports ANSI color escape sequences (as defined in ECMA-48 SGR; see @@ -1160,6 +1373,11 @@ https://www.ecma-international.org/publications-and-standards/standards/ecma-48) Set the number of lines to scroll when the mouse wheel is scrolled and the \-\-mouse or \-\-MOUSE option is in effect. The default is 1 line. +.IP "\-\-wordwrap" +When the \-S option is not in use, +wrap each line at a space or tab if possible, +so that a word is not split between two lines. +The default is to wrap at any character. .IP \-\- A command line argument of "\-\-" marks the end of option arguments. Any arguments following this are interpreted as filenames. @@ -1167,9 +1385,9 @@ This can be useful when viewing a file whose name begins with a "\-" or "+". .IP + If a command line option begins with \fB+\fP, the remainder of that option is taken to be an initial command to -.IR less . +.BR less . For example, +G tells -.I less +.B less to start at the end of the file rather than the beginning, and +/xyz tells it to start at the first occurrence of "xyz" in the file. As a special case, +<number> acts like +<number>g; @@ -1190,16 +1408,16 @@ a key does not exist on a particular keyboard. (Note that the forms beginning with ESC do not work in some MS-DOS and Windows systems because ESC is the line erase character.) Any of these special keys may be entered literally by preceding -it with the "literal" character, either ^V or ^A. +it with the "literal" character, either \(haV or \(haA. A backslash itself may also be entered literally by entering two backslashes. .IP "LEFTARROW [ ESC-h ]" Move the cursor one space to the left. .IP "RIGHTARROW [ ESC-l ]" Move the cursor one space to the right. -.IP "^LEFTARROW [ ESC-b or ESC-LEFTARROW ]" +.IP "\(haLEFTARROW [ ESC-b or ESC-LEFTARROW ]" (That is, CONTROL and LEFTARROW simultaneously.) Move the cursor one word to the left. -.IP "^RIGHTARROW [ ESC-w or ESC-RIGHTARROW ]" +.IP "\(haRIGHTARROW [ ESC-w or ESC-RIGHTARROW ]" (That is, CONTROL and RIGHTARROW simultaneously.) Move the cursor one word to the right. .IP "HOME [ ESC-0 ]" @@ -1211,10 +1429,10 @@ Delete the character to the left of the cursor, or cancel the command if the command line is empty. .IP "DELETE or [ ESC-x ]" Delete the character under the cursor. -.IP "^BACKSPACE [ ESC-BACKSPACE ]" +.IP "\(haBACKSPACE [ ESC-BACKSPACE ]" (That is, CONTROL and BACKSPACE simultaneously.) Delete the word to the left of the cursor. -.IP "^DELETE [ ESC-X or ESC-DELETE ]" +.IP "\(haDELETE [ ESC-X or ESC-DELETE ]" (That is, CONTROL and DELETE simultaneously.) Delete the word under the cursor. .IP "UPARROW [ ESC-k ]" @@ -1236,82 +1454,84 @@ The environment variable LESSSEPARATOR can be used to specify a different character to append to a directory name. .IP "BACKTAB [ ESC-TAB ]" Like, TAB, but cycles in the reverse direction thru the matching filenames. -.IP "^L" +.IP "\(haL" Complete the partial filename to the left of the cursor. If it matches more than one filename, all matches are entered into the command line (if they fit). -.IP "^U (Unix and OS/2) or ESC (MS-DOS)" +.IP "\(haU (Unix and OS/2) or ESC (MS-DOS)" Delete the entire command line, or cancel the command if the command line is empty. If you have changed your line-kill character in Unix to something -other than ^U, that character is used instead of ^U. -.IP "^G" +other than \(haU, that character is used instead of \(haU. +.IP "\(haG" Delete the entire command line and return to the main prompt. . .SH "KEY BINDINGS" You may define your own -.I less +.B less commands by creating a lesskey source file. This file specifies a set of command keys and an action associated with each key. You may also change the line-editing keys (see LINE EDITING), -and to set environment variables. +and set environment variables used by +.BR less . +See the +.BR lesskey (1) +manual page for details about the file format. +.PP If the environment variable LESSKEYIN is set, -.I less +.B less uses that as the name of the lesskey source file. Otherwise, -.I less +.B less looks in a standard place for the lesskey source file: On Unix systems, -.I less -looks for a lesskey file called "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/lesskey" or "$HOME/.lesskey". +.B less +looks for a lesskey file called "$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/lesskey" or "$HOME/.config/lesskey" or "$HOME/.lesskey". On MS-DOS and Windows systems, -.I less +.B less looks for a lesskey file called "$HOME/_lesskey", and if it is not found there, then looks for a lesskey file called "_lesskey" in any directory specified in the PATH environment variable. On OS/2 systems, -.I less +.B less looks for a lesskey file called "$HOME/lesskey.ini", and if it is not found, then looks for a lesskey file called "lesskey.ini" in any directory specified in the INIT environment variable, and if it not found there, then looks for a lesskey file called "lesskey.ini" in any directory specified in the PATH environment variable. -See the -.I lesskey -manual page for more details. .PP A system-wide lesskey source file may also be set up to provide key bindings. If a key is defined in both a local lesskey file and in the system-wide file, key bindings in the local file take precedence over those in the system-wide file. If the environment variable LESSKEYIN_SYSTEM is set, -.I less +.B less uses that as the name of the system-wide lesskey file. Otherwise, -.I less +.B less looks in a standard place for the system-wide lesskey file: On Unix systems, the system-wide lesskey file is /usr/local/etc/syslesskey. (However, if -.I less +.B less was built with a different sysconf directory than /usr/local/etc, that directory is where the sysless file is found.) On MS-DOS and Windows systems, the system-wide lesskey file is c:\e_syslesskey. On OS/2 systems, the system-wide lesskey file is c:\esyslesskey.ini. .PP Previous versions of -.I less +.B less (before v582) used lesskey files with a binary format, produced by the -.I lesskey +.B lesskey program. It is no longer necessary to use the -.I lesskey +.B lesskey program. . .SH "INPUT PREPROCESSOR" You may define an "input preprocessor" for -.IR less . +.BR less . Before -.I less +.B less opens a file, it first gives your input preprocessor a chance to modify the way the contents of the file are displayed. An input preprocessor is simply an executable program (or shell script), @@ -1321,7 +1541,7 @@ The contents of the replacement file are then displayed in place of the contents of the original file. However, it will appear to the user as if the original file is opened; that is, -.I less +.B less will display the original filename as the name of the current file. .PP An input preprocessor receives one command line argument, the original filename, @@ -1329,7 +1549,7 @@ as entered by the user. It should create the replacement file, and when finished, print the name of the replacement file to its standard output. If the input preprocessor does not output a replacement filename, -.I less +.B less uses the original file, as normal. The input preprocessor is not called when viewing standard input. To set up an input preprocessor, set the LESSOPEN environment variable @@ -1339,7 +1559,7 @@ which will be replaced by the filename when the input preprocessor command is invoked. .PP When -.I less +.B less closes a file opened in such a way, it will call another program, called the input postprocessor, which may perform any desired clean-up action (such as deleting the @@ -1355,7 +1575,7 @@ which was output by LESSOPEN. .PP For example, on many Unix systems, these two scripts will allow you to keep files in compressed format, but still let -.I less +.B less view them directly: .PP lessopen.sh: @@ -1396,7 +1616,7 @@ to accept other types of compressed files, and so on. .PP It is also possible to set up an input preprocessor to pipe the file data directly to -.IR less , +.BR less , rather than putting the data into a replacement file. This avoids the need to decompress the entire file before starting to view it. @@ -1406,7 +1626,7 @@ its standard output, writes the entire contents of the replacement file on its standard output. If the input pipe does not write any characters on its standard output, then there is no replacement file and -.I less +.B less uses the original file, as normal. To use an input pipe, make the first character in the LESSOPEN environment variable a @@ -1443,13 +1663,13 @@ Note that a preprocessor cannot output an empty file, since that is interpreted as meaning there is no replacement, and the original file is used. To avoid this, if LESSOPEN starts with two vertical bars, -the exit status of the script becomes meaningful. -If the exit status is zero, the output is considered to be -replacement text, even if it is empty. -If the exit status is nonzero, any output is ignored and the -original file is used. +the exit status of the script determines the behavior when the output is empty. +If the output is empty and the exit status is zero, +the empty output is considered to be replacement text. +If the output is empty and the exit status is nonzero, +the original file is used. For compatibility with previous versions of -.IR less , +.BR less , if LESSOPEN starts with only one vertical bar, the exit status of the preprocessor is ignored. .PP @@ -1460,9 +1680,9 @@ In this case, the replacement file name passed to the LESSCLOSE postprocessor is "\-". .PP For compatibility with previous versions of -.IR less , +.BR less , the input preprocessor or pipe is not used if -.I less +.B less is viewing standard input. However, if the first character of LESSOPEN is a dash (\-), the input preprocessor is used on standard input as well as other files. @@ -1524,7 +1744,7 @@ It is the only character set that supports multi-byte characters. Selects a character set appropriate for Microsoft Windows (cp 1251). .PP In rare cases, it may be desired to tailor -.I less +.B less to use a character set other than the ones definable by LESSCHARSET. In this case, the environment variable LESSCHARDEF can be used to define a character set. @@ -1565,9 +1785,9 @@ is found in the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE or LANG environment variables, then the default character set is utf-8. .PP If that string is not found, but your system supports the -.I setlocale +.B setlocale interface, -.I less +.B less will use setlocale to determine the character set. setlocale is controlled by setting the LANG or LC_CTYPE environment variables. @@ -1578,7 +1798,7 @@ interface is also not available, the default character set is latin1. .PP Control and binary characters are displayed in standout (reverse video). Each such character is displayed in caret notation if possible -(e.g.\& ^A for control-A). Caret notation is used only if +(e.g.\& \(haA for control-A). Caret notation is used only if inverting the 0100 bit results in a normal printable character. Otherwise, the character is displayed as a hex number in angle brackets. This format can be changed by @@ -1610,7 +1830,45 @@ octets of a complete but non-shortest form sequence, invalid octets, and stray trailing octets) are displayed individually using LESSBINFMT so as to facilitate diagnostic of how the UTF-8 file is ill-formed. -. +.PP +When the character set is utf-8, in rare cases it may be desirable to +override the Unicode definition of the type of certain characters. +For example, characters in a Private Use Area are normally treated as control +characters, but if you are using a custom font with printable characters +in that range, it may be desirable to tell +.B less +to treat such characters as printable. +This can be done by setting the LESSUTFCHARDEF environment variable +to a comma-separated list of +.I "character type" +definitions. +Each character type definition consists of either one hexadecimal codepoint +or a pair of codepoints separated by a dash, +followed by a colon and a type character. +Each hexadecimal codepoint may optionally be preceded by a "U" or "U+". +If a pair of codepoints is given, the type is set for +all characters inclusively between the two values. +If there are multiple comma-separated codepoint values, +they must be in ascending numerical order. +The type character may be one of: +.RS +.IP "p" +A normal printable character. +.IP "w" +A wide (2-space) printable character. +.IP "b" +A binary (non-printable) character. +.IP "c" +A composing (zero width) character. +.RE +.PP +For example, setting LESSUTFCHARDEF to +.nf +.sp + E000-F8FF:p,F0000-FFFFD:p,100000-10FFFD:p +.sp +.fi +would make all Private Use Area characters be treated as printable. .SH "PROMPTS" The \-P option allows you to tailor the prompt to your preference. The string given to the \-P option replaces the specified prompt string. @@ -1620,7 +1878,9 @@ but the ordinary user need not understand the details of constructing personalized prompt strings. .sp A percent sign followed by a single character is expanded -according to what the following character is: +according to what the following character is. +(References to the input file size below refer to the preprocessed size, +if an input preprocessor is being used.) .IP "%b\fIX\fP" Replaced by the byte offset into the current input file. The b is followed by a single character (shown as \fIX\fP above) @@ -1801,12 +2061,14 @@ changed to modify this default. . .SH SECURITY When the environment variable LESSSECURE is set to 1, -.I less +.B less runs in a "secure" mode. This means these features are disabled: .RS .IP "!" the shell command +.IP "#" +the pshell command .IP "|" the pipe command .IP ":e" @@ -1822,7 +2084,9 @@ use of tags files .IP metacharacters in filenames, such as * .IP -filename completion (TAB, ^L) +filename completion (TAB, \(haL) +.IP +history file .RE .PP Less can also be compiled to be permanently in "secure" mode. @@ -1830,16 +2094,18 @@ Less can also be compiled to be permanently in "secure" mode. .SH "COMPATIBILITY WITH MORE" If the environment variable LESS_IS_MORE is set to 1, or if the program is invoked via a file link named "more", -.I less -behaves (mostly) in conformance with the POSIX "more" command specification. +.B less +behaves (mostly) in conformance with the POSIX +.BR more (1) +command specification. In this mode, less behaves differently in these ways: .PP The \-e option works differently. If the \-e option is not set, -.I less +.B less behaves as if the \-e option were set. If the \-e option is set, -.I less +.B less behaves as if the \-E option were set. .PP The \-m option works differently. @@ -1851,7 +2117,7 @@ The \-n option acts like the \-z option. The normal behavior of the \-n option is unavailable in this mode. .PP The parameter to the \-p option is taken to be a -.I less +.B less command rather than a search pattern. .PP The LESS environment variable is ignored, @@ -1860,7 +2126,7 @@ and the MORE environment variable is used in its place. .SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" Environment variables may be specified either in the system environment as usual, or in a -.IR lesskey (1) +.BR lesskey (1) file. If environment variables are defined in more than one place, variables defined in a local lesskey file take precedence over @@ -1889,7 +2155,7 @@ Language for determining the character set. Language for determining the character set. .IP LESS Options which are passed to -.I less +.B less automatically. .IP LESSANSIENDCHARS Characters which may end an ANSI color escape sequence @@ -1897,7 +2163,7 @@ Characters which may end an ANSI color escape sequence .IP LESSANSIMIDCHARS Characters which may appear between the ESC character and the end character in an ANSI color escape sequence -(default "0123456789:;[?!"'#%()*+\ ". +(default "0123456789:;[?!"\(aq#%()*+\ ". .IP LESSBINFMT Format for displaying non-printable, non-control characters. .IP LESSCHARDEF @@ -1916,17 +2182,23 @@ See discussion under PROMPTS. .IP LESSGLOBALTAGS Name of the command used by the \-t option to find global tags. Normally should be set to "global" if your system has the -.IR global (1) +.BR global (1) command. If not set, global tags are not used. .IP LESSHISTFILE Name of the history file used to remember search commands and shell commands between invocations of -.IR less . +.BR less . If set to "\-" or "/dev/null", a history file is not used. -The default is "$XDG_DATA_HOME/lesshst" or "$HOME/.lesshst" on Unix systems, -"$HOME/_lesshst" on DOS and Windows systems, -or "$HOME/lesshst.ini" or "$INIT/lesshst.ini" -on OS/2 systems. +The default depends on the operating system, but is usually: +.RS +.IP "Linux and Unix" +"$XDG_STATE_HOME/lesshst" or "$HOME/.local/state/lesshst" or +"$XDG_DATA_HOME/lesshst" or "$HOME/.lesshst". +.IP "Windows and MS-DOS" +"$HOME/_lesshst". +.IP "OS/2" +"$HOME/lesshst.ini" or "$INIT/lesshst.ini". +.RE .IP LESSHISTSIZE The maximum number of commands to save in the history file. The default is 100. @@ -1962,10 +2234,39 @@ See discussion under SECURITY. String to be appended to a directory name in filename completion. .IP LESSUTFBINFMT Format for displaying non-printable Unicode code points. +.IP LESSUTFCHARDEF +Overrides the type of specified Unicode characters. +.IP LESS_COLUMNS +Sets the number of columns on the screen. +Unlike COLUMNS, takes precedence over the system's idea of the screen size, +so it can be used to make +.B less +use less than the full screen width. +If set to a negative number, sets the number of columns used to +this much less than the actual screen width. +.IP LESS_LINES +Sets the number of lines on the screen. +Unlike LINES, takes precedence over the system's idea of the screen size, +so it can be used to make +.B less +use less than the full screen height. +If set to a negative number, sets the number of lines used to +this much less than the actual screen height. +When set, +.B less +repaints the entire screen on every movement command, +so scrolling may be slower. +.IP LESS_DATA_DELAY +Duration (in milliseconds) after starting to read data from the input, +after which the "Waiting for data" message will be displayed. +The default is 4000 (4 seconds). .IP LESS_IS_MORE Emulate the -.IR more (1) +.BR more (1) command. +.IP LESS_TERMCAP_xx +Where "xx" is any two characters, overrides the definition +of the termcap "xx" capability for the terminal. .IP LINES Sets the number of lines on the screen. Takes precedence over the number of lines specified by the TERM variable. @@ -1974,10 +2275,9 @@ the window system's idea of the screen size takes precedence over the LINES and COLUMNS environment variables.) .IP MORE Options which are passed to -.I less +.B less automatically when running in -.I more -compatible mode. +.BR more "-compatible mode." .IP PATH User's search path (used to find a lesskey file on MS-DOS and OS/2 systems). @@ -1985,16 +2285,25 @@ on MS-DOS and OS/2 systems). The shell used to execute the !\& command, as well as to expand filenames. .IP TERM The type of terminal on which -.I less +.B less is being run. .IP VISUAL The name of the editor (used for the v command). +.IP XDG_CONFIG_HOME +Possible location of the +.B lesskey +file; see the KEY BINDINGS section. +.IP XDG_DATA_HOME +Possible location of the history file; see the description of the LESSHISTFILE environment variable. +.IP XDG_STATE_HOME +Possible location of the history file; see the description of the LESSHISTFILE environment variable. . .SH "SEE ALSO" -.BR lesskey (1) +.BR lesskey (1), +.BR lessecho (1) . .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright (C) 1984-2021 Mark Nudelman +Copyright (C) 1984-2023 Mark Nudelman .PP less is part of the GNU project and is free software. You can redistribute it and/or modify it diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lessecho.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lessecho.1 index 4733a93e..bd9c6b4f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lessecho.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lessecho.1 @@ -1,44 +1,44 @@ -.TH LESSECHO 1 "Version 590: 03 Jun 2021" +.TH LESSECHO 1 "Version 643: 20 Jul 2023" .SH NAME lessecho \- expand metacharacters .SH SYNOPSIS .B lessecho .I "[-ox] [-cx] [-pn] [-dn] [-mx] [-nn] [-ex] [-a] file ..." .SH "DESCRIPTION" -.I lessecho +.B lessecho is a program that simply echos its arguments on standard output. But any metacharacter in the output is preceded by an "escape" character, which by default is a backslash. .SH OPTIONS A summary of options is included below. .TP -.B \-ex -Specifies "x", rather than backslash, to be the escape char for metachars. -If x is "-", no escape char is used and arguments containing metachars +.B \-e\fIx\fP +Specifies "\fIx\fP", rather than backslash, to be the escape char for metachars. +If \fIx\fP is "-", no escape char is used and arguments containing metachars are surrounded by quotes instead. .TP -.B \-ox -Specifies "x", rather than double-quote, to be the open quote character, +.B \-o\fIx\fP +Specifies "\fIx\fP", rather than double-quote, to be the open quote character, which is used if the \-e- option is specified. .TP -.B \-cx -Specifies "x" to be the close quote character. +.B \-c\fIx\fP +Specifies "\fIx\fP" to be the close quote character. .TP -.B \-pn -Specifies "n" to be the open quote character, as an integer. +.B \-p\fIn\fP +Specifies "\fIn\fP" to be the open quote character, as an integer. .TP -.B \-dn -Specifies "n" to be the close quote character, as an integer. +.B \-d\fIn\fP +Specifies "\fIn\fP" to be the close quote character, as an integer. .TP -.B \-mx -Specifies "x" to be a metachar. +.B \-m\fIx\fP +Specifies "\fIx\fP" to be a metachar. By default, no characters are considered metachars. .TP -.B \-nn -Specifies "n" to be a metachar, as an integer. +.B \-n\fIn\fP +Specifies "\fIn\fP" to be a metachar, as an integer. .TP -.B \-fn -Specifies "n" to be the escape char for metachars, as an integer. +.B \-f\fIn\fP +Specifies "\fIn\fP" to be the escape char for metachars, as an integer. .TP .B \-a Specifies that all arguments are to be quoted. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lesskey.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lesskey.1 index 9b3ec167..32471054 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lesskey.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lesskey.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ '\" t -.TH LESSKEY 1 "Version 590: 03 Jun 2021" +.TH LESSKEY 1 "Version 643: 20 Jul 2023" .SH NAME -lesskey \- specify key bindings for less +lesskey \- customize key bindings for less .SH "SYNOPSIS (deprecated)" .B "lesskey [\-o output] [\-\-] [input]" .br @@ -12,38 +12,44 @@ lesskey \- specify key bindings for less .B "lesskey \-\-version" .SH SCOPE This document describes the format of the -.I lesskey +.B lesskey source file, which is used by -.I less +.B less version 582 and later. In previous versions of -.IR less , +.BR less , a separate program called -.I lesskey +.B lesskey was used to compile the -.I lesskey +.B lesskey source file into a format understood by -.IR less . +.BR less . This compilation step is no longer required and the -.I lesskey -program is therefore deprecated although the file format remains supported by -.I less +.B lesskey +program is therefore deprecated, although the file format remains supported by +.B less itself. .PP +.SH DESCRIPTION +A +.B lesskey +file specifies a set of key bindings and environment variables +to be used by subsequent invocations of +.BR less . .SH FILE FORMAT The input file consists of one or more -.I sections. +.IR sections . Each section starts with a line that identifies the type of section. Possible sections are: .IP #command -Defines new command keys. +Customizes command key bindings. .IP #line-edit -Defines new line-editing keys. +Customizes line-editing key bindings. .IP #env Defines environment variables. .PP -Blank lines and lines which start with a pound sign (#) are ignored, -except for the special section header lines. +Blank lines and lines which start with a hash mark (#) are ignored, +except as noted below. . .SH "COMMAND SECTION" The command section begins with the line @@ -66,57 +72,65 @@ A backslash followed by one to three octal digits may be used to specify a character by its octal value. A backslash followed by certain characters specifies input characters as follows: -.IP \eb -BACKSPACE -.IP \ee -ESCAPE -.IP \en -NEWLINE -.IP \er -RETURN -.IP \et -TAB -.IP \eku -UP ARROW -.IP \ekd -DOWN ARROW -.IP \ekr -RIGHT ARROW -.IP \ekl -LEFT ARROW -.IP \ekU -PAGE UP -.IP \ekD -PAGE DOWN -.IP \ekh -HOME -.IP \eke -END -.IP \ekx -DELETE +.RS 5m +.TS +l l l. +\eb BACKSPACE (0x08) +\ee ESCAPE (0x1B) +\en NEWLINE (0x0A) +\er RETURN (0x0D) +\et TAB (0x09) +.TE +.sp +\ek followed by a single character represents the char(s) produced when one of these keys is pressed: +.TS +l l. +\ekb BACKSPACE (the BACKSPACE key) +\ekB ctrl-BACKSPACE +\ekd DOWN ARROW +\ekD PAGE DOWN +\eke END +\ekh HOME +\eki INSERT +\ekl LEFT ARROW +\ekL ctrl-LEFT ARROW +\ekr RIGHT ARROW +\ekR ctrl-RIGHT ARROW +\ekt BACKTAB +\eku UP ARROW +\ekU PAGE UP +\ekx DELETE +\ekX ctrl-DELETE +\ek1 F1 +.TE + .PP A backslash followed by any other character indicates that character is to be taken literally. Characters which must be preceded by backslash include -caret, space, tab and the backslash itself. +caret, space, tab, hash mark and the backslash itself. .PP An action may be followed by an "extra" string. When such a command is entered while running -.IR less , +.BR less , the action is performed, and then the extra string is parsed, just as if it were typed in to -.IR less . +.BR less . This feature can be used in certain cases to extend the functionality of a command. For example, see the "{" and ":t" commands in the example below. The extra string has a special meaning for the "quit" action: when -.I less +.B less quits, the first character of the extra string is used as its exit status. . .SH EXAMPLE The following input file describes the set of -default command keys used by less: +default command keys used by +.BR less . +Documentation on each command can be found in the +.less +man page, under the key sequence which invokes the command. .sp .RS 5m .TS @@ -217,10 +231,14 @@ T prev-tag - toggle-option :t toggle-option t s toggle-option o + ## Use a long option name by starting the + ## extra string with ONE dash; eg: + ## s toggle-option -log-file\en \&_ display-option | pipe v visual ! shell +# pshell + firstcmd H help h help @@ -245,14 +263,14 @@ ZZ quit .sp .SH PRECEDENCE Commands specified by -.I lesskey +.B lesskey take precedence over the default commands. A default command key may be disabled by including it in the input file with the action "invalid". Alternatively, a key may be defined to do nothing by using the action "noaction". "noaction" is similar to "invalid", but -.I less +.B less will give an error beep for an "invalid" command, but not for a "noaction" command. In addition, ALL default commands may be disabled by @@ -282,7 +300,8 @@ one per line as in the example below. . .SH EXAMPLE The following input file describes the set of -default line-editing keys used by less: +default line-editing keys used by +.BR less : .sp .RS 5m .TS @@ -330,26 +349,77 @@ Each line consists of an environment variable name, an equals sign (=) and the value to be assigned to the environment variable. White space before and after the equals sign is ignored. Variables assigned in this way are visible only to -.IR less . +.BR less . If a variable is specified in the system environment and also in a lesskey file, the value in the lesskey file takes precedence. -Although the lesskey file can be used to override variables set in the -environment, the main purpose of assigning variables in the lesskey file -is simply to have all -.I less -configuration information stored in one file. +. +.sp +If the variable name is followed by += rather than =, +the string is appended to the variable's existing value. +This currently works only if any += lines immediately follow +the same variable's original definition (with an = line), +without any intervening definitions of other variables. +It can append only to a variable defined earlier in the file; +it cannot append to a variable in the system environment. +The string is appended literally, without any extra whitespace added, +so if whitespace is desired, +it should be appended to the end of the preceding line. +(It cannot be added to the beginning of the += string because space after +the equals sign is ignored, as noted above.) +. +.SH CONDITIONAL CONFIGURATION +If a line begins with #version followed by a relational operator and a version number, +the remainder of the line is parsed if and only if the running version of +.B less +(or +.BR lesskey ) +matches the operator. +This can be helpful if a lesskey file is used by different versions of +.BR less . +.sp +For example, suppose that a new command named 'sideways-search' is added in +.B less +version 777. +Then the following line would assign the command to the Q key, but only in versions of +.B less +which support it. The line would be ignored by versions earlier than 777. +.sp +.nf + #version >= 777 Q sideways-search +.fi +.sp +These six operators are supported: +.RS 5m +.TS +l l. + > Greater than + < Less than + >= Greater than or equal to + <= Less than or equal to + = Equal to + != Not equal to +.TE +.RE +.sp +The #version feature is not supported in +.B less +and +.B lesskey +before version 594. +In those older versions, all #version lines are ignored. . .SH EXAMPLE -The following input file sets the \-i option whenever -.I less -is run, and specifies the character set to be "latin1": +The following input file sets the \-i and \-S options when +.less +is run and, on version 595 and higher, adds a \-\-color option. .sp .nf #env - LESS = \-i - LESSCHARSET = latin1 + ## (Note that there must be a space at the end of the next line, + ## to separate the --color option from the -S option.) + LESS = \-i\ \-S\ + #version\ >=\ 595\ \ LESS\ +=\ \-\-color=Hkc .fi -.sp . .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR less (1) @@ -360,7 +430,7 @@ which start with a NUL character (0). This NUL character should be represented as \e340 in a lesskey file. . .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright (C) 1984-2021 Mark Nudelman +Copyright (C) 1984-2023 Mark Nudelman .PP less is part of the GNU project and is free software. You can redistribute it and/or modify it diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilymidi.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilymidi.1 index 6aaba675..ebac7d2d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilymidi.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilymidi.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH LILYMIDI "1" "January 2024" "lilymidi 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH LILYMIDI "1" "March 2024" "lilymidi 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME lilymidi \- manual page for lilymidi 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilypond-book.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilypond-book.1 index dcc65cd5..a9451d7c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilypond-book.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilypond-book.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH LILYPOND-BOOK "1" "January 2024" "lilypond-book 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH LILYPOND-BOOK "1" "March 2024" "lilypond-book 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME lilypond-book \- manual page for lilypond-book 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilypond-invoke-editor.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilypond-invoke-editor.1 index 06be765f..9197f547 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilypond-invoke-editor.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilypond-invoke-editor.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH LILYPOND-INVOKE-EDITOR "1" "January 2024" "lilypond-invoke-editor (GNU LilyPond 2.24.3)" "User Commands" +.TH LILYPOND-INVOKE-EDITOR "1" "March 2024" "lilypond-invoke-editor (GNU LilyPond 2.24.3)" "User Commands" .SH NAME lilypond-invoke-editor \- manual page for lilypond-invoke-editor (GNU LilyPond 2.24.3) .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilypond.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilypond.1 index fe0e4389..6b415d4e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilypond.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilypond.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH LILYPOND "1" "January 2024" "LilyPond 2.24.3 (running Guile 2.2)" "User Commands" +.TH LILYPOND "1" "March 2024" "LilyPond 2.24.3 (running Guile 2.2)" "User Commands" .SH NAME LilyPond \- manual page for LilyPond 2.24.3 (running Guile 2.2) .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilysong.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilysong.1 index 7d206fd6..6dfd1393 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilysong.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lilysong.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH LILYSONG "1" "January 2024" "lilysong 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH LILYSONG "1" "March 2024" "lilysong 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME lilysong \- manual page for lilysong 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/link.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/link.1 index 29021822..a9e1be3d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/link.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/link.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LINK "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH LINK "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME link \- call the link function to create a link to a file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lkbib.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lkbib.1 index 9199e1fc..4c6bd55d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lkbib.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lkbib.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH lkbib 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH lkbib 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name lkbib \- search bibliographic databases . diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ln.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ln.1 index 046105dd..458ea625 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ln.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ln.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LN "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH LN "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME ln \- make links between files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/locale.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/locale.1 index 31ca0ea9..202c752f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/locale.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/locale.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH locale 1 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH locale 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME locale \- get locale-specific information .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ The .B locale command displays information about the current locale, or all locales, on standard output. -.PP +.P When invoked without arguments, .B locale displays the current locale settings for each locale category (see @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ based on the settings of the environment variables that control the locale .BR locale (7)). Values for variables set in the environment are printed without double quotes, implied values are printed with double quotes. -.PP +.P If either the .B \-a or the @@ -35,7 +35,9 @@ or the option (or one of their long-format equivalents) is specified, the behavior is as follows: .TP -.BR \-a ", " \-\-all\-locales +.B \-\-all\-locales +.TQ +.B \-a Display a list of all available locales. The .B \-v @@ -43,11 +45,13 @@ option causes the .B LC_IDENTIFICATION metadata about each locale to be included in the output. .TP -.BR \-m ", " \-\-charmaps +.B \-\-charmaps +.TQ +.B \-m Display the available charmaps (character set description files). To display the current character set for the locale, use \fBlocale \-c charmap\fR. -.PP +.P The .B locale command can also be provided with one or more arguments, @@ -67,10 +71,12 @@ For a locale keyword, the value of that keyword to be displayed. .IP \[bu] For a locale category, the values of all keywords in that category are displayed. -.PP +.P When arguments are supplied, the following options are meaningful: .TP -.BR \-c ", " \-\-category\-name +.B \-\-category\-name +.TQ +.B \-c For a category name argument, write the name of the locale category on a separate line preceding the list of keyword values for that category. @@ -84,7 +90,9 @@ It can be combined with the .B \-k option. .TP -.BR \-k ", " \-\-keyword\-name +.B \-\-keyword\-name +.TQ +.B \-k For each keyword whose value is being displayed, include also the name of that keyword, so that the output has the format: @@ -94,22 +102,28 @@ so that the output has the format: .IR keyword =\[dq] value \[dq] .EE .in -.PP +.P The .B locale command also knows about the following options: .TP -.BR \-v ", " \-\-verbose +.B \-\-verbose +.TQ +.B \-v Display additional information for some command-line option and argument combinations. .TP -.BR \-? ", " \-\-help +.B \-\-help +.TQ +.B \-? Display a summary of command-line options and arguments and exit. .TP .B \-\-usage Display a short usage message and exit. .TP -.BR \-V ", " \-\-version +.B \-\-version +.TQ +.B \-V Display the program version and exit. .SH FILES .TP @@ -139,24 +153,24 @@ LC_TELEPHONE="en_US.UTF\-8" LC_MEASUREMENT="en_US.UTF\-8" LC_IDENTIFICATION="en_US.UTF\-8" LC_ALL= -.PP +.P $ \fBlocale date_fmt\fP %a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Z %Y -.PP +.P $ \fBlocale \-k date_fmt\fP date_fmt="%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Z %Y" -.PP +.P $ \fBlocale \-ck date_fmt\fP LC_TIME date_fmt="%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Z %Y" -.PP +.P $ \fBlocale LC_TELEPHONE\fP +%c (%a) %l (%a) %l 11 1 UTF\-8 -.PP +.P $ \fBlocale \-k LC_TELEPHONE\fP tel_int_fmt="+%c (%a) %l" tel_dom_fmt="(%a) %l" @@ -164,7 +178,7 @@ int_select="11" int_prefix="1" telephone\-codeset="UTF\-8" .EE -.PP +.P The following example compiles a custom locale from the .I ./wrk directory with the @@ -179,7 +193,7 @@ and .B LANG in the shell profile file so that the custom locale will be used in the subsequent user sessions: -.PP +.P .EX $ \fBmkdir \-p $HOME/.locale\fP $ \fBI18NPATH=./wrk/ localedef \-f UTF\-8 \-i fi_SE $HOME/.locale/fi_SE.UTF\-8\fP diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/localectl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/localectl.1 index f4bdf58c..147d68af 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/localectl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/localectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "LOCALECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "localectl" +.TH "LOCALECTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "localectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -39,8 +39,7 @@ The system locale controls the language settings of system services and of the U The keyboard settings control the keyboard layout used on the text console and of the graphical UI before the user logs in, such as the display manager, as well as the default for users after login\&. .PP Note that the changes performed using this tool might require the initrd to be rebuilt to take effect during early system boot\&. The initrd is not rebuilt automatically by -localectl, this task has to be performed manually, usually using a tool like -\fBdracut\fR(8)\&. +localectl, this task has to be performed manually, usually by reinstalling the distribution\*(Aqs kernel package\&. .PP Note that \fBsystemd-firstboot\fR(1) @@ -190,7 +189,7 @@ On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR .RS 4 -The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) \fBemerg\fR, \fBalert\fR, \fBcrit\fR, @@ -200,7 +199,15 @@ The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\& \fBinfo\fR, \fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See \fBsyslog\fR(3) -for more information\&. +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR @@ -319,6 +326,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -330,6 +343,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -385,17 +404,7 @@ and other conditions\&. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBlocale\fR(7), -\fBlocale.conf\fR(5), -\fBvconsole.conf\fR(5), -\fBloadkeys\fR(1), -\fBkbd\fR(4), -\m[blue]\fBThe XKB Configuration Guide\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2, -\fBsystemctl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-localed.service\fR(8), -\fBsystemd-firstboot\fR(1), -\fBdracut\fR(8) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBlocale\fR(7), \fBlocale.conf\fR(5), \fBvconsole.conf\fR(5), \fBloadkeys\fR(1), \fBkbd\fR(4), \m[blue]\fBThe XKB Configuration Guide\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2, \fBsystemctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd-localed.service\fR(8), \fBsystemd-firstboot\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 The XKB Configuration Guide diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/localedef.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/localedef.1 index 13dd2f04..5de0c21e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/localedef.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/localedef.1 @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" Lars Wirzenius to document new functionality (as of GNU .\" C library 2.3.5). .\" -.TH localedef 1 2023-03-12 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH localedef 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME localedef \- compile locale definition files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ locale functions in the C library etc.), and places the output in .IR outputpath . -.PP +.P The .I outputpath argument is interpreted as follows: @@ -92,12 +92,12 @@ system-provided locales; it is used by all localized programs when the environment variable .B LOCPATH is not set. -.PP +.P In any case, .B localedef aborts if the directory in which it tries to write locale files has not already been created. -.PP +.P If no .I charmapfile is given, @@ -206,11 +206,15 @@ Use to look up aliases for locale names. There is no default aliases file. .TP -.BR \-c ", " \-\-force +.B \-\-force +.TQ +.B \-c Write the output files even if warnings were generated about the input file. .TP -.BR \-v ", " \-\-verbose +.B \-\-verbose +.TQ +.B \-v Generate extra warnings about errors that are normally ignored. .TP .B \-\-big\-endian @@ -274,15 +278,19 @@ Supported warnings are and .IR intcurrsym . .TP -.BR \-? ", " \-\-help +.B \-\-help +.TQ +.B \-? Print a usage summary and exit. Also prints the default paths used by .BR localedef . .TP -.B "\-\-usage" +.B \-\-usage Print a short usage summary and exit. .TP -.BR \-V ", " \-\-version +.B \-\-version +.TQ +.B \-V Print the version number, license, and disclaimer of warranty for @@ -378,13 +386,13 @@ POSIX.1-2008. Compile the locale files for Finnish in the UTF\-8 character set and add it to the default locale archive with the name .BR fi_FI.UTF\-8 : -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX localedef \-f UTF\-8 \-i fi_FI fi_FI.UTF\-8 .EE .in -.PP +.P The next example does the same thing, but generates files into the .I fi_FI.UTF\-8 @@ -393,7 +401,7 @@ variable .B LOCPATH is set to the current directory (note that the last argument must contain a slash): -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX localedef \-f UTF\-8 \-i fi_FI ./fi_FI.UTF\-8 diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lockfile.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lockfile.1 index 952539fc..67babaca 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lockfile.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lockfile.1 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .ds Rv \\$3 .ds Dt \\$4 .. -.Id $Id$ +.Id $Id: lockfile.man,v 1.18 2001/06/23 08:22:25 guenther Exp $ .TH LOCKFILE 1 \*(Dt BuGless .rn SH Sh .de SH @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ of the file which is to be locked. .Sh SOURCE This program is part of the .I procmail mail-processing-package -(v3.24) available at http://www.procmail.org/ or +(v3.23pre) available at http://www.procmail.org/ or ftp.procmail.org in .BR pub/procmail/ . .Sh MAILINGLIST @@ -272,6 +272,10 @@ Stephen R. van den Berg .RS <srb@cuci.nl> .RE +Philip A. Guenther +.RS +<guenther@sendmail.com> +.RE .\".if n .pl -(\n(.tu-1i) .rm SH .rn Sh SH diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/loginctl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/loginctl.1 index 1670c1ba..fca4dd32 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/loginctl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/loginctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "LOGINCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "loginctl" +.TH "LOGINCTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "loginctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -38,7 +38,11 @@ The following commands are understood: .PP \fBlist\-sessions\fR .RS 4 -List current sessions\&. +List current sessions\&. The JSON format output can be toggled using +\fB\-\-json=\fR +or +\fB\-j\fR +option\&. .RE .PP \fBsession\-status\fR [\fIID\fR\&...] @@ -110,7 +114,11 @@ Added in version 233\&. .PP \fBlist\-users\fR .RS 4 -List currently logged in users\&. +List currently logged in users\&. The JSON format output can be toggled using +\fB\-\-json=\fR +or +\fB\-j\fR +option\&. .RE .PP \fBuser\-status\fR [\fIUSER\fR\&...] @@ -165,7 +173,11 @@ Added in version 233\&. .PP \fBlist\-seats\fR .RS 4 -List currently available seats on the local system\&. +List currently available seats on the local system\&. The JSON format output can be toggled using +\fB\-\-json=\fR +or +\fB\-j\fR +option\&. .RE .PP \fBseat\-status\fR [\fINAME\fR\&...] @@ -339,6 +351,26 @@ Do not pipe output into a pager\&. Do not print the legend, i\&.e\&. column headers and the footer with hints\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR +.RS 4 +Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of +"short" +(for the shortest possible output without any redundant whitespace or line breaks), +"pretty" +(for a pretty version of the same, with indentation and line breaks) or +"off" +(to turn off JSON output, the default)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-j\fR +.RS 4 +Equivalent to +\fB\-\-json=pretty\fR +if running on a terminal, and +\fB\-\-json=short\fR +otherwise\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR .RS 4 Print a short help text and exit\&. @@ -386,7 +418,7 @@ There are two sessions, 3 and 5\&. Session 3 is a graphical session, marked with .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR .RS 4 -The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) \fBemerg\fR, \fBalert\fR, \fBcrit\fR, @@ -396,7 +428,15 @@ The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\& \fBinfo\fR, \fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See \fBsyslog\fR(3) -for more information\&. +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR @@ -515,6 +555,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -526,6 +572,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -581,7 +633,4 @@ and other conditions\&. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-logind.service\fR(8), -\fBlogind.conf\fR(5) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd-logind.service\fR(8), \fBlogind.conf\fR(5) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/logname.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/logname.1 index e58ce0c8..36d25d55 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/logname.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/logname.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LOGNAME "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH LOGNAME "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME logname \- print user\'s login name .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lookbib.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lookbib.1 index f87fcaf4..d8514ec4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lookbib.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lookbib.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH \%lookbib 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH \%lookbib 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name \%lookbib \- search bibliographic databases . diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ls.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ls.1 index 55caafad..b03f65aa 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ls.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ls.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LS "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH LS "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME ls \- list directory contents .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lsattr.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lsattr.1 index c95d859b..649aea5a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lsattr.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lsattr.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" -*- nroff -*- -.TH LSATTR 1 "February 2023" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.0" +.TH LSATTR 1 "May 2024" "E2fsprogs version 1.47.1" .SH NAME -lsattr \- list file attributes on a Linux second extended file system +lsattr \- list ext2/ext3/ext4 file attributes .SH SYNOPSIS .B lsattr [ @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ lsattr \- list file attributes on a Linux second extended file system ] .SH DESCRIPTION .B lsattr -lists the file attributes on a second extended file system. See +lists the file attributes on an ext2/ext3/ext4 file system. See .BR chattr (1) for a description of the attributes and what they mean. .SH OPTIONS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lynx.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lynx.1 index 464078d2..ae704a3c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lynx.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/lynx.1 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -.\" $LynxId: lynx.man,v 1.147 2024/01/14 20:53:14 tom Exp $ +.\" $LynxId: lynx.man,v 1.160 2024/04/15 20:53:51 tom Exp $ .\" ************************************************************************** -.TH LYNX 1 2024-01-14 "Lynx 2.9.0" "Lynx \(en the \fItext\fP web browser" +.TH LYNX 1 2024-04-15 "Lynx 2.9.1" "Lynx \(en the \fItext\fP web browser" . .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq @@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ URL may be given as \*(``proxy.example.com\*('', \*(``proxy.example.com:1080\*('', \*(``192.168.0.1\*('', or \*(``192.168.0.1:1080\*('' (and IPv6 notation if so supported). A SOCKS5 proxy may also be specified via the environment variable -.B SOCKS5_PROXY. +.BR SOCKS5_PROXY . This option controls the builtin SOCKS5 support, which is unrelated to the option \fB\-nosocks\fP. .TP diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/machinectl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/machinectl.1 index 0fdde67e..d7de1edb 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/machinectl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/machinectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "MACHINECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "machinectl" +.TH "MACHINECTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "machinectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -128,6 +128,10 @@ Similarly, block devices containing MBR or GPT partition tables and file systems .\} The file system tree of the host OS itself\&. .RE +.PP +Images may be downloaded, imported and exported via the +\fBimportctl\fR(1) +tool\&. .SH "COMMANDS" .PP The following commands are understood: @@ -299,7 +303,10 @@ Added in version 212\&. .PP \fBreboot\fR \fINAME\fR\&... .RS 4 -Reboot one or more containers\&. This will trigger a reboot by sending SIGINT to the container\*(Aqs init process, which is roughly equivalent to pressing Ctrl+Alt+Del on a non\-containerized system, and is compatible with containers running any system manager\&. +Reboot one or more containers\&. This will trigger a reboot by sending SIGINT to the container\*(Aqs init process, which is roughly equivalent to pressing Ctrl+Alt+Del on a non\-containerized system, and is compatible with containers running any system manager\&. Use +\fBrestart\fR +as alias for +\fBreboot\fR\&. .sp Added in version 209\&. .RE @@ -470,191 +477,47 @@ switch removes all images, not just hidden ones\&. This command effectively empt /var/lib/machines/\&. .sp Note that commands such as -\fBmachinectl pull\-tar\fR +\fBimportctl pull\-tar\fR or -\fBmachinectl pull\-raw\fR +\fBimportctl pull\-raw\fR usually create hidden, read\-only, unmodified machine images from the downloaded image first, before cloning a writable working copy of it, in order to avoid duplicate downloads in case of images that are reused multiple times\&. Use \fBmachinectl clean\fR to remove old, hidden images created this way\&. .sp Added in version 230\&. .RE -.SS "Image Transfer Commands" -.PP -\fBpull\-tar\fR \fIURL\fR [\fINAME\fR] -.RS 4 -Downloads a -\&.tar -container image from the specified URL, and makes it available under the specified local machine name\&. The URL must be of type -"http://" -or -"https://", and must refer to a -\&.tar, -\&.tar\&.gz, -\&.tar\&.xz -or -\&.tar\&.bz2 -archive file\&. If the local machine name is omitted, it is automatically derived from the last component of the URL, with its suffix removed\&. -.sp -The image is verified before it is made available, unless -\fB\-\-verify=no\fR -is specified\&. Verification is done either via an inline signed file with the name of the image and the suffix -\&.sha256 -or via separate -SHA256SUMS -and -SHA256SUMS\&.gpg -files\&. The signature files need to be made available on the same web server, under the same URL as the -\&.tar -file\&. With -\fB\-\-verify=checksum\fR, only the SHA256 checksum for the file is verified, based on the -\&.sha256 -suffixed file or the -SHA256SUMS -file\&. With -\fB\-\-verify=signature\fR, the sha checksum file is first verified with the inline signature in the -\&.sha256 -file or the detached GPG signature file -SHA256SUMS\&.gpg\&. The public key for this verification step needs to be available in -/usr/lib/systemd/import\-pubring\&.gpg -or -/etc/systemd/import\-pubring\&.gpg\&. -.sp -The container image will be downloaded and stored in a read\-only subvolume in -/var/lib/machines/ -that is named after the specified URL and its HTTP etag\&. A writable snapshot is then taken from this subvolume, and named after the specified local name\&. This behavior ensures that creating multiple container instances of the same URL is efficient, as multiple downloads are not necessary\&. In order to create only the read\-only image, and avoid creating its writable snapshot, specify -"\-" -as local machine name\&. -.sp -Note that the read\-only subvolume is prefixed with -\&.tar\-, and is thus not shown by -\fBlist\-images\fR, unless -\fB\-\-all\fR -is passed\&. -.sp -Note that pressing C\-c during execution of this command will not abort the download\&. Use -\fBcancel\-transfer\fR, described below\&. -.sp -Added in version 219\&. -.RE -.PP -\fBpull\-raw\fR \fIURL\fR [\fINAME\fR] -.RS 4 -Downloads a -\&.raw -container or VM disk image from the specified URL, and makes it available under the specified local machine name\&. The URL must be of type -"http://" -or -"https://"\&. The container image must either be a -\&.qcow2 -or raw disk image, optionally compressed as -\&.gz, -\&.xz, or -\&.bz2\&. If the local machine name is omitted, it is automatically derived from the last component of the URL, with its suffix removed\&. -.sp -Image verification is identical for raw and tar images (see above)\&. -.sp -If the downloaded image is in -\&.qcow2 -format it is converted into a raw image file before it is made available\&. -.sp -Downloaded images of this type will be placed as read\-only -\&.raw -file in -/var/lib/machines/\&. A local, writable (reflinked) copy is then made under the specified local machine name\&. To omit creation of the local, writable copy pass -"\-" -as local machine name\&. -.sp -Similarly to the behavior of -\fBpull\-tar\fR, the read\-only image is prefixed with -\&.raw\-, and thus not shown by -\fBlist\-images\fR, unless -\fB\-\-all\fR -is passed\&. -.sp -Note that pressing C\-c during execution of this command will not abort the download\&. Use -\fBcancel\-transfer\fR, described below\&. -.sp -Added in version 219\&. -.RE -.PP -\fBimport\-tar\fR \fIFILE\fR [\fINAME\fR], \fBimport\-raw\fR \fIFILE\fR [\fINAME\fR] -.RS 4 -Imports a TAR or RAW container or VM image, and places it under the specified name in -/var/lib/machines/\&. When -\fBimport\-tar\fR -is used, the file specified as the first argument should be a tar archive, possibly compressed with xz, gzip or bzip2\&. It will then be unpacked into its own subvolume in -/var/lib/machines/\&. When -\fBimport\-raw\fR -is used, the file should be a qcow2 or raw disk image, possibly compressed with xz, gzip or bzip2\&. If the second argument (the resulting image name) is not specified, it is automatically derived from the file name\&. If the filename is passed as -"\-", the image is read from standard input, in which case the second argument is mandatory\&. -.sp -Optionally, the -\fB\-\-read\-only\fR -switch may be used to create a read\-only container or VM image\&. No cryptographic validation is done when importing the images\&. -.sp -Much like image downloads, ongoing imports may be listed with -\fBlist\-transfers\fR -and aborted with -\fBcancel\-transfer\fR\&. -.sp -Added in version 220\&. -.RE -.PP -\fBimport\-fs\fR \fIDIRECTORY\fR [\fINAME\fR] -.RS 4 -Imports a container image stored in a local directory into -/var/lib/machines/, operates similarly to -\fBimport\-tar\fR -or -\fBimport\-raw\fR, but the first argument is the source directory\&. If supported, this command will create a btrfs snapshot or subvolume for the new image\&. -.sp -Added in version 240\&. -.RE +.SH "OPTIONS" .PP -\fBexport\-tar\fR \fINAME\fR [\fIFILE\fR], \fBexport\-raw\fR \fINAME\fR [\fIFILE\fR] -.RS 4 -Exports a TAR or RAW container or VM image and stores it in the specified file\&. The first parameter should be a VM or container image name\&. The second parameter should be a file path the TAR or RAW image is written to\&. If the path ends in -"\&.gz", the file is compressed with gzip, if it ends in -"\&.xz", with xz, and if it ends in -"\&.bz2", with bzip2\&. If the path ends in neither, the file is left uncompressed\&. If the second argument is missing, the image is written to standard output\&. The compression may also be explicitly selected with the -\fB\-\-format=\fR -switch\&. This is in particular useful if the second parameter is left unspecified\&. -.sp -Much like image downloads and imports, ongoing exports may be listed with -\fBlist\-transfers\fR -and aborted with -\fBcancel\-transfer\fR\&. -.sp -Note that, currently, only directory and subvolume images may be exported as TAR images, and only raw disk images as RAW images\&. -.sp -Added in version 220\&. -.RE +The following options are understood: .PP -\fBlist\-transfers\fR +\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-property=\fR .RS 4 -Shows a list of container or VM image downloads, imports and exports that are currently in progress\&. +When showing machine or image properties, limit the output to certain properties as specified by the argument\&. If not specified, all set properties are shown\&. The argument should be a property name, such as +"Name"\&. If specified more than once, all properties with the specified names are shown\&. .sp -Added in version 219\&. +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP -\fBcancel\-transfer\fR \fIID\fR\&... +\fB\-\-value\fR .RS 4 -Aborts a download, import or export of the container or VM image with the specified ID\&. To list ongoing transfers and their IDs, use -\fBlist\-transfers\fR\&. +When printing properties with +\fBshow\fR, only print the value, and skip the property name and +"="\&. .sp -Added in version 219\&. +Added in version 230\&. .RE -.SH "OPTIONS" -.PP -The following options are understood: .PP -\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-property=\fR +\fB\-P\fR .RS 4 -When showing machine or image properties, limit the output to certain properties as specified by the argument\&. If not specified, all set properties are shown\&. The argument should be a property name, such as -"Name"\&. If specified more than once, all properties with the specified names are shown\&. +Equivalent to +\fB\-\-value\fR +\fB\-\-property=\fR, i\&.e\&. shows the value of the property without the property name or +"="\&. Note that using +\fB\-P\fR +once will also affect all properties listed with +\fB\-p\fR/\fB\-\-property=\fR\&. .sp -Added in version 206\&. +Added in version 256\&. .RE .PP \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-all\fR @@ -668,15 +531,6 @@ When cleaning VM or container images, remove all images, not just hidden ones\&. Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-value\fR -.RS 4 -When printing properties with -\fBshow\fR, only print the value, and skip the property name and -"="\&. -.sp -Added in version 230\&. -.RE -.PP \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-full\fR .RS 4 Do not ellipsize process tree entries or table\&. This implies @@ -760,10 +614,7 @@ When used with \fBbind\fR, creates a read\-only bind mount\&. .sp When used with -\fBclone\fR, -\fBimport\-raw\fR -or -\fBimport\-tar\fR +\fBclone\fR a read\-only container or VM image is created\&. .sp Added in version 219\&. @@ -787,23 +638,25 @@ When used with Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-verify=\fR +\fB\-\-runner=\fR\fBnspawn\fR|\fBvmspawn\fR .RS 4 -When downloading a container or VM image, specify whether the image shall be verified before it is made available\&. Takes one of -"no", -"checksum" -and -"signature"\&. If -"no", no verification is done\&. If -"checksum" -is specified, the download is checked for integrity after the transfer is complete, but no signatures are verified\&. If -"signature" -is specified, the checksum is verified and the image\*(Aqs signature is checked against a local keyring of trustable vendors\&. It is strongly recommended to set this option to -"signature" -if the server and protocol support this\&. Defaults to -"signature"\&. +When operating on machines choose whether to use +\fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1) +or +\fBsystemd-vmspawn\fR(1)\&. By default +\fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1) +is used\&. .sp -Added in version 219\&. +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-V\fR +.RS 4 +\fB\-V\fR +is a shorthand for +\fB\-\-runner=vmspawn\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-now\fR @@ -818,26 +671,11 @@ Added in version 253\&. .PP \fB\-\-force\fR .RS 4 -When downloading a container or VM image, and a local copy by the specified local machine name already exists, delete it first and replace it by the newly downloaded image\&. +Replace target file when copying files\&. .sp Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-format=\fR -.RS 4 -When used with the -\fBexport\-tar\fR -or -\fBexport\-raw\fR -commands, specifies the compression format to use for the resulting file\&. Takes one of -"uncompressed", -"xz", -"gzip", -"bzip2"\&. By default, the format is determined automatically from the image file name passed\&. -.sp -Added in version 220\&. -.RE -.PP \fB\-\-max\-addresses=\fR .RS 4 When used with the @@ -990,39 +828,18 @@ and options\&. .SH "EXAMPLES" .PP -\fBExample\ \&1.\ \&Download a Ubuntu image and open a shell in it\fR +\fBExample\ \&1.\ \&Download an Ubuntu RAW image, set a root password in it, start it as a service\fR .sp .if n \{\ .RS 4 .\} .nf -# machinectl pull\-tar https://cloud\-images\&.ubuntu\&.com/trusty/current/trusty\-server\-cloudimg\-amd64\-root\&.tar\&.gz -# systemd\-nspawn \-M trusty\-server\-cloudimg\-amd64\-root -.fi -.if n \{\ -.RE -.\} -.PP -This downloads and verifies the specified -\&.tar -image, and then uses -\fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1) -to open a shell in it\&. -.PP -\fBExample\ \&2.\ \&Download a Fedora image, set a root password in it, start it as a service\fR -.sp -.if n \{\ -.RS 4 -.\} -.nf -# machinectl pull\-raw \-\-verify=no \e - https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/38/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e - Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 -# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 -# passwd -# exit -# machinectl start Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 -# machinectl login Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 +# importctl pull\-raw \-mN \e + https://cloud\-images\&.ubuntu\&.com/jammy/current/jammy\-server\-cloudimg\-amd64\-disk\-kvm\&.img \e + jammy +# systemd\-firstboot \-\-image=/var/lib/machines/jammy\&.raw \-\-prompt\-root\-password \-\-force +# machinectl start jammy +# machinectl login jammy .fi .if n \{\ .RE @@ -1030,41 +847,9 @@ to open a shell in it\&. .PP This downloads the specified \&.raw -image with verification disabled\&. Then, a shell is opened in it and a root password is set\&. Afterwards the shell is left, and the machine started as system service\&. With the last command a login prompt into the container is requested\&. -.PP -\fBExample\ \&3.\ \&Exports a container image as tar file\fR -.sp -.if n \{\ -.RS 4 -.\} -.nf -# machinectl export\-tar fedora myfedora\&.tar\&.xz -.fi -.if n \{\ -.RE -.\} -.PP -Exports the container -"fedora" -as an xz\-compressed tar file -myfedora\&.tar\&.xz -into the current directory\&. -.PP -\fBExample\ \&4.\ \&Create a new shell session\fR -.sp -.if n \{\ -.RS 4 -.\} -.nf -# machinectl shell \-\-uid=lennart -.fi -.if n \{\ -.RE -.\} -.PP -This creates a new shell session on the local host for the user ID -"lennart", in a -\fBsu\fR(1)\-like fashion\&. +image and makes it available under the local name +"jammy"\&. Then, a root password is set with +\fBsystemd-firstboot\fR(1)\&. Afterwards the machine is started as system service\&. With the last command a login prompt into the container is requested\&. .SH "EXIT STATUS" .PP On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. @@ -1072,7 +857,7 @@ On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR .RS 4 -The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) \fBemerg\fR, \fBalert\fR, \fBcrit\fR, @@ -1082,7 +867,15 @@ The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\& \fBinfo\fR, \fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See \fBsyslog\fR(3) -for more information\&. +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR @@ -1201,6 +994,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1212,6 +1011,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -1267,11 +1072,4 @@ and other conditions\&. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-machined.service\fR(8), -\fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.special\fR(7), -\fBtar\fR(1), -\fBxz\fR(1), -\fBgzip\fR(1), -\fBbzip2\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-machined.service\fR(8), \fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1), \fBsystemd.special\fR(7), \fBimportctl\fR(1), \fBtar\fR(1), \fBxz\fR(1), \fBgzip\fR(1), \fBbzip2\fR(1) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mailstat.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mailstat.1 index b437d2e2..f13265ae 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mailstat.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mailstat.1 @@ -1,86 +1,40 @@ -.\"if n .pl +(135i-\n(.pu) -.de Id -.ds Rv \\$3 -.ds Dt \\$4 -.. -.rn SH Sh -.de SH -.br -.ne 11 -.Sh "\\$1" -.. -.rn SS Ss -.de SS -.br -.ne 10 -.Ss "\\$1" -.. -.rn TP Tp -.de TP -.br -.ne 9 -.Tp \\$1 -.. -.rn RS Rs -.de RS -.na -.nf -.Rs -.. -.rn RE Re -.de RE -.Re -.fi -.ad -.. -.de Sx -.PP -.ne \\$1 -.RS -.. -.de Ex -.RE -.PP -.. -.Sh SOURCE -This program is part of the -.I procmail mail-processing-package -(v3.24) available at http://www.procmail.org/ or -ftp.procmail.org in -.BR pub/procmail/ . -.Sh MAILINGLIST -There exists a mailinglist for questions relating to any program in the -procmail package: -.RS -<procmail-users@procmail.org> -.RS -for submitting questions/answers. -.RE -<procmail-users-request@procmail.org> -.RS -for subscription requests. -.RE -.PP -.RE -If you would like to stay informed about new versions and official patches send -a subscription request to -.RS -procmail-announce-request@procmail.org -.RE -(this is a readonly list). -.SH AUTHORS -Stephen R. van den Berg -.RS -<srb@cuci.nl> -.RE -.\".if n .pl -(\n(.tu-1i) -.rm SH -.rn Sh SH -.rm SS -.rn Ss SS -.rm TP -.rn Tp TP -.rm RS -.rn Rs RS -.rm RE -.rn Re RE +.TH MAILSTAT 1 +.SH NAME +mailstat \- shows mail-arrival statistics +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B mailstat +[\-klmots] [logfile] +.SH DESCRIPTION +.B mailstat +parses a procmail-generated $LOGFILE and displays +a summary about the messages delivered to all folders +(total size, average size, nr of messages). +The $LOGFILE is truncated to zero length, unless the +.B -k +option is used. +Exit code 0 if mail arrived, 1 if no mail arrived. +.SH OPTIONS +.TP +.I \-k +keep logfile intact +.TP +.I \-l +long display format +.TP +.I \-m +merge any errors into one line +.TP +.I \-o +use the old logfile +.TP +.I \-t +terse display format +.TP +.I \-s +silent in case of no mail +.SH NOTES +Customise to your heart's content, this program is only provided as a +guideline. +.SH AUTHOR +This manual page was written by Santiago Vila <sanvila@debian.org> +for the Debian GNU/Linux distribution (but may be used by others). diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/md5sum.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/md5sum.1 index 3257d0ad..c7f5219f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/md5sum.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/md5sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MD5SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MD5SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME md5sum \- compute and check MD5 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/memusage.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/memusage.1 index 03a5094e..363611d3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/memusage.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/memusage.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" and Copyright (C) 2014, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later -.TH memusage 1 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH memusage 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME memusage \- profile memory usage of a program .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ optionally, calls to and .BR munmap (2) can also be intercepted. -.PP +.P .B memusage can output the collected data in textual form, or it can use .BR memusagestat (1) @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ After each function call, the actual stack pointer address is read and the difference from the base stack pointer computed. The maximum of these differences is then the stack peak. .RE -.PP +.P Immediately following this summary line, a table shows the number calls, total memory allocated or deallocated, and number of failed calls for each intercepted function. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ For .BR realloc (3), the additional field "free" shows reallocations that caused a block to be freed (i.e., the reallocated size was 0). -.PP +.P The "realloc/total memory" of the table output by .B memusage does not reflect cases where @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ reallocating the memory in smaller blocks that return to zero. After compiling the program and running the following commands, a graph of the memory usage of the program can be found in the file .IR memusage.png : -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBmemusage \-\-data=memusage.dat ./a.out\fP diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/memusagestat.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/memusagestat.1 index afce0522..babc2428 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/memusagestat.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/memusagestat.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 2013, Peter Schiffer <pschiffe@redhat.com> .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later -.TH memusagestat 1 2022-10-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH memusagestat 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME memusagestat \- generate graphic from memory profiling data .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ that file is generated via the .IR \-\-data ) option of .BR memusage (1). -.PP +.P The red line in the graph shows the heap usage (allocated memory) and the green line shows the stack usage. The x-scale is either the number of memory-handling function calls or diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/midi2ly.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/midi2ly.1 index 89a22a0b..5a3d8d93 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/midi2ly.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/midi2ly.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH MIDI2LY "1" "January 2024" "midi2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH MIDI2LY "1" "March 2024" "midi2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME midi2ly \- manual page for midi2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/midistats.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/midistats.1 index 6b9c5d44..478707f6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/midistats.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/midistats.1 @@ -1,16 +1,24 @@ -.TH MIDISTATS 1 "11 February 2024" +.TH MIDISTATS 1 "18 March 2024" .SH NAME \fBmidistats\fP \- program to summarize the statistical properties of a midi file .SH SYNOPSIS -midistats \fIinfile\fP +This is a long manual because the program extracts many different parameters +from the midi file depending upon the options selected. This manual +attempts to describe these parameters and how they are computed. +These parameters are formatted in a way so they can be read by other +applications such midiexplorer.tcl, runstats.tcl, and numerous Python +scripts. + +Many of the options were designed specifically for analyzing the +percussion track of the midi file. They are described in a separate +section below (Other options). + .SH DESCRIPTION -\fImidistats\fP analyzes the contents of a midi file and outputs key -information and various statistical measures. Each line of output -starts with the name of the variable or variable array and the -associated values. The output is interpreted by the user interface -midiexplorer.tcl. Both programs are still being improved. Here -is an explanation of some of the output. +If you run midistats without any options other than the name of +the midi input file, it will produce a table of values described +here. Each line of output starts with the name of the variable or +variable array and the associated values. .PP ntrks indicates the number of tracks in the midi file. .PP @@ -120,7 +128,12 @@ zeros.) In the case same channel occurs in several tracks, these numbers are the totals for all track containing that channel. Here is a description of these properties. .PP -nnotes: the total number of notes in each channel +programs: channel to midi program mapping +.PP +cnotes: the total number of notes in each channel +.PP +nnotes: the number of notes in each channel not including +those playing in the same time interval. .br nzeros: the number of notes whose previous note was the same pitch .br @@ -134,6 +147,11 @@ rpats: the number of rhythmpatterns for each channels. This is a duplication of data printed previously. .br pavg: the average pitch of all the notes for each channel. +.br +spread: the percentage of the track that each channel is active. +.PP +If some of the channels appear in more than one track, then +some of the above values may be incorrect. .PP In addition the midistats may return other codes that describe other characteristics. They include @@ -154,7 +172,36 @@ programcmd - there may be multiple program changes in a midi channel -.SH Advanced Percussion Analysis Tools +.SH Other options + +It is recommended that you only select one of the options +described here as the program was not designed to handle a +multiple number of options. + +.PP +If you run midistats with the -CSV option, it will return the +results in a form of comma separated values that can be loaded +into a Python panda dataframe. Each line refers to one of the +16 midi channels. The following Python 3 code illustrates +how you would load the midistats output into a dataframe. + +.br +import pandas as pd +.br +import io +.br +import subprocess +.br +cmd = ("midistats", "-CSV" , inputmidifilepath) +.br +process = subprocess.Popen(cmd, stdout=subprocess.PIPE) +.br +csv = io.StringIO(process.stdout.read().decode()) +.br +df = pd.read_csv(csv) + +where inputmidifilepath is the path to the midi file that +you are using. (eg. 'clean_midi/Zero/Chi sei.mid') .PP The MIDI file devotes channel 9 to the percussion instruments diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mkdir.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mkdir.1 index 3fd37c78..0f5e7814 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mkdir.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mkdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKDIR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MKDIR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME mkdir \- make directories .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mkfifo.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mkfifo.1 index 1e363ec2..990b4617 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mkfifo.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mkfifo.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKFIFO "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MKFIFO "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME mkfifo \- make FIFOs (named pipes) .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mknod.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mknod.1 index 2b8a695f..af67ec93 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mknod.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mknod.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKNOD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MKNOD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME mknod \- make block or character special files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mkosi.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mkosi.1 index 4e8f1e7c..20a68bef 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mkosi.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mkosi.1 @@ -32,6 +32,8 @@ mkosi \[em] Build Bespoke OS Images .PP \f[V]mkosi [options\&...] qemu [qemu parameters\&...]\f[R] .PP +\f[V]mkosi [options\&...] vmspawn [vmspawn settings\&...]\f[R] +.PP \f[V]mkosi [options\&...] ssh [command line\&...]\f[R] .PP \f[V]mkosi [options\&...] journalctl [command line\&...]\f[R] @@ -103,6 +105,15 @@ For cpio images a kernel can also be provided by passing the Any arguments specified after the \f[V]qemu\f[R] verb are appended to the \f[V]qemu\f[R] invocation. .TP +\f[V]vmspawn\f[R] +Similar to \f[V]boot\f[R], but uses \f[V]systemd-vmspawn\f[R] to boot up +the image, i.e. +instead of container virtualization virtual machine virtualization is +used. +This verb is only supported for disk and directory type images. +Any arguments specified after the \f[V]vmspawn\f[R] verb are appended to +the \f[V]systemd-vmspawn\f[R] invocation. +.TP \f[V]ssh\f[R] When the image is built with the \f[V]Ssh=yes\f[R] option, this command connects to a booted virtual machine (\f[V]qemu\f[R]) via SSH. @@ -212,7 +223,7 @@ project located in a specific directory. \f[V]--debug=\f[R] Enable additional debugging output. .TP -\f[V]--debug-shell=\f[R] +\f[V]--debug-shell\f[R] When executing a command in the image fails, mkosi will start an interactive shell in the image allowing further debugging. .TP @@ -339,20 +350,21 @@ the CLI. .PP To conditionally include configuration files, the \f[V][Match]\f[R] section can be used. -Matches can use a pipe symbol (\f[V]|\f[R]) after the equals sign -(\f[V]\&...=|\&...\f[R]), which causes the match to become a triggering -match. +A \f[V][Match]\f[R] section consists of invididual conditions. +Conditions can use a pipe symbol (\f[V]|\f[R]) after the equals sign +(\f[V]\&...=|\&...\f[R]), which causes the condition to become a +triggering condition. The config file will be included if the logical AND of all -non-triggering matches and the logical OR of all triggering matches is -satisfied. -To negate the result of a match, prefix the argument with an exclamation -mark. +non-triggering conditions and the logical OR of all triggering +conditions is satisfied. +To negate the result of a condition, prefix the argument with an +exclamation mark. If an argument is prefixed with the pipe symbol and an exclamation mark, the pipe symbol must be passed first, and the exclamation second. .PP -Note that \f[V][Match]\f[R] settings match against the current values of -specific settings, and do not take into account changes made to the -setting in configuration files that have not been parsed yet. +Note that \f[V][Match]\f[R] conditions compare against the current +values of specific settings, and do not take into account changes made +to the setting in configuration files that have not been parsed yet. Also note that matching against a setting and then changing its value afterwards in a different config file may lead to unexpected results. .PP @@ -365,7 +377,7 @@ The \f[V][Match]\f[R] sections of files in \f[V]mkosi.conf.d/\f[R] and If there are multiple \f[V][Match]\f[R] sections in the same configuration file, each of them has to be satisfied in order for the configuration file to be included. -Specifically, triggering matches only apply to the current +Specifically, triggering conditions only apply to the current \f[V][Match]\f[R] section and are reset between multiple \f[V][Match]\f[R] sections. As an example, the following will only match if the output format is one @@ -384,6 +396,41 @@ Architecture=|arm64 \f[R] .fi .PP +The \f[V][TriggerMatch]\f[R] section can be used to indicate triggering +match sections. +These are identical to triggering conditions except they apply to the +entire match section instead of just a single condition. +As an example, the following will match if the distribution is +\f[V]debian\f[R] and the release is \f[V]bookworm\f[R] or if the +distribution is \f[V]ubuntu\f[R] and the release is \f[V]focal\f[R]. +.IP +.nf +\f[C] +[TriggerMatch] +Distribution=debian +Release=bookworm + +[TriggerMatch] +Distribution=ubuntu +Release=focal +\f[R] +.fi +.PP +The semantics of conditions in \f[V][TriggerMatch]\f[R] sections is the +same as in \f[V][Match]\f[R], i.e.\ all normal conditions are joined by +a logical AND and all triggering conditions are joined by a logical OR. +When mixing \f[V][Match]\f[R] and \f[V][TriggerMatch]\f[R] sections, a +match is achieved when all \f[V][Match]\f[R] sections match and at least +one \f[V][TriggerMatch]\f[R] section matches. +No match sections are valued as true. +Logically this means: +.IP +.nf +\f[C] +(⋀ᵢ Matchᵢ) ∧ (⋁ᵢ TriggerMatchᵢ) +\f[R] +.fi +.PP Command line options that take no argument are shown without \f[V]=\f[R] in their long version. In the config files, they should be specified with a boolean argument: @@ -616,6 +663,12 @@ which case the configuration is included after parsing all the other configuration files. Note that each path containing extra configuration is only parsed once, even if included more than once with \f[V]Include=\f[R]. +The builtin configs for the mkosi default initrd and default tools tree +can be included by including the literal value \f[V]mkosi-initrd\f[R] +and \f[V]mkosi-tools\f[R] respectively. +Note: Include names starting with either of the literals +\f[V]mkosi-\f[R] or \f[V]contrib-\f[R] are reserved for use by mkosi +itself. .TP \f[V]InitrdInclude=\f[R], \f[V]--initrd-include=\f[R] Same as \f[V]Include=\f[R], but the extra configuration files or @@ -789,10 +842,15 @@ This can be used to enable the EPEL repos for CentOS or different components of the Debian/Ubuntu repositories. .TP \f[V]CacheOnly=\f[R], \f[V]--cache-only=\f[R] -If specified, the package manager is instructed not to contact the -network for updating package data. +Takes one of \f[V]none\f[R], \f[V]metadata\f[R] or \f[V]always\f[R]. +If \f[V]always\f[R], the package manager is instructed not to contact +the network. This provides a minimal level of reproducibility, as long as the package cache is already fully populated. +If set to \f[V]metadata\f[R], the package manager can still download +packages, but we won\[cq]t sync the repository metadata. +If set to \f[V]none\f[R], the repository metadata is synced and packages +can be downloaded during the build. .TP \f[V]PackageManagerTrees=\f[R], \f[V]--package-manager-tree=\f[R] This option mirrors the above \f[V]SkeletonTrees=\f[R] option and @@ -870,6 +928,11 @@ verbs are not available when this option is used. Implied for \f[V]tar\f[R], \f[V]cpio\f[R], \f[V]uki\f[R], and \f[V]esp\f[R]. .TP +\f[V]CompressLevel=\f[R], \f[V]--compress-level=\f[R] +Configure the compression level to use. +Takes an integer. +The possible values depend on the compression being used. +.TP \f[V]OutputDirectory=\f[R], \f[V]--output-dir=\f[R], \f[V]-O\f[R] Path to a directory where to place all generated artifacts. If this is not specified and the directory \f[V]mkosi.output/\f[R] @@ -889,11 +952,18 @@ an \f[V]mkosi\f[R] invocation be aborted abnormally (for example, due to reboot/power failure). .TP \f[V]CacheDirectory=\f[R], \f[V]--cache-dir=\f[R] -Takes a path to a directory to use as package cache for the distribution -package manager used. +Takes a path to a directory to use as the incremental cache directory +for the incremental images produced when the \f[V]Incremental=\f[R] +option is enabled. If this option is not used, but a \f[V]mkosi.cache/\f[R] directory is found in the local directory it is automatically used for this purpose. .TP +\f[V]PackageCacheDirectory=\f[R], \f[V]--package-cache-dir\f[R] +Takes a path to a directory to use as the package cache directory for +the distribution package manager used. +If unset, a suitable directory in the user\[cq]s home directory or +system is used. +.TP \f[V]BuildDirectory=\f[R], \f[V]--build-dir=\f[R] Takes a path to a directory to use as the build directory for build systems that support out-of-tree builds (such as Meson). @@ -1123,8 +1193,8 @@ scratch. Only extra packages are installed on top of the ones already installed in the base trees. Note that for this to work properly, the base image still needs to -contain the package manager metadata (see -\f[V]CleanPackageMetadata=\f[R]). +contain the package manager metadata by setting +\f[V]CleanPackageMetadata=no\f[R] (see \f[V]CleanPackageMetadata=\f[R]). Instead of a directory, a tar file or a disk image may be provided. In this case it is unpacked into the OS tree. This mode of operation allows setting permissions and file ownership @@ -1185,13 +1255,18 @@ Takes a comma-separated list of globs. Files in the image matching the globs will be purged at the end. .TP \f[V]CleanPackageMetadata=\f[R], \f[V]--clean-package-metadata=\f[R] -Enable/disable removal of package manager databases at the end of -installation. +Enable/disable removal of package manager databases and repository +metadata at the end of installation. Can be specified as \f[V]true\f[R], \f[V]false\f[R], or \f[V]auto\f[R] (the default). -With \f[V]auto\f[R], files will be removed if the respective package -manager executable is \f[I]not\f[R] present at the end of the -installation. +With \f[V]auto\f[R], package manager databases and repository metadata +will be removed if the respective package manager executable is +\f[I]not\f[R] present at the end of the installation. +.TP +\f[V]SyncScripts=\f[R], \f[V]--sync-script=\f[R] +Takes a comma-separated list of paths to executables that are used as +the sync scripts for this image. +See the \f[B]Scripts\f[R] section for more information. .TP \f[V]PrepareScripts=\f[R], \f[V]--prepare-script=\f[R] Takes a comma-separated list of paths to executables that are used as @@ -1231,7 +1306,7 @@ Disabled by default. Configures whether changes to source directories (The working directory and configured using \f[V]BuildSources=\f[R]) are persisted. If enabled, all source directories will be reset to their original state -after scripts finish executing. +after scripts (except sync scripts) finish executing. .TP \f[V]Environment=\f[R], \f[V]--environment=\f[R] Adds variables to the environment that package managers and the @@ -1350,6 +1425,25 @@ binaries again. Note that this option only takes effect when an image that is bootable on UEFI firmware is requested using other options (\f[V]Bootable=\f[R], \f[V]Bootloader=\f[R]). +Note that when this option is enabled, mkosi will only install already +signed bootloader binaries, kernel image files and unified kernel images +as self-signed binaries would not be accepted by the signed version of +shim. +.TP +\f[V]UnifiedKernelImages=\f[R], \f[V]--unified-kernel-images=\f[R] +Specifies whether to use unified kernel images or not when +\f[V]Bootloader=\f[R] is set to \f[V]systemd-boot\f[R] or +\f[V]grub\f[R]. +Takes a boolean value or \f[V]auto\f[R]. +Defaults to \f[V]auto\f[R]. +If enabled, unified kernel images are always used and the build will +fail if any components required to build unified kernel images are +missing. +If set to \f[V]auto\f[R], unified kernel images will be used if all +necessary components are available. +Otherwise Type 1 entries as defined by the Boot Loader Specification +will be used instead. +If disabled, Type 1 entries will always be used. .TP \f[V]Initrds=\f[R], \f[V]--initrd\f[R] Use user-provided initrd(s). @@ -1365,8 +1459,16 @@ Takes a comma separated list of package specifications. This option may be used multiple times in which case the specified package lists are combined. .TP +\f[V]MicrocodeHost=\f[R], \f[V]--microcode-host=\f[R] +When set to true only include microcode for the host\[cq]s CPU in the +image. +.TP \f[V]KernelCommandLine=\f[R], \f[V]--kernel-command-line=\f[R] Use the specified kernel command line when building images. +Defaults to \f[V]console=ttyS0\f[R]. +For \f[V]arm\f[R], \f[V]s390\f[R] and \f[V]ppc\f[R], \f[V]ttyS0\f[R] is +replaced with \f[V]ttyAMA0\f[R], \f[V]ttysclp0\f[R] or \f[V]hvc0\f[R], +respectively. .TP \f[V]KernelModulesInclude=\f[R], \f[V]--kernel-modules-include=\f[R] Takes a list of regex patterns that specify kernel modules to include in @@ -1509,7 +1611,14 @@ Defaults to \f[V]yes\f[R]. .TP \f[V]SecureBootKey=\f[R], \f[V]--secure-boot-key=\f[R] Path to the PEM file containing the secret key for signing the UEFI -kernel image, if \f[V]SecureBoot=\f[R] is used. +kernel image if \f[V]SecureBoot=\f[R] is used and PCR signatures when +\f[V]SignExpectedPcr=\f[R] is also used. +When \f[V]SecureBootKeySource=\f[R] is specified, the input type depends +on the source. +.TP +\f[V]SecureBootKeySource=\f[R], \f[V]--secure-boot-key-source=\f[R] +Source of \f[V]SecureBootKey=\f[R], to support OpenSSL engines. +E.g.: \f[V]--secure-boot-key-source=engine:pkcs11\f[R] .TP \f[V]SecureBootCertificate=\f[R], \f[V]--secure-boot-certificate=\f[R] Path to the X.509 file containing the certificate for the signed UEFI @@ -1525,6 +1634,12 @@ with sbsign being preferred if both are installed. \f[V]VerityKey=\f[R], \f[V]--verity-key=\f[R] Path to the PEM file containing the secret key for signing the verity signature, if a verity signature partition is added with systemd-repart. +When \f[V]VerityKeySource=\f[R] is specified, the input type depends on +the source. +.TP +\f[V]VerityKeySource=\f[R], \f[V]--verity-key-source=\f[R] +Source of \f[V]VerityKey=\f[R], to support OpenSSL engines. +E.g.: \f[V]--verity-key-source=engine:pkcs11\f[R] .TP \f[V]VerityCertificate=\f[R], \f[V]--verity-certificate=\f[R] Path to the X.509 file containing the certificate for signing the verity @@ -1537,6 +1652,8 @@ kernel image. This option takes a boolean value or the special value \f[V]auto\f[R], which is the default, which is equal to a true value if the \f[V]systemd-measure\f[R] binary is in \f[V]PATH\f[R]. +Depends on \f[V]SecureBoot=\f[R] being enabled and key from +\f[V]SecureBootKey=\f[R]. .TP \f[V]Passphrase=\f[R], \f[V]--passphrase\f[R] Specify the path to a file containing the passphrase to use for LUKS @@ -1646,35 +1763,35 @@ Defaults to \f[V]no\f[R]. \f[V]QemuFirmware=\f[R], \f[V]--qemu-firmware=\f[R] When used with the \f[V]qemu\f[R] verb, this option specifies which firmware to use. -Takes one of \f[V]uefi\f[R], \f[V]bios\f[R], \f[V]linux\f[R], or -\f[V]auto\f[R]. +Takes one of \f[V]uefi\f[R], \f[V]uefi-secure-boot\f[R], \f[V]bios\f[R], +\f[V]linux\f[R], or \f[V]auto\f[R]. Defaults to \f[V]auto\f[R]. -When set to \f[V]uefi\f[R], the OVMF firmware is used. +When set to \f[V]uefi\f[R], the OVMF firmware without secure boot +support is used. +When set to \f[V]uefi-secure-boot\f[R], the OVMF firmware with secure +boot support is used. When set to \f[V]bios\f[R], the default SeaBIOS firmware is used. When set to \f[V]linux\f[R], direct kernel boot is used. See the \f[V]QemuKernel=\f[R] option for more details on which kernel image is used with direct kernel boot. -When set to \f[V]auto\f[R], \f[V]linux\f[R] is used if a cpio image is -being booted, \f[V]uefi\f[R] otherwise. +When set to \f[V]auto\f[R], \f[V]uefi-secure-boot\f[R] is used if +possible and \f[V]linux\f[R] otherwise. .TP \f[V]QemuFirmwareVariables=\f[R], \f[V]--qemu-firmware-variables=\f[R] When used with the \f[V]qemu\f[R] verb, this option specifies the path to the the firmware variables file to use. Currently, this option is only taken into account when the -\f[V]uefi\f[R] firmware is used. +\f[V]uefi\f[R] or \f[V]uefi-secure-boot\f[R] firmware is used. If not specified, mkosi will search for the default variables file and use that instead. +When set to \f[V]microsoft\f[R], a firmware variables file with the +Microsoft secure boot certificates already enrolled will be used. +When set to \f[V]custom\f[R], the secure boot certificate from +\f[V]SecureBootCertificate=\f[R] will be enrolled into the default +firmware variables file. \f[V]virt-fw-vars\f[R] from the virt-firmware (https://gitlab.com/kraxel/virt-firmware) project can be used to customize OVMF variable files. -Some distributions also provide variable files which already have -Microsoft\[cq]s certificates for secure boot enrolled. -For Fedora and Debian these are \f[V]OVMF_VARS.secboot.fd\f[R] and -\f[V]OVMF_VARS_4M.ms.fd\f[R] under \f[V]/usr/share/OVMF\f[R] -respectively. -You can use \f[V]locate\f[R] and look under -\f[V]/usr/share/qemu/firmware\f[R] for hints on where to find these -files if your distribution ships them. .TP \f[V]QemuKernel=\f[R], \f[V]--qemu-kernel=\f[R] Set the kernel image to use for qemu direct kernel boot. @@ -1701,7 +1818,18 @@ respectively. \f[V]directory\f[R] optionally specifies the directory in which to create the file backing the drive. \f[V]options\f[R] optionally specifies extra comma-delimited properties -which are passed verbatime to qemu\[cq]s \f[V]-drive\f[R] option. +which are passed verbatim to qemu\[cq]s \f[V]-drive\f[R] option. +Example usage: +.IP +.nf +\f[C] +[Host] +QemuDrives=btrfs:10G + ext4:20G +QemuArgs=-device nvme,serial=btrfs,drive=btrfs + -device nvme,serial=ext4,drive=ext4 +\f[R] +.fi .TP \f[V]QemuArgs=\f[R] Space-delimited list of additional arguments to pass when invoking qemu. @@ -1736,8 +1864,8 @@ directories that allow the user running mkosi to remove them without needing privileges. .TP \f[V]ToolsTree=\f[R], \f[V]--tools-tree=\f[R] -If specified, programs executed by mkosi are looked up inside the given -tree instead of in the host system. +If specified, programs executed by mkosi to build and boot an image are +looked up inside the given tree instead of in the host system. Use this option to make image builds more reproducible by always using the same versions of programs to build the final image instead of whatever version is installed on the host system. @@ -1773,6 +1901,21 @@ openSUSE T} _ T{ +\f[V]acl\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ \f[V]apt\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -1800,6 +1943,21 @@ X T}@T{ T} T{ +\f[V]attr\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ \f[V]bash\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -2051,6 +2209,66 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ +\f[V]findutils\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[V]git\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[V]grep\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[V]jq\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ \f[V]kmod\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -2141,6 +2359,21 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ +\f[V]sed\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ \f[V]pacman\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -2358,6 +2591,18 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ +\f[V]virt-firmware\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +T} +T{ \f[V]xfsprogs\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -2432,6 +2677,12 @@ is used. Set the mirror to use for the default tools tree. By default, the default mirror for the tools tree distribution is used. .TP +\f[V]ToolsTreeRepositories=\f[R], \f[V]--tools-tree-repository\f[R] +Same as \f[V]Repositories=\f[R] but for the default tools tree. +.TP +\f[V]ToolsTreePackageManagerTrees=\f[R], \f[V]--tools-tree-package-manager-tree=\f[R] +Same as \f[V]PackageManagerTrees=\f[R] but for the default tools tree. +.TP \f[V]ToolsTreePackages=\f[R], \f[V]--tools-tree-packages=\f[R] Extra packages to install into the default tools tree. Takes a comma separated list of package specifications. @@ -2473,6 +2724,22 @@ If enabled, practically unlimited scratch space is made available under Note that using this feature with \f[V]mkosi qemu\f[R] requires systemd v254 or newer in the guest. .TP +\f[V]RuntimeNetwork=\f[R]: \f[V]--runtime-network=\f[R] +Takes one of \f[V]user\f[R], \f[V]interface\f[R] or \f[V]none\f[R]. +Defaults to \f[V]user\f[R]. +Specifies the networking to set up when booting the image. +\f[V]user\f[R] sets up usermode networking. +\f[V]interface\f[R] sets up a virtual network connection between the +host and the image. +This translates to a veth interface for \f[V]mkosi shell\f[R] and +\f[V]mkosi boot\f[R] and a tap interface for \f[V]mkosi qemu\f[R] and +\f[V]mkosi vmspawn\f[R]. +Note that when using \f[V]interface\f[R], mkosi does not automatically +configure the host interface. +It is expected that a recent version of \f[V]systemd-networkd\f[R] is +running on the host which will automatically configure the host +interface of the link. +.TP \f[V]SshKey=\f[R], \f[V]--ssh-key=\f[R] Path to the X509 private key in PEM format to use to connect to a virtual machine started with \f[V]mkosi qemu\f[R] and built with the @@ -2576,10 +2843,6 @@ distributions: .IP \[bu] 2 \f[I]Alma Linux\f[R] .IP \[bu] 2 -\f[I]Gentoo\f[R] (\f[B]Gentoo is experimental and unsupported. -We make no guarantee that it will work at all and the core maintainers -will generally not fix gentoo specific issues\f[R]) -.IP \[bu] 2 \f[I]None\f[R] (\f[B]Requires the user to provide a pre-built rootfs\f[R]) .PP @@ -2648,61 +2911,67 @@ Then, for each image, we execute the following steps: .IP " 1." 4 Copy package manager trees into the workspace .IP " 2." 4 -Copy base trees (\f[V]--base-tree=\f[R]) into the image +Sync the package manager repository metadata .IP " 3." 4 -Copy skeleton trees (\f[V]mkosi.skeleton\f[R]) into image +Copy base trees (\f[V]--base-tree=\f[R]) into the image .IP " 4." 4 -Install distribution and packages into image or use cache tree if -available +Reuse a cached image if one is available .IP " 5." 4 +Copy a snapshot of the package manager repository metadata into the +image +.IP " 6." 4 +Copy skeleton trees (\f[V]mkosi.skeleton\f[R]) into image +.IP " 7." 4 +Install distribution and packages into image +.IP " 8." 4 Run prepare scripts on image with the \f[V]final\f[R] argument (\f[V]mkosi.prepare\f[R]) -.IP " 6." 4 +.IP " 9." 4 Install build packages in overlay if any build scripts are configured -.IP " 7." 4 +.IP "10." 4 Run prepare scripts on overlay with the \f[V]build\f[R] argument if any build scripts are configured (\f[V]mkosi.prepare\f[R]) -.IP " 8." 4 +.IP "11." 4 Cache the image if configured (\f[V]--incremental\f[R]) -.IP " 9." 4 +.IP "12." 4 Run build scripts on image + overlay if any build scripts are configured (\f[V]mkosi.build\f[R]) -.IP "10." 4 +.IP "13." 4 Finalize the build if the output format \f[V]none\f[R] is configured -.IP "11." 4 +.IP "14." 4 Copy the build scripts outputs into the image -.IP "12." 4 +.IP "15." 4 Copy the extra trees into the image (\f[V]mkosi.extra\f[R]) -.IP "13." 4 +.IP "16." 4 Run post-install scripts (\f[V]mkosi.postinst\f[R]) -.IP "14." 4 +.IP "17." 4 Write config files required for \f[V]Ssh=\f[R], \f[V]Autologin=\f[R] and \f[V]MakeInitrd=\f[R] -.IP "15." 4 +.IP "18." 4 Install systemd-boot and configure secure boot if configured (\f[V]--secure-boot\f[R]) -.IP "16." 4 +.IP "19." 4 Run \f[V]systemd-sysusers\f[R] -.IP "17." 4 +.IP "20." 4 Run \f[V]systemd-tmpfiles\f[R] -.IP "18." 4 +.IP "21." 4 Run \f[V]systemctl preset-all\f[R] -.IP "19." 4 +.IP "22." 4 Run \f[V]depmod\f[R] -.IP "20." 4 +.IP "23." 4 Run \f[V]systemd-firstboot\f[R] -.IP "21." 4 +.IP "24." 4 Run \f[V]systemd-hwdb\f[R] -.IP "22." 4 +.IP "25." 4 Remove packages and files (\f[V]RemovePackages=\f[R], \f[V]RemoveFiles=\f[R]) -.IP "23." 4 +.IP "26." 4 Run SELinux relabel is a SELinux policy is installed -.IP "24." 4 +.IP "27." 4 Run finalize scripts (\f[V]mkosi.finalize\f[R]) -.IP "25." 4 +.IP "28." 4 Generate unified kernel image if configured to do so -.IP "26." 4 +.IP "29." 4 Generate final output format .SH Scripts .PP @@ -2720,6 +2989,16 @@ in the current working directory. \f[V]$SRCDIR\f[R] is set to point to the current working directory. The following scripts are supported: .IP \[bu] 2 +If \f[B]\f[VB]mkosi.sync\f[B]\f[R] (\f[V]SyncScripts=\f[R]) exists, it +is executed before the image is built. +This script may be used to update various sources that are used to build +the image. +One use case is to run \f[V]git pull\f[R] on various source repositories +before building the image. +Specifically, the \f[V]BuildSourcesEphemeral=\f[R] setting does not +apply to sync scripts, which means sync scripts can be used to update +build sources even if \f[V]BuildSourcesEphemeral=\f[R] is enabled. +.IP \[bu] 2 If \f[B]\f[VB]mkosi.prepare\f[B]\f[R] (\f[V]PrepareScripts=\f[R]) exists, it is first called with the \f[V]final\f[R] argument, right after the software packages are installed. @@ -2774,6 +3053,18 @@ architecture of the host machine. See the documentation of \f[V]Architecture=\f[R] for possible values for this variable. .IP \[bu] 2 +\f[V]$DISTRIBUTION\f[R] contains the distribution from the +\f[V]Distribution=\f[R] setting. +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[V]$RELEASE\f[R] contains the release from the \f[V]Release=\f[R] +setting. +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[V]$PROFILE\f[R] contains the profile from the \f[V]Profile=\f[R] +setting. +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[V]$CACHED=\f[R] is set to \f[V]1\f[R] if a cached image is available, +\f[V]0\f[R] otherwise. +.IP \[bu] 2 \f[V]$CHROOT_SCRIPT\f[R] contains the path to the running script relative to the image root directory. The primary usecase for this variable is in combination with the @@ -2847,16 +3138,23 @@ in the user namespace that mkosi is running in. These can be used in combination with \f[V]setpriv\f[R] to run commands as the user that invoked mkosi (e.g. \f[V]setpriv --reuid=$MKOSI_UID --regid=$MKOSI_GID --clear-groups <command>\f[R]) +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[V]$MKOSI_CONFIG\f[R] is a file containing a json summary of the +settings of the current image. +This file can be parsed inside scripts to gain access to all settings +for the current image. .PP Consult this table for which script receives which environment variables: .PP .TS tab(@); -lw(16.5n) lw(13.4n) lw(11.8n) lw(14.2n) lw(14.2n). +lw(14.3n) lw(9.5n) lw(11.6n) lw(10.2n) lw(12.2n) lw(12.2n). T{ Variable T}@T{ +\f[V]mkosi.sync\f[R] +T}@T{ \f[V]mkosi.prepare\f[R] T}@T{ \f[V]mkosi.build\f[R] @@ -2867,7 +3165,22 @@ T}@T{ T} _ T{ -\f[V]$CHROOT_SCRIPT\f[R] +\f[V]ARCHITECTURE\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[V]DISTRIBUTION\f[R] +T}@T{ +X T}@T{ X T}@T{ @@ -2878,7 +3191,56 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ -\f[V]$SRCDIR\f[R] +\f[V]RELEASE\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[V]PROFILE\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[V]CACHED\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +T} +T{ +\f[V]CHROOT_SCRIPT\f[R] +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[V]SRCDIR\f[R] +T}@T{ +X T}@T{ X T}@T{ @@ -2891,6 +3253,7 @@ T} T{ \f[V]CHROOT_SRCDIR\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2900,7 +3263,8 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ -\f[V]$BUILDDIR\f[R] +\f[V]BUILDDIR\f[R] +T}@T{ T}@T{ T}@T{ X @@ -2911,6 +3275,7 @@ T{ \f[V]CHROOT_BUILDDIR\f[R] T}@T{ T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ T}@T{ @@ -2919,6 +3284,7 @@ T{ \f[V]DESTDIR\f[R] T}@T{ T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ T}@T{ @@ -2927,12 +3293,14 @@ T{ \f[V]CHROOT_DESTDIR\f[R] T}@T{ T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ T}@T{ T} T{ -\f[V]$OUTPUTDIR\f[R] +\f[V]OUTPUTDIR\f[R] +T}@T{ T}@T{ T}@T{ X @@ -2945,6 +3313,7 @@ T{ \f[V]CHROOT_OUTPUTDIR\f[R] T}@T{ T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2952,7 +3321,8 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ -\f[V]$BUILDROOT\f[R] +\f[V]BUILDROOT\f[R] +T}@T{ T}@T{ X T}@T{ @@ -2965,6 +3335,7 @@ T} T{ \f[V]WITH_DOCS\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2974,6 +3345,7 @@ T} T{ \f[V]WITH_TESTS\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2983,6 +3355,7 @@ T} T{ \f[V]WITH_NETWORK\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2992,6 +3365,7 @@ T} T{ \f[V]SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -3010,6 +3384,8 @@ T}@T{ X T}@T{ X +T}@T{ +X T} T{ \f[V]MKOSI_GID\f[R] @@ -3021,6 +3397,21 @@ T}@T{ X T}@T{ X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[V]MKOSI_CONFIG\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X T} .TE .PP @@ -3064,6 +3455,13 @@ these commands operate on the image\[cq]s root directory with the configuration supplied by the user instead of on the host system. This means that from a script, you can do e.g.\ \f[V]dnf install vim\f[R] to install vim into the image. +.RS 2 +.PP +Additionally, \f[V]mkosi-install\f[R], \f[V]mkosi-reinstall\f[R], +\f[V]mkosi-upgrade\f[R] and \f[V]mkosi-remove\f[R] will invoke the +corresponding operation of the package manager being used to built the +image. +.RE .IP \[bu] 2 \f[V]mkosi-as-caller\f[R]: This script uses \f[V]setpriv\f[R] to switch from the user \f[V]root\f[R] in the user namespace used for various @@ -3527,6 +3925,7 @@ Note that the minimum required Python version is 3.9. .SH Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) .IP \[bu] 2 Why does \f[V]mkosi qemu\f[R] with KVM not work on Debian/Ubuntu? +.RS 2 .PP While other distributions are OK with allowing access to \f[V]/dev/kvm\f[R], on Debian/Ubuntu this is only allowed for users in @@ -3542,6 +3941,23 @@ To persist these settings across reboots, copy \f[V]/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/static-nodes-permissions.conf\f[R] to \f[V]/etc/tmpfiles.d/static-nodes-permissions.conf\f[R] and change the mode of \f[V]/dev/kvm\f[R] from \f[V]0660\f[R] to \f[V]0666\f[R]. +.RE +.IP \[bu] 2 +How do I add a regular user to an image? +.RS 2 +.PP +You can use the following snippet in a post-installation script: +.IP +.nf +\f[C] +useradd --create-home --user-group $USER --password \[dq]$(openssl passwd -stdin -6 <$USER_PASSWORD_FILE)\[dq] +\f[R] +.fi +.PP +Note that from systemd v256 onwards, if enabled, +\f[V]systemd-homed-firstboot.service\f[R] will prompt to create a +regular user on first boot if there are no regular users. +.RE .SH REFERENCES .IP \[bu] 2 Primary mkosi git repository on diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mktemp.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mktemp.1 index 98f629d6..8a8f116a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mktemp.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mktemp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKTEMP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MKTEMP "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME mktemp \- create a temporary file or directory .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mmroff.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mmroff.1 index a2b683b8..4658a712 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mmroff.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mmroff.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH mmroff 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH mmroff 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name mmroff \- cross-referencing front end for GNU .I roff mm diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mtrace.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mtrace.1 index 56498d76..aa141bad 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mtrace.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mtrace.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 2013, Peter Schiffer (pschiffe@redhat.com) .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later -.TH mtrace 1 2022-10-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH mtrace 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME mtrace \- interpret the malloc trace log .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ for problem locations (assuming that .I binary was compiled with debugging information). -.PP +.P For more information about the .BR mtrace (3) function and diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/musicxml2ly.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/musicxml2ly.1 index ca9e9a0b..022266f4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/musicxml2ly.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/musicxml2ly.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.4. -.TH MUSICXML2LY "1" "January 2024" "musicxml2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" +.TH MUSICXML2LY "1" "March 2024" "musicxml2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3" "User Commands" .SH NAME musicxml2ly \- manual page for musicxml2ly (LilyPond) 2.24.3 .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mv.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mv.1 index e5b9cd10..dd5218f7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mv.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/mv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MV "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MV "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME mv \- move (rename) files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nano.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nano.1 index 1eb19c5f..8ca854a5 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nano.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nano.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.\" Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .\" .\" This document is dual-licensed. You may distribute and/or modify it .\" under the terms of either of the following licenses: @@ -16,19 +16,40 @@ .\" Documentation License along with this program. If not, see .\" <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. .\" -.TH NANO 1 "version 7.2" "January 2023" +.TH NANO 1 "version 8.0" "May 2024" .SH NAME -nano \- Nano's ANOther editor, inspired by Pico +nano \- Nano's ANOther text editor, inspired by Pico .SH SYNOPSIS .B nano .RI [ options "] [[\fB+" line [\fB, column "]] " file ]... .sp -.BR nano " [" \fIoptions "] [[" + [ crCR ]( / | ? ) \fIstring "] " \fIfile ]... +.B nano +.RI [ options "] [" file [\fB: line [\fB: column "]]]..." +.sp +.BR nano " [" \fIoptions "] [[" + [ crCR ]{ / | ? } \fIstring "] " \fIfile ]... + +.SH NOTICE +Since version 8.0, to be newcomer friendly, \fB^F\fR starts a forward search, +\fB^B\fR starts a backward search, \fBM\-F\fR searches the next occurrence +forward, and \fBM\-B\fR searches the next occurrence backward. If you want +those keystrokes to do what they did before version 8.0, add the following +lines at the end of your \fInanorc\fR file: +.sp +.RS 4 +.B bind ^F forward main +.br +.B bind ^B back main +.br +.B bind M\-F formatter main +.br +.B bind M\-B linter main +.RE +.sp .SH DESCRIPTION -\fBnano\fP is a small and friendly editor. It copies the look and feel +\fBnano\fP is a small and friendly text editor. It copies the look and feel of Pico, but is free software, and implements several features that Pico lacks, such as: opening multiple files, scrolling per line, undo/redo, syntax coloring, line numbering, and soft-wrapping overlong lines. @@ -36,7 +57,11 @@ syntax coloring, line numbering, and soft-wrapping overlong lines. When giving a filename on the command line, the cursor can be put on a specific line by adding the line number with a plus sign (\fB+\fR) before the filename, and even in a specific column by adding it with a comma. -(Negative numbers count from the end of the file or line.) +Negative numbers count from the end of the file or line. +The line and column numbers may also be specified by gluing them with colons +after the filename. (When a filename contains a colon followed by digits, +escape the colon by preceding it with a triple backslash.) +.sp The cursor can be put on the first or last occurrence of a specific string by specifying that string after \fB+/\fR or \fB+?\fR before the filename. The string can be made case sensitive and/or caused to be interpreted as a @@ -112,6 +137,7 @@ nanorc file. See \fBnanorc\fR(5). .BR \-E ", " \-\-tabstospaces Convert each typed tab to spaces -- to the number of spaces that a tab at that position would take up. +(Note: pasted tabs are not converted.) .TP .BR \-F ", " \-\-multibuffer Read a file into a new buffer by default. @@ -282,6 +308,7 @@ similar to a chroot. .BR \-p ", " \-\-preserve Preserve the XON and XOFF sequences (\fB^Q\fR and \fB^S\fR) so they will be caught by the terminal. +Note that option \fB\-/\fR (\fB\-\-modernbindings\fR) overrides this. .TP .BR \-q ", " \-\-indicator Display a "scrollbar" on the righthand side of the edit window. @@ -338,7 +365,7 @@ filename in the center of the title bar. .BR \-_ ", " \-\-minibar Suppress the title bar and instead show information about the current buffer at the bottom of the screen, in the space -for the status bar. In this "minibar" the filename is shown +for the status bar. In this "mini bar" the filename is shown on the left, followed by an asterisk if the buffer has been modified. On the right are displayed the current line and column number, the code of the character under the cursor (in Unicode format: U+xxxx), @@ -359,6 +386,19 @@ The status bar appears only when there is a significant message, and disappears after 1.5 seconds or upon the next keystroke. With \fBM\-Z\fR the title bar plus status bar can be toggled. With \fBM\-X\fR the help lines. +.TP +.BR \-/ ", " \-\-modernbindings +Use key bindings similar to the ones that most modern programs use: +\fB^X\fR cuts, \fB^C\fR copies, \fB^V\fR pastes, +\fB^Z\fR undoes, \fB^Y\fR redoes, +\fB^F\fR searches forward, \fB^G\fR searches next, +\fB^S\fR saves, \fB^O\fR opens a file, \fB^Q\fR quits, +and (when the terminal permits) \fB^H\fR shows help. +Furthermore, \fB^A\fR sets the mark, +\fB^R\fR makes replacements, \fB^D\fR searches previous, +\fB^P\fR shows the position, \fB^T\fR goes to a line, +\fB^W\fR writes out a file, and \fB^E\fR executes a command. +Note that this overrides option \fB\-p\fR (\fB\-\-preserve\fR). .SH TOGGLES Several of the above options can be switched on and off also while @@ -391,6 +431,9 @@ Suspension is enabled by default, reachable via \fB^T^Z\fR. (If you want a plain \fB^Z\fR to suspend nano, add \fBbind ^Z suspend main\fR to your nanorc.) .sp +When you want to copy marked text from \fBnano\fR to the system's clipboard, +see one of the examples in the \fBnanorc\fR(5) man page. +.sp If no alternative spell checker command is specified on the command line nor in one of the \fInanorc\fP files, \fBnano\fP will check the \fBSPELL\fP environment variable for one. @@ -404,6 +447,9 @@ that name already exists in the current directory, it will add ".save" plus a number (e.g.\& ".save.1") to the current filename in order to make it unique. In multibuffer mode, \fBnano\fP will write all the open buffers to their respective emergency files. +.sp +If you have any question about how to use \fBnano\fR in some specific +situation, you can ask on \fIhelp-nano@gnu.org\fR. .SH BUGS The recording and playback of keyboard macros works correctly only on a diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/neqn.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/neqn.1 index 1d295074..faad2ecf 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/neqn.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/neqn.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH \%neqn 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH \%neqn 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name \%neqn \- format equations for character-cell terminal output . diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/networkctl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/networkctl.1 index 7bdbc0e0..907e2548 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/networkctl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/networkctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "NETWORKCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "networkctl" +.TH "NETWORKCTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "networkctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -256,15 +256,15 @@ Produces output similar to: .RS 4 .\} .nf -LINK CHASSIS ID SYSTEM NAME CAPS PORT ID PORT DESCRIPTION -enp0s25 00:e0:4c:00:00:00 GS1900 \&.\&.b\&.\&.\&.\&.\&.\&.\&.\&. 2 Port #2 +LINK SYSTEM\-NAME SYSTEM\-DESCRIPTION CHASSIS\-ID PORT\-ID PORT\-DESCRIPTION CAPS +enp0s25 GS1900 \- 00:e0:4c:00:00:00 2 Port #2 \&.\&.b\&.\&.\&.\&.\&.\&.\&.\&. Capability Flags: o \- Other; p \- Repeater; b \- Bridge; w \- WLAN Access Point; r \- Router; t \- Telephone; d \- DOCSIS cable device; a \- Station; c \- Customer VLAN; s \- Service VLAN, m \- Two\-port MAC Relay (TPMR) -1 neighbors listed\&. +1 neighbor(s) listed\&. .fi .if n \{\ .RE @@ -380,7 +380,11 @@ Edit network configuration files, which include \&.netdev, and \&.link files\&. If no network config file matching the given name is found, a new one will be created under -/etc/\&. Specially, if the name is prefixed by +/etc/ +or +/run/, depending on whether +\fB\-\-runtime\fR +is specified\&. Specially, if the name is prefixed by "@", it will be treated as a network interface, and editing will be performed on the network config files associated with it\&. Additionally, the interface name can be suffixed with ":network" (default) or @@ -406,15 +410,69 @@ for more information\&. Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP -\fBcat\fR \fIFILE\fR|\fI@DEVICE\fR\&... +\fBcat\fR [\fIFILE\fR|\fI@DEVICE\fR\&...] .RS 4 Show network configuration files\&. This command honors the "@" prefix in the same way as -\fBedit\fR\&. +\fBedit\fR\&. When no argument is specified, +\fBnetworkd.conf\fR(5) +and its drop\-in files will be shown\&. .sp Added in version 254\&. .RE +.PP +\fBmask\fR \fIFILE\fR\&... +.RS 4 +Mask network configuration files, which include +\&.network, +\&.netdev, and +\&.link +files\&. A symlink of the given name will be created under +/etc/ +or +/run/, depending on whether +\fB\-\-runtime\fR +is specified, that points to +/dev/null\&. If a non\-empty config file with the specified name exists under the target directory or a directory with higher priority (e\&.g\&. +\fB\-\-runtime\fR +is used while an existing config resides in +/etc/), the operation is aborted\&. +.sp +This command honors +\fB\-\-no\-reload\fR +in the same way as +\fBedit\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBunmask\fR \fIFILE\fR\&... +.RS 4 +Unmask network configuration files, i\&.e\&. reverting the effect of +\fBmask\fR\&. Note that this command operates regardless of the scope of the directory, i\&.e\&. +\fB\-\-runtime\fR +is of no effect\&. +.sp +This command honors +\fB\-\-no\-reload\fR +in the same way as +\fBedit\fR +and +\fBmask\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBpersistent\-storage\fR \fIBOOL\fR +.RS 4 +Notify +systemd\-networkd\&.service +that the persistent storage for the service is ready\&. This is called by +systemd\-networkd\-persistent\-storage\&.service\&. Usually, this command should not be called manually by users or administrators\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP The following options are understood: @@ -450,7 +508,7 @@ When used with Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-drop\-in=\fR\fINAME\fR +\fB\-\-drop\-in=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR .RS 4 When used with \fBedit\fR, edit the drop\-in file @@ -464,15 +522,30 @@ Added in version 254\&. .RS 4 When used with \fBedit\fR, +\fBmask\fR, or +\fBunmask\fR, \fBsystemd-networkd.service\fR(8) or \fBsystemd-udevd.service\fR(8) -will not be reloaded after the editing finishes\&. +will not be reloaded after the operation finishes\&. .sp Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-runtime\fR +.RS 4 +When used with +\fBedit\fR +or +\fBmask\fR, operate on the file under +/run/ +instead of +/etc/\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of "short" @@ -507,10 +580,7 @@ Do not pipe output into a pager\&. On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd-networkd.service\fR(8), -\fBsystemd.network\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.netdev\fR(5), -\fBip\fR(8) +\fBsystemd-networkd.service\fR(8), \fBsystemd.network\fR(5), \fBsystemd.netdev\fR(5), \fBip\fR(8) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 RFC 3484 diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nice.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nice.1 index 8eff2812..582ca884 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nice.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nice.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NICE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NICE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME nice \- run a program with modified scheduling priority .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nl.1 index 0787ea76..ffb40e8d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NL "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NL "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME nl \- number lines of files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nm.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nm.1 index 5ccc843d..c4428567 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nm.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nm.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "NM 1" -.TH NM 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH NM 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nmblookup.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nmblookup.1 index 812fb36f..a2ad2b90 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nmblookup.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nmblookup.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: nmblookup .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/29/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5-Debian +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1-Debian .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "NMBLOOKUP" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5\-Debian" "User Commands" +.TH "NMBLOOKUP" "1" "05/29/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1\-Debian" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ nmblookup \-U samba\&.org \-R \*(AqIRIX#1B\*(Aq would query the WINS server samba\&.org for the domain master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup\&. .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5\-Debian of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1\-Debian of the Samba suite\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBnmbd\fR(8), diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nohup.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nohup.1 index 7c740269..1d24ffd1 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nohup.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nohup.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NOHUP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NOHUP "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME nohup \- run a command immune to hangups, with output to a non-tty .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nproc.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nproc.1 index 9e9c0499..80ac9ff5 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nproc.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nproc.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NPROC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NPROC "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME nproc \- print the number of processing units available .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nroff.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nroff.1 index 47077ae7..f16074ce 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nroff.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/nroff.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH \%nroff 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH \%nroff 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name \%nroff \- format documents with .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/numfmt.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/numfmt.1 index d2205663..a030ca8e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/numfmt.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/numfmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NUMFMT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NUMFMT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME numfmt \- Convert numbers from/to human-readable strings .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/objcopy.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/objcopy.1 index 9807f9f3..06e97f8e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/objcopy.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/objcopy.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OBJCOPY 1" -.TH OBJCOPY 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH OBJCOPY 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/objdump.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/objdump.1 index cdd8a605..c1bd36b5 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/objdump.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/objdump.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OBJDUMP 1" -.TH OBJDUMP 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH OBJDUMP 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/od.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/od.1 index aed3fa03..cd3fba04 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/od.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/od.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH OD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH OD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME od \- dump files in octal and other formats .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/oomctl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/oomctl.1 index 7c672b24..c9f0ebf3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/oomctl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/oomctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "OOMCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "oomctl" +.TH "OOMCTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "oomctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -65,6 +65,4 @@ Do not pipe output into a pager\&. On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-oomd.service\fR(8), -\fBoomd.conf\fR(5) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-oomd.service\fR(8), \fBoomd.conf\fR(5) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-asn1parse.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-asn1parse.1ssl index b54a405c..242bd89c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-asn1parse.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-asn1parse.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-ASN1PARSE 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-ASN1PARSE 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-ASN1PARSE 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ openssl\-asn1parse \- ASN.1 parsing command .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" \&\fBopenssl\fR \fBasn1parse\fR [\fB\-help\fR] -[\fB\-inform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR] +[\fB\-inform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR|\fBB64\fR] [\fB\-in\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-out\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-noout\fR] @@ -90,8 +90,8 @@ It can also be used to extract data from ASN.1 formatted data. .IP \fB\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "-help" Print out a usage message. -.IP "\fB\-inform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR" 4 -.IX Item "-inform DER|PEM" +.IP "\fB\-inform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR|\fBB64\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-inform DER|PEM|B64" The input format; the default is \fBPEM\fR. See \fBopenssl\-format\-options\fR\|(1) for details. .IP "\fB\-in\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ ASN.1 types is not well handled (if at all). \&\fBASN1_generate_nconf\fR\|(3) .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ca.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ca.1ssl index 9449d362..20cc42c3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ca.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ca.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CA 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-CA 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CA 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -67,6 +67,7 @@ openssl\-ca \- sample minimal CA application \&\fBopenssl\fR \fBca\fR [\fB\-help\fR] [\fB\-verbose\fR] +[\fB\-quiet\fR] [\fB\-config\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-name\fR \fIsection\fR] [\fB\-section\fR \fIsection\fR] @@ -130,6 +131,11 @@ openssl\-ca \- sample minimal CA application .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" This command emulates a CA application. See the \fBWARNINGS\fR especially when considering to use it productively. +.PP +It generates certificates bearing X.509 version 3. +Unless specified otherwise, +key identifier extensions are included as described in \fBx509v3_config\fR\|(5). +.PP It can be used to sign certificate requests (CSRs) in a variety of forms and generate certificate revocation lists (CRLs). It also maintains a text database of issued certificates and their status. @@ -150,6 +156,10 @@ Print out a usage message. .IP \fB\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "-verbose" This prints extra details about the operations being performed. +.IP \fB\-quiet\fR 4 +.IX Item "-quiet" +This prints fewer details about the operations being performed, which may +be handy during batch scripts or pipelines. .IP "\fB\-config\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-config filename" Specifies the configuration file to use. @@ -165,8 +175,8 @@ An input filename containing a single certificate request (CSR) to be signed by the CA. .IP "\fB\-inform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR" 4 .IX Item "-inform DER|PEM" -The format of the data in certificate request input files; -unspecified by default. +The format to use when loading certificate request (CSR) input files; +by default PEM is tried first. See \fBopenssl\-format\-options\fR\|(1) for details. .IP "\fB\-ss_cert\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-ss_cert filename" @@ -305,8 +315,7 @@ and all certificates will be certified automatically. The section of the configuration file containing certificate extensions to be added when a certificate is issued (defaults to \fBx509_extensions\fR unless the \fB\-extfile\fR option is used). -If no X.509 extensions are specified then a V1 certificate is created, -else a V3 certificate is created. +.Sp See the \fBx509v3_config\fR\|(5) manual page for details of the extension section format. .IP "\fB\-extfile\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 @@ -769,7 +778,7 @@ properly secure the private key(s) used for signing certificates. It is advisable to keep them in a secure HW storage such as a smart card or HSM and access them via a suitable engine or crypto provider. .PP -This command command is effectively a single user command: no locking +This command is effectively a single user command: no locking is done on the various files and attempts to run more than one \fBopenssl ca\fR command on the same database can have unpredictable results. .PP @@ -816,6 +825,9 @@ The \fB\-multivalue\-rdn\fR option has become obsolete in OpenSSL 3.0.0 and has no effect. .PP The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. +.PP +Since OpenSSL 3.2, generated certificates bear X.509 version 3, +and key identifier extensions are included by default. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" \&\fBopenssl\fR\|(1), @@ -827,7 +839,7 @@ The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. \&\fBx509v3_config\fR\|(5) .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ciphers.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ciphers.1ssl index 58fabcb3..3dd101fb 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ciphers.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ciphers.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CIPHERS 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-CIPHERS 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CIPHERS 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -166,6 +166,10 @@ used. The format is described below. The cipher list consists of one or more \fIcipher strings\fR separated by colons. Commas or spaces are also acceptable separators but colons are normally used. .PP +The cipher string may reference a cipher using its standard name from +the IANA TLS Cipher Suites Registry +(<https://www.iana.org/assignments/tls\-parameters/tls\-parameters.xhtml#tls\-parameters\-4>). +.PP The actual cipher string can take several different forms. .PP It can consist of a single cipher suite such as \fBRC4\-SHA\fR. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-cmds.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-cmds.1ssl index 9678195d..b1bbb5c9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-cmds.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-cmds.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CMDS 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-CMDS 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CMDS 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ the manual page entries without the 'openssl\-' prefix have been deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0 and will be removed in OpenSSL 4.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2019\-2022 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2019\-2020 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-cmp.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-cmp.1ssl index e0599ea1..68e95f91 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-cmp.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-cmp.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CMP 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-CMP 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CMP 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -81,7 +81,6 @@ Certificate enrollment options: [\fB\-newkey\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR] [\fB\-newkeypass\fR \fIarg\fR] [\fB\-subject\fR \fIname\fR] -[\fB\-issuer\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-days\fR \fInumber\fR] [\fB\-reqexts\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-sans\fR \fIspec\fR] @@ -100,6 +99,8 @@ Certificate enrollment options: Certificate enrollment and revocation options: .PP [\fB\-oldcert\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR] +[\fB\-issuer\fR \fIname\fR] +[\fB\-serial\fR \fInumber\fR] [\fB\-revreason\fR \fInumber\fR] .PP Message transfer options: @@ -121,8 +122,13 @@ Server authentication options: [\fB\-expect_sender\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-ignore_keyusage\fR] [\fB\-unprotected_errors\fR] +[\fB\-srvcertout\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-extracertsout\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-cacertsout\fR \fIfilename\fR] +[\fB\-oldwithold\fR \fIfilename\fR] +[\fB\-newwithnew\fR \fIfilename\fR] +[\fB\-newwithold\fR \fIfilename\fR] +[\fB\-oldwithnew\fR \fIfilename\fR] .PP Client authentication and protection options: .PP @@ -184,9 +190,13 @@ Mock server options: [\fB\-srv_keypass\fR \fIarg\fR] [\fB\-srv_trusted\fR \fIfilenames\fR|\fIuris\fR] [\fB\-srv_untrusted\fR \fIfilenames\fR|\fIuris\fR] +[\fB\-ref_cert\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR] [\fB\-rsp_cert\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR] [\fB\-rsp_extracerts\fR \fIfilenames\fR|\fIuris\fR] [\fB\-rsp_capubs\fR \fIfilenames\fR|\fIuris\fR] +[\fB\-rsp_newwithnew\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR] +[\fB\-rsp_newwithold\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR] +[\fB\-rsp_oldwithnew\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR] [\fB\-poll_count\fR \fInumber\fR] [\fB\-check_after\fR \fInumber\fR] [\fB\-grant_implicitconf\fR] @@ -313,6 +323,7 @@ ITAV \fBinfoType\fRs is printed to stdout. .IX Item "-infotype name" Set InfoType name to use for requesting specific info in \fBgenm\fR, e.g., \f(CW\*(C`signKeyPairTypes\*(C'\fR. +So far, there is specific support for \f(CW\*(C`caCerts\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`rootCaCert\*(C'\fR. .IP "\fB\-geninfo\fR \fIOID:int:N\fR" 4 .IX Item "-geninfo OID:int:N" generalInfo integer values to place in request PKIHeader with given OID, @@ -339,15 +350,15 @@ For more information about the format of \fIarg\fR see \&\fBopenssl\-passphrase\-options\fR\|(1). .IP "\fB\-subject\fR \fIname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-subject name" -X509 Distinguished Name (DN) of subject to use in the requested certificate -template. -If the NULL-DN (\f(CW"/"\fR) is given then no subject is placed in the template. +X.509 Distinguished Name (DN) to use as subject field +in the requested certificate template in IR/CR/KUR messages. +If the NULL-DN (\f(CW\*(C`/\*(C'\fR) is given then no subject is placed in the template. Default is the subject DN of any PKCS#10 CSR given with the \fB\-csr\fR option. For KUR, a further fallback is the subject DN of the reference certificate (see \fB\-oldcert\fR) if provided. This fallback is used for IR and CR only if no SANs are set. .Sp -If provided and neither \fB\-cert\fR nor \fB\-oldcert\fR is given, +If provided and neither of \fB\-cert\fR, \fB\-oldcert\fR, or \fB\-csr\fR is given, the subject DN is used as fallback sender of outgoing CMP messages. .Sp The argument must be formatted as \fI/type0=value0/type1=value1/type2=...\fR. @@ -359,17 +370,6 @@ between the AttributeValueAssertions (AVAs) that specify the members of the set. Example: .Sp \&\f(CW\*(C`/DC=org/DC=OpenSSL/DC=users/UID=123456+CN=John Doe\*(C'\fR -.IP "\fB\-issuer\fR \fIname\fR" 4 -.IX Item "-issuer name" -X509 issuer Distinguished Name (DN) of the CA server -to place in the requested certificate template in IR/CR/KUR. -If the NULL-DN (\f(CW"/"\fR) is given then no issuer is placed in the template. -.Sp -If provided and neither \fB\-recipient\fR nor \fB\-srvcert\fR is given, -the issuer DN is used as fallback recipient of outgoing CMP messages. -.Sp -The argument must be formatted as \fI/type0=value0/type1=value1/type2=...\fR. -For details see the description of the \fB\-subject\fR option. .IP "\fB\-days\fR \fInumber\fR" 4 .IX Item "-days number" Number of days the new certificate is requested to be valid for, counting from @@ -383,7 +383,8 @@ If the \fB\-csr\fR option is present, these extensions augment the extensions contained the given PKCS#10 CSR, overriding any extensions with same OIDs. .IP "\fB\-sans\fR \fIspec\fR" 4 .IX Item "-sans spec" -One or more IP addresses, DNS names, or URIs separated by commas or whitespace +One or more IP addresses, email addresses, DNS names, or URIs +separated by commas or whitespace (where in the latter case the whole argument must be enclosed in "...") to add as Subject Alternative Name(s) (SAN) certificate request extension. If the special element "critical" is given the SANs are flagged as critical. @@ -430,6 +431,8 @@ and the respective public key is placed in the certification request PKCS#10 CSR input may also be used with \fB\-cmd\fR \fIrr\fR to specify the certificate to be revoked via the included subject name and public key. +Its subject is used as fallback sender in CMP message headers +if \fB\-cert\fR and \fB\-oldcert\fR are not given. .IP "\fB\-out_trusted\fR \fIfilenames\fR|\fIuris\fR" 4 .IX Item "-out_trusted filenames|uris" Trusted certificate(s) to use for validating the newly enrolled certificate. @@ -453,10 +456,10 @@ to cope with broken servers not supporting implicit confirmation correctly. \&\fBWARNING:\fR This leads to behavior violating RFC 4210. .IP "\fB\-certout\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-certout filename" -The file where the newly enrolled certificate should be saved. +The file where any newly enrolled certificate should be saved. .IP "\fB\-chainout\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-chainout filename" -The file where the chain of the newly enrolled certificate should be saved. +The file where the chain of any newly enrolled certificate should be saved. .SS "Certificate enrollment and revocation options" .IX Subsection "Certificate enrollment and revocation options" .IP "\fB\-oldcert\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR" 4 @@ -466,6 +469,7 @@ The certificate to be updated (i.e., renewed or re-keyed) in Key Update Request For KUR the certificate to be updated defaults to \fB\-cert\fR, and the resulting certificate is called \fIreference certificate\fR. For RR the certificate to be revoked can also be specified using \fB\-csr\fR. +\&\fB\-oldcert\fR and \fB\-csr\fR is ignored if \fB\-issuer\fR and \fB\-serial\fR is provided. .Sp The reference certificate, if any, is also used for deriving default subject DN and Subject Alternative Names and the @@ -474,6 +478,21 @@ Its public key is used as a fallback in the template of certification requests. Its subject is used as sender of outgoing messages if \fB\-cert\fR is not given. Its issuer is used as default recipient in CMP message headers if neither \fB\-recipient\fR, \fB\-srvcert\fR, nor \fB\-issuer\fR is given. +.IP "\fB\-issuer\fR \fIname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-issuer name" +X.509 Distinguished Name (DN) use as issuer field +in the requested certificate template in IR/CR/KUR/RR messages. +If the NULL-DN (\f(CW\*(C`/\*(C'\fR) is given then no issuer is placed in the template. +.Sp +If provided and neither \fB\-recipient\fR nor \fB\-srvcert\fR is given, +the issuer DN is used as fallback recipient of outgoing CMP messages. +.Sp +The argument must be formatted as \fI/type0=value0/type1=value1/type2=...\fR. +For details see the description of the \fB\-subject\fR option. +.IP "\fB\-serial\fR \fInumber\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-serial number" +Specify the Serial number of certificate to be revoked in revocation request. +The serial number can be decimal or hex (if preceded by \f(CW\*(C`0x\*(C'\fR) .IP "\fB\-revreason\fR \fInumber\fR" 4 .IX Item "-revreason number" Set CRLReason to be included in revocation request (RR); values: \f(CW0\fR..\f(CW10\fR @@ -500,13 +519,15 @@ Reason numbers defined in RFC 5280 are: .IX Subsection "Message transfer options" .IP "\fB\-server\fR \fI[http[s]://][userinfo@]host[:port][/path][?query][#fragment]\fR" 4 .IX Item "-server [http[s]://][userinfo@]host[:port][/path][?query][#fragment]" -The DNS hostname or IP address and optionally port +The \fIhost\fR domain name or IP address and optionally \fIport\fR of the CMP server to connect to using HTTP(S). +IP address may be for v4 or v6, such as \f(CW127.0.0.1\fR or \f(CW\*(C`[::1]\*(C'\fR for localhost. +.Sp This option excludes \fI\-port\fR and \fI\-use_mock_srv\fR. It is ignored if \fI\-rspin\fR is given with enough filename arguments. .Sp -The scheme \f(CW\*(C`https\*(C'\fR may be given only if the \fB\-tls_used\fR option is used. -In this case the default port is 443, else 80. +If the scheme \f(CW\*(C`https\*(C'\fR is given, the \fB\-tls_used\fR option is implied. +When TLS is used, the default port is 443, otherwise 80. The optional userinfo and fragment components are ignored. Any given query component is handled as part of the path component. If a path is included it provides the default value for the \fB\-path\fR option. @@ -515,9 +536,9 @@ If a path is included it provides the default value for the \fB\-path\fR option. The HTTP(S) proxy server to use for reaching the CMP server unless \fB\-no_proxy\fR applies, see below. The proxy port defaults to 80 or 443 if the scheme is \f(CW\*(C`https\*(C'\fR; apart from that -the optional \f(CW\*(C`http://\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`https://\*(C'\fR prefix is ignored (note that TLS may be -selected by \fB\-tls_used\fR), as well as any path, userinfo, and query, and fragment -components. +the optional \f(CW\*(C`http://\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`https://\*(C'\fR prefix is ignored (note that using TLS +may be required by \fB\-tls_used\fR or \fB\-server\fR with the prefix \f(CW\*(C`https\*(C'\fR), +as well as any path, userinfo, and query, and fragment components. Defaults to the environment variable \f(CW\*(C`http_proxy\*(C'\fR if set, else \f(CW\*(C`HTTP_PROXY\*(C'\fR in case no TLS is used, otherwise \f(CW\*(C`https_proxy\*(C'\fR if set, else \f(CW\*(C`HTTPS_PROXY\*(C'\fR. This option is ignored if \fI\-server\fR is not given. @@ -549,11 +570,13 @@ HTTP path at the CMP server (aka CMP alias) to use for POST requests. Defaults to any path given with \fB\-server\fR, else \f(CW"/"\fR. .IP "\fB\-keep_alive\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4 .IX Item "-keep_alive value" -If the given value is 0 then HTTP connections are not kept open -after receiving a response, which is the default behavior for HTTP 1.0. -If the value is 1 or 2 then persistent connections are requested. -If the value is 2 then persistent connections are required, -i.e., in case the server does not grant them an error occurs. +If the given value is 0 then HTTP connections are closed after each response +(which would be the default behavior of HTTP 1.0) +even if a CMP transaction needs more than one round trip. +If the value is 1 or 2 +then for each transaction a persistent connection is requested. +If the value is 2 then a persistent connection is required, +i.e., an error occurs if the server does not grant it. The default value is 1, which means preferring to keep the connection open. .IP "\fB\-msg_timeout\fR \fIseconds\fR" 4 .IX Item "-msg_timeout seconds" @@ -594,12 +617,13 @@ Non-trusted intermediate CA certificate(s). Any extra certificates given with the \fB\-cert\fR option are appended to it. All these certificates may be useful for cert path construction for the own CMP signer certificate (to include in the extraCerts field of -request messages) and for the TLS client certificate (if TLS is enabled) +request messages) and for the TLS client certificate (if TLS is used) as well as for chain building when validating server certificates (checking signature-based CMP message protection) and when validating newly enrolled certificates. .Sp -Multiple filenames or URLs may be given, separated by commas and/or whitespace. +Multiple sources may be given, separated by commas and/or whitespace +(where in the latter case the whole argument must be enclosed in "..."). Each source may contain multiple certificates. .IP "\fB\-srvcert\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR" 4 .IX Item "-srvcert filename|uri" @@ -662,14 +686,54 @@ appendix D.4 shows PKIConf message having protection .RE .RS 4 .RE +.IP "\fB\-srvcertout\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-srvcertout filename" +The file where to save the successfully validated certificate, if any, +that the CMP server used for signature-based response message protection. +If there is no such certificate, typically because the protection was MAC-based, +this is indicated by deleting the file (if it existed). .IP "\fB\-extracertsout\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-extracertsout filename" -The file where to save all certificates contained in the extraCerts field -of the last received response message (except for pollRep and PKIConf). +The file where to save the list of certificates contained in the extraCerts +field of the last received response message that is not a pollRep nor PKIConf. .IP "\fB\-cacertsout\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-cacertsout filename" -The file where to save any CA certificates contained in the caPubs field of -the last received certificate response (i.e., IP, CP, or KUP) message. +The file where to save the list of CA certificates contained in the caPubs field +if a positive certificate response (i.e., IP, CP, or KUP) message was received +or contained in a general response (genp) message with infoType \f(CW\*(C`caCerts\*(C'\fR. +.IP "\fB\-oldwithold\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-oldwithold filename" +The root CA certificate to include in a genm request of infoType \f(CW\*(C`rootCaCert\*(C'\fR. +If present and the optional oldWithNew certificate is received, +it is verified using the newWithNew certificate as the (only) trust anchor. +.IP "\fB\-newwithnew\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-newwithnew filename" +This option must be provided when \fB\-infotype\fR \fIrootCaCert\fR is given. +It specifies the file to save the newWithNew certificate +received in a genp message of type \f(CW\*(C`rootCaKeyUpdate\*(C'\fR. +If on success no such cert was received, this file (if present) is deleted +to indicate that the requested root CA certificate update is not available. +.Sp +Any received newWithNew certificate is verified +using any received newWithOld certificate as untrusted intermediate certificate +and the certificate provided with \fB\-oldwithold\fR as the (only) trust anchor, +or if not provided, using the certificates given with the \fB\-trusted\fR option. +.Sp +\&\fBWARNING:\fR +The newWithNew certificate is meant to be a certificate that will be trusted. +The trust placed in it cannot be stronger than the trust placed in +the \fB\-oldwithold\fR certificate if present, otherwise it cannot be stronger than +the weakest trust placed in any of the \fB\-trusted\fR certificates. +.IP "\fB\-newwithold\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-newwithold filename" +The file to save any newWithOld certificate +received in a genp message of infoType \f(CW\*(C`rootCaKeyUpdate\*(C'\fR. +If on success no such cert was received, this is indicated by deleting the file. +.IP "\fB\-oldwithnew\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-oldwithnew filename" +The file to save any oldWithNew certificate +received in a genp message of infoType \f(CW\*(C`rootCaKeyUpdate\*(C'\fR. +If on success no such cert was received, this is indicated by deleting the file. .SS "Client authentication options" .IX Subsection "Client authentication options" .IP "\fB\-ref\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4 @@ -784,7 +848,9 @@ See "Format Options" in \fBopenssl\fR\|(1) for details. .IX Item "-otherpass arg" Pass phrase source for certificate given with the \fB\-trusted\fR, \fB\-untrusted\fR, \&\fB\-own_trusted\fR, \fB\-srvcert\fR, \fB\-out_trusted\fR, \fB\-extracerts\fR, -\&\fB\-srv_trusted\fR, \fB\-srv_untrusted\fR, \fB\-rsp_extracerts\fR, \fB\-rsp_capubs\fR, +\&\fB\-srv_trusted\fR, \fB\-srv_untrusted\fR, \fB\-ref_cert\fR, \fB\-rsp_cert\fR, +\&\fB\-rsp_extracerts\fR, \fB\-rsp_capubs\fR, +\&\fB\-rsp_newwithnew\fR, \fB\-rsp_newwithold\fR, \fB\-rsp_oldwithnew\fR, \&\fB\-tls_extra\fR, and \fB\-tls_trusted\fR options. If not given here, the password will be prompted for if needed. .Sp @@ -830,17 +896,17 @@ See "Random State Options" in \fBopenssl\fR\|(1) for details. .IX Subsection "TLS connection options" .IP \fB\-tls_used\fR 4 .IX Item "-tls_used" -Enable using TLS (even when other TLS-related options are not set) -for message exchange with CMP server via HTTP. +Make the CMP client use TLS (regardless if other TLS-related options are set) +for message exchange with the server via HTTP. This option is not supported with the \fI\-port\fR option. -It is ignored if the \fI\-server\fR option is not given or \fI\-use_mock_srv\fR is given -or \fI\-rspin\fR is given with enough filename arguments. +It is implied if the \fB\-server\fR option is given with the scheme \f(CW\*(C`https\*(C'\fR. +It is ignored if the \fB\-server\fR option is not given or \fB\-use_mock_srv\fR is given +or \fB\-rspin\fR is given with enough filename arguments. .Sp -The following TLS-related options are ignored -if \fB\-tls_used\fR is not given or does not take effect. +The following TLS-related options are ignored if TLS is not used. .IP "\fB\-tls_cert\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR" 4 .IX Item "-tls_cert filename|uri" -Client's TLS certificate. +Client's TLS certificate to use for authenticating to the TLS server. If the source includes further certs they are used (along with \fB\-untrusted\fR certs) for constructing the client cert chain provided to the TLS server. .IP "\fB\-tls_key\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR" 4 @@ -856,7 +922,7 @@ For more information about the format of \fIarg\fR see \&\fBopenssl\-passphrase\-options\fR\|(1). .IP "\fB\-tls_extra\fR \fIfilenames\fR|\fIuris\fR" 4 .IX Item "-tls_extra filenames|uris" -Extra certificates to provide to TLS server during TLS handshake +Extra certificates to provide to the TLS server during handshake. .IP "\fB\-tls_trusted\fR \fIfilenames\fR|\fIuris\fR" 4 .IX Item "-tls_trusted filenames|uris" Trusted certificate(s) to use for validating the TLS server certificate. @@ -950,8 +1016,9 @@ This excludes the \fB\-server\fR and \fB\-port\fR options. .IX Subsection "Mock server options" .IP "\fB\-port\fR \fInumber\fR" 4 .IX Item "-port number" -Act as HTTP-based CMP server mock-up listening on the given port. -This excludes the \fB\-server\fR and \fB\-use_mock_srv\fR options. +Act as HTTP-based CMP server mock-up listening on the given local port. +The client may address the server via, e.g., \f(CW127.0.0.1\fR or \f(CW\*(C`[::1]\*(C'\fR. +This option excludes the \fB\-server\fR and \fB\-use_mock_srv\fR options. The \fB\-rspin\fR, \fB\-rspout\fR, \fB\-reqin\fR, and \fB\-reqout\fR options so far are not supported in this mode. .IP "\fB\-max_msgs\fR \fInumber\fR" 4 @@ -986,6 +1053,9 @@ have no effect on the certificate verification enabled via this option. .IP "\fB\-srv_untrusted\fR \fIfilenames\fR|\fIuris\fR" 4 .IX Item "-srv_untrusted filenames|uris" Intermediate CA certs that may be useful when validating client certificates. +.IP "\fB\-ref_cert\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-ref_cert filename|uri" +Certificate to be expected for RR messages and any oldCertID in KUR messages. .IP "\fB\-rsp_cert\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR" 4 .IX Item "-rsp_cert filename|uri" Certificate to be returned as mock enrollment result. @@ -995,6 +1065,15 @@ Extra certificates to be included in mock certification responses. .IP "\fB\-rsp_capubs\fR \fIfilenames\fR|\fIuris\fR" 4 .IX Item "-rsp_capubs filenames|uris" CA certificates to be included in mock Initialization Response (IP) message. +.IP "\fB\-rsp_newwithnew\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-rsp_newwithnew filename|uri" +Certificate to be returned in newWithNew field of genp of type rootCaKeyUpdate. +.IP "\fB\-rsp_newwithold\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-rsp_newwithold filename|uri" +Certificate to be returned in newWithOld field of genp of type rootCaKeyUpdate. +.IP "\fB\-rsp_oldwithnew\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-rsp_oldwithnew filename|uri" +Certificate to be returned in oldWithNew field of genp of type rootCaKeyUpdate. .IP "\fB\-poll_count\fR \fInumber\fR" 4 .IX Item "-poll_count number" Number of times the client must poll before receiving a certificate. @@ -1052,12 +1131,16 @@ The certificate verification options only affect the certificate verification enabled via the \fB\-out_trusted\fR option. .SH NOTES .IX Header "NOTES" -When a client obtains from a CMP server CA certificates that it is going to -trust, for instance via the \f(CW\*(C`caPubs\*(C'\fR field of a certificate response, +When a client obtains, from a CMP server, CA certificates that it is going to +trust, for instance via the \f(CW\*(C`caPubs\*(C'\fR field of a certificate response +or using general messages with infoType \f(CW\*(C`caCerts\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`rootCaCert\*(C'\fR, authentication of the CMP server is particularly critical. So special care must be taken setting up server authentication using \fB\-trusted\fR and related options for certificate-based authentication or \fB\-secret\fR for MAC-based protection. +If authentication is certificate-based, the \fB\-srvcertout\fR option +should be used to obtain the validated server certificate +and perform an authorization check based on it. .PP When setting up CMP configurations and experimenting with enrollment options typically various errors occur until the configuration is correct and complete. @@ -1069,9 +1152,9 @@ although they usually contain hints that would be helpful for diagnostics. For assisting in such cases the CMP client offers a workaround via the \&\fB\-unprotected_errors\fR option, which allows accepting such negative messages. .PP -If OpenSSL was built with trace support enabled +If OpenSSL was built with trace support enabled (e.g., \f(CW\*(C`./config enable\-trace\*(C'\fR) and the environment variable \fBOPENSSL_TRACE\fR includes \fBHTTP\fR, -the request and response headers of HTTP transfers are printed. +the requests and the response headers transferred via HTTP are printed. .SH EXAMPLES .IX Header "EXAMPLES" .SS "Simple examples using the default OpenSSL configuration file" @@ -1140,7 +1223,7 @@ In order to update the enrolled certificate one may call \& openssl cmp \-section insta,kur .Ve .PP -using MAC-based protection with PBM or +using with MAC-based protection with PBM or .PP .Vb 1 \& openssl cmp \-section insta,kur,signature diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-cms.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-cms.1ssl index 485f5660..c44be97b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-cms.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-cms.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CMS 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-CMS 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CMS 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -82,6 +82,7 @@ Operation options: [\fB\-resign\fR] [\fB\-sign_receipt\fR] [\fB\-verify_receipt\fR \fIreceipt\fR] +[\fB\-digest\fR \fIdigest\fR] [\fB\-digest_create\fR] [\fB\-digest_verify\fR] [\fB\-compress\fR] @@ -280,6 +281,15 @@ similar to the \fB\-sign\fR operation. Verify a signed receipt in filename \fBreceipt\fR. The input message \fBmust\fR contain the original receipt request. Functionality is otherwise similar to the \fB\-verify\fR operation. +.IP "\fB\-digest\fR \fIdigest\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-digest digest" +When used with \fB\-sign\fR, provides the digest in hexadecimal form instead of +computing it from the original message content. Cannot be combined with \fB\-in\fR +or \fB\-nodetach\fR. +.Sp +This operation is the CMS equivalent of \fBopenssl\-pkeyutl\fR\|(1) signing. +When signing a pre-computed digest, the security relies on the digest and its +computation from the original message being trusted. .IP \fB\-digest_create\fR 4 .IX Item "-digest_create" Create a CMS \fBDigestedData\fR type. @@ -894,6 +904,8 @@ The \-no_alt_chains option was added in OpenSSL 1.0.2b. The \fB\-nameopt\fR option was added in OpenSSL 3.0.0. .PP The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. +.PP +The \fB\-digest\fR option was added in OpenSSL 3.2. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" Copyright 2008\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-crl.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-crl.1ssl index d4d1d0b1..14aadbcd 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-crl.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-crl.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CRL 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-CRL 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CRL 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-crl2pkcs7.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-crl2pkcs7.1ssl index 2815d05c..22cced9e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-crl2pkcs7.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-crl2pkcs7.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-CRL2PKCS7 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-CRL2PKCS7 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-CRL2PKCS7 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dgst.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dgst.1ssl index 41c13c78..8f7b7164 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dgst.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dgst.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-DGST 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-DGST 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-DGST 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dhparam.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dhparam.1ssl index e1875203..56c5b7c9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dhparam.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dhparam.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-DHPARAM 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-DHPARAM 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-DHPARAM 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -74,6 +74,8 @@ openssl\-dhparam \- DH parameter manipulation and generation [\fB\-check\fR] [\fB\-noout\fR] [\fB\-text\fR] +[\fB\-verbose\fR] +[\fB\-quiet\fR] [\fB\-2\fR] [\fB\-3\fR] [\fB\-5\fR] @@ -160,6 +162,14 @@ See "Random State Options" in \fBopenssl\fR\|(1) for details. .IX Item "-propquery propq" .PD See "Provider Options" in \fBopenssl\fR\|(1), \fBprovider\fR\|(7), and \fBproperty\fR\|(7). +.IP \fB\-verbose\fR 4 +.IX Item "-verbose" +This option enables the output of progress messages, which is handy when +running commands interactively that may take a long time to execute. +.IP \fB\-quiet\fR 4 +.IX Item "-quiet" +This option suppresses the output of progress messages, which may be +undesirable in batch scripts or pipelines. .SH NOTES .IX Header "NOTES" This command replaces the \fBdh\fR and \fBgendh\fR commands of previous diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dsa.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dsa.1ssl index 40f877db..01578e97 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dsa.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dsa.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-DSA 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-DSA 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-DSA 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -157,8 +157,9 @@ This option prevents output of the encoded version of the key. This option prints out the value of the public key component of the key. .IP \fB\-pubin\fR 4 .IX Item "-pubin" -By default, a private key is read from the input file. With this option a -public key is read instead. +By default, a private key is read from the input. +With this option a public key is read instead. +If the input contains no public key but a private key, its public part is used. .IP \fB\-pubout\fR 4 .IX Item "-pubout" By default, a private key is output. With this option a public @@ -236,7 +237,7 @@ To just output the public part of a private key: The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dsaparam.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dsaparam.1ssl index 7101957d..469cd5e6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dsaparam.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-dsaparam.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-DSAPARAM 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-DSAPARAM 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-DSAPARAM 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -74,6 +74,7 @@ openssl\-dsaparam \- DSA parameter manipulation and generation [\fB\-text\fR] [\fB\-genkey\fR] [\fB\-verbose\fR] +[\fB\-quiet\fR] [\fB\-rand\fR \fIfiles\fR] [\fB\-writerand\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-engine\fR \fIid\fR] @@ -81,6 +82,7 @@ openssl\-dsaparam \- DSA parameter manipulation and generation [\fB\-provider\-path\fR \fIpath\fR] [\fB\-propquery\fR \fIpropq\fR] [\fInumbits\fR] +[\fInumqbits\fR] .SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" This command is used to manipulate or generate DSA parameter files. @@ -126,6 +128,10 @@ parameters. .IP \fB\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "-verbose" Print extra details about the operations being performed. +.IP \fB\-quiet\fR 4 +.IX Item "-quiet" +Print fewer details about the operations being performed, which may +be handy during batch scripts and pipelines. .IP "\fB\-rand\fR \fIfiles\fR, \fB\-writerand\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-rand files, -writerand file" See "Random State Options" in \fBopenssl\fR\|(1) for details. @@ -135,9 +141,14 @@ See "Engine Options" in \fBopenssl\fR\|(1). This option is deprecated. .IP \fInumbits\fR 4 .IX Item "numbits" -This option specifies that a parameter set should be generated of size -\&\fInumbits\fR. It must be the last option. If this option is included then -the input file (if any) is ignored. +This optional argument specifies that a parameter set should be generated of +size \fInumbits\fR. If this argument is included then the input file (if any) is +ignored. +.IP \fInumqbits\fR 4 +.IX Item "numqbits" +This optional argument specifies that a parameter set should be generated with +a subprime parameter q of size \fInumqbits\fR. It must be the last argument. If +this argument is included then the input file (if any) is ignored. .IP "\fB\-provider\fR \fIname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-provider name" .PD 0 @@ -162,7 +173,7 @@ The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. The \fB\-C\fR option was removed in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ec.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ec.1ssl index 943e2f5f..a30d2fe4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ec.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ec.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-EC 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-EC 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-EC 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -148,8 +148,9 @@ This option prevents output of the encoded version of the key. Print the elliptic curve parameters. .IP \fB\-pubin\fR 4 .IX Item "-pubin" -By default, a private key is read from the input file. With this option a -public key is read instead. +By default a private key is read from the input. +With this option a public key is read instead. +If the input contains no public key but a private key, its public part is used. .IP \fB\-pubout\fR 4 .IX Item "-pubout" By default a private key is output. With this option a public @@ -250,7 +251,7 @@ The \fB\-conv_form\fR and \fB\-no_public\fR options are no longer supported with keys loaded from an engine in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2003\-2022 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2003\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ecparam.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ecparam.1ssl index 90b660c4..b1ac67af 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ecparam.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ecparam.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-ECPARAM 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-ECPARAM 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-ECPARAM 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-enc.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-enc.1ssl index cacf726d..f388df12 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-enc.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-enc.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-ENC 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-ENC 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-ENC 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ openssl\-enc \- symmetric cipher routines [\fB\-md\fR \fIdigest\fR] [\fB\-iter\fR \fIcount\fR] [\fB\-pbkdf2\fR] +[\fB\-saltlen\fR \fIsize\fR] [\fB\-p\fR] [\fB\-P\fR] [\fB\-bufsize\fR \fInumber\fR] @@ -172,6 +173,14 @@ This option enables the use of PBKDF2 algorithm to derive the key. .IX Item "-pbkdf2" Use PBKDF2 algorithm with a default iteration count of 10000 unless otherwise specified by the \fB\-iter\fR command line option. +.IP \fB\-saltlen\fR 4 +.IX Item "-saltlen" +Set the salt length to use when using the \fB\-pbkdf2\fR option. +For compatibility reasons, the default is 8 bytes. +The maximum value is currently 16 bytes. +If the \fB\-pbkdf2\fR option is not used, then this option is ignored +and a fixed salt length of 8 is used. The salt length used when +encrypting must also be used when decrypting. .IP \fB\-nosalt\fR 4 .IX Item "-nosalt" Don't use a salt in the key derivation routines. This option \fBSHOULD NOT\fR be @@ -185,7 +194,8 @@ encrypting, this is the default. .IX Item "-S salt" The actual salt to use: this must be represented as a string of hex digits. If this option is used while encrypting, the same exact value will be needed -again during decryption. +again during decryption. This salt may be truncated or zero padded to +match the salt length (See \fB\-saltlen\fR). .IP "\fB\-K\fR \fIkey\fR" 4 .IX Item "-K key" The actual key to use: this must be represented as a string comprised only @@ -322,7 +332,7 @@ able to roll back upon authentication failure. The AEAD modes currently in common use also suffer from catastrophic failure of confidentiality and/or integrity upon reuse of key/iv/nonce, and since \fBopenssl enc\fR places the entire burden of key/iv/nonce management upon the user, the risk of -exposing AEAD modes is too great to allow. These key/iv/nonce +exposing AEAD modes is too great to allow. These key/iv/nonce management issues also affect other modes currently exposed in this command, but the failure modes are less extreme in these cases, and the functionality cannot be removed with a stable release branch. @@ -330,6 +340,15 @@ For bulk encryption of data, whether using authenticated encryption modes or other modes, \fBopenssl\-cms\fR\|(1) is recommended, as it provides a standard data format and performs the needed key/iv/nonce management. .PP +When enc is used with key wrapping modes the input data cannot be streamed, +meaning it must be processed in a single pass. +Consequently, the input data size must be less than +the buffer size (\-bufsize arg, default to 8*1024 bytes). +The '*\-wrap' ciphers require the input to be a multiple of 8 bytes long, +because no padding is involved. +The '*\-wrap\-pad' ciphers allow any input length. +In both cases, no IV is needed. See example below. +.PP .Vb 1 \& base64 Base 64 \& @@ -417,6 +436,9 @@ standard data format and performs the needed key/iv/nonce management. \& aes\-[128|192|256]\-ecb 128/192/256 bit AES in ECB mode \& aes\-[128|192|256]\-ofb 128/192/256 bit AES in OFB mode \& +\& aes\-[128|192|256]\-wrap key wrapping using 128/192/256 bit AES +\& aes\-[128|192|256]\-wrap\-pad key wrapping with padding using 128/192/256 bit AES +\& \& aria\-[128|192|256]\-cbc 128/192/256 bit ARIA in CBC mode \& aria[128|192|256] Alias for aria\-[128|192|256]\-cbc \& aria\-[128|192|256]\-cfb 128/192/256 bit ARIA in 128 bit CFB mode @@ -476,6 +498,14 @@ Base64 decode a file then decrypt it using a password supplied in a file: \& openssl enc \-aes\-256\-ctr \-pbkdf2 \-d \-a \-in file.aes256 \-out file.txt \e \& \-pass file:<passfile> .Ve +.PP +AES key wrapping: +.PP +.Vb 3 +\& openssl enc \-e \-a \-id\-aes128\-wrap\-pad \-K 000102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F \-in file.bin +\&or +\& openssl aes128\-wrap\-pad \-e \-a \-K 000102030405060708090A0B0C0D0E0F \-in file.bin +.Ve .SH BUGS .IX Header "BUGS" The \fB\-A\fR option when used with large files doesn't work properly. @@ -490,6 +520,8 @@ The default digest was changed from MD5 to SHA256 in OpenSSL 1.1.0. The \fB\-list\fR option was added in OpenSSL 1.1.1e. .PP The \fB\-ciphers\fR and \fB\-engine\fR options were deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. +.PP +The \fB\-saltlen\fR option was added in OpenSSL 3.2. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-engine.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-engine.1ssl index ec958711..e78693c6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-engine.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-engine.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-ENGINE 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-ENGINE 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-ENGINE 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-errstr.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-errstr.1ssl index 5ed7c82c..90435f4a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-errstr.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-errstr.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-ERRSTR 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-ERRSTR 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-ERRSTR 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-fipsinstall.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-fipsinstall.1ssl index 096becbb..0d345080 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-fipsinstall.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-fipsinstall.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-FIPSINSTALL 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-FIPSINSTALL 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-FIPSINSTALL 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-format-options.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-format-options.1ssl index 0dcb6509..12968476 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-format-options.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-format-options.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-FORMAT-OPTIONS 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-FORMAT-OPTIONS 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-FORMAT-OPTIONS 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-gendsa.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-gendsa.1ssl index 4e907f63..02a41110 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-gendsa.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-gendsa.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-GENDSA 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-GENDSA 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-GENDSA 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -81,6 +81,7 @@ openssl\-gendsa \- generate a DSA private key from a set of parameters [\fB\-des3\fR] [\fB\-idea\fR] [\fB\-verbose\fR] +[\fB\-quiet\fR] [\fB\-rand\fR \fIfiles\fR] [\fB\-writerand\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-engine\fR \fIid\fR] @@ -112,10 +113,13 @@ cipher before outputting it. A pass phrase is prompted for. If none of these options is specified no encryption is used. .Sp Note that all options must be given before the \fIparamfile\fR argument. -Otherwise they are ignored. .IP \fB\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "-verbose" Print extra details about the operations being performed. +.IP \fB\-quiet\fR 4 +.IX Item "-quiet" +Print fewer details about the operations being performed, which may +be handy during batch scripts and pipelines. .IP "\fB\-rand\fR \fIfiles\fR, \fB\-writerand\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-rand files, -writerand file" See "Random State Options" in \fBopenssl\fR\|(1) for details. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-genpkey.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-genpkey.1ssl index 162d35e2..a5438706 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-genpkey.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-genpkey.1ssl @@ -55,19 +55,21 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-GENPKEY 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-GENPKEY 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-GENPKEY 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh .SH NAME -openssl\-genpkey \- generate a private key +openssl\-genpkey \- generate a private key or key pair .SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" \&\fBopenssl\fR \fBgenpkey\fR [\fB\-help\fR] [\fB\-out\fR \fIfilename\fR] +[\fB\-outpubkey\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-outform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR] +[\fB\-verbose\fR] [\fB\-quiet\fR] [\fB\-pass\fR \fIarg\fR] [\fB\-\fR\f(BIcipher\fR] @@ -83,7 +85,7 @@ openssl\-genpkey \- generate a private key [\fB\-config\fR \fIconfigfile\fR] .SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -This command generates a private key. +This command generates a private key or key pair. .SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" .IP \fB\-help\fR 4 @@ -91,14 +93,21 @@ This command generates a private key. Print out a usage message. .IP "\fB\-out\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-out filename" -Output the key to the specified file. If this argument is not specified then -standard output is used. +Output the private key to the specified file. If this argument is not +specified then standard output is used. +.IP "\fB\-outpubkey\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-outpubkey filename" +Output the public key to the specified file. If this argument is not +specified then the public key is not output. .IP "\fB\-outform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR" 4 .IX Item "-outform DER|PEM" The output format, except when \fB\-genparam\fR is given; the default is \fBPEM\fR. See \fBopenssl\-format\-options\fR\|(1) for details. .Sp When \fB\-genparam\fR is given, \fB\-outform\fR is ignored. +.IP \fB\-verbose\fR 4 +.IX Item "-verbose" +Output "status dots" while generating keys. .IP \fB\-quiet\fR 4 .IX Item "-quiet" Do not output "status dots" while generating keys. @@ -114,8 +123,8 @@ name accepted by \fBEVP_get_cipherbyname()\fR is acceptable such as \fBdes3\fR. .IX Item "-algorithm alg" Public key algorithm to use such as RSA, DSA, DH or DHX. If used this option must precede any \fB\-pkeyopt\fR options. The options \fB\-paramfile\fR and \fB\-algorithm\fR -are mutually exclusive. Engines may add algorithms in addition to the standard -built-in ones. +are mutually exclusive. Engines or providers may add algorithms in addition to +the standard built-in ones. .Sp Valid built-in algorithm names for private key generation are RSA, RSA-PSS, EC, X25519, X448, ED25519 and ED448. @@ -131,6 +140,9 @@ Set the public key algorithm option \fIopt\fR to \fIvalue\fR. The precise set of options supported depends on the public key algorithm used and its implementation. See "KEY GENERATION OPTIONS" and "PARAMETER GENERATION OPTIONS" below for more details. +.Sp +To list the possible \fIopt\fR values for an algorithm use: +\&\fBopenssl\fR \fBgenpkey\fR \-algorithm XXX \-help .IP \fB\-genparam\fR 4 .IX Item "-genparam" Generate a set of parameters instead of a private key. If used this option must @@ -525,7 +537,7 @@ The ability to generate X448, ED25519 and ED448 keys was added in OpenSSL 1.1.1. The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2006\-2022 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2006\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-genrsa.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-genrsa.1ssl index 86959859..570fb8af 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-genrsa.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-genrsa.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-GENRSA 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-GENRSA 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-GENRSA 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -85,6 +85,7 @@ openssl\-genrsa \- generate an RSA private key [\fB\-3\fR] [\fB\-primes\fR \fInum\fR] [\fB\-verbose\fR] +[\fB\-quiet\fR] [\fB\-traditional\fR] [\fB\-rand\fR \fIfiles\fR] [\fB\-writerand\fR \fIfile\fR] @@ -128,6 +129,10 @@ RSA key, which is defined in RFC 8017. .IP \fB\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "-verbose" Print extra details about the operations being performed. +.IP \fB\-quiet\fR 4 +.IX Item "-quiet" +Print fewer details about the operations being performed, which may +be handy during batch scripts and pipelines. .IP \fB\-traditional\fR 4 .IX Item "-traditional" Write the key using the traditional PKCS#1 format instead of the PKCS#8 format. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-info.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-info.1ssl index c763dd3e..e92dd760 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-info.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-info.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-INFO 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-INFO 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-INFO 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-kdf.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-kdf.1ssl index 0e0a9a0e..99055c7c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-kdf.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-kdf.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-KDF 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-KDF 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-KDF 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-list.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-list.1ssl index c364bb3a..67c6141d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-list.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-list.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-LIST 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-LIST 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-LIST 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -69,6 +69,7 @@ openssl\-list \- list algorithms and features [\fB\-verbose\fR] [\fB\-select\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-1\fR] +[\fB\-all\-algorithms\fR] [\fB\-commands\fR] [\fB\-standard\-commands\fR] [\fB\-digest\-algorithms\fR] @@ -117,8 +118,43 @@ Only list algorithms that match this name. .IX Item "-1" List the commands, digest-commands, or cipher-commands in a single column. If used, this option must be given first. +.IP \fB\-all\-algorithms\fR 4 +.IX Item "-all-algorithms" +Display lists of all algorithms. These include: +.RS 4 +.IP "Asymmetric ciphers" 4 +.IX Item "Asymmetric ciphers" +.PD 0 +.IP Decoders 4 +.IX Item "Decoders" +.IP Digests 4 +.IX Item "Digests" +.IP Encoders 4 +.IX Item "Encoders" +.IP "Key derivation algorithms (KDF)" 4 +.IX Item "Key derivation algorithms (KDF)" +.IP "Key encapsulation methods (KEM)" 4 +.IX Item "Key encapsulation methods (KEM)" +.IP "Key exchange algorithms (KEX)" 4 +.IX Item "Key exchange algorithms (KEX)" +.IP "Key managers" 4 +.IX Item "Key managers" +.IP "Message authentication code algorithms (MAC)" 4 +.IX Item "Message authentication code algorithms (MAC)" +.IP "Random number generators (RNG, DRBG)" 4 +.IX Item "Random number generators (RNG, DRBG)" +.IP "Signature algorithms" 4 +.IX Item "Signature algorithms" +.IP "Store loaders" 4 +.IX Item "Store loaders" +.IP "Symmetric ciphers" 4 +.IX Item "Symmetric ciphers" +.RE +.RS 4 +.RE .IP \fB\-commands\fR 4 .IX Item "-commands" +.PD Display a list of standard commands. .IP \fB\-standard\-commands\fR 4 .IX Item "-standard-commands" @@ -259,7 +295,7 @@ The \fB\-engines\fR, \fB\-digest\-commands\fR, and \fB\-cipher\-commands\fR opti were deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2016\-2022 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2016\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-mac.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-mac.1ssl index 1e096f3c..9ba37c15 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-mac.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-mac.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-MAC 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-MAC 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-MAC 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -99,8 +99,7 @@ Output the MAC in binary form. Uses hexadecimal text format if not specified. .IP "\fB\-cipher\fR \fIname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-cipher name" Used by CMAC and GMAC to specify the cipher algorithm. -For CMAC it must be one of AES\-128\-CBC, AES\-192\-CBC, AES\-256\-CBC or -DES\-EDE3\-CBC. +For CMAC it should be a CBC mode cipher e.g. AES\-128\-CBC. For GMAC it should be a GCM mode cipher e.g. AES\-128\-GCM. .IP "\fB\-digest\fR \fIname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-digest name" @@ -205,7 +204,7 @@ Use \f(CW\*(C`openssl list \-mac\-algorithms\*(C'\fR to list them. \&\fBEVP_MAC\-Poly1305\fR\|(7) .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2018\-2022 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2018\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-namedisplay-options.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-namedisplay-options.1ssl index 5279493f..9da02481 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-namedisplay-options.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-namedisplay-options.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-NAMEDISPLAY-OPTIONS 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-NAMEDISPLAY-OPTIONS 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-NAMEDISPLAY-OPTIONS 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ displayed. This is specified by using the \fB\-nameopt\fR option, which takes a comma-separated list of options from the following set. An option may be preceded by a minus sign, \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR, to turn it off. -The default value is \f(CW\*(C`oneline\*(C'\fR. +The default value is \f(CW\*(C`utf8,sep_comma_plus_space\*(C'\fR. The first four are the most commonly used. .SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-nseq.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-nseq.1ssl index d1fb3a70..9a485e3e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-nseq.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-nseq.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-NSEQ 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-NSEQ 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-NSEQ 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ocsp.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ocsp.1ssl index 6451725f..052765f6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ocsp.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ocsp.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-OCSP 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-OCSP 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-OCSP 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ openssl\-ocsp \- Online Certificate Status Protocol command [\fB\-respin\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-url\fR \fIURL\fR] [\fB\-host\fR \fIhost\fR:\fIport\fR] -[\fB\-path\fR] +[\fB\-path\fR \fIpathname\fR] [\fB\-proxy\fR \fI[http[s]://][userinfo@]host[:port][/path]\fR] [\fB\-no_proxy\fR \fIaddresses\fR] [\fB\-header\fR] @@ -187,14 +187,19 @@ Print out a usage message. specify output filename, default is standard output. .IP "\fB\-issuer\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-issuer filename" -This specifies the current issuer certificate. This option can be used -multiple times. +This specifies the current issuer certificate. +The input can be in PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format. +.Sp +This option can be used multiple times. This option \fBMUST\fR come before any \fB\-cert\fR options. .IP "\fB\-cert\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-cert filename" -Add the certificate \fIfilename\fR to the request. The issuer certificate -is taken from the previous \fB\-issuer\fR option, or an error occurs if no -issuer certificate is specified. +Add the certificate \fIfilename\fR to the request. +The input can be in PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format. +.Sp +This option can be used multiple times. +The issuer certificate is taken from the previous \fB\-issuer\fR option, +or an error occurs if no issuer certificate is specified. .IP \fB\-no_certs\fR 4 .IX Item "-no_certs" Don't include any certificates in signed request. @@ -207,8 +212,10 @@ be specified by preceding the value by a \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR sign. .IP "\fB\-signer\fR \fIfilename\fR, \fB\-signkey\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-signer filename, -signkey filename" Sign the OCSP request using the certificate specified in the \fB\-signer\fR -option and the private key specified by the \fB\-signkey\fR option. If -the \fB\-signkey\fR option is not present then the private key is read +option and the private key specified by the \fB\-signkey\fR option. +The input can be in PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format. +.Sp +If the \fB\-signkey\fR option is not present then the private key is read from the same file as the certificate. If neither option is specified then the OCSP request is not signed. .IP "\fB\-sign_other\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 @@ -235,15 +242,20 @@ if OCSP request or response creation is implied by other options (for example with \fB\-serial\fR, \fB\-cert\fR and \fB\-host\fR options). .IP "\fB\-url\fR \fIresponder_url\fR" 4 .IX Item "-url responder_url" -Specify the responder URL. Both HTTP and HTTPS (SSL/TLS) URLs can be specified. +Specify the responder host and optionally port and path via a URL. + Both HTTP and HTTPS (SSL/TLS) URLs can be specified. The optional userinfo and fragment components are ignored. Any given query component is handled as part of the path component. -.IP "\fB\-host\fR \fIhostname\fR:\fIport\fR, \fB\-path\fR \fIpathname\fR" 4 -.IX Item "-host hostname:port, -path pathname" +For details, see the \fB\-host\fR and \fB\-path\fR options described next. +.IP "\fB\-host\fR \fIhost\fR:\fIport\fR, \fB\-path\fR \fIpathname\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-host host:port, -path pathname" If the \fB\-host\fR option is present then the OCSP request is sent to the host -\&\fIhostname\fR on port \fIport\fR. The \fB\-path\fR option specifies the HTTP pathname -to use or "/" by default. This is equivalent to specifying \fB\-url\fR with scheme -http:// and the given hostname, port, and pathname. +\&\fIhost\fR on port \fIport\fR. +The \fIhost\fR may be a domain name or an IP (v4 or v6) address, +such as \f(CW127.0.0.1\fR or \f(CW\*(C`[::1]\*(C'\fR for localhost. +The \fB\-path\fR option specifies the HTTP pathname to use or "/" by default. +This is equivalent to specifying \fB\-url\fR with scheme +http:// and the given \fIhost\fR, \fIport\fR, and optional \fIpathname\fR. .IP "\fB\-proxy\fR \fI[http[s]://][userinfo@]host[:port][/path]\fR" 4 .IX Item "-proxy [http[s]://][userinfo@]host[:port][/path]" The HTTP(S) proxy server to use for reaching the OCSP server unless \fB\-no_proxy\fR @@ -382,12 +394,13 @@ If the \fB\-index\fR option is present then the \fB\-CA\fR and \fB\-rsigner\fR o must also be present. .IP "\fB\-CA\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-CA file" -CA certificate corresponding to the revocation information in the index +CA certificates corresponding to the revocation information in the index file given with \fB\-index\fR. The input can be in PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format. .IP "\fB\-rsigner\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-rsigner file" The certificate to sign OCSP responses with. +The input can be in PEM, DER, or PKCS#12 format. .IP "\fB\-rkey\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-rkey file" The private key to sign OCSP responses with: if not present the file @@ -420,8 +433,8 @@ Identify the signer certificate using the key ID, default is to use the subject name. .IP "\fB\-port\fR \fIportnum\fR" 4 .IX Item "-port portnum" -Port to listen for OCSP requests on. The port may also be specified -using the \fBurl\fR option. +Port to listen for OCSP requests on. Both IPv4 and IPv6 are possible. +The port may also be specified using the \fB\-url\fR option. A \f(CW0\fR argument indicates that any available port shall be chosen automatically. .IP \fB\-ignore_err\fR 4 .IX Item "-ignore_err" @@ -563,7 +576,7 @@ to a second file. The \-no_alt_chains option was added in OpenSSL 1.1.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2001\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2001\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-passphrase-options.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-passphrase-options.1ssl index a8e9cb61..c5d65d1d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-passphrase-options.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-passphrase-options.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PASSPHRASE-OPTIONS 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-PASSPHRASE-OPTIONS 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PASSPHRASE-OPTIONS 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-passwd.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-passwd.1ssl index 9c3afe38..e887e379 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-passwd.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-passwd.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PASSWD 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-PASSWD 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PASSWD 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkcs12.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkcs12.1ssl index f2d6a677..27433b0f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkcs12.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkcs12.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PKCS12 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-PKCS12 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PKCS12 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -132,7 +132,9 @@ PKCS#12 output (export) options: [\fB\-noiter\fR] [\fB\-nomaciter\fR] [\fB\-maciter\fR] +[\fB\-macsaltlen\fR] [\fB\-nomac\fR] +[\fB\-jdktrust\fR \fIusage\fR] .SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" This command allows PKCS#12 files (sometimes referred to as @@ -390,11 +392,24 @@ option. .IX Item "-maciter" This option is included for compatibility with previous versions, it used to be needed to use MAC iterations counts but they are now used by default. +.IP \fB\-macsaltlen\fR 4 +.IX Item "-macsaltlen" +This option specifies the salt length in bytes for the MAC. The salt length +should be at least 16 bytes as per NIST SP 800\-132. The default value +is 8 bytes for backwards compatibility. .IP \fB\-nomac\fR 4 .IX Item "-nomac" Do not attempt to provide the MAC integrity. This can be useful with the FIPS provider as the PKCS12 MAC requires PKCS12KDF which is not an approved FIPS algorithm and cannot be supported by the FIPS provider. +.IP \fB\-jdktrust\fR 4 +.IX Item "-jdktrust" +Export pkcs12 file in a format compatible with Java keystore usage. This option +accepts a string parameter indicating the trust oid name to be granted to the +certificate it is associated with. Currently only "anyExtendedKeyUsage" is +defined. Note that, as Java keystores do not accept PKCS12 files with both +trusted certificates and keypairs, use of this option implies the setting of the +\&\fB\-nokeys\fR option .SH NOTES .IX Header "NOTES" Although there are a large number of options most of them are very rarely @@ -491,7 +506,7 @@ The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. The \fB\-nodes\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0, too; use \fB\-noenc\fR instead. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2022 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkcs7.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkcs7.1ssl index 06d8af8a..aba97f2f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkcs7.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkcs7.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PKCS7 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-PKCS7 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PKCS7 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -72,6 +72,7 @@ openssl\-pkcs7 \- PKCS#7 command [\fB\-out\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-print\fR] [\fB\-print_certs\fR] +[\fB\-quiet\fR] [\fB\-text\fR] [\fB\-noout\fR] [\fB\-engine\fR \fIid\fR] @@ -109,6 +110,10 @@ Print out the full PKCS7 object. .IX Item "-print_certs" Prints out any certificates or CRLs contained in the file. They are preceded by their subject and issuer names in one line format. +.IP \fB\-quiet\fR 4 +.IX Item "-quiet" +When used with \-print_certs, prints out just the PEM-encoded +certificates without any other output. .IP \fB\-text\fR 4 .IX Item "-text" Prints out certificate details in full rather than just subject and @@ -152,7 +157,7 @@ Output all certificates in a file: The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2022 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkcs8.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkcs8.1ssl index 4762d7c3..84fd7624 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkcs8.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkcs8.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PKCS8 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-PKCS8 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PKCS8 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -84,6 +84,7 @@ openssl\-pkcs8 \- PKCS#8 format private key conversion command [\fB\-scrypt_N\fR \fIN\fR] [\fB\-scrypt_r\fR \fIr\fR] [\fB\-scrypt_p\fR \fIp\fR] +[\fB\-saltlen\fR \fIsize\fR] [\fB\-rand\fR \fIfiles\fR] [\fB\-writerand\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-engine\fR \fIid\fR] @@ -190,6 +191,11 @@ key. These parameters can be modified using the \fB\-scrypt_N\fR, \fB\-scrypt_r\ .IP "\fB\-scrypt_N\fR \fIN\fR, \fB\-scrypt_r\fR \fIr\fR, \fB\-scrypt_p\fR \fIp\fR" 4 .IX Item "-scrypt_N N, -scrypt_r r, -scrypt_p p" Sets the scrypt \fIN\fR, \fIr\fR or \fIp\fR parameters. +.IP \fB\-saltlen\fR 4 +.IX Item "-saltlen" +Sets the length (in bytes) of the salt to use for the PBE algorithm. +If this value is not specified, the default for PBES2 is 16 (128 bits) +and 8 (64 bits) for PBES1. .IP "\fB\-rand\fR \fIfiles\fR, \fB\-writerand\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-rand files, -writerand file" See "Random State Options" in \fBopenssl\fR\|(1) for details. @@ -332,7 +338,7 @@ The \fB\-iter\fR option was added in OpenSSL 1.1.0. The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkey.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkey.1ssl index ba04ff87..21f783a3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkey.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkey.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PKEY 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-PKEY 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PKEY 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -140,7 +140,8 @@ see \fBopenssl\-passphrase\-options\fR\|(1). .IP \fB\-pubin\fR 4 .IX Item "-pubin" By default a private key is read from the input. -With this option only the public components are read. +With this option a public key is read instead. +If the input contains no public key but a private key, its public part is used. .SS "Output options" .IX Subsection "Output options" .IP "\fB\-out\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 @@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ To change the EC point conversion form to \fBcompressed\fR: The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2006\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2006\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkeyparam.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkeyparam.1ssl index 2104ff15..7a202cd9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkeyparam.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkeyparam.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PKEYPARAM 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-PKEYPARAM 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PKEYPARAM 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkeyutl.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkeyutl.1ssl index 63a3a1a0..46702d45 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkeyutl.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-pkeyutl.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PKEYUTL 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-PKEYUTL 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PKEYUTL 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -154,7 +154,9 @@ The peer key format; unspecified by default. See \fBopenssl\-format\-options\fR\|(1) for details. .IP \fB\-pubin\fR 4 .IX Item "-pubin" -The input file is a public key. +By default a private key is read from the key input. +With this option a public key is read instead. +If the input contains no public key but a private key, its public part is used. .IP \fB\-certin\fR 4 .IX Item "-certin" The input is a certificate containing a public key. @@ -273,6 +275,11 @@ signed or verified directly instead of using a \fBDigestInfo\fR structure. If a digest is set, then the \fBDigestInfo\fR structure is used and its length must correspond to the digest type. .Sp +Note, for \fBpkcs1\fR padding, as a protection against the Bleichenbacher attack, +the decryption will not fail in case of padding check failures. Use \fBnone\fR +and manual inspection of the decrypted message to verify if the decrypted +value has correct PKCS#1 v1.5 padding. +.Sp For \fBoaep\fR mode only encryption and decryption is supported. .Sp For \fBx931\fR if the digest type is set it is used to format the block data @@ -296,6 +303,15 @@ explicitly set in PSS mode then the signing digest is used. .IX Item "rsa_oaep_md:digest" Sets the digest used for the OAEP hash function. If not explicitly set then SHA1 is used. +.IP \fBrsa_pkcs1_implicit_rejection:\fR\fIflag\fR 4 +.IX Item "rsa_pkcs1_implicit_rejection:flag" +Disables (when set to 0) or enables (when set to 1) the use of implicit +rejection with PKCS#1 v1.5 decryption. When enabled (the default), as a +protection against Bleichenbacher attack, the library will generate a +deterministic random plaintext that it will return to the caller in case +of padding check failure. +When disabled, it's the callers' responsibility to handle the returned +errors in a side-channel free manner. .SH "RSA-PSS ALGORITHM" .IX Header "RSA-PSS ALGORITHM" The RSA-PSS algorithm is a restricted version of the RSA algorithm which only @@ -307,7 +323,7 @@ These have the same meaning as the \fBRSA\fR algorithm with some additional restrictions. The padding mode can only be set to \fBpss\fR which is the default value. .Sp -If the key has parameter restrictions than the digest, MGF1 +If the key has parameter restrictions then the digest, MGF1 digest and salt length are set to the values specified in the parameters. The digest and MG cannot be changed and the salt length cannot be set to a value less than the minimum restriction. @@ -447,7 +463,7 @@ Decrypt some data using a private key with OAEP padding using SHA256: The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2006\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2006\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-prime.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-prime.1ssl index 4ed2e000..67375508 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-prime.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-prime.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-PRIME 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-PRIME 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-PRIME 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rand.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rand.1ssl index 4695b949..827f2b8b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rand.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rand.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-RAND 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-RAND 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-RAND 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rehash.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rehash.1ssl index 1d7e8887..1ca19e89 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rehash.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rehash.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-REHASH 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-REHASH 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-REHASH 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-req.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-req.1ssl index 1822412e..e17186e8 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-req.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-req.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-REQ 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-REQ 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-REQ 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -90,15 +90,16 @@ openssl\-req \- PKCS#10 certificate request and certificate generating command [\fB\-config\fR \fIfilename\fR] [\fB\-section\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-x509\fR] +[\fB\-x509v1\fR] [\fB\-CA\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR] [\fB\-CAkey\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR] [\fB\-days\fR \fIn\fR] [\fB\-set_serial\fR \fIn\fR] [\fB\-newhdr\fR] [\fB\-copy_extensions\fR \fIarg\fR] -[\fB\-addext\fR \fIext\fR] [\fB\-extensions\fR \fIsection\fR] [\fB\-reqexts\fR \fIsection\fR] +[\fB\-addext\fR \fIext\fR] [\fB\-precert\fR] [\fB\-utf8\fR] [\fB\-reqopt\fR] @@ -109,6 +110,7 @@ openssl\-req \- PKCS#10 certificate request and certificate generating command [\fB\-vfyopt\fR \fInm\fR:\fIv\fR] [\fB\-batch\fR] [\fB\-verbose\fR] +[\fB\-quiet\fR] [\fB\-nameopt\fR \fIoption\fR] [\fB\-rand\fR \fIfiles\fR] [\fB\-writerand\fR \fIfile\fR] @@ -126,9 +128,13 @@ for use as root CAs for example. .IP \fB\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "-help" Print out a usage message. -.IP "\fB\-inform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR, \fB\-outform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR" 4 -.IX Item "-inform DER|PEM, -outform DER|PEM" -The input and output formats; unspecified by default. +.IP "\fB\-inform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-inform DER|PEM" +The CSR input file format to use; by default PEM is tried first. +See \fBopenssl\-format\-options\fR\|(1) for details. +.IP "\fB\-outform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-outform DER|PEM" +The output format; unspecified by default. See \fBopenssl\-format\-options\fR\|(1) for details. .Sp The data is a PKCS#10 object. @@ -195,7 +201,7 @@ This option is used to generate a new private key unless \fB\-key\fR is given. It is subsequently used as if it was given using the \fB\-key\fR option. .Sp This option implies the \fB\-new\fR flag to create a new certificate request -or a new certificate in case \fB\-x509\fR is given. +or a new certificate in case \fB\-x509\fR is used. .Sp The argument takes one of several forms. .Sp @@ -312,8 +318,18 @@ a large random number will be used for the serial number. Unless the \fB\-copy_extensions\fR option is used, X.509 extensions are not copied from any provided request input file. .Sp -X.509 extensions to be added can be specified in the configuration file -or using the \fB\-addext\fR option. +X.509 extensions to be added can be specified in the configuration file, +possibly using the \fB\-config\fR and \fB\-extensions\fR options, +and/or using the \fB\-addext\fR option. +.Sp +Unless \fB\-x509v1\fR is given, generated certificates bear X.509 version 3. +Unless specified otherwise, +key identifier extensions are included as described in \fBx509v3_config\fR\|(5). +.IP \fB\-x509v1\fR 4 +.IX Item "-x509v1" +Request generation of certificates with X.509 version 1. +This implies \fB\-x509\fR. +If X.509 extensions are given, anyway X.509 version 3 is set. .IP "\fB\-CA\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fIuri\fR" 4 .IX Item "-CA filename|uri" Specifies the "CA" certificate to be used for signing a new certificate @@ -346,24 +362,20 @@ all extensions in the request are copied to the certificate. .Sp The main use of this option is to allow a certificate request to supply values for certain extensions such as subjectAltName. +.IP "\fB\-extensions\fR \fIsection\fR, \fB\-reqexts\fR \fIsection\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-extensions section, -reqexts section" +Can be used to override the name of the configuration file section +from which X.509 extensions are included +in the certificate (when \fB\-x509\fR is in use) or certificate request. +This allows several different sections to be used in the same configuration +file to specify requests for a variety of purposes. .IP "\fB\-addext\fR \fIext\fR" 4 .IX Item "-addext ext" Add a specific extension to the certificate (if \fB\-x509\fR is in use) or certificate request. The argument must have the form of -a key=value pair as it would appear in a config file. +a \f(CW\*(C`key=value\*(C'\fR pair as it would appear in a config file. .Sp This option can be given multiple times. -.IP "\fB\-extensions\fR \fIsection\fR" 4 -.IX Item "-extensions section" -.PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-reqexts\fR \fIsection\fR" 4 -.IX Item "-reqexts section" -.PD -These options specify alternative sections to include certificate -extensions (if \fB\-x509\fR is in use) or certificate request extensions. -This allows several different sections to -be used in the same configuration file to specify requests for -a variety of purposes. .IP \fB\-precert\fR 4 .IX Item "-precert" A poison extension will be added to the certificate, making it a @@ -396,6 +408,11 @@ Non-interactive mode. .IP \fB\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "-verbose" Print extra details about the operations being performed. +.IP \fB\-quiet\fR 4 +.IX Item "-quiet" +Print fewer details about the operations being performed, which may be +handy during batch scripts or pipelines (specifically "progress dots" +during key generation are suppressed). .IP "\fB\-keygen_engine\fR \fIid\fR" 4 .IX Item "-keygen_engine id" Specifies an engine (by its unique \fIid\fR string) which would be used @@ -786,9 +803,15 @@ has no effect. .PP The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. The <\-nodes> option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0, too; use \fB\-noenc\fR instead. +.PP +The \fB\-reqexts\fR option has been made an alias of \fB\-extensions\fR in OpenSSL 3.2. +.PP +Since OpenSSL 3.2, +generated certificates bear X.509 version 3 unless \fB\-x509v1\fR is given, +and key identifier extensions are included by default. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rsa.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rsa.1ssl index e56b71f3..fdef2537 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rsa.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rsa.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-RSA 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-RSA 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-RSA 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -161,8 +161,9 @@ This option prints out the value of the modulus of the key. This option checks the consistency of an RSA private key. .IP \fB\-pubin\fR 4 .IX Item "-pubin" -By default a private key is read from the input file: with this -option a public key is read instead. +By default a private key is read from the input. +With this option a public key is read instead. +If the input contains no public key but a private key, its public part is used. .IP \fB\-pubout\fR 4 .IX Item "-pubout" By default a private key is output: with this option a public @@ -254,7 +255,7 @@ without having to manually edit them. The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rsautl.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rsautl.1ssl index 31b27fae..4926cad7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rsautl.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-rsautl.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-RSAUTL 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-RSAUTL 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-RSAUTL 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -126,7 +126,9 @@ The key format; unspecified by default. See \fBopenssl\-format\-options\fR\|(1) for details. .IP \fB\-pubin\fR 4 .IX Item "-pubin" -The input file is an RSA public key. +By default a private key is read from the key input. +With this option a public key is read instead. +If the input contains no public key but a private key, its public part is used. .IP \fB\-certin\fR 4 .IX Item "-certin" The input is a certificate containing an RSA public key. @@ -148,6 +150,11 @@ Decrypt the input data using an RSA private key. The padding to use: PKCS#1 v1.5 (the default), PKCS#1 OAEP, ANSI X9.31, or no padding, respectively. For signatures, only \fB\-pkcs\fR and \fB\-raw\fR can be used. +.Sp +Note: because of protection against Bleichenbacher attacks, decryption +using PKCS#1 v1.5 mode will not return errors in case padding check failed. +Use \fB\-raw\fR and inspect the returned value manually to check if the +padding is correct. .IP \fB\-hexdump\fR 4 .IX Item "-hexdump" Hex dump the output data. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-s_client.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-s_client.1ssl index 11bdaa9f..678ff9a9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-s_client.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-s_client.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-S_CLIENT 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-S_CLIENT 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-S_CLIENT 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -77,6 +77,7 @@ openssl\-s_client \- SSL/TLS client program [\fB\-unix\fR \fIpath\fR] [\fB\-4\fR] [\fB\-6\fR] +[\fB\-quic\fR] [\fB\-servername\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-noservername\fR] [\fB\-verify\fR \fIdepth\fR] @@ -105,15 +106,18 @@ openssl\-s_client \- SSL/TLS client program [\fB\-reconnect\fR] [\fB\-showcerts\fR] [\fB\-prexit\fR] +[\fB\-no\-interactive\fR] [\fB\-debug\fR] [\fB\-trace\fR] [\fB\-nocommands\fR] +[\fB\-adv\fR] [\fB\-security_debug\fR] [\fB\-security_debug_verbose\fR] [\fB\-msg\fR] [\fB\-timeout\fR] [\fB\-mtu\fR \fIsize\fR] [\fB\-no_etm\fR] +[\fB\-no_ems\fR] [\fB\-keymatexport\fR \fIlabel\fR] [\fB\-keymatexportlen\fR \fIlen\fR] [\fB\-msgfile\fR \fIfilename\fR] @@ -138,6 +142,8 @@ openssl\-s_client \- SSL/TLS client program [\fB\-read_buf\fR] [\fB\-ignore_unexpected_eof\fR] [\fB\-bugs\fR] +[\fB\-no_tx_cert_comp\fR] +[\fB\-no_rx_cert_comp\fR] [\fB\-comp\fR] [\fB\-no_comp\fR] [\fB\-brief\fR] @@ -174,6 +180,8 @@ openssl\-s_client \- SSL/TLS client program [\fB\-srp_lateuser\fR] [\fB\-srp_moregroups\fR] [\fB\-srp_strength\fR \fInumber\fR] +[\fB\-ktls\fR] +[\fB\-tfo\fR] [\fB\-nameopt\fR \fIoption\fR] [\fB\-no_ssl3\fR] [\fB\-no_tls1\fR] @@ -264,6 +272,8 @@ openssl\-s_client \- SSL/TLS client program [\fB\-verify_name\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-x509_strict\fR] [\fB\-issuer_checks\fR] +[\fB\-enable_server_rpk\fR] +[\fB\-enable_client_rpk\fR] [\fIhost\fR:\fIport\fR] .SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" @@ -326,6 +336,10 @@ Use IPv4 only. .IP \fB\-6\fR 4 .IX Item "-6" Use IPv6 only. +.IP \fB\-quic\fR 4 +.IX Item "-quic" +Connect using the QUIC protocol. If specified then the \fB\-alpn\fR option must also +be provided. .IP "\fB\-servername\fR \fIname\fR" 4 .IX Item "-servername name" Set the TLS SNI (Server Name Indication) extension in the ClientHello message to @@ -513,6 +527,9 @@ because a client certificate is required or is requested only after an attempt is made to access a certain URL. Note: the output produced by this option is not always accurate because a connection might never have been established. +.IP \fB\-no\-interactive\fR 4 +.IX Item "-no-interactive" +This flag can be used to run the client in a non-interactive mode. .IP \fB\-state\fR 4 .IX Item "-state" Prints out the SSL session states. @@ -522,6 +539,9 @@ Print extensive debugging information including a hex dump of all traffic. .IP \fB\-nocommands\fR 4 .IX Item "-nocommands" Do not use interactive command letters. +.IP \fB\-adv\fR 4 +.IX Item "-adv" +Use advanced command mode. .IP \fB\-security_debug\fR 4 .IX Item "-security_debug" Enable security debug messages. @@ -540,6 +560,9 @@ Set MTU of the link layer to the specified size. .IP \fB\-no_etm\fR 4 .IX Item "-no_etm" Disable Encrypt-then-MAC negotiation. +.IP \fB\-no_ems\fR 4 +.IX Item "-no_ems" +Disable Extended master secret negotiation. .IP "\fB\-keymatexport\fR \fIlabel\fR" 4 .IX Item "-keymatexport label" Export keying material using the specified label. @@ -651,12 +674,22 @@ For more information on shutting down a connection, see \fBSSL_shutdown\fR\|(3). .IX Item "-bugs" There are several known bugs in SSL and TLS implementations. Adding this option enables various workarounds. +.IP \fB\-no_tx_cert_comp\fR 4 +.IX Item "-no_tx_cert_comp" +Disables support for sending TLSv1.3 compressed certificates. +.IP \fB\-no_rx_cert_comp\fR 4 +.IX Item "-no_rx_cert_comp" +Disables support for receiving TLSv1.3 compressed certificate. .IP \fB\-comp\fR 4 .IX Item "-comp" Enables support for SSL/TLS compression. This option was introduced in OpenSSL 1.1.0. TLS compression is not recommended and is off by default as of -OpenSSL 1.1.0. +OpenSSL 1.1.0. TLS compression can only be used in security level 1 or +lower. From OpenSSL 3.2.0 and above the default security level is 2, so this +option will have no effect without also changing the security level. Use the +\&\fB\-cipher\fR option to change the security level. See \fBopenssl\-ciphers\fR\|(1) for +more information. .IP \fB\-no_comp\fR 4 .IX Item "-no_comp" Disables support for SSL/TLS compression. @@ -802,6 +835,14 @@ Tolerate other than the known \fBg\fR and \fBN\fR values. .IX Item "-srp_strength number" Set the minimal acceptable length, in bits, for \fBN\fR. This option is deprecated. +.IP \fB\-ktls\fR 4 +.IX Item "-ktls" +Enable Kernel TLS for sending and receiving. +This option was introduced in OpenSSL 3.2.0. +Kernel TLS is off by default as of OpenSSL 3.2.0. +.IP \fB\-tfo\fR 4 +.IX Item "-tfo" +Enable creation of connections via TCP fast open (RFC7413). .IP "\fB\-no_ssl3\fR, \fB\-no_tls1\fR, \fB\-no_tls1_1\fR, \fB\-no_tls1_2\fR, \fB\-no_tls1_3\fR, \fB\-ssl3\fR, \fB\-tls1\fR, \fB\-tls1_1\fR, \fB\-tls1_2\fR, \fB\-tls1_3\fR" 4 .IX Item "-no_ssl3, -no_tls1, -no_tls1_1, -no_tls1_2, -no_tls1_3, -ssl3, -tls1, -tls1_1, -tls1_2, -tls1_3" See "TLS Version Options" in \fBopenssl\fR\|(1). @@ -849,33 +890,95 @@ See "Verification Options" in \fBopenssl\-verification\-options\fR\|(1) for deta .Sp Verification errors are displayed, for debugging, but the command will proceed unless the \fB\-verify_return_error\fR option is used. +.IP \fB\-enable_server_rpk\fR 4 +.IX Item "-enable_server_rpk" +Enable support for receiving raw public keys (RFC7250) from the server. +Use of X.509 certificates by the server becomes optional, and servers that +support raw public keys may elect to use them. +Servers that don't support raw public keys or prefer to use X.509 +certificates can still elect to send X.509 certificates as usual. +.IP \fB\-enable_client_rpk\fR 4 +.IX Item "-enable_client_rpk" +Enable support for sending raw public keys (RFC7250) to the server. +A raw public key will be sent by the client, if solicited by the server, +provided a suitable key and public certificate pair is configured. +Some servers may nevertheless not request any client credentials, +or may request a certificate. .IP \fIhost\fR:\fIport\fR 4 .IX Item "host:port" Rather than providing \fB\-connect\fR, the target hostname and optional port may be provided as a single positional argument after all options. If neither this nor \fB\-connect\fR are provided, falls back to attempting to connect to \&\fIlocalhost\fR on port \fI4433\fR. -.SH "CONNECTED COMMANDS" -.IX Header "CONNECTED COMMANDS" -If a connection is established with an SSL server then any data received +.SH "CONNECTED COMMANDS (BASIC)" +.IX Header "CONNECTED COMMANDS (BASIC)" +If a connection is established with an SSL/TLS server then any data received from the server is displayed and any key presses will be sent to the -server. If end of file is reached then the connection will be closed down. When -used interactively (which means neither \fB\-quiet\fR nor \fB\-ign_eof\fR have been -given), then certain commands are also recognized which perform special -operations. These commands are a letter which must appear at the start of a -line. They are listed below. +server. If end of file is reached then the connection will be closed down. +.PP +When used interactively (which means neither \fB\-quiet\fR nor \fB\-ign_eof\fR have been +given), and neither of \fB\-adv\fR or \fB\-nocommands\fR are given then "Basic" command +mode is entered. In this mode certain commands are recognized which perform +special operations. These commands are a letter which must appear at the start +of a line. All further data after the initial letter on the line is ignored. +The commands are listed below. .IP \fBQ\fR 4 .IX Item "Q" End the current SSL connection and exit. .IP \fBR\fR 4 .IX Item "R" Renegotiate the SSL session (TLSv1.2 and below only). +.IP \fBC\fR 4 +.IX Item "C" +Attempt to reconnect to the server using a resumption handshake. .IP \fBk\fR 4 .IX Item "k" Send a key update message to the server (TLSv1.3 only) .IP \fBK\fR 4 .IX Item "K" Send a key update message to the server and request one back (TLSv1.3 only) +.SH "CONNECTED COMMANDS (ADVANCED)" +.IX Header "CONNECTED COMMANDS (ADVANCED)" +If \fB\-adv\fR has been given then "advanced" command mode is entered. As with basic +mode, if a connection is established with an SSL/TLS server then any data +received from the server is displayed and any key presses will be sent to the +server. If end of file is reached then the connection will be closed down. +.PP +Special commands can be supplied by enclosing them in braces, e.g. "{help}" or +"{quit}". These commands can appear anywhere in the text entered into s_client, +but they are not sent to the server. Some commands can take an argument by +ending the command name with ":" and then providing the argument, e.g. +"{keyup:req}". Some commands are only available when certain protocol versions +have been negotiated. +.PP +If a newline appears at the end of a line entered into s_client then this is +also sent to the server. If a command appears on a line on its own with no other +text on the same line, then the newline is suppressed and not sent to the +server. +.PP +The following commands are recognised. +.IP \fBhelp\fR 4 +.IX Item "help" +Prints out summary help text about the available commands. +.IP \fBquit\fR 4 +.IX Item "quit" +Close the connection to the peer +.IP \fBreconnect\fR 4 +.IX Item "reconnect" +Reconnect to the peer and attempt a resumption handshake +.IP \fBkeyup\fR 4 +.IX Item "keyup" +Send a Key Update message. TLSv1.3 only. This command takes an optional +argument. If the argument "req" is supplied then the peer is also requested to +update its keys. Otherwise if "noreq" is supplied the the peer is not requested +to update its keys. The default is "req". +.IP \fBreneg\fR 4 +.IX Item "reneg" +Initiate a renegotiation with the server. (D)TLSv1.2 or below only. +.IP \fBfin\fR 4 +.IX Item "fin" +Indicate FIN on the current stream. QUIC only. Once FIN has been sent any +further text entered for this stream is ignored. .SH NOTES .IX Header "NOTES" This command can be used to debug SSL servers. To connect to an SSL HTTP @@ -950,9 +1053,17 @@ The \fB\-name\fR option was added in OpenSSL 1.1.1. The \fB\-certform\fR option has become obsolete in OpenSSL 3.0.0 and has no effect. .PP The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. +.PP +The +\&\fB\-enable_client_rpk\fR, +\&\fB\-enable_server_rpk\fR, +\&\fB\-no_rx_cert_comp\fR, +\&\fB\-no_tx_cert_comp\fR, +and \fB\-tfo\fR +options were added in OpenSSL 3.2. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2022 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-s_server.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-s_server.1ssl index 46056cb7..1c5cfe80 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-s_server.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-s_server.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-S_SERVER 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-S_SERVER 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-S_SERVER 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -128,6 +128,7 @@ openssl\-s_server \- SSL/TLS server program [\fB\-ign_eof\fR] [\fB\-no_ign_eof\fR] [\fB\-no_etm\fR] +[\fB\-no_ems\fR] [\fB\-status\fR] [\fB\-status_verbose\fR] [\fB\-status_timeout\fR \fIint\fR] @@ -148,6 +149,8 @@ openssl\-s_server \- SSL/TLS server program [\fB\-naccept\fR \fI+int\fR] [\fB\-read_buf\fR \fI+int\fR] [\fB\-bugs\fR] +[\fB\-no_tx_cert_comp\fR] +[\fB\-no_rx_cert_comp\fR] [\fB\-no_comp\fR] [\fB\-comp\fR] [\fB\-no_ticket\fR] @@ -184,7 +187,9 @@ openssl\-s_server \- SSL/TLS server program [\fB\-no_dhe\fR] [\fB\-nextprotoneg\fR \fIval\fR] [\fB\-alpn\fR \fIval\fR] +[\fB\-ktls\fR] [\fB\-sendfile\fR] +[\fB\-zerocopy_sendfile\fR] [\fB\-keylogfile\fR \fIoutfile\fR] [\fB\-recv_max_early_data\fR \fIint\fR] [\fB\-max_early_data\fR \fIint\fR] @@ -193,6 +198,8 @@ openssl\-s_server \- SSL/TLS server program [\fB\-anti_replay\fR] [\fB\-no_anti_replay\fR] [\fB\-num_tickets\fR] +[\fB\-tfo\fR] +[\fB\-cert_comp\fR] [\fB\-nameopt\fR \fIoption\fR] [\fB\-no_ssl3\fR] [\fB\-no_tls1\fR] @@ -282,6 +289,8 @@ openssl\-s_server \- SSL/TLS server program [\fB\-provider\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-provider\-path\fR \fIpath\fR] [\fB\-propquery\fR \fIpropq\fR] +[\fB\-enable_server_rpk\fR] +[\fB\-enable_client_rpk\fR] .SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" This command implements a generic SSL/TLS server which @@ -562,6 +571,9 @@ Do not ignore input EOF. .IP \fB\-no_etm\fR 4 .IX Item "-no_etm" Disable Encrypt-then-MAC negotiation. +.IP \fB\-no_ems\fR 4 +.IX Item "-no_ems" +Disable Extended master secret negotiation. .IP \fB\-status\fR 4 .IX Item "-status" Enables certificate status request support (aka OCSP stapling). @@ -650,6 +662,12 @@ further information). .IX Item "-bugs" There are several known bugs in SSL and TLS implementations. Adding this option enables various workarounds. +.IP \fB\-no_tx_cert_comp\fR 4 +.IX Item "-no_tx_cert_comp" +Disables support for sending TLSv1.3 compressed certificates. +.IP \fB\-no_rx_cert_comp\fR 4 +.IX Item "-no_rx_cert_comp" +Disables support for receiving TLSv1.3 compressed certificates. .IP \fB\-no_comp\fR 4 .IX Item "-no_comp" Disable negotiation of TLS compression. @@ -657,10 +675,14 @@ TLS compression is not recommended and is off by default as of OpenSSL 1.1.0. .IP \fB\-comp\fR 4 .IX Item "-comp" -Enable negotiation of TLS compression. +Enables support for SSL/TLS compression. This option was introduced in OpenSSL 1.1.0. TLS compression is not recommended and is off by default as of -OpenSSL 1.1.0. +OpenSSL 1.1.0. TLS compression can only be used in security level 1 or +lower. From OpenSSL 3.2.0 and above the default security level is 2, so this +option will have no effect without also changing the security level. Use the +\&\fB\-cipher\fR option to change the security level. See \fBopenssl\-ciphers\fR\|(1) for +more information. .IP \fB\-no_ticket\fR 4 .IX Item "-no_ticket" Disable RFC4507bis session ticket support. This option has no effect if TLSv1.3 @@ -789,11 +811,25 @@ names. The list should contain the most desirable protocols first. Protocol names are printable ASCII strings, for example "http/1.1" or "spdy/3". The flag \fB\-nextprotoneg\fR cannot be specified if \fB\-tls1_3\fR is used. +.IP \fB\-ktls\fR 4 +.IX Item "-ktls" +Enable Kernel TLS for sending and receiving. +This option was introduced in OpenSSL 3.2.0. +Kernel TLS is off by default as of OpenSSL 3.2.0. .IP \fB\-sendfile\fR 4 .IX Item "-sendfile" If this option is set and KTLS is enabled, \fBSSL_sendfile()\fR will be used instead of \fBBIO_write()\fR to send the HTTP response requested by a client. -This option is only valid if \fB\-WWW\fR or \fB\-HTTP\fR is specified. +This option is only valid when \fB\-ktls\fR along with \fB\-WWW\fR or \fB\-HTTP\fR +are specified. +.IP \fB\-zerocopy_sendfile\fR 4 +.IX Item "-zerocopy_sendfile" +If this option is set, \fBSSL_sendfile()\fR will use the zerocopy TX mode, which gives +a performance boost when used with KTLS hardware offload. Note that invalid +TLS records might be transmitted if the file is changed while being sent. +This option depends on \fB\-sendfile\fR; when used alone, \fB\-sendfile\fR is implied, +and a warning is shown. Note that KTLS sendfile on FreeBSD always runs in the +zerocopy mode. .IP "\fB\-keylogfile\fR \fIoutfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-keylogfile outfile" Appends TLS secrets to the specified keylog file such that external programs @@ -823,6 +859,12 @@ automatically detect if a session ticket has been used more than once, TLSv1.3 has been negotiated, and early data is enabled on the server. A full handshake is forced if a session ticket is used a second or subsequent time. Any early data that was sent will be rejected. +.IP \fB\-tfo\fR 4 +.IX Item "-tfo" +Enable acceptance of TCP Fast Open (RFC7413) connections. +.IP \fB\-cert_comp\fR 4 +.IX Item "-cert_comp" +Pre-compresses certificates (RFC8879) that will be sent during the handshake. .IP "\fB\-nameopt\fR \fIoption\fR" 4 .IX Item "-nameopt option" This specifies how the subject or issuer names are displayed. @@ -868,6 +910,24 @@ See "Verification Options" in \fBopenssl\-verification\-options\fR\|(1) for deta If the server requests a client certificate, then verification errors are displayed, for debugging, but the command will proceed unless the \fB\-verify_return_error\fR option is used. +.IP \fB\-enable_server_rpk\fR 4 +.IX Item "-enable_server_rpk" +Enable support for sending raw public keys (RFC7250) to the client. +A raw public key will be sent by the server, if solicited by the client, +provided a suitable key and public certificate pair is configured. +Clients that don't support raw public keys or prefer to use X.509 +certificates can still elect to receive X.509 certificates as usual. +.Sp +Raw public keys are extracted from the configured certificate/private key. +.IP \fB\-enable_client_rpk\fR 4 +.IX Item "-enable_client_rpk" +Enable support for receiving raw public keys (RFC7250) from the client. +Use of X.509 certificates by the client becomes optional, and clients that +support raw public keys may elect to use them. +Clients that don't support raw public keys or prefer to use X.509 +certificates can still elect to send X.509 certificates as usual. +.Sp +Raw public keys are extracted from the configured certificate/private key. .SH "CONNECTED COMMANDS" .IX Header "CONNECTED COMMANDS" If a connection request is established with an SSL client and neither the @@ -954,9 +1014,17 @@ The .PP The \fB\-srpvfile\fR, \fB\-srpuserseed\fR, and \fB\-engine\fR option were deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. +.PP +The +\&\fB\-enable_client_rpk\fR, +\&\fB\-enable_server_rpk\fR, +\&\fB\-no_rx_cert_comp\fR, +\&\fB\-no_tx_cert_comp\fR, +and \fB\-tfo\fR +options were added in OpenSSL 3.2. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2022 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-s_time.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-s_time.1ssl index f39159fe..756c86f2 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-s_time.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-s_time.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-S_TIME 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-S_TIME 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-S_TIME 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-sess_id.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-sess_id.1ssl index d766c582..536d290c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-sess_id.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-sess_id.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-SESS_ID 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-SESS_ID 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-SESS_ID 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-smime.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-smime.1ssl index a05f61c1..27a9a4da 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-smime.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-smime.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-SMIME 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-SMIME 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-SMIME 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -152,7 +152,9 @@ This command handles S/MIME mail. It can encrypt, decrypt, sign and verify S/MIME messages. .SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" -There are six operation options that set the type of operation to be performed. +There are six operation options that set the type of operation to be performed: +\&\fB\-encrypt\fR, \fB\-decrypt\fR, \fB\-sign\fR, \fB\-resign\fR, \fB\-verify\fR, and \fB\-pk7out\fR. +These are mutually exclusive. The meaning of the other options varies according to the operation type. .IP \fB\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "-help" @@ -174,6 +176,9 @@ is written to the output file. Sign mail using the supplied certificate and private key. Input file is the message to be signed. The signed message in MIME format is written to the output file. +.IP \fB\-resign\fR 4 +.IX Item "-resign" +Resign a message: take an existing message and one or more new signers. .IP \fB\-verify\fR 4 .IX Item "-verify" Verify signed mail. Expects a signed mail message on input and outputs @@ -181,9 +186,6 @@ the signed data. Both clear text and opaque signing is supported. .IP \fB\-pk7out\fR 4 .IX Item "-pk7out" Takes an input message and writes out a PEM encoded PKCS#7 structure. -.IP \fB\-resign\fR 4 -.IX Item "-resign" -Resign a message: take an existing message and one or more new signers. .IP "\fB\-in\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-in filename" The input message to be encrypted or signed or the MIME message to @@ -559,7 +561,7 @@ The \-no_alt_chains option was added in OpenSSL 1.1.0. The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-speed.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-speed.1ssl index da8d38e1..3c9fcfd4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-speed.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-speed.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-SPEED 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-SPEED 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-SPEED 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -73,6 +73,8 @@ openssl\-speed \- test library performance [\fB\-cmac\fR \fIalgo\fR] [\fB\-mb\fR] [\fB\-aead\fR] +[\fB\-kem\-algorithms\fR] +[\fB\-signature\-algorithms\fR] [\fB\-multi\fR \fInum\fR] [\fB\-async_jobs\fR \fInum\fR] [\fB\-misalign\fR \fInum\fR] @@ -142,6 +144,12 @@ Enable multi-block mode on EVP-named cipher. .IP \fB\-aead\fR 4 .IX Item "-aead" Benchmark EVP-named AEAD cipher in TLS-like sequence. +.IP \fB\-kem\-algorithms\fR 4 +.IX Item "-kem-algorithms" +Benchmark KEM algorithms: key generation, encapsulation, decapsulation. +.IP \fB\-signature\-algorithms\fR 4 +.IX Item "-signature-algorithms" +Benchmark signature algorithms: key generation, signature, verification. .IP "\fB\-primes\fR \fInum\fR" 4 .IX Item "-primes num" Generate a \fInum\fR\-prime RSA key and use it to run the benchmarks. This option @@ -152,7 +160,7 @@ Run benchmarks for \fInum\fR seconds. .IP "\fB\-bytes\fR \fInum\fR" 4 .IX Item "-bytes num" Run benchmarks on \fInum\fR\-byte buffers. Affects ciphers, digests and the CSPRNG. -The limit on the size of the buffer is INT_MAX \- 64 bytes, which for a 32\-bit +The limit on the size of the buffer is INT_MAX \- 64 bytes, which for a 32\-bit int would be 2147483583 bytes. .IP \fB\-mr\fR 4 .IX Item "-mr" @@ -191,9 +199,11 @@ supported by third party providers with the \f(CW\*(C`openssl speed\*(C'\fR comm .SH HISTORY .IX Header "HISTORY" The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. +.PP +DSA512 was removed in OpenSSL 3.2. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2022 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-spkac.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-spkac.1ssl index e9e8075d..639ddc81 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-spkac.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-spkac.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-SPKAC 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-SPKAC 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-SPKAC 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-srp.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-srp.1ssl index d51f22d4..367550b3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-srp.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-srp.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-SRP 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-SRP 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-SRP 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-storeutl.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-storeutl.1ssl index b334eeb0..d2004391 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-storeutl.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-storeutl.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-STOREUTL 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-STOREUTL 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-STOREUTL 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -125,7 +125,6 @@ However, if this URI would return a set of names (URIs), those are always returned. .Sp Note that all options must be given before the \fIuri\fR argument. -Otherwise they are ignored. .IP "\fB\-subject\fR \fIarg\fR" 4 .IX Item "-subject arg" Search for an object having the subject name \fIarg\fR. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ts.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ts.1ssl index 16a9e609..384ca30d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ts.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-ts.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-TS 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-TS 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-TS 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ Default is no. (Optional) .IP \fBess_cert_id_alg\fR 4 .IX Item "ess_cert_id_alg" This option specifies the hash function to be used to calculate the TSA's -public key certificate identifier. Default is sha1. (Optional) +public key certificate identifier. Default is sha256. (Optional) .SH EXAMPLES .IX Header "EXAMPLES" All the examples below presume that \fBOPENSSL_CONF\fR is set to a proper @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. \&\fBossl_store\-file\fR\|(7) .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2006\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2006\-2021 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-verification-options.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-verification-options.1ssl index 0df638bf..36f038ea 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-verification-options.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-verification-options.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-VERIFICATION-OPTIONS 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-VERIFICATION-OPTIONS 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-VERIFICATION-OPTIONS 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -232,8 +232,8 @@ The certificates to add to the trust store can be specified using following options. .IP "\fB\-CAfile\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-CAfile file" -Load the specified file which contains a certificate -or several of them in case the input is in PEM or PKCS#12 format. +Load the specified file which contains a trusted certificate in DER format +or potentially several of them in case the input is in PEM format. PEM-encoded certificates may also have trust attributes set. .IP \fB\-no\-CAfile\fR 4 .IX Item "-no-CAfile" @@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ Set policy variable inhibit-policy-mapping (see RFC5280). The intended use for the certificate. Currently defined purposes are \f(CW\*(C`sslclient\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sslserver\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`nssslserver\*(C'\fR, \&\f(CW\*(C`smimesign\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`smimeencrypt\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`crlsign\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`ocsphelper\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`timestampsign\*(C'\fR, -and \f(CW\*(C`any\*(C'\fR. +\&\f(CW\*(C`codesign\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`any\*(C'\fR. If peer certificate verification is enabled, by default the TLS implementation as well as the commands \fBs_client\fR and \fBs_server\fR check for consistency with TLS server or TLS client use, respectively. @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ only the first one (in the mentioned order of locations) is recognised. The checks enabled by \fB\-x509_strict\fR have been extended in OpenSSL 3.0. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright 2000\-2022 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. +Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. .PP Licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (the "License"). You may not use this file except in compliance with the License. You can obtain a copy diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-verify.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-verify.1ssl index a5f3911f..5451e5ff 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-verify.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-verify.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-VERIFY 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-VERIFY 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-VERIFY 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-version.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-version.1ssl index e89ae181..89cb1132 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-version.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-version.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-VERSION 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-VERSION 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-VERSION 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-x509.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-x509.1ssl index 039c557a..e21cad3e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-x509.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl-x509.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL-X509 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL-X509 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL-X509 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -144,9 +144,13 @@ openssl\-x509 \- Certificate display and signing command This command is a multi-purposes certificate handling command. It can be used to print certificate information, convert certificates to various forms, edit certificate trust settings, -generate certificates from scratch or from certificating requests +generate certificates from scratch or from certification requests and then self-signing them or signing them like a "micro CA". .PP +Generated certificates bear X.509 version 3. +Unless specified otherwise, +key identifier extensions are included as described in \fBx509v3_config\fR\|(5). +.PP Since there are a large number of options they will split up into various sections. .SH OPTIONS @@ -171,7 +175,8 @@ see \fBopenssl\-passphrase\-options\fR\|(1). .IP \fB\-new\fR 4 .IX Item "-new" Generate a certificate from scratch, not using an input certificate -or certificate request. So the \fB\-in\fR option must not be used in this case. +or certificate request. +So this excludes the \fB\-in\fR and \fB\-req\fR options. Instead, the \fB\-subj\fR option needs to be given. The public key to include can be given with the \fB\-force_pubkey\fR option and defaults to the key given with the \fB\-key\fR (or \fB\-signkey\fR) option, @@ -205,7 +210,7 @@ are not taken over when producing a certificate request. The \fB\-ext\fR option can be used to further restrict which extensions to copy. .IP "\fB\-inform\fR \fBDER\fR|\fBPEM\fR" 4 .IX Item "-inform DER|PEM" -The input file format; unspecified by default. +The input file format to use; by default PEM is tried first. See \fBopenssl\-format\-options\fR\|(1) for details. .IP "\fB\-vfyopt\fR \fInm\fR:\fIv\fR" 4 .IX Item "-vfyopt nm:v" @@ -220,9 +225,7 @@ the new certificate or certificate request, resulting in a self-signature. .Sp This option cannot be used in conjunction with the \fB\-CA\fR option. .Sp -It sets the issuer name to the subject name (i.e., makes it self-issued) -and changes the public key to the supplied value (unless overridden -by \fB\-force_pubkey\fR). +It sets the issuer name to the subject name (i.e., makes it self-issued). Unless the \fB\-preserve_dates\fR option is supplied, it sets the validity start date to the current time and the end date to a value determined by the \fB\-days\fR option. @@ -324,7 +327,7 @@ as used by OpenSSL before version 1.0.0. Prints out the certificate extensions in text form. Can also be used to restrict which extensions to copy. Extensions are specified -with a comma separated string, e.g., "subjectAltName,subjectKeyIdentifier". +with a comma separated string, e.g., "subjectAltName, subjectKeyIdentifier". See the \fBx509v3_config\fR\|(5) manual page for the extension names. .IP \fB\-ocspid\fR 4 .IX Item "-ocspid" @@ -398,19 +401,21 @@ Example: .Sp \&\f(CW\*(C`/DC=org/DC=OpenSSL/DC=users/UID=123456+CN=John Doe\*(C'\fR .Sp -This option can be used in conjunction with the \fB\-force_pubkey\fR option -to create a certificate even without providing an input certificate -or certificate request. +This option can be used with the \fB\-new\fR and \fB\-force_pubkey\fR options to create +a new certificate without providing an input certificate or certificate request. .IP "\fB\-force_pubkey\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4 .IX Item "-force_pubkey filename" -When a certificate is created set its public key to the key in \fIfilename\fR +When a new certificate or certificate request is created +set its public key to the given key instead of the key contained in the input or given with the \fB\-key\fR (or \fB\-signkey\fR) option. +If the input contains no public key but a private key, its public part is used. +.Sp +This option can be used in conjunction with b<\-new> and \fB\-subj\fR +to directly generate a certificate containing any desired public key. .Sp -This option is useful for creating self-issued certificates that are not +This option is also useful for creating self-issued certificates that are not self-signed, for instance when the key cannot be used for signing, such as DH. -It can also be used in conjunction with \fB\-new\fR and \fB\-subj\fR to directly -generate a certificate containing any desired public key. .IP \fB\-clrext\fR 4 .IX Item "-clrext" When transforming a certificate to a new certificate @@ -430,8 +435,12 @@ If this option is not specified then the extensions should either be contained in the unnamed (default) section or the default section should contain a variable called "extensions" which contains the section to use. +.Sp See the \fBx509v3_config\fR\|(5) manual page for details of the extension section format. +.Sp +Unless specified otherwise, +key identifier extensions are included as described in \fBx509v3_config\fR\|(5). .IP "\fB\-sigopt\fR \fInm\fR:\fIv\fR" 4 .IX Item "-sigopt nm:v" Pass options to the signature algorithm during sign operations. @@ -755,6 +764,9 @@ keeping the old name as an alias. The \fB\-engine\fR option was deprecated in OpenSSL 3.0. .PP The \fB\-C\fR option was removed in OpenSSL 3.0. +.PP +Since OpenSSL 3.2, generated certificates bear X.509 version 3, +and key identifier extensions are included by default. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" Copyright 2000\-2023 The OpenSSL Project Authors. All Rights Reserved. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl.1ssl index 6f07437b..37ea3f5d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/openssl.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OPENSSL 1SSL" -.TH OPENSSL 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH OPENSSL 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -70,10 +70,12 @@ openssl \- OpenSSL command line program [ \fIparameters\fR ... ] .PP \&\fBopenssl\fR \fBno\-\fR\fIXXX\fR [ \fIoptions\fR ] +.PP +\&\fBopenssl\fR \fB\-help\fR | \fB\-version\fR .SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -OpenSSL is a cryptography toolkit implementing the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL -v2/v3) and Transport Layer Security (TLS v1) network protocols and related +OpenSSL is a cryptography toolkit implementing the Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) +and Transport Layer Security (TLS) network protocols and related cryptography standards required by them. .PP The \fBopenssl\fR program is a command line program for using the various @@ -346,6 +348,18 @@ SHA\-3 384 Digest .IP \fBsha3\-512\fR 4 .IX Item "sha3-512" SHA\-3 512 Digest +.IP \fBkeccak\-224\fR 4 +.IX Item "keccak-224" +KECCAK 224 Digest +.IP \fBkeccak\-256\fR 4 +.IX Item "keccak-256" +KECCAK 256 Digest +.IP \fBkeccak\-384\fR 4 +.IX Item "keccak-384" +KECCAK 384 Digest +.IP \fBkeccak\-512\fR 4 +.IX Item "keccak-512" +KECCAK 512 Digest .IP \fBshake128\fR 4 .IX Item "shake128" SHA\-3 SHAKE128 Digest @@ -432,11 +446,24 @@ SM4 Cipher .IX Header "OPTIONS" Details of which options are available depend on the specific command. This section describes some common options with common behavior. +.SS "Program Options" +.IX Subsection "Program Options" +These options can be specified without a command specified to get help +or version information. +.IP \fB\-help\fR 4 +.IX Item "-help" +Provides a terse summary of all options. +For more detailed information, each command supports a \fB\-help\fR option. +Accepts \fB\-\-help\fR as well. +.IP \fB\-version\fR 4 +.IX Item "-version" +Provides a terse summary of the \fBopenssl\fR program version. +For more detailed information see \fBopenssl\-version\fR\|(1). +Accepts \fB\-\-version\fR as well. .SS "Common Options" .IX Subsection "Common Options" .IP \fB\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "-help" -Provides a terse summary of all options. If an option takes an argument, the "type" of argument is also given. .IP \fB\-\-\fR 4 .IX Item "--" @@ -654,7 +681,7 @@ Traces encoder operations. Traces decrementing certain ASN.1 structure references. .IP \fBHTTP\fR 4 .IX Item "HTTP" -HTTP client diagnostics +Traces the HTTP client and server, such as messages being sent and received. .RE .RS 4 .RE diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pamcut.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pamcut.1 index 4b0c552b..893c2bc1 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pamcut.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pamcut.1 @@ -3,10 +3,10 @@ .\" Do not hand-hack it! If you have bug fixes or improvements, please find .\" the corresponding HTML page on the Netpbm website, generate a patch .\" against that, and send it to the Netpbm maintainer. -.TH "Pamcut User Manual" 1 "04 October 2019" "netpbm documentation" +.TH "Pamcut User Manual" 1 "26 February 2024" "netpbm documentation" .SH NAME -pamcut - cut a rectangle out of a PAM, PBM, PGM, or PPM image +pamcut - select a rectangular region of a PAM, PBM, PGM, or PPM image .UN synopsis .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -35,6 +35,8 @@ pamcut - cut a rectangle out of a PAM, PBM, PGM, or PPM image [\fB-cropbottom \fP\fInumrows\fP] +[\fB-reportonly\fP] + [\fB-verbose\fP] [\fIleft\fP \fItop\fP \fIwidth\fP \fIheight\fP] @@ -71,13 +73,14 @@ To specify the rectangle to keep, use \fB-left\fP, \fB-right\fP, \fB-top\fP, \fB-bottom\fP, \fB-width\fP, \fB-height\fP, and \fB-pad\fP options. .PP -For example, \fB-left=50 -right=200\fP means to keep the 150 columns +For example, \fB-left=50 -right=200\fP means to keep the 151 columns between Columns 50 and 200 inclusive. .PP You can code any mixture of the options. What you don't specify defaults. Those defaults are in favor of minimal cutting and in favor of cutting the -right and bottom edges off. It is an error to overspecify, i.e. to specify -all three of \fB-left\fP, \fB-right\fP, and \fB-width\fP or \fB-top\fP, +right and bottom edges off and (with \fB-pad\fP) minimal padding and padding +on the right and bottom. It is an error to overspecify, i.e. to specify all +three of \fB-left\fP, \fB-right\fP, and \fB-width\fP or \fB-top\fP, \fB-bottom\fP, and \fB-height\fP or \fBright\fP as well as \fB-cropright\fP. .PP @@ -86,8 +89,8 @@ arguments. Arguments were the only way available before July 2000, but you should not use them in new applications. Options are easier to remember and read, more expressive, and allow you to use defaults. .PP -If you use both options and arguments, the two specifications get -mixed in an unspecified way. +If you use both options and arguments, the two specifications get mixed in +an unspecified way. .PP To use arguments, specify all four of the \fIleft\fP, \fItop\fP, \fIwidth\fP, and \fIheight\fP arguments. \fIleft\fP and \fItop\fP have @@ -200,6 +203,57 @@ the frame or against any edge and make the padding any color (the padding color is the color of the background image). .TP +\fB-reportonly\fP + This causes \fBpamcut\fP to write to Standard Output a description of the + cutting it would have done instead of producing an output image. See + +.UR #reportonly +below +.UE +\& for a description of this output and ways + to use it. +.sp +That description is one line of text, containing 8 decimal numbers of + pixels, separated by spaces: + + +.IP \(bu +column number of left cut +.IP \(bu +column number of right cut +.IP \(bu +row number of top cut +.IP \(bu +row number of bottom cut +.IP \(bu +width of input image +.IP \(bu +height of input image +.IP \(bu +width of output image +.IP \(bu +height of output image + +.sp +The column number of the left cut is the column number in the input image +of the leftmost column of the output image. for the right cut, it is for +the rightmost column of the output. Top and bottom are analogous. +.sp +\fIThe column and row numbers can be negative\fP if you +specified \fB-pad\fP and \fBpamcut\fP would have added padding. Likewise, +they can be beyond the right and bottom edge of the input image. +.sp +Example: +.nf + + 10 109 -1 98 150 80 100 100 + + +.fi +.sp +This option was new in Netpbm 11.06 (March 2024). + +.TP \fB-verbose\fP Print information about the processing to Standard Error. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/paste.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/paste.1 index 10f39968..367193c6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/paste.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/paste.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PASTE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PASTE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME paste \- merge lines of files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pathchk.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pathchk.1 index 1d84f166..30f6d2ec 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pathchk.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pathchk.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PATHCHK "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PATHCHK "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME pathchk \- check whether file names are valid or portable .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pbmtext.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pbmtext.1 index 4ef4827d..2cd9284f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pbmtext.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pbmtext.1 @@ -487,10 +487,12 @@ Soup" (1)\c of 8-bit character sets. .PP To convert OTF or TTF font files to BDF, use -.UR http://www.math.nmsu.edu/~mleisher/Software/otf2bdf - \fBotf2bdf\fP by Mike Leisher +\fBotf2bdf\fP by Mike Leisher or \fBotftobdf\fP (part of the \fBlibotf\fP +package, which is part of the +.UR https://www.nongnu.org/m17n/ + \fBm17n\fP .UE -\&. +\& project). .UN seealso diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdf2dsc.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdf2dsc.1 index ff73bf90..851540c3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdf2dsc.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdf2dsc.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PDF2DSC 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PDF2DSC 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pdf2dsc \- generate a PostScript page list of a PDF document .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -28,6 +28,6 @@ Ghostscript since release 3.53. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1), ghostview(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Yves Arrouye <yves.arrouye@usa.net> and Russell Lang gsview at ghostgum.com.au diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdf2ps.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdf2ps.1 index b81c5710..d70f3d42 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdf2ps.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdf2ps.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PDF2PS 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PDF2PS 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pdf2ps \- Ghostscript PDF to PostScript translator .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ LanguageLevel 3 in the output. Run "\fBgs -h\fR" to find the location of Ghostscript documentation on your system, from which you can get more details. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdfmom.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdfmom.1 index 3ef700bf..1cf83f48 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdfmom.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdfmom.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH pdfmom 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH pdfmom 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name pdfmom \- produce PDF documents using the .I mom diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdfroff.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdfroff.1 index 3db65ba1..b903d8ac 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdfroff.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pdfroff.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH pdfroff 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH pdfroff 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name pdfroff \- construct files in Portable Document Format using .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl.1 index 5ac2099c..37ebfd1b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL 1" -.TH PERL 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5004delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5004delta.1 index 31167d4b..75d70d3f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5004delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5004delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5004DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5004DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5004DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5005delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5005delta.1 index 09e36db1..c2935f7d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5005delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5005delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5005DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5005DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5005DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5100delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5100delta.1 index 61f6a938..5b20157a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5100delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5100delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5100DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5100DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5100DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5101delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5101delta.1 index 5942fee4..f58783d0 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5101delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5101delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5101DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5101DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5101DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5120delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5120delta.1 index 994b3509..110127f5 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5120delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5120delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5120DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5120DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5120DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5121delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5121delta.1 index c7931eb6..b24201af 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5121delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5121delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5121DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5121DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5121DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5122delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5122delta.1 index a0333747..544d7d75 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5122delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5122delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5122DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5122DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5122DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5123delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5123delta.1 index 73631b47..602034aa 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5123delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5123delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5123DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5123DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5123DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5124delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5124delta.1 index 2998db51..19627e7f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5124delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5124delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5124DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5124DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5124DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5125delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5125delta.1 index 9f5e8f4e..3c13c854 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5125delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5125delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5125DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5125DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5125DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5140delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5140delta.1 index 5984b3a5..ed180d1f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5140delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5140delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5140DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5140DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5140DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5141delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5141delta.1 index ab09920f..68311202 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5141delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5141delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5141DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5141DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5141DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5142delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5142delta.1 index e8be48c9..139e27da 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5142delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5142delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5142DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5142DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5142DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5143delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5143delta.1 index ffbe4826..c8eabac7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5143delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5143delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5143DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5143DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5143DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5144delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5144delta.1 index 6080f5e6..87ae0bfb 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5144delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5144delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5144DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5144DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5144DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5160delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5160delta.1 index f1971cfe..8b411950 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5160delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5160delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5160DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5160DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5160DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5161delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5161delta.1 index 44b19666..1d81e1cc 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5161delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5161delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5161DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5161DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5161DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5162delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5162delta.1 index dce7c759..c3f0b9ba 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5162delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5162delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5162DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5162DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5162DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5163delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5163delta.1 index 92219df3..69c62a4e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5163delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5163delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5163DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5163DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5163DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5180delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5180delta.1 index 2bada930..6ed0575b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5180delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5180delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5180DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5180DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5180DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5181delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5181delta.1 index 3c716aa7..5392436d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5181delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5181delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5181DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5181DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5181DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5182delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5182delta.1 index 47c83bc4..15119eb9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5182delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5182delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5182DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5182DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5182DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5184delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5184delta.1 index bf53a357..4732eb99 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5184delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5184delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5184DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5184DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5184DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5200delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5200delta.1 index f4e57905..b6c600c2 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5200delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5200delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5200DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5200DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5200DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5201delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5201delta.1 index 0354cdac..02fdce33 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5201delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5201delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5201DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5201DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5201DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5202delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5202delta.1 index d46515ff..3ab224fb 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5202delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5202delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5202DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5202DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5202DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5203delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5203delta.1 index c820946b..de63b048 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5203delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5203delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5203DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5203DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5203DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5220delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5220delta.1 index 34b0fd0b..2a1959a6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5220delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5220delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5220DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5220DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5220DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5221delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5221delta.1 index cc8c5eb1..761840ae 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5221delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5221delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5221DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5221DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5221DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5222delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5222delta.1 index 46d7f251..44e93b2e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5222delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5222delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5222DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5222DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5222DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5223delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5223delta.1 index ea8993a8..063d4e37 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5223delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5223delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5223DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5223DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5223DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5224delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5224delta.1 index 29618035..c041f704 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5224delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5224delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5224DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5224DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5224DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5240delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5240delta.1 index b00dcabc..2b9586ad 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5240delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5240delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5240DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5240DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5240DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5241delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5241delta.1 index a01b2a90..af0ba56e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5241delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5241delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5241DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5241DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5241DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5242delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5242delta.1 index 671d5674..2cdcd7f3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5242delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5242delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5242DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5242DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5242DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5243delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5243delta.1 index 801a8f19..2e3edaa4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5243delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5243delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5243DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5243DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5243DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5244delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5244delta.1 index a3d42af9..9853a31a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5244delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5244delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5244DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5244DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5244DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5260delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5260delta.1 index 331e169e..bb997e31 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5260delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5260delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5260DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5260DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5260DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5261delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5261delta.1 index b7ad82a0..849cd783 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5261delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5261delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5261DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5261DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5261DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5262delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5262delta.1 index 9fae3134..28ae7fe0 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5262delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5262delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5262DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5262DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5262DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5263delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5263delta.1 index 890e2baa..f62627ce 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5263delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5263delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5263DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5263DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5263DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5280delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5280delta.1 index 4b9b7774..9123be8c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5280delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5280delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5280DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5280DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5280DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5281delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5281delta.1 index 22d446ca..619fe328 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5281delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5281delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5281DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5281DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5281DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5282delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5282delta.1 index ed746169..5c14dff9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5282delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5282delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5282DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5282DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5282DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5283delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5283delta.1 index 8934e059..cf1d0873 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5283delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5283delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5283DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5283DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5283DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5300delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5300delta.1 index a1ae9bc2..3ce5ea06 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5300delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5300delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5300DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5300DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5300DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5301delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5301delta.1 index c72b7501..b25840fe 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5301delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5301delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5301DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5301DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5301DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5302delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5302delta.1 index 2ae8a229..7579b4f1 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5302delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5302delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5302DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5302DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5302DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5303delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5303delta.1 index 806bfadf..ac365478 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5303delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5303delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5303DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5303DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5303DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5320delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5320delta.1 index 9e8d07f4..e31d7a2b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5320delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5320delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5320DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5320DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5320DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5321delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5321delta.1 index 858f4a24..dca6876c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5321delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5321delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5321DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5321DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5321DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5340delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5340delta.1 index 848cb937..6e9eda3c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5340delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5340delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5340DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5340DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5340DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5341delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5341delta.1 index 4f238648..2134ffd8 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5341delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5341delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5341DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5341DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5341DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5342delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5342delta.1 index 7a58f67b..b1c2d56a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5342delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5342delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5342DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5342DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5342DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5343delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5343delta.1 index 3a3422c1..f2ece416 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5343delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5343delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5343DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5343DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5343DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5360delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5360delta.1 index bc435c31..252a67c7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5360delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5360delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5360DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5360DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5360DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5361delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5361delta.1 index eea012ca..5fe1666e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5361delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5361delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5361DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5361DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5361DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5362delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5362delta.1 index 975695eb..497086f5 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5362delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5362delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5362DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5362DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5362DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5363delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5363delta.1 index 417d972f..b2dd9b04 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5363delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5363delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5363DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5363DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5363DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5380delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5380delta.1 index adf57a02..66030553 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5380delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5380delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5380DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5380DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5380DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5381delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5381delta.1 index b6851b86..f02ecde5 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5381delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5381delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5381DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5381DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5381DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5382delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5382delta.1 index 9c28d156..c84b5c9c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5382delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl5382delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL5382DELTA 1" -.TH PERL5382DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL5382DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl561delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl561delta.1 index 5c486ce5..3e3e556a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl561delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl561delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL561DELTA 1" -.TH PERL561DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL561DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl56delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl56delta.1 index 3e545da1..dde904db 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl56delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl56delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL56DELTA 1" -.TH PERL56DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL56DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl581delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl581delta.1 index f82cc0ab..64d92e39 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl581delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl581delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL581DELTA 1" -.TH PERL581DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL581DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl582delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl582delta.1 index 1ccd8bc5..8d34f380 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl582delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl582delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL582DELTA 1" -.TH PERL582DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL582DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl583delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl583delta.1 index 1093296e..77c3e9a1 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl583delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl583delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL583DELTA 1" -.TH PERL583DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL583DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl584delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl584delta.1 index db2507f2..335bfdcc 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl584delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl584delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL584DELTA 1" -.TH PERL584DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL584DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl585delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl585delta.1 index b6f23744..9c5cf774 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl585delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl585delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL585DELTA 1" -.TH PERL585DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL585DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl586delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl586delta.1 index 9c2eda5b..3118df33 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl586delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl586delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL586DELTA 1" -.TH PERL586DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL586DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl587delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl587delta.1 index 7c9a5431..45d60f46 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl587delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl587delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL587DELTA 1" -.TH PERL587DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL587DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl588delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl588delta.1 index 9fa8e989..dafd5b11 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl588delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl588delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL588DELTA 1" -.TH PERL588DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL588DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl589delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl589delta.1 index d8a430a5..9fa6d65c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl589delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl589delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL589DELTA 1" -.TH PERL589DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL589DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl58delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl58delta.1 index 5ea560a9..bf3197ac 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl58delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perl58delta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL58DELTA 1" -.TH PERL58DELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL58DELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlaix.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlaix.1 index ca9b5770..e8722578 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlaix.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlaix.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLAIX 1" -.TH PERLAIX 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLAIX 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlamiga.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlamiga.1 index 3d5cc436..9ff5ea4b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlamiga.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlamiga.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLAMIGA 1" -.TH PERLAMIGA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLAMIGA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlandroid.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlandroid.1 index 93e6a090..d6c2b4c7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlandroid.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlandroid.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLANDROID 1" -.TH PERLANDROID 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLANDROID 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlapi.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlapi.1 index 919c9c95..b48a681a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlapi.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlapi.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLAPI 1" -.TH PERLAPI 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLAPI 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlapio.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlapio.1 index 2d0b5b82..cfecab0c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlapio.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlapio.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLAPIO 1" -.TH PERLAPIO 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLAPIO 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlartistic.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlartistic.1 index 32e76d67..4e6098f9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlartistic.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlartistic.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLARTISTIC 1" -.TH PERLARTISTIC 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLARTISTIC 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlbook.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlbook.1 index 10237609..83dd2388 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlbook.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlbook.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLBOOK 1" -.TH PERLBOOK 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLBOOK 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlboot.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlboot.1 index 34de2927..fbe1462c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlboot.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlboot.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLBOOT 1" -.TH PERLBOOT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLBOOT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlbot.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlbot.1 index 4ea058c4..6e552edf 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlbot.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlbot.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLBOT 1" -.TH PERLBOT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLBOT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlbs2000.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlbs2000.1 index 0131c137..6db26600 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlbs2000.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlbs2000.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLBS2000 1" -.TH PERLBS2000 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLBS2000 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcall.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcall.1 index 972b0721..b7e58c04 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcall.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcall.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLCALL 1" -.TH PERLCALL 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLCALL 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcheat.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcheat.1 index e8aab236..7b2bb066 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcheat.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcheat.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLCHEAT 1" -.TH PERLCHEAT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLCHEAT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlclass.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlclass.1 index d61cf962..feec5a75 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlclass.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlclass.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLCLASS 1" -.TH PERLCLASS 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLCLASS 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlclassguts.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlclassguts.1 index 863617d8..06e5aae3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlclassguts.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlclassguts.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLCLASSGUTS 1" -.TH PERLCLASSGUTS 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLCLASSGUTS 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlclib.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlclib.1 index ba610bc0..e6e64b39 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlclib.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlclib.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLCLIB 1" -.TH PERLCLIB 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLCLIB 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcn.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcn.1 index 92d88501..34a21c5d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcn.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcn.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLCN 1" -.TH PERLCN 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLCN 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcommunity.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcommunity.1 index 35bfd376..65ba67c7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcommunity.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcommunity.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLCOMMUNITY 1" -.TH PERLCOMMUNITY 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLCOMMUNITY 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcygwin.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcygwin.1 index a8aec4d2..7d077593 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcygwin.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlcygwin.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLCYGWIN 1" -.TH PERLCYGWIN 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLCYGWIN 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldata.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldata.1 index 2ac0e675..cd77b54b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldata.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldata.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLDATA 1" -.TH PERLDATA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLDATA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldbmfilter.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldbmfilter.1 index be35cf66..bf64933b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldbmfilter.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldbmfilter.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLDBMFILTER 1" -.TH PERLDBMFILTER 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLDBMFILTER 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldebguts.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldebguts.1 index 3ce86509..85271e14 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldebguts.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldebguts.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLDEBGUTS 1" -.TH PERLDEBGUTS 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLDEBGUTS 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldebtut.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldebtut.1 index 1f40065d..76607107 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldebtut.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldebtut.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLDEBTUT 1" -.TH PERLDEBTUT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLDEBTUT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldebug.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldebug.1 index 2e23fc3e..532174f6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldebug.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldebug.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLDEBUG 1" -.TH PERLDEBUG 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLDEBUG 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldelta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldelta.1 index f5cfbac7..cbd31def 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldelta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldelta.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLDELTA 1" -.TH PERLDELTA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLDELTA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldeprecation.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldeprecation.1 index b83c0c71..5ca0c7ce 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldeprecation.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldeprecation.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLDEPRECATION 1" -.TH PERLDEPRECATION 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLDEPRECATION 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldiag.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldiag.1 index 11f97287..857f9e10 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldiag.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldiag.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLDIAG 1" -.TH PERLDIAG 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLDIAG 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldoc.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldoc.1 index 687ed2ab..85a36154 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldoc.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldoc.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLDOC 1" -.TH PERLDOC 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLDOC 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldocstyle.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldocstyle.1 index 8a282a8f..818565d4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldocstyle.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldocstyle.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLDOCSTYLE 1" -.TH PERLDOCSTYLE 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLDOCSTYLE 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldsc.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldsc.1 index 4c5bec53..4191cec6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldsc.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldsc.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLDSC 1" -.TH PERLDSC 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLDSC 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldtrace.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldtrace.1 index c8a9a52d..04357c9d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldtrace.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perldtrace.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLDTRACE 1" -.TH PERLDTRACE 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLDTRACE 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlebcdic.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlebcdic.1 index c836a9b1..742486d7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlebcdic.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlebcdic.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLEBCDIC 1" -.TH PERLEBCDIC 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLEBCDIC 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlembed.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlembed.1 index d526ead1..c063e7e4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlembed.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlembed.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLEMBED 1" -.TH PERLEMBED 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLEMBED 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlexperiment.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlexperiment.1 index c9a607bd..bd6b8bd9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlexperiment.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlexperiment.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLEXPERIMENT 1" -.TH PERLEXPERIMENT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLEXPERIMENT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq.1 index 829f6720..0417bb44 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFAQ 1" -.TH PERLFAQ 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFAQ 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq1.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq1.1 index b7fcef51..1d964341 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq1.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq1.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFAQ1 1" -.TH PERLFAQ1 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFAQ1 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq2.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq2.1 index bbb65c4e..88adb552 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq2.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq2.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFAQ2 1" -.TH PERLFAQ2 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFAQ2 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq3.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq3.1 index 19fcb454..f21b1646 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq3.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq3.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFAQ3 1" -.TH PERLFAQ3 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFAQ3 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq4.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq4.1 index 7141ebff..7c1cab42 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq4.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq4.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFAQ4 1" -.TH PERLFAQ4 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFAQ4 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq5.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq5.1 index f4662c6e..f3fea466 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq5.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq5.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFAQ5 1" -.TH PERLFAQ5 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFAQ5 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq6.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq6.1 index edcf335e..af5642b1 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq6.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq6.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFAQ6 1" -.TH PERLFAQ6 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFAQ6 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq7.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq7.1 index 4712b802..5ce6e1ab 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq7.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq7.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFAQ7 1" -.TH PERLFAQ7 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFAQ7 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq8.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq8.1 index 2b9523eb..1b34ef08 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq8.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq8.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFAQ8 1" -.TH PERLFAQ8 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFAQ8 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq9.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq9.1 index 41fee4e1..57a8ea4f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq9.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfaq9.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFAQ9 1" -.TH PERLFAQ9 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFAQ9 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfilter.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfilter.1 index 3b13346b..a0ceb22c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfilter.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfilter.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFILTER 1" -.TH PERLFILTER 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFILTER 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfork.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfork.1 index 959ae808..77cbbc33 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfork.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfork.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFORK 1" -.TH PERLFORK 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFORK 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlform.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlform.1 index b2c5f0b7..688bc2bf 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlform.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlform.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFORM 1" -.TH PERLFORM 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFORM 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfreebsd.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfreebsd.1 index 0255c858..5590668c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfreebsd.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfreebsd.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFREEBSD 1" -.TH PERLFREEBSD 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFREEBSD 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfunc.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfunc.1 index f233ed11..4126aecf 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfunc.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlfunc.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLFUNC 1" -.TH PERLFUNC 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLFUNC 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlgit.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlgit.1 index 987e8dd8..c04bcd48 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlgit.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlgit.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLGIT 1" -.TH PERLGIT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLGIT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlglossary.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlglossary.1 index 244e12c6..6c32180a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlglossary.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlglossary.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLGLOSSARY 1" -.TH PERLGLOSSARY 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLGLOSSARY 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlgov.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlgov.1 index e6ff3cf4..cad74da7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlgov.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlgov.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLGOV 1" -.TH PERLGOV 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLGOV 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlgpl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlgpl.1 index d02865a7..8ea46c01 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlgpl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlgpl.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLGPL 1" -.TH PERLGPL 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLGPL 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlguts.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlguts.1 index 9c569722..f051f6d2 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlguts.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlguts.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLGUTS 1" -.TH PERLGUTS 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLGUTS 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhack.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhack.1 index 32a159d6..1ea4ff0f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhack.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhack.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLHACK 1" -.TH PERLHACK 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLHACK 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhacktips.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhacktips.1 index a2011627..c6190b36 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhacktips.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhacktips.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLHACKTIPS 1" -.TH PERLHACKTIPS 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLHACKTIPS 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhacktut.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhacktut.1 index 6f188c96..5694dfa9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhacktut.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhacktut.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLHACKTUT 1" -.TH PERLHACKTUT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLHACKTUT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhaiku.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhaiku.1 index cedf5840..cf40d795 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhaiku.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhaiku.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLHAIKU 1" -.TH PERLHAIKU 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLHAIKU 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhist.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhist.1 index 2f453857..0f6ed3fd 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhist.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhist.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLHIST 1" -.TH PERLHIST 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLHIST 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhpux.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhpux.1 index 878cedd9..44a4400b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhpux.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhpux.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLHPUX 1" -.TH PERLHPUX 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLHPUX 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhurd.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhurd.1 index ac348557..7d039600 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhurd.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlhurd.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLHURD 1" -.TH PERLHURD 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLHURD 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlintern.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlintern.1 index 544fadbf..39d69889 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlintern.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlintern.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLINTERN 1" -.TH PERLINTERN 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLINTERN 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlinterp.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlinterp.1 index ae781c8b..5bbd95c6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlinterp.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlinterp.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLINTERP 1" -.TH PERLINTERP 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLINTERP 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlintro.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlintro.1 index 9b11010e..beda0323 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlintro.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlintro.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLINTRO 1" -.TH PERLINTRO 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLINTRO 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perliol.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perliol.1 index ada49e94..d9339e88 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perliol.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perliol.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLIOL 1" -.TH PERLIOL 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLIOL 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlipc.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlipc.1 index 58ead157..608bcab6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlipc.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlipc.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLIPC 1" -.TH PERLIPC 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLIPC 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlirix.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlirix.1 index e293fd57..bd7b6b35 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlirix.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlirix.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLIRIX 1" -.TH PERLIRIX 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLIRIX 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perljp.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perljp.1 index ef54a689..8afef43e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perljp.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perljp.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLJP 1" -.TH PERLJP 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLJP 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlko.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlko.1 index 233deff8..b6d852f1 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlko.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlko.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLKO 1" -.TH PERLKO 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLKO 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllexwarn.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllexwarn.1 index 16e45ccf..818bc241 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllexwarn.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllexwarn.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLLEXWARN 1" -.TH PERLLEXWARN 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLLEXWARN 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllinux.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllinux.1 index ea23d53d..36c3e786 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllinux.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllinux.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLLINUX 1" -.TH PERLLINUX 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLLINUX 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllocale.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllocale.1 index d3165c35..32fdc59e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllocale.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllocale.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLLOCALE 1" -.TH PERLLOCALE 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLLOCALE 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllol.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllol.1 index 89b3e4ff..0f874167 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllol.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perllol.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLLOL 1" -.TH PERLLOL 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLLOL 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmacosx.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmacosx.1 index 0bb91a7c..2d699dba 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmacosx.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmacosx.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLMACOSX 1" -.TH PERLMACOSX 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLMACOSX 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmod.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmod.1 index 4c3f1c85..e74d7707 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmod.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmod.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLMOD 1" -.TH PERLMOD 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLMOD 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmodinstall.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmodinstall.1 index 377b8fd1..8a2d0ff1 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmodinstall.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmodinstall.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLMODINSTALL 1" -.TH PERLMODINSTALL 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLMODINSTALL 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmodlib.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmodlib.1 index b4d0f8c2..291db29e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmodlib.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmodlib.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLMODLIB 1" -.TH PERLMODLIB 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLMODLIB 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmodstyle.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmodstyle.1 index b7e57cc9..c60ce8eb 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmodstyle.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmodstyle.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLMODSTYLE 1" -.TH PERLMODSTYLE 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLMODSTYLE 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmroapi.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmroapi.1 index 686cf99d..84035049 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmroapi.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlmroapi.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLMROAPI 1" -.TH PERLMROAPI 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLMROAPI 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlnewmod.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlnewmod.1 index 67473120..6132f18b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlnewmod.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlnewmod.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLNEWMOD 1" -.TH PERLNEWMOD 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLNEWMOD 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlnumber.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlnumber.1 index 5951b8df..14a694dc 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlnumber.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlnumber.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLNUMBER 1" -.TH PERLNUMBER 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLNUMBER 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlobj.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlobj.1 index 61fa8b48..cb9f7f75 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlobj.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlobj.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLOBJ 1" -.TH PERLOBJ 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLOBJ 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlootut.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlootut.1 index 9fd294ba..21082a05 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlootut.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlootut.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLOOTUT 1" -.TH PERLOOTUT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLOOTUT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlop.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlop.1 index 2fd7fbc1..5821d85b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlop.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlop.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLOP 1" -.TH PERLOP 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLOP 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlopenbsd.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlopenbsd.1 index 6d758a32..807ddd14 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlopenbsd.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlopenbsd.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLOPENBSD 1" -.TH PERLOPENBSD 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLOPENBSD 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlopentut.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlopentut.1 index b0c0914e..95e6aa83 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlopentut.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlopentut.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLOPENTUT 1" -.TH PERLOPENTUT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLOPENTUT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlos2.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlos2.1 index d74fe873..9718fabc 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlos2.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlos2.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLOS2 1" -.TH PERLOS2 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLOS2 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlos390.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlos390.1 index d85c0492..55a1ea05 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlos390.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlos390.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLOS390 1" -.TH PERLOS390 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLOS390 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlos400.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlos400.1 index 7ebd5b61..bfaac5e9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlos400.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlos400.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLOS400 1" -.TH PERLOS400 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLOS400 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpacktut.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpacktut.1 index bdf326c5..ea1e95db 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpacktut.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpacktut.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLPACKTUT 1" -.TH PERLPACKTUT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLPACKTUT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlperf.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlperf.1 index 5ca9e8ef..d6f1bdff 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlperf.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlperf.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLPERF 1" -.TH PERLPERF 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLPERF 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlplan9.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlplan9.1 index f540c73a..935c9b06 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlplan9.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlplan9.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLPLAN9 1" -.TH PERLPLAN9 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLPLAN9 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpod.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpod.1 index 8877f9f2..470e7775 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpod.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpod.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLPOD 1" -.TH PERLPOD 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLPOD 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpodspec.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpodspec.1 index 676a48ef..d81ff910 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpodspec.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpodspec.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLPODSPEC 1" -.TH PERLPODSPEC 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLPODSPEC 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpodstyle.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpodstyle.1 index 9cd3baff..13639762 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpodstyle.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpodstyle.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLPODSTYLE 1" -.TH PERLPODSTYLE 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLPODSTYLE 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpolicy.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpolicy.1 index 82d0b4a9..fb69c13e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpolicy.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpolicy.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLPOLICY 1" -.TH PERLPOLICY 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLPOLICY 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlport.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlport.1 index 1c9ec748..79264646 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlport.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlport.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLPORT 1" -.TH PERLPORT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLPORT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpragma.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpragma.1 index f3693ab4..a5e40e73 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpragma.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlpragma.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLPRAGMA 1" -.TH PERLPRAGMA 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLPRAGMA 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlqnx.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlqnx.1 index 2a8ec394..6b3adb74 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlqnx.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlqnx.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLQNX 1" -.TH PERLQNX 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLQNX 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlre.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlre.1 index 677009dc..a3fd50e5 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlre.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlre.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLRE 1" -.TH PERLRE 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLRE 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreapi.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreapi.1 index 3222d3c5..3c2c19ec 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreapi.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreapi.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLREAPI 1" -.TH PERLREAPI 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLREAPI 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrebackslash.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrebackslash.1 index 1567ba39..fb8c00f9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrebackslash.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrebackslash.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLREBACKSLASH 1" -.TH PERLREBACKSLASH 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLREBACKSLASH 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrecharclass.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrecharclass.1 index b58bd05e..8e415258 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrecharclass.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrecharclass.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLRECHARCLASS 1" -.TH PERLRECHARCLASS 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLRECHARCLASS 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlref.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlref.1 index 3aa4563d..a02ba0f0 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlref.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlref.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLREF 1" -.TH PERLREF 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLREF 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreftut.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreftut.1 index d598d7a7..18f87e31 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreftut.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreftut.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLREFTUT 1" -.TH PERLREFTUT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLREFTUT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreguts.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreguts.1 index e3d9b00a..1d6cfd8b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreguts.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreguts.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLREGUTS 1" -.TH PERLREGUTS 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLREGUTS 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrepository.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrepository.1 index 6c2b31c8..a7b539b3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrepository.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrepository.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLREPOSITORY 1" -.TH PERLREPOSITORY 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLREPOSITORY 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrequick.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrequick.1 index 1452b982..9cb53051 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrequick.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrequick.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLREQUICK 1" -.TH PERLREQUICK 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLREQUICK 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreref.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreref.1 index bd624645..ea99e29c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreref.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlreref.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLREREF 1" -.TH PERLREREF 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLREREF 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlretut.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlretut.1 index d73273f5..d9834c89 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlretut.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlretut.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLRETUT 1" -.TH PERLRETUT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLRETUT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlriscos.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlriscos.1 index bd036e3d..11312283 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlriscos.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlriscos.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLRISCOS 1" -.TH PERLRISCOS 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLRISCOS 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrun.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrun.1 index 9dc0a1f1..1c005b67 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrun.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlrun.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLRUN 1" -.TH PERLRUN 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLRUN 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsec.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsec.1 index a8e84e34..9a558064 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsec.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsec.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLSEC 1" -.TH PERLSEC 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLSEC 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsecpolicy.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsecpolicy.1 index 9e61935e..ed2ee667 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsecpolicy.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsecpolicy.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLSECPOLICY 1" -.TH PERLSECPOLICY 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLSECPOLICY 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsolaris.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsolaris.1 index f2a627cc..7cfed066 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsolaris.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsolaris.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLSOLARIS 1" -.TH PERLSOLARIS 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLSOLARIS 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsource.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsource.1 index 75420e4e..2559f397 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsource.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsource.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLSOURCE 1" -.TH PERLSOURCE 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLSOURCE 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlstyle.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlstyle.1 index 60c0c34a..b816a3b2 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlstyle.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlstyle.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLSTYLE 1" -.TH PERLSTYLE 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLSTYLE 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsub.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsub.1 index f782abd6..16827733 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsub.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsub.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLSUB 1" -.TH PERLSUB 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLSUB 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsyn.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsyn.1 index 60cf6f63..11015bf8 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsyn.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsyn.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLSYN 1" -.TH PERLSYN 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLSYN 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsynology.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsynology.1 index c47df4b6..ad577477 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsynology.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlsynology.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLSYNOLOGY 1" -.TH PERLSYNOLOGY 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLSYNOLOGY 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlthrtut.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlthrtut.1 index 9e7a5465..be9bb2bc 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlthrtut.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlthrtut.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLTHRTUT 1" -.TH PERLTHRTUT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLTHRTUT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltie.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltie.1 index b0af3168..b7f66a70 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltie.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltie.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLTIE 1" -.TH PERLTIE 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLTIE 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltoc.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltoc.1 index 8cac249c..e1b0c035 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltoc.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltoc.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLTOC 1" -.TH PERLTOC 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLTOC 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltodo.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltodo.1 index 1d104816..999217b9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltodo.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltodo.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLTODO 1" -.TH PERLTODO 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLTODO 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltooc.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltooc.1 index bd2d4a0b..19775dc0 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltooc.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltooc.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLTOOC 1" -.TH PERLTOOC 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLTOOC 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltoot.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltoot.1 index ee112bec..1cba6ed9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltoot.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltoot.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLTOOT 1" -.TH PERLTOOT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLTOOT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltrap.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltrap.1 index 2ce7eefd..44aa1759 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltrap.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltrap.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLTRAP 1" -.TH PERLTRAP 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLTRAP 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltru64.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltru64.1 index 0d66559d..a392ed08 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltru64.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltru64.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLTRU64 1" -.TH PERLTRU64 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLTRU64 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltw.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltw.1 index 3698dcaf..c786ac05 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltw.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perltw.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLTW 1" -.TH PERLTW 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLTW 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunicode.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunicode.1 index d68cd846..31af6548 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunicode.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunicode.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLUNICODE 1" -.TH PERLUNICODE 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLUNICODE 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunicook.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunicook.1 index 4de7e75f..6afd4d14 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunicook.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunicook.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLUNICOOK 1" -.TH PERLUNICOOK 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLUNICOOK 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunifaq.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunifaq.1 index b2a5cbc6..035ec4c9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunifaq.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunifaq.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLUNIFAQ 1" -.TH PERLUNIFAQ 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLUNIFAQ 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perluniintro.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perluniintro.1 index cf2acac1..036509ba 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perluniintro.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perluniintro.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLUNIINTRO 1" -.TH PERLUNIINTRO 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLUNIINTRO 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perluniprops.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perluniprops.1 index 7bceb0ae..4d66e229 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perluniprops.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perluniprops.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLUNIPROPS 1" -.TH PERLUNIPROPS 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLUNIPROPS 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunitut.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunitut.1 index 7e9aa93d..531e7815 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunitut.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlunitut.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLUNITUT 1" -.TH PERLUNITUT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLUNITUT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlutil.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlutil.1 index 55ea08da..c592f930 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlutil.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlutil.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLUTIL 1" -.TH PERLUTIL 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLUTIL 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlvar.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlvar.1 index 059e6996..6c597543 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlvar.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlvar.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLVAR 1" -.TH PERLVAR 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLVAR 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlvms.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlvms.1 index a8141ccb..f3af5f06 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlvms.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlvms.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLVMS 1" -.TH PERLVMS 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLVMS 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlvos.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlvos.1 index 83b075ea..e6e688a4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlvos.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlvos.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLVOS 1" -.TH PERLVOS 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLVOS 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlwin32.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlwin32.1 index 7680d865..19354062 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlwin32.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlwin32.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLWIN32 1" -.TH PERLWIN32 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLWIN32 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlxs.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlxs.1 index 9fa1ef21..687630e0 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlxs.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlxs.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLXS 1" -.TH PERLXS 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLXS 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlxstut.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlxstut.1 index dd44baef..be52267d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlxstut.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlxstut.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLXSTUT 1" -.TH PERLXSTUT 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLXSTUT 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlxstypemap.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlxstypemap.1 index 88f5f66b..cb28e3b4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlxstypemap.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/perlxstypemap.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERLXSTYPEMAP 1" -.TH PERLXSTYPEMAP 1 2024-01-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERLXSTYPEMAP 1 2024-05-30 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pf2afm.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pf2afm.1 index d0b07708..376bc249 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pf2afm.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pf2afm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PF2AFM 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PF2AFM 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pf2afm \- Make an AFM file from Postscript (PFB/PFA/PFM) font files using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ gs(1) .br pf2afm.ps in the Ghostscript lib directory. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pfbtopfa.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pfbtopfa.1 index 9b01b0d2..4e2843d2 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pfbtopfa.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pfbtopfa.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PFBTOPFA 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PFBTOPFA 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pfbtopfa \- Convert Postscript .pfb fonts to .pfa format using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ to convert a .pfb file into a .pfa file. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pfbtops.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pfbtops.1 index 113cf3bc..dccbf3d2 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pfbtops.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pfbtops.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH pfbtops 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH pfbtops 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name pfbtops \- translate PostScript Printer Font Binary files to Printer Font ASCII diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pic.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pic.1 index 91886657..ec258e5a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pic.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pic.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH \%pic 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH \%pic 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name \%pic \- compile pictures for .I troff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pic2graph.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pic2graph.1 index cd9ac594..15dd9697 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pic2graph.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pic2graph.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH pic2graph 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH pic2graph 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name pic2graph \- convert a .I pic diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pinky.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pinky.1 index ff8ca242..fd9313f4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pinky.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pinky.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PINKY "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PINKY "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME pinky \- lightweight finger .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pldd.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pldd.1 index f6859bc2..2d8bbf61 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pldd.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pldd.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH pldd 1 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH pldd 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME pldd \- display dynamic shared objects linked into a process .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -19,13 +19,17 @@ The list includes the libraries that have been dynamically loaded using .BR dlopen (3). .SH OPTIONS .TP -.BR \-? ", " \-\-help +.B \-\-help +.TQ +.B \-? Display a help message and exit. .TP .B \-\-usage Display a short usage message and exit. .TP -.BR \-V ", " \-\-version +.B \-\-version +.TQ +.B \-V Display program version information and exit. .SH EXIT STATUS On success, @@ -48,16 +52,16 @@ None. glibc 2.15. .SH NOTES The command -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX lsof \-p PID .EE .in -.PP +.P also shows output that includes the dynamic shared objects that are linked into a process. -.PP +.P The .BR gdb (1) .I "info shared" @@ -67,7 +71,7 @@ so that one can obtain similar output to using a command such as the following (to monitor the process with the specified .IR pid ): -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBgdb \-ex "set confirm off" \-ex "set height 0" \-ex "info shared" \e\fP diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pnmtops.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pnmtops.1 index 39b52fa8..8b2d6315 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pnmtops.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pnmtops.1 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .\" Do not hand-hack it! If you have bug fixes or improvements, please find .\" the corresponding HTML page on the Netpbm website, generate a patch .\" against that, and send it to the Netpbm maintainer. -.TH "Pnmtops User Manual" 1 "20 April 2018" "netpbm documentation" +.TH "Pnmtops User Manual" 1 "21 February 2024" "netpbm documentation" .SH NAME pnmtops - convert PNM image to Postscript @@ -434,7 +434,12 @@ that stream to the printer). Ghostscript also can convert the Postscript file to PDF, which is a very popular document and image format. Use Ghostscript's \fBpdfwrite\fP output device type. The program \fBps2pdf\fP (distributed with Ghostscript) is a -convenient way to run Ghostscript with \fBpdfwrite\fP. +convenient way to run Ghostscript with \fBpdfwrite\fP. For more information +about converting to and from PDF, see +.UR index.html#document +Document/Graphics Software +.UE +\&. .UN seealso diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/portablectl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/portablectl.1 index 4dba78bb..d0b277fc 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/portablectl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/portablectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "PORTABLECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "portablectl" +.TH "PORTABLECTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "portablectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ or \fIRootImage=\fR assignments (in case of service units) pointing to the image file or directory, ensuring the services will run within the file system context of the image\&. .PP -Portable service images are an efficient way to bundle multiple related services and other units together, and transfer them as a whole between systems\&. When these images are attached the local system the contained units may run in most ways like regular system\-provided units, either with full privileges or inside strict sandboxing, depending on the selected configuration\&. For more details, see +Portable service images are an efficient way to bundle multiple related services and other units together, and transfer them as a whole between systems\&. When these images are attached to the local system, the contained units may run in most ways like regular system\-provided units, either with full privileges or inside strict sandboxing, depending on the selected configuration\&. For more details, see \m[blue]\fBPortable Services Documentation\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2\&. .PP -Specifically portable service images may be of the following kind: +Portable service images may be of the following kinds: .sp .RS 4 .ie n \{\ @@ -197,6 +197,18 @@ are passed, the portable services are immediately started (blocking operation un \fB\-\-no\-block\fR is passed) and/or enabled after attaching the image\&. .sp +In place of the image path a +"\&.v/" +versioned directory may be specified, see +\fBsystemd.v\fR(7) +for details\&. +.sp +In place of the directory path a +"\&.v/" +versioned directory may be specified, see +\fBsystemd.v\fR(7) +for details\&. +.sp Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP @@ -209,14 +221,14 @@ command above, and removes the unit file copies, drop\-ins and image symlink aga also to \fBdetach\fR\&. .sp -Added in version 239\&. -.PP If \fB\-\-now\fR and/or \fB\-\-enable\fR are passed, the portable services are immediately stopped (blocking operation) and/or disabled before detaching the image\&. Prefix(es) are also accepted, to be used in case the unit names do not match the image name as described in the \fBattach\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBreattach\fR \fIIMAGE\fR [\fIPREFIX\&...\fR] @@ -227,8 +239,6 @@ character has to match\&. If the new image doesn\*(Aqt exist, the existing one w \fBattach\fR command\&. .sp -Added in version 248\&. -.PP If \fB\-\-now\fR and/or @@ -236,6 +246,8 @@ and/or are passed, the portable services are immediately stopped if removed, started and/or enabled if added, or restarted if updated\&. Prefixes are also accepted, in the same way as described in the \fBattach\fR case\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fBinspect\fR \fIIMAGE\fR [\fIPREFIX\&...\fR] @@ -359,7 +371,7 @@ Suppresses additional informational output while running\&. Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-p\fR \fIPROFILE\fR, \fB\-\-profile=\fR\fIPROFILE\fR +\fB\-p\fR \fIPROFILE\fR, \fB\-\-profile=\fR\fB\fIPROFILE\fR\fR .RS 4 When attaching an image, select the profile to use\&. By default the "default" @@ -372,11 +384,13 @@ Added in version 239\&. .RS 4 When attaching an image, select whether to prefer copying or symlinking of files installed into the host system\&. Takes one of "copy" -(to prefer copying of files), +(files will be copied), "symlink" -(to prefer creation of symbolic links) or +(to prefer creation of symbolic links), "auto" -for an intermediary mode where security profile drop\-ins are symlinked while unit files are copied\&. Note that this option expresses a preference only, in cases where symbolic links cannot be created \(em for example when the image operated on is a raw disk image, and hence not directly referentiable from the host file system \(em copying of files is used unconditionally\&. +for an intermediary mode where security profile drop\-ins and images are symlinked while unit files are copied, or +"mixed" +(since v256) where security profile drop\-ins are symlinked while unit files and images are copied\&. Note that this option expresses a preference only, in cases where symbolic links cannot be created \(em for example when the image operated on is a raw disk image, and hence not directly referentiable from the host file system \(em copying of files is used unconditionally\&. .sp Added in version 239\&. .RE @@ -428,7 +442,14 @@ Don\*(Aqt block waiting for attach \-\-now to complete\&. Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-extension=\fR\fIPATH\fR +\fB\-\-clean\fR +.RS 4 +When detaching ensure the configuration, state, logs, cache, and runtime data directories of the portable service are removed from the host system\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-extension=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Add an additional image \fIPATH\fR @@ -440,7 +461,7 @@ for the \fIExtensionImages=\fR directive and for the \fBsystemd-sysext\fR(8) -and\&. +and \fBsystemd-confext\fR(8) tools\&. The images must contain an extension\-release @@ -455,6 +476,18 @@ paragraph on .sp Note that the same extensions have to be specified, in the same order, when attaching and detaching\&. .sp +In place of the image path a +"\&.v/" +versioned directory may be specified, see +\fBsystemd.v\fR(7) +for details\&. +.sp +In place of the directory path a +"\&.v/" +versioned directory may be specified, see +\fBsystemd.v\fR(7) +for details\&. +.sp Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP @@ -592,7 +625,7 @@ On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR .RS 4 -The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) \fBemerg\fR, \fBalert\fR, \fBcrit\fR, @@ -602,7 +635,15 @@ The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\& \fBinfo\fR, \fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See \fBsyslog\fR(3) -for more information\&. +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR @@ -721,6 +762,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -732,6 +779,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -787,10 +840,7 @@ and other conditions\&. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-sysext\fR(8), -\fBorg.freedesktop.portable1\fR(5), -\fBsystemd-portabled.service\fR(8) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-sysext\fR(8), \fBorg.freedesktop.portable1\fR(5), \fBsystemd-portabled.service\fR(8), \fBimportctl\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Portable Services Documentation diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ppmhist.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ppmhist.1 index 22673b5d..80320198 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ppmhist.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ppmhist.1 @@ -151,13 +151,14 @@ Generates the histogram for human reading. This is the default. .TP \fB-colorname\fP -Add the color name to the output. This is the name from the +Add the color name to the output. This is the name from +the .UR libppm.html#dictionary system color dictionary .UE -\&. If the exact -color is not in the color dictionary, it is the closest color that is -in the dictionary and is preceded by a '*'. If you don't have a +\&. If the +exact color is not in the color dictionary, it is an asterisk followed by the +name of the closest color that is in the dictionary. If you don't have a system color dictionary, the program fails. .sp This option was added in Netpbm 10.10 (October 2002). diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pr.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pr.1 index a8278ce9..93be58dd 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pr.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME pr \- convert text files for printing .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/preconv.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/preconv.1 index cbecccb0..24878a0a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/preconv.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/preconv.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH preconv 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH preconv 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name preconv \- prepare files for typesetting with .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/printafm.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/printafm.1 index 83b04307..75efd383 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/printafm.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/printafm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PRINTAFM 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PRINTAFM 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME printafm \- Print the metrics from a Postscript font in AFM format using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Output goes to stdout. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/printenv.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/printenv.1 index 711b4d59..b8d4ffca 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/printenv.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/printenv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PRINTENV "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PRINTENV "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME printenv \- print all or part of environment .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/printf.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/printf.1 index 705802cc..e5662d77 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/printf.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/printf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PRINTF "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PRINTF "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME printf \- format and print data .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/procmail.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/procmail.1 index aa411236..a9eb597e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/procmail.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/procmail.1 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .ds Rv \\$3 .ds Dt \\$4 .. -.Id $Id$ +.Id $Id: procmail.man,v 1.91 2001/08/27 08:44:04 guenther Exp $ .TH PROCMAIL 1 \*(Dt BuGless .rn SH Sh .de SH @@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ will preset see the .BR procmailrc (5) man page. If both \-p and \-m are specified, the list of preset environment variables shrinks to just: LOGNAME, HOME, SHELL, -USER_SHELL, ORGMAIL and MAILDIR. +ORGMAIL and MAILDIR. .TP .B \-t Make procmail fail softly, i.e., if procmail cannot deliver the mail to @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ be creating an endless mail loop. .SH FILES .TP 2.3i .B /etc/passwd -to set the recipient's LOGNAME, HOME and USER_SHELL variable defaults +to set the recipient's LOGNAME, HOME and SHELL variable defaults .TP .B /var/mail/$LOGNAME system mailbox; both the system mailbox and the immediate directory @@ -419,12 +419,11 @@ The specified item's full path, when expanded, was longer than LINEBUF or didn't start with a file separator. .TP Excessive output quenched from "x" -The backquoted expression "x" tried to produce too much output for -the current LINEBUF; the rest was discarded and PROCMAIL_OVERFLOW -has been set. +The program or filter "x" tried to produce too much output for the current +LINEBUF, the rest was discarded and PROCMAIL_OVERFLOW has been set. .TP Extraneous x ignored -The action line or other flags on this recipe make x meaningless. +The action line or other flags on this recipe makes flag x meaningless. .TP Failed forking "x" Process table is full (and NORESRETRY has been exhausted). @@ -715,7 +714,7 @@ procmail will proceed as if explicit delivery mode was not in effect. If not in explicit delivery mode and should the uid procmail is running under, have no corresponding /etc/passwd entry, then HOME will default to /, LOGNAME will default to #uid, -USER_SHELL will default to /bin/sh, and ORGMAIL will default to +SHELL will default to /bin/sh, and ORGMAIL will default to /tmp/dead.letter. .PP When in explicit delivery mode, procmail will generate a leading `From ' @@ -872,7 +871,7 @@ man page. .Sh SOURCE This program is part of the .I procmail mail-processing-package -(v3.24) available at http://www.procmail.org/ or +(v3.23pre) available at http://www.procmail.org/ or ftp.procmail.org in .BR pub/procmail/ . .Sh MAILINGLIST @@ -900,6 +899,10 @@ Stephen R. van den Berg .RS <srb@cuci.nl> .RE +Philip A. Guenther +.RS +<guenther@sendmail.com> +.RE .\".if n .pl -(\n(.tu-1i) .rm SH .rn Sh SH diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2ascii.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2ascii.1 index e36de044..818e1f4e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2ascii.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2ascii.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2ASCII 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2ASCII 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2ascii \- Ghostscript translator from PostScript or PDF to ASCII .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ system, from which you can get more details. .SH SEE ALSO pstotext(1), http://www.research.digital.com/SRC/virtualpaper/pstotext.html .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2epsi.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2epsi.1 index 4911c9de..c0509763 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2epsi.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2epsi.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2EPSI 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2EPSI 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2epsi \- generate conforming Encapsulated PostScript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ ps2epsi.ps>the Ghostscript program which does the work .SH SEE ALSO gs (1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. However, the content may be obsolete, or inconsistent with ps2epsi.txt. .SH AUTHOR George Cameron diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2pdf.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2pdf.1 index c8288b6e..88b00649 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2pdf.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2pdf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2PDF 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2PDF 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2pdf \- Convert PostScript to PDF using ghostscript .br @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ VectorDevices.htm in the Ghostscript documentation See http://bugs.ghostscript.com/ and the Usenet news group comp.lang.postscript. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 index cfd2a8e8..4781e544 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2PDFWR 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2PDFWR 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2pdfwr \- Convert PostScript to PDF without specifying CompatibilityLevel, using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ scripts all invoke this one with the addition of the respective compatibility le .SH SEE ALSO gs(1), ps2pdf(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2ps.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2ps.1 index 884aa021..3d57f4ef 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2ps.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ps2ps.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2PS 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2PS 1 "06 May 2024" 10.03.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2ps, eps2eps \- Ghostscript PostScript "distiller" .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ system, from which you can get more details. .SH SEE ALSO ps2pdf(1), ps2ascii(1), ps2epsi(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.1. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pstopnm.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pstopnm.1 index c6946d23..51a08fbe 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pstopnm.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pstopnm.1 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .\" Do not hand-hack it! If you have bug fixes or improvements, please find .\" the corresponding HTML page on the Netpbm website, generate a patch .\" against that, and send it to the Netpbm maintainer. -.TH "Pstopnm User Manual" 1 "06 December 2013" "netpbm documentation" +.TH "Pstopnm User Manual" 1 "21 February 2024" "netpbm documentation" .SH NAME pstopnm - convert a PostScript file to a PNM image @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ This program is part of .BR "Netpbm" (1)\c \&. .PP -\fBpstopnm\fP reads a PostScript file as input and produces PBM, +\fBpstopnm\fP reads a PostScript or PDF file as input and produces PBM, PGM, or PPM images as output. This program simply uses GhostScript to render a PostScript file with its PNM device drivers. If you don't have GhostScript installed or the version you have installed was not @@ -308,7 +308,19 @@ wouldn't use those in a program). .PP Note that Ghostscript bugs can keep this from doing a perfect reversible conversion. - +.PP +PDF is a subset of Postscript, so \fBpstopnm\fP can convert from PDF to +Netpbm format, but often produces the wrong size image because of +\fBpstopnm\fP's reliance on a BoundingBox DSC statement, which PDF does +not have. With pure text PDFs, it works fine. In other cases, you can get +better results by converting to general Postscript with the \fBpdf2ps\fP +program that comes with Ghostscript. For more information about converting to +and from PDF, see +.UR index.html#document +Document/Graphics Software +.UE +\&. + .UN options .SH OPTIONS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ptx.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ptx.1 index 96d491f1..7028d0d0 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ptx.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ptx.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PTX "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PTX "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME ptx \- produce a permuted index of file contents .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pwd.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pwd.1 index fa32ba9c..13b6e642 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pwd.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/pwd.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PWD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PWD "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME pwd \- print name of current/working directory .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/python3.13.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/python3.13.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..45e7d84d --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/python3.13.1 @@ -0,0 +1,639 @@ +.TH PYTHON "1" + +.\" To view this file while editing, run it through groff: +.\" groff -Tascii -man python.man | less + +.SH NAME +python \- an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming language +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B python +[ +.B \-B +] +[ +.B \-b +] +[ +.B \-d +] +[ +.B \-E +] +[ +.B \-h +] +[ +.B \-i +] +[ +.B \-I +] +.br + [ +.B \-m +.I module-name +] +[ +.B \-q +] +[ +.B \-O +] +[ +.B \-OO +] +[ +.B \-P +] +[ +.B \-s +] +[ +.B \-S +] +[ +.B \-u +] +.br + [ +.B \-v +] +[ +.B \-V +] +[ +.B \-W +.I argument +] +[ +.B \-x +] +[ +.B \-X +.I option +] +[ +.B \-? +] +.br + [ +.B \--check-hash-based-pycs +.I default +| +.I always +| +.I never +] +.br + [ +.B \--help +] +[ +.B \--help-env +] +[ +.B \--help-xoptions +] +[ +.B \--help-all +] +.br + [ +.B \-c +.I command +| +.I script +| +\- +] +[ +.I arguments +] +.SH DESCRIPTION +Python is an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming +language that combines remarkable power with very clear syntax. +For an introduction to programming in Python, see the Python Tutorial. +The Python Library Reference documents built-in and standard types, +constants, functions and modules. +Finally, the Python Reference Manual describes the syntax and +semantics of the core language in (perhaps too) much detail. +(These documents may be located via the +.B "INTERNET RESOURCES" +below; they may be installed on your system as well.) +.PP +Python's basic power can be extended with your own modules written in +C or C++. +On most systems such modules may be dynamically loaded. +Python is also adaptable as an extension language for existing +applications. +See the internal documentation for hints. +.PP +Documentation for installed Python modules and packages can be +viewed by running the +.B pydoc +program. +.SH COMMAND LINE OPTIONS +.TP +.B \-B +Don't write +.I .pyc +files on import. See also PYTHONDONTWRITEBYTECODE. +.TP +.B \-b +Issue warnings about str(bytes_instance), str(bytearray_instance) +and comparing bytes/bytearray with str. (-bb: issue errors) +.TP +.BI "\-c " command +Specify the command to execute (see next section). +This terminates the option list (following options are passed as +arguments to the command). +.TP +.BI "\-\-check-hash-based-pycs " mode +Configure how Python evaluates the up-to-dateness of hash-based .pyc files. +.TP +.B \-d +Turn on parser debugging output (for expert only, depending on +compilation options). +.TP +.B \-E +Ignore environment variables like PYTHONPATH and PYTHONHOME that modify +the behavior of the interpreter. +.TP +.B \-h ", " \-? ", "\-\-help +Prints the usage for the interpreter executable and exits. +.TP +.B "\-\-help\-env" +Prints help about Python-specific environment variables and exits. +.TP +.B "\-\-help\-xoptions" +Prints help about implementation-specific \fB\-X\fP options and exits. +.TP +.TP +.B "\-\-help\-all" +Prints complete usage information and exits. +.TP +.B \-i +When a script is passed as first argument or the \fB\-c\fP option is +used, enter interactive mode after executing the script or the +command. It does not read the $PYTHONSTARTUP file. This can be +useful to inspect global variables or a stack trace when a script +raises an exception. +.TP +.B \-I +Run Python in isolated mode. This also implies \fB\-E\fP, \fB\-P\fP and \fB\-s\fP. In +isolated mode sys.path contains neither the script's directory nor the user's +site-packages directory. All PYTHON* environment variables are ignored, too. +Further restrictions may be imposed to prevent the user from injecting +malicious code. +.TP +.BI "\-m " module-name +Searches +.I sys.path +for the named module and runs the corresponding +.I .py +file as a script. This terminates the option list (following options +are passed as arguments to the module). +.TP +.B \-O +Remove assert statements and any code conditional on the value of +__debug__; augment the filename for compiled (bytecode) files by +adding .opt-1 before the .pyc extension. +.TP +.B \-OO +Do \fB-O\fP and also discard docstrings; change the filename for +compiled (bytecode) files by adding .opt-2 before the .pyc extension. +.TP +.B \-P +Don't automatically prepend a potentially unsafe path to \fBsys.path\fP such +as the current directory, the script's directory or an empty string. See also the +\fBPYTHONSAFEPATH\fP environment variable. +.TP +.B \-q +Do not print the version and copyright messages. These messages are +also suppressed in non-interactive mode. +.TP +.B \-s +Don't add user site directory to sys.path. +.TP +.B \-S +Disable the import of the module +.I site +and the site-dependent manipulations of +.I sys.path +that it entails. Also disable these manipulations if +.I site +is explicitly imported later. +.TP +.B \-u +Force the stdout and stderr streams to be unbuffered. +This option has no effect on the stdin stream. +.TP +.B \-v +Print a message each time a module is initialized, showing the place +(filename or built-in module) from which it is loaded. When given +twice, print a message for each file that is checked for when +searching for a module. Also provides information on module cleanup +at exit. +.TP +.B \-V ", " \-\-version +Prints the Python version number of the executable and exits. When given +twice, print more information about the build. + +.TP +.BI "\-W " argument +Warning control. Python's warning machinery by default prints warning messages +to +.IR sys.stderr . + +The simplest settings apply a particular action unconditionally to all warnings +emitted by a process (even those that are otherwise ignored by default): + + -Wdefault # Warn once per call location + -Werror # Convert to exceptions + -Walways # Warn every time + -Wmodule # Warn once per calling module + -Wonce # Warn once per Python process + -Wignore # Never warn + +The action names can be abbreviated as desired and the interpreter will resolve +them to the appropriate action name. For example, +.B -Wi +is the same as +.B -Wignore . + +The full form of argument is: +.IB action:message:category:module:lineno + +Empty fields match all values; trailing empty fields may be omitted. For +example +.B -W ignore::DeprecationWarning +ignores all DeprecationWarning warnings. + +The +.I action +field is as explained above but only applies to warnings that match +the remaining fields. + +The +.I message +field must match the whole printed warning message; this match is +case-insensitive. + +The +.I category +field matches the warning category (ex: "DeprecationWarning"). This must be a +class name; the match test whether the actual warning category of the message +is a subclass of the specified warning category. + +The +.I module +field matches the (fully-qualified) module name; this match is case-sensitive. + +The +.I lineno +field matches the line number, where zero matches all line numbers and is thus +equivalent to an omitted line number. + +Multiple +.B -W +options can be given; when a warning matches more than one option, the action +for the last matching option is performed. Invalid +.B -W +options are ignored (though, a warning message is printed about invalid options +when the first warning is issued). + +Warnings can also be controlled using the +.B PYTHONWARNINGS +environment variable and from within a Python program using the warnings +module. For example, the warnings.filterwarnings() function can be used to use +a regular expression on the warning message. + +.TP +.BI "\-X " option +Set implementation-specific option. The following options are available: + + -X faulthandler: enable faulthandler + + -X showrefcount: output the total reference count and number of used + memory blocks when the program finishes or after each statement in the + interactive interpreter. This only works on debug builds + + -X tracemalloc: start tracing Python memory allocations using the + tracemalloc module. By default, only the most recent frame is stored in a + traceback of a trace. Use -X tracemalloc=NFRAME to start tracing with a + traceback limit of NFRAME frames + + -X importtime: show how long each import takes. It shows module name, + cumulative time (including nested imports) and self time (excluding + nested imports). Note that its output may be broken in multi-threaded + application. Typical usage is python3 -X importtime -c 'import asyncio' + + -X dev: enable CPython's "development mode", introducing additional runtime + checks which are too expensive to be enabled by default. It will not be + more verbose than the default if the code is correct: new warnings are + only emitted when an issue is detected. Effect of the developer mode: + * Add default warning filter, as -W default + * Install debug hooks on memory allocators: see the PyMem_SetupDebugHooks() + C function + * Enable the faulthandler module to dump the Python traceback on a crash + * Enable asyncio debug mode + * Set the dev_mode attribute of sys.flags to True + * io.IOBase destructor logs close() exceptions + + -X utf8: enable UTF-8 mode for operating system interfaces, overriding the default + locale-aware mode. -X utf8=0 explicitly disables UTF-8 mode (even when it would + otherwise activate automatically). See PYTHONUTF8 for more details + + -X pycache_prefix=PATH: enable writing .pyc files to a parallel tree rooted at the + given directory instead of to the code tree. + + -X warn_default_encoding: enable opt-in EncodingWarning for 'encoding=None' + + -X no_debug_ranges: disable the inclusion of the tables mapping extra location + information (end line, start column offset and end column offset) to every + instruction in code objects. This is useful when smaller code objects and pyc + files are desired as well as suppressing the extra visual location indicators + when the interpreter displays tracebacks. + + -X frozen_modules=[on|off]: whether or not frozen modules should be used. + The default is "on" (or "off" if you are running a local build). + + -X int_max_str_digits=number: limit the size of int<->str conversions. + This helps avoid denial of service attacks when parsing untrusted data. + The default is sys.int_info.default_max_str_digits. 0 disables. + +.TP +.B \-x +Skip the first line of the source. This is intended for a DOS +specific hack only. Warning: the line numbers in error messages will +be off by one! +.SH INTERPRETER INTERFACE +The interpreter interface resembles that of the UNIX shell: when +called with standard input connected to a tty device, it prompts for +commands and executes them until an EOF is read; when called with a +file name argument or with a file as standard input, it reads and +executes a +.I script +from that file; +when called with +.B \-c +.IR command , +it executes the Python statement(s) given as +.IR command . +Here +.I command +may contain multiple statements separated by newlines. +Leading whitespace is significant in Python statements! +In non-interactive mode, the entire input is parsed before it is +executed. +.PP +If available, the script name and additional arguments thereafter are +passed to the script in the Python variable +.IR sys.argv , +which is a list of strings (you must first +.I import sys +to be able to access it). +If no script name is given, +.I sys.argv[0] +is an empty string; if +.B \-c +is used, +.I sys.argv[0] +contains the string +.I '-c'. +Note that options interpreted by the Python interpreter itself +are not placed in +.IR sys.argv . +.PP +In interactive mode, the primary prompt is `>>>'; the second prompt +(which appears when a command is not complete) is `...'. +The prompts can be changed by assignment to +.I sys.ps1 +or +.IR sys.ps2 . +The interpreter quits when it reads an EOF at a prompt. +When an unhandled exception occurs, a stack trace is printed and +control returns to the primary prompt; in non-interactive mode, the +interpreter exits after printing the stack trace. +The interrupt signal raises the +.I Keyboard\%Interrupt +exception; other UNIX signals are not caught (except that SIGPIPE is +sometimes ignored, in favor of the +.I IOError +exception). Error messages are written to stderr. +.SH FILES AND DIRECTORIES +These are subject to difference depending on local installation +conventions; ${prefix} and ${exec_prefix} are installation-dependent +and should be interpreted as for GNU software; they may be the same. +On Debian GNU/{Hurd,Linux} the default for both is \fI/usr\fP. +.IP \fI${exec_prefix}/bin/python\fP +Recommended location of the interpreter. +.PP +.I ${prefix}/lib/python<version> +.br +.I ${exec_prefix}/lib/python<version> +.RS +Recommended locations of the directories containing the standard +modules. +.RE +.PP +.I ${prefix}/include/python<version> +.br +.I ${exec_prefix}/include/python<version> +.RS +Recommended locations of the directories containing the include files +needed for developing Python extensions and embedding the +interpreter. +.RE +.SH ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES +.IP PYTHONSAFEPATH +If this is set to a non-empty string, don't automatically prepend a potentially +unsafe path to \fBsys.path\fP such as the current directory, the script's +directory or an empty string. See also the \fB\-P\fP option. +.IP PYTHONHOME +Change the location of the standard Python libraries. By default, the +libraries are searched in ${prefix}/lib/python<version> and +${exec_prefix}/lib/python<version>, where ${prefix} and ${exec_prefix} +are installation-dependent directories, both defaulting to +\fI/usr/local\fP. When $PYTHONHOME is set to a single directory, its value +replaces both ${prefix} and ${exec_prefix}. To specify different values +for these, set $PYTHONHOME to ${prefix}:${exec_prefix}. +.IP PYTHONPATH +Augments the default search path for module files. +The format is the same as the shell's $PATH: one or more directory +pathnames separated by colons. +Non-existent directories are silently ignored. +The default search path is installation dependent, but generally +begins with ${prefix}/lib/python<version> (see PYTHONHOME above). +The default search path is always appended to $PYTHONPATH. +If a script argument is given, the directory containing the script is +inserted in the path in front of $PYTHONPATH. +The search path can be manipulated from within a Python program as the +variable +.IR sys.path . +.IP PYTHONPLATLIBDIR +Override sys.platlibdir. +.IP PYTHONSTARTUP +If this is the name of a readable file, the Python commands in that +file are executed before the first prompt is displayed in interactive +mode. +The file is executed in the same name space where interactive commands +are executed so that objects defined or imported in it can be used +without qualification in the interactive session. +You can also change the prompts +.I sys.ps1 +and +.I sys.ps2 +in this file. +.IP PYTHONOPTIMIZE +If this is set to a non-empty string it is equivalent to specifying +the \fB\-O\fP option. If set to an integer, it is equivalent to +specifying \fB\-O\fP multiple times. +.IP PYTHONDEBUG +If this is set to a non-empty string it is equivalent to specifying +the \fB\-d\fP option. If set to an integer, it is equivalent to +specifying \fB\-d\fP multiple times. +.IP PYTHONDONTWRITEBYTECODE +If this is set to a non-empty string it is equivalent to specifying +the \fB\-B\fP option (don't try to write +.I .pyc +files). +.IP PYTHONINSPECT +If this is set to a non-empty string it is equivalent to specifying +the \fB\-i\fP option. +.IP PYTHONIOENCODING +If this is set before running the interpreter, it overrides the encoding used +for stdin/stdout/stderr, in the syntax +.IB encodingname ":" errorhandler +The +.IB errorhandler +part is optional and has the same meaning as in str.encode. For stderr, the +.IB errorhandler + part is ignored; the handler will always be \'backslashreplace\'. +.IP PYTHONNOUSERSITE +If this is set to a non-empty string it is equivalent to specifying the +\fB\-s\fP option (Don't add the user site directory to sys.path). +.IP PYTHONUNBUFFERED +If this is set to a non-empty string it is equivalent to specifying +the \fB\-u\fP option. +.IP PYTHONVERBOSE +If this is set to a non-empty string it is equivalent to specifying +the \fB\-v\fP option. If set to an integer, it is equivalent to +specifying \fB\-v\fP multiple times. +.IP PYTHONWARNINGS +If this is set to a comma-separated string it is equivalent to +specifying the \fB\-W\fP option for each separate value. +.IP PYTHONHASHSEED +If this variable is set to "random", a random value is used to seed the hashes +of str and bytes objects. + +If PYTHONHASHSEED is set to an integer value, it is used as a fixed seed for +generating the hash() of the types covered by the hash randomization. Its +purpose is to allow repeatable hashing, such as for selftests for the +interpreter itself, or to allow a cluster of python processes to share hash +values. + +The integer must be a decimal number in the range [0,4294967295]. Specifying +the value 0 will disable hash randomization. +.IP PYTHONINTMAXSTRDIGITS +Limit the maximum digit characters in an int value +when converting from a string and when converting an int back to a str. +A value of 0 disables the limit. Conversions to or from bases 2, 4, 8, +16, and 32 are never limited. +.IP PYTHONMALLOC +Set the Python memory allocators and/or install debug hooks. The available +memory allocators are +.IR malloc +and +.IR pymalloc . +The available debug hooks are +.IR debug , +.IR malloc_debug , +and +.IR pymalloc_debug . +.IP +When Python is compiled in debug mode, the default is +.IR pymalloc_debug +and the debug hooks are automatically used. Otherwise, the default is +.IR pymalloc . +.IP PYTHONMALLOCSTATS +If set to a non-empty string, Python will print statistics of the pymalloc +memory allocator every time a new pymalloc object arena is created, and on +shutdown. +.IP +This variable is ignored if the +.RB $ PYTHONMALLOC +environment variable is used to force the +.BR malloc (3) +allocator of the C library, or if Python is configured without pymalloc support. +.IP PYTHONASYNCIODEBUG +If this environment variable is set to a non-empty string, enable the debug +mode of the asyncio module. +.IP PYTHONTRACEMALLOC +If this environment variable is set to a non-empty string, start tracing +Python memory allocations using the tracemalloc module. +.IP +The value of the variable is the maximum number of frames stored in a +traceback of a trace. For example, +.IB PYTHONTRACEMALLOC=1 +stores only the most recent frame. +.IP PYTHONFAULTHANDLER +If this environment variable is set to a non-empty string, +.IR faulthandler.enable() +is called at startup: install a handler for SIGSEGV, SIGFPE, SIGABRT, SIGBUS +and SIGILL signals to dump the Python traceback. +.IP +This is equivalent to the \fB-X faulthandler\fP option. +.IP PYTHONEXECUTABLE +If this environment variable is set, +.IB sys.argv[0] +will be set to its value instead of the value got through the C runtime. Only +works on Mac OS X. +.IP PYTHONUSERBASE +Defines the user base directory, which is used to compute the path of the user +.IR site-packages +directory and installation paths for +.IR "python \-m pip install \-\-user" . +.IP PYTHONPROFILEIMPORTTIME +If this environment variable is set to a non-empty string, Python will +show how long each import takes. This is exactly equivalent to setting +\fB\-X importtime\fP on the command line. +.IP PYTHONBREAKPOINT +If this environment variable is set to 0, it disables the default debugger. It +can be set to the callable of your debugger of choice. +.IP PYTHON_COLORS +If this variable is set to 1, the interpreter will colorize various kinds of +output. Setting it to 0 deactivates this behavior. +.IP PYTHON_HISTORY +This environment variable can be used to set the location of a history file +(on Unix, it is \fI~/.python_history\fP by default). +.IP PYTHON_GIL +If this variable is set to 1, the global interpreter lock (GIL) will be forced +on. Setting it to 0 forces the GIL off. Only available in builds configured +with \fB--disable-gil\fP. +.SS Debug-mode variables +Setting these variables only has an effect in a debug build of Python, that is, +if Python was configured with the +\fB\--with-pydebug\fP build option. +.IP PYTHONDUMPREFS +If this environment variable is set, Python will dump objects and reference +counts still alive after shutting down the interpreter. +.SH AUTHOR +The Python Software Foundation: https://www.python.org/psf/ +.SH INTERNET RESOURCES +Main website: https://www.python.org/ +.br +Documentation: https://docs.python.org/ +.br +Developer resources: https://devguide.python.org/ +.br +Downloads: https://www.python.org/downloads/ +.br +Module repository: https://pypi.org/ +.br +Newsgroups: comp.lang.python, comp.lang.python.announce +.SH LICENSING +Python is distributed under an Open Source license. See the file +"LICENSE" in the Python source distribution for information on terms & +conditions for accessing and otherwise using Python and for a +DISCLAIMER OF ALL WARRANTIES. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ranlib.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ranlib.1 index de6fc75a..59e6a7a7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ranlib.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ranlib.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "RANLIB 1" -.TH RANLIB 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH RANLIB 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/readelf.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/readelf.1 index a46ea044..8af97e58 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/readelf.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/readelf.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "READELF 1" -.TH READELF 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH READELF 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/readlink.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/readlink.1 index 30a4d61d..85e15091 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/readlink.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/readlink.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH READLINK "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH READLINK "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME readlink \- print resolved symbolic links or canonical file names .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/realpath.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/realpath.1 index 61589eba..d2f4f885 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/realpath.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/realpath.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH REALPATH "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH REALPATH "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME realpath \- print the resolved path .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rec2csv.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rec2csv.1 index 0bb15ea0..5f51e911 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rec2csv.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rec2csv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH REC2CSV "1" "February 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" +.TH REC2CSV "1" "March 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" .SH NAME rec2csv \- rec to csv converter .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recdel.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recdel.1 index 94ef0c73..768732e4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recdel.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recdel.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH RECDEL "1" "February 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" +.TH RECDEL "1" "March 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" .SH NAME recdel \- remove records from a recfile .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recfix.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recfix.1 index 012709e9..64090c86 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recfix.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recfix.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH RECFIX "1" "February 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" +.TH RECFIX "1" "March 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" .SH NAME recfix \- check a recfile for errors .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recfmt.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recfmt.1 index 401bc06f..631ad47b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recfmt.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recfmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH RECFMT "1" "February 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" +.TH RECFMT "1" "March 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" .SH NAME recfmt \- apply a template to records .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recinf.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recinf.1 index 3b1d6b28..ca87103f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recinf.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recinf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH RECINF "1" "February 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" +.TH RECINF "1" "March 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" .SH NAME recinf \- print information about a recfile .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recins.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recins.1 index d260f139..620a5c99 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recins.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recins.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH RECINS "1" "February 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" +.TH RECINS "1" "March 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" .SH NAME recins \- insert records in a recfile .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recsel.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recsel.1 index 4e48ae96..b75e2772 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recsel.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recsel.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH RECSEL "1" "February 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" +.TH RECSEL "1" "March 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" .SH NAME recsel \- print records from a recfile .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recset.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recset.1 index 83d0cb11..aa6e4653 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recset.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/recset.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH RECSET "1" "February 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" +.TH RECSET "1" "March 2024" "GNU recutils 1.9" "User Commands" .SH NAME recset \- manipulate fields in a recfile .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/refer.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/refer.1 index e94e4788..7d5c0dd5 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/refer.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/refer.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH \%refer 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH \%refer 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name \%refer \- process bibliographic references for .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/resolvectl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/resolvectl.1 index 1a735d74..e67714a4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/resolvectl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/resolvectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "RESOLVECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "resolvectl" +.TH "RESOLVECTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "resolvectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -55,6 +55,11 @@ If an international domain name is specified, it is automatically translated acc \fB\-\-type=\fR/\fB\-\-class=\fR is used IDNA translation is turned off and domain names are processed as specified\&. .sp +If combined with +\fB\-\-json=\fR +(only supported in combination with +\fB\-\-type=\fR) will output the resource record data in a JSON object\&. +.sp Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP @@ -266,7 +271,7 @@ only IPv6 addresses are requested\&. Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-i\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR, \fB\-\-interface=\fR\fIINTERFACE\fR +\fB\-i\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR, \fB\-\-interface=\fR\fB\fIINTERFACE\fR\fR .RS 4 Specifies the network interface to execute the query on\&. This may either be specified as numeric interface index or as network interface string (e\&.g\&. "en0")\&. Note that this option has no effect if system\-wide DNS configuration (as configured in @@ -277,7 +282,7 @@ or Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-p\fR \fIPROTOCOL\fR, \fB\-\-protocol=\fR\fIPROTOCOL\fR +\fB\-p\fR \fIPROTOCOL\fR, \fB\-\-protocol=\fR\fB\fIPROTOCOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Specifies the network protocol for the query\&. May be one of "dns" @@ -303,7 +308,7 @@ may be used to list known values\&. Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-t\fR \fITYPE\fR, \fB\-\-type=\fR\fITYPE\fR, \fB\-c\fR \fICLASS\fR, \fB\-\-class=\fR\fICLASS\fR +\fB\-t\fR \fITYPE\fR, \fB\-\-type=\fR\fB\fITYPE\fR\fR, \fB\-c\fR \fICLASS\fR, \fB\-\-class=\fR\fB\fICLASS\fR\fR .RS 4 When used in conjunction with the \fBquery\fR @@ -327,7 +332,7 @@ notation, unless look\-up in MulticastDNS/LLMNR is desired, in which case UTF\-8 Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-service\-address=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-service\-address=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter\&. If true (the default), when doing a service lookup with \fB\-\-service\fR @@ -338,7 +343,7 @@ resource records are resolved as well\&. Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-service\-txt=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-service\-txt=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter\&. If true (the default), when doing a DNS\-SD service lookup with \fB\-\-service\fR @@ -349,7 +354,7 @@ service metadata record is resolved as well\&. Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-cname=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-cname=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter\&. If true (the default), DNS \fBCNAME\fR @@ -360,7 +365,7 @@ redirections are followed\&. Otherwise, if a CNAME or DNAME record is encountere Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-validate=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-validate=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with \fBquery\fR\&. If true (the default), DNSSEC validation is applied as usual \(em under the condition that it is enabled for the network and for @@ -370,7 +375,7 @@ as a whole\&. If false, DNSSEC validation is disabled for the specific query, re Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-synthesize=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-synthesize=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with \fBquery\fR\&. If true (the default), select domains are resolved on the local system, among them @@ -393,7 +398,7 @@ entries)\&. Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-cache=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-cache=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with \fBquery\fR\&. If true (the default), lookups use the local DNS resource record cache\&. If false, lookups are routed to the network instead, regardless if already available in the local cache\&. @@ -401,7 +406,7 @@ Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-zone=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-zone=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with \fBquery\fR\&. If true (the default), lookups are answered from locally registered LLMNR or mDNS resource records, if defined\&. If false, locally registered LLMNR/mDNS records are not considered for the lookup request\&. @@ -409,7 +414,7 @@ Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-trust\-anchor=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-trust\-anchor=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with \fBquery\fR\&. If true (the default), lookups for DS and DNSKEY are answered from the local DNSSEC trust anchors if possible\&. If false, the local trust store is not considered for the lookup request\&. @@ -417,7 +422,7 @@ Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-network=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-network=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with \fBquery\fR\&. If true (the default), lookups are answered via DNS, LLMNR or mDNS network requests if they cannot be synthesized locally, or be answered from the local cache, zone or trust anchors (see above)\&. If false, the request is not answered from the network and will thus fail if none of the indicated sources can answer them\&. @@ -425,7 +430,7 @@ Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-search=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-search=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter\&. If true (the default), any specified single\-label hostnames will be searched in the domains configured in the search domain list, if it is non\-empty\&. Otherwise, the search domain logic is disabled\&. Note that this option has no effect if \fB\-\-type=\fR @@ -443,14 +448,14 @@ Dump the answer as binary data\&. If there is no argument or if the argument is Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-legend=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-legend=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter\&. If true (the default), column headers and meta information about the query response are shown\&. Otherwise, this output is suppressed\&. .sp Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-stale\-data=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-stale\-data=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with \fBquery\fR\&. If true (the default), lookups are answered with stale data (expired resource records) if possible\&. If false, the stale data is not considered for the lookup request\&. @@ -458,7 +463,19 @@ Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-relax\-single\-label=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR +.RS 4 +Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with +\fBquery\fR\&. If true, rules regarding routing of single\-label names are relaxed\&. Defaults to false\&. By default, lookups of single label names are assumed to refer to local hosts to be resolved via local resolution such as LLMNR or via search domain qualification and are not routed to upstream servers as is\&. If this option is enabled these rules are disabled and the queries are routed upstream anyway\&. Also see the +\fIResolveUnicastSingleLabel=\fR +option in +\fBresolved.conf\fR(5) +which provides a system\-wide option that controls this behaviour\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of "short" @@ -471,10 +488,11 @@ Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of .PP \fB\-j\fR .RS 4 -Short for -\fB\-\-json=auto\fR -.sp -Added in version 252\&. +Equivalent to +\fB\-\-json=pretty\fR +if running on a terminal, and +\fB\-\-json=short\fR +otherwise\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-pager\fR @@ -689,11 +707,7 @@ and are optional and could be skipped\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-resolved.service\fR(8), -\fBsystemd.dnssd\fR(5), -\fBsystemd-networkd.service\fR(8), -\fBresolvconf\fR(8) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-resolved.service\fR(8), \fBsystemd.dnssd\fR(5), \fBsystemd-networkd.service\fR(8), \fBresolvconf\fR(8) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 RFC 6763 DNS-SD diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rm.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rm.1 index d2ea1c77..35198032 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rm.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rm.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH RM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH RM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME rm \- remove files or directories .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rmdir.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rmdir.1 index a70528a7..db48948e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rmdir.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rmdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH RMDIR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH RMDIR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME rmdir \- remove empty directories .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rnano.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rnano.1 index 27762bc6..69c188b0 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rnano.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rnano.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" Copyright (C) 2002-2007, 2014-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.\" Copyright (C) 2002-2007, 2014-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .\" .\" This document is dual-licensed. You may distribute and/or modify it .\" under the terms of either of the following licenses: @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ .\" Documentation License along with this program. If not, see .\" <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. .\" -.TH RNANO 1 "version 7.2" "January 2023" +.TH RNANO 1 "version 8.0" "May 2024" .SH NAME rnano \- a restricted nano @@ -32,15 +32,19 @@ access to the filesystem nor to a command shell. .sp In restricted mode, \fBnano\fR will: .IP \[bu] 2 +not make backups; +.IP \[bu] not allow suspending; .IP \[bu] +not allow spell checking; +.IP \[bu] +not read nor write the history files; +.IP \[bu] not allow saving the current buffer under a different name; .IP \[bu] not allow inserting another file or opening a new buffer; .IP \[bu] -not allow appending or prepending to any file; -.IP \[bu] -not make backup files nor do spell checking. +not allow appending or prepending to any file. .SH OPTIONS .TP diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rrsync.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rrsync.1 index 74f9d347..18469e55 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rrsync.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rrsync.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "rrsync" "1" "20 Oct 2022" "rrsync from rsync 3.2.7" "User Commands" +.TH "rrsync" "1" "6 Apr 2024" "rrsync from rsync 3.3.0" "User Commands" .\" prefix=/usr .P .SH "NAME" @@ -8,14 +8,16 @@ rrsync \- a script to setup restricted rsync users via ssh logins .SH "SYNOPSIS" .P .nf -rrsync [-ro|-rw] [-munge] [-no-del] [-no-lock] DIR +rrsync [-ro|-rw] [-munge] [-no-del] [-no-lock] [-no-overwrite] DIR .fi .P The single non-option argument specifies the restricted \fIDIR\fP to use. It can be relative to the user's home directory or an absolute path. .P The online version of this manpage (that includes cross-linking of topics) -is available at https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rrsync.1. +is available at +.UR https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rrsync.1 +.UE . .P .SH "DESCRIPTION" .P @@ -84,6 +86,9 @@ Enable rsync's \fB\-\-munge-links\fP on the server side. Disable rsync's \fB\-\-delete*\fP and \fB\-\-remove*\fP options. .IP "\fB\-no-lock\fP" Avoid the single-run (per-user) lock check. Useful with \fB\-munge\fP. +.IP "\fB\-no-overwrite\fP" +Enforce \fB\-\-ignore-existing\fP on the server. Prevents overwriting existing +files when the server is the receiver. .IP "\fB\-help\fP, \fB\-h\fP" Output this help message and exit. .P @@ -150,15 +155,20 @@ command="rrsync -ro results" ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAmk... .P .SH "VERSION" .P -This manpage is current for version 3.2.7 of rsync. +This manpage is current for version 3.3.0 of rsync. .P .SH "CREDITS" .P rsync is distributed under the GNU General Public License. See the file COPYING for details. .P -An rsync web site is available at https://rsync.samba.org/ and its github -project is https://github.com/WayneD/rsync. +An rsync web site is available at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE +and its github +project is +.UR https://github.com/WayneD/rsync +.UE . .P .SH "AUTHOR" .P diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rsync-ssl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rsync-ssl.1 index c7f5ad1b..1f12489f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rsync-ssl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rsync-ssl.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "rsync-ssl" "1" "20 Oct 2022" "rsync-ssl from rsync 3.2.7" "User Commands" +.TH "rsync-ssl" "1" "6 Apr 2024" "rsync-ssl from rsync 3.3.0" "User Commands" .\" prefix=/usr .P .SH "NAME" @@ -12,7 +12,9 @@ rsync-ssl [--type=SSL_TYPE] RSYNC_ARGS .fi .P The online version of this manpage (that includes cross-linking of topics) -is available at https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync-ssl.1. +is available at +.UR https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync-ssl.1 +.UE . .P .SH "DESCRIPTION" .P @@ -122,18 +124,23 @@ exported RSYNC_SSL_TYPE environment variable to make its use the default. .P .SH "BUGS" .P -Please report bugs! See the web site at https://rsync.samba.org/. +Please report bugs! See the web site at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE . .P .SH "VERSION" .P -This manpage is current for version 3.2.7 of rsync. +This manpage is current for version 3.3.0 of rsync. .P .SH "CREDITS" .P Rsync is distributed under the GNU General Public License. See the file COPYING for details. .P -A web site is available at https://rsync.samba.org/. The site includes an +A web site is available at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE . +The site includes an FAQ-O-Matic which may cover questions unanswered by this manual page. .P .SH "AUTHOR" @@ -141,4 +148,5 @@ FAQ-O-Matic which may cover questions unanswered by this manual page. This manpage was written by Wayne Davison. .P Mailing lists for support and development are available at -https://lists.samba.org/. +.UR https://lists.samba.org/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rsync.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rsync.1 index 66a2da39..ac801d00 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rsync.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/rsync.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH "rsync" "1" "20 Oct 2022" "rsync 3.2.7" "User Commands" +.TH "rsync" "1" "6 Apr 2024" "rsync 3.3.0" "User Commands" .\" prefix=/usr .P .SH "NAME" @@ -30,7 +30,9 @@ Usages with just one SRC arg and no DEST arg will list the source files instead of copying. .P The online version of this manpage (that includes cross-linking of topics) -is available at https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync.1. +is available at +.UR https://download.samba.org/pub/rsync/rsync.1 +.UE . .P .SH "DESCRIPTION" .P @@ -306,7 +308,7 @@ to be copied to different destination directories using more than one copy. .P While a copy of a case-ignoring filesystem to a case-ignoring filesystem can work out fairly well, if no \fB\-\-delete-during\fP or \fB\-\-delete-before\fP option is -active, rsync can potentially update an existing file on the receiveing side +active, rsync can potentially update an existing file on the receiving side without noticing that the upper-/lower-case of the filename should be changed to match the sender. .P @@ -1728,7 +1730,9 @@ mounted to avoid updating the atime on read access even without the O_NOATIME flag being set. .IP "\fB\-\-crtimes\fP, \fB\-N,\fP" This tells rsync to set the create times (newness) of the destination -files to the same value as the source files. +files to the same value as the source files. Your OS & filesystem must +support the setting of arbitrary creation (birth) times for this option +to be supported. .IP "\fB\-\-omit-dir-times\fP, \fB\-O\fP" This tells rsync to omit directories when it is preserving modification, access, and create times. If NFS is sharing the directories on the receiving @@ -2153,7 +2157,8 @@ memory. It is a sanity-check value for each individual allocation. See the \fB\-\-max-size\fP option for a description of how SIZE can be specified. The default suffix if none is given is bytes. .IP -Beginning in 3.2.3, a value of 0 specifies no limit. +Beginning in 3.2.7, a value of 0 is an easy way to specify SIZE_MAX (the +largest limit possible). .IP You can set a default value using the environment variable \fBRSYNC_MAX_ALLOC\fP using the same SIZE values as supported by this @@ -5000,11 +5005,13 @@ File permissions, devices, etc. are transferred as native numerical values. .IP o See also the comments on the \fB\-\-delete\fP option. .P -Please report bugs! See the web site at https://rsync.samba.org/. +Please report bugs! See the web site at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE . .P .SH "VERSION" .P -This manpage is current for version 3.2.7 of rsync. +This manpage is current for version 3.3.0 of rsync. .P .SH "INTERNAL OPTIONS" .P @@ -5020,14 +5027,22 @@ that can be used with a restricted ssh login. Rsync is distributed under the GNU General Public License. See the file COPYING for details. .P -An rsync web site is available at https://rsync.samba.org/. The site +An rsync web site is available at +.UR https://rsync.samba.org/ +.UE . +The site includes an FAQ-O-Matic which may cover questions unanswered by this manual page. .P -The rsync github project is https://github.com/WayneD/rsync. +The rsync github project is +.UR https://github.com/WayneD/rsync +.UE . .P We would be delighted to hear from you if you like this program. Please -contact the mailing-list at rsync@lists.samba.org. +contact the mailing-list at +.UR mailto:rsync@lists.samba.org +rsync@lists.samba.org +.UE . .P This program uses the excellent zlib compression library written by Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler. @@ -5048,4 +5063,5 @@ people have later contributed to it. It is currently maintained by Wayne Davison. .P Mailing lists for support and development are available at -https://lists.samba.org/. +.UR https://lists.samba.org/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/run0.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/run0.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..637eef76 --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/run0.1 @@ -0,0 +1,306 @@ +'\" t +.TH "RUN0" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "run0" +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * Define some portability stuff +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 +.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq +.el .ds Aq ' +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * set default formatting +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" disable hyphenation +.nh +.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) +.ad l +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.SH "NAME" +run0 \- Elevate privileges +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.HP \w'\fBrun0\fR\ 'u +\fBrun0\fR [OPTIONS...] [COMMAND...] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +\fBrun0\fR +may be used to temporarily and interactively acquire elevated or different privileges\&. It serves a similar purpose as +\fBsudo\fR(8), but operates differently in a couple of key areas: +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +No execution or security context credentials are inherited from the caller into the invoked commands, as they are invoked from a fresh, isolated service forked off by the service manager\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +Authentication takes place via +\m[blue]\fBpolkit\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2, thus isolating the authentication prompt from the terminal (if possible)\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +An independent pseudo\-tty is allocated for the invoked command, detaching its lifecycle and isolating it for security\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +No SetUID/SetGID file access bit functionality is used for the implementation\&. +.RE +.PP +Altogether this should provide a safer and more robust alternative to the +\fBsudo\fR +mechanism, in particular in OS environments where SetUID/SetGID support is not available (for example by setting the +\fINoNewPrivileges=\fR +variable in +\fBsystemd-system.conf\fR(5))\&. +.PP +Any session invoked via +\fBrun0\fR +will run through the +"systemd\-run0" +PAM stack\&. +.PP +Note that +\fBrun0\fR +is implemented as an alternative multi\-call invocation of +\fBsystemd-run\fR(1)\&. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.PP +The following options are understood: +.PP +\fB\-\-no\-ask\-password\fR +.RS 4 +Do not query the user for authentication for privileged operations\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-unit=\fR +.RS 4 +Use this unit name instead of an automatically generated one\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-property=\fR +.RS 4 +Sets a property on the service unit that is created\&. This option takes an assignment in the same format as +\fBsystemctl\fR(1)\*(Aqs +\fBset\-property\fR +command\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-description=\fR +.RS 4 +Provide a description for the service unit that is invoked\&. If not specified, the command itself will be used as a description\&. See +\fIDescription=\fR +in +\fBsystemd.unit\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-slice=\fR +.RS 4 +Make the new +\&.service +unit part of the specified slice, instead of +user\&.slice\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-slice\-inherit\fR +.RS 4 +Make the new +\&.service +unit part of the slice the +\fBrun0\fR +itself has been invoked in\&. This option may be combined with +\fB\-\-slice=\fR, in which case the slice specified via +\fB\-\-slice=\fR +is placed within the slice the +\fBrun0\fR +command is invoked in\&. +.sp +Example: consider +\fBrun0\fR +being invoked in the slice +foo\&.slice, and the +\fB\-\-slice=\fR +argument is +bar\&. The unit will then be placed under +foo\-bar\&.slice\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-user=\fR, \fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-group=\fR, \fB\-g\fR +.RS 4 +Switches to the specified user/group instead of root\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-nice=\fR +.RS 4 +Runs the invoked session with the specified nice level\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-chdir=\fR, \fB\-D\fR +.RS 4 +Runs the invoked session with the specified working directory\&. If not specified defaults to the client\*(Aqs current working directory if switching to the root user, or the target user\*(Aqs home directory otherwise\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-setenv=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB[=\fR\fB\fIVALUE\fR\fR\fB]\fR +.RS 4 +Runs the invoked session with the specified environment variable set\&. This parameter may be used more than once to set multiple variables\&. When +"=" +and +\fIVALUE\fR +are omitted, the value of the variable with the same name in the invoking environment will be used\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-background=\fR\fB\fICOLOR\fR\fR +.RS 4 +Change the terminal background color to the specified ANSI color as long as the session lasts\&. If not specified, the background will be tinted in a reddish tone when operating as root, and in a yellowish tone when operating under another UID, as reminder of the changed privileges\&. The color specified should be an ANSI X3\&.64 SGR background color, i\&.e\&. strings such as +"40", +"41", \&..., +"47", +"48;2;\&...", +"48;5;\&..."\&. See +\m[blue]\fBANSI Escape Code (Wikipedia)\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2 +for details\&. Set to an empty string to disable\&. +.sp +Example: +"\-\-background=44" +for a blue background\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-M\fR, \fB\-\-machine=\fR +.RS 4 +Execute operation on a local container\&. Specify a container name to connect to, optionally prefixed by a user name to connect as and a separating +"@" +character\&. If the special string +"\&.host" +is used in place of the container name, a connection to the local system is made\&. If the +"@" +syntax is not used, the connection is made as root user\&. If the +"@" +syntax is used either the left hand side or the right hand side may be omitted (but not both) in which case the local user name and +"\&.host" +are implied\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR +.RS 4 +Print a short help text and exit\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-version\fR +.RS 4 +Print a short version string and exit\&. +.RE +.PP +All command line arguments after the first non\-option argument become part of the command line of the launched process\&. If no command line is specified an interactive shell is invoked\&. The shell to invoke may be controlled via +\fB\-\-setenv=SHELL=\&...\fR +and currently defaults to the +\fIoriginating user\*(Aqs\fR +shell (i\&.e\&. not the target user\*(Aqs!) if operating locally, or +/bin/sh +when operating with +\fB\-\-machine=\fR\&. +.SH "EXIT STATUS" +.PP +On success, 0 is returned\&. If +\fBrun0\fR +failed to start the session or the specified command fails, a non\-zero return value will be returned\&. +.SH "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES" +.PP +As with +\fBsystemd\-run\fR, the session will inherit the system environment from the service manager\&. In addition, the following environment variables will be set: +.PP +\fI$TERM\fR +.RS 4 +Copied from the +\fI$TERM\fR +of the caller\&. Can be overridden with +\fB\-\-setenv=\fR +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SUDO_USER\fR +.RS 4 +Set to the username of the originating user\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SUDO_UID\fR +.RS 4 +Set to the numeric UNIX user id of the originating user\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SUDO_GID\fR +.RS 4 +Set to the primary numeric UNIX group id of the originating session\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.PP +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-run\fR(1), \fBsudo\fR(8), \fBmachinectl\fR(1) +.SH "NOTES" +.IP " 1." 4 +polkit +.RS 4 +\%https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/polkit +.RE +.IP " 2." 4 +ANSI Escape Code (Wikipedia) +.RS 4 +\%https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#SGR_(Select_Graphic_Rendition)_parameters +.RE diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/runcon.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/runcon.1 index 68d38135..c920e096 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/runcon.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/runcon.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH RUNCON "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH RUNCON "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME runcon \- run command with specified security context .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/samba-log-parser.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/samba-log-parser.1 index 428e513b..e05cd82c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/samba-log-parser.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/samba-log-parser.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: samba-log-parser .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/29/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5-Debian +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1-Debian .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "SAMBA\-LOG\-PARSER" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5\-Debian" "User Commands" +.TH "SAMBA\-LOG\-PARSER" "1" "05/29/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1\-Debian" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Sort traces using the timestamp for log files found in the samba log directory\& .\} .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5\-Debian of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1\-Debian of the Samba suite\&. .SH "AUTHOR" .PP The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbattach.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbattach.1 index cb757724..34d2f9a4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbattach.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbattach.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.2. -.TH SBATTACH "1" "June 2022" "sbattach 0.9.4" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. +.TH SBATTACH "1" "March 2024" "sbattach 0.9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sbattach - UEFI secure boot detached signature tool .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbkeysync.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbkeysync.1 index 88a1182e..8868112a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbkeysync.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbkeysync.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.2. -.TH SBKEYSYNC "1" "June 2022" "sbkeysync 0.9.4" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. +.TH SBKEYSYNC "1" "March 2024" "sbkeysync 0.9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sbkeysync - UEFI secure boot key synchronization tool .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbsiglist.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbsiglist.1 index 661f5dc2..b60c1af4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbsiglist.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbsiglist.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.2. -.TH SBSIGLIST "1" "June 2022" "sbsiglist 0.9.4" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. +.TH SBSIGLIST "1" "March 2024" "sbsiglist 0.9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sbsiglist - Create EFI_SIGNATURE_LIST signature databases .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbsign.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbsign.1 index 844fb05f..aacb1c6e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbsign.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbsign.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.2. -.TH SBSIGN "1" "June 2022" "sbsign 0.9.4" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. +.TH SBSIGN "1" "March 2024" "sbsign 0.9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sbsign - UEFI secure boot signing tool .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbvarsign.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbvarsign.1 index f0c77a27..6281002f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbvarsign.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbvarsign.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.2. -.TH SBVARSIGN "1" "June 2022" "sbvarsign 0.9.4" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. +.TH SBVARSIGN "1" "March 2024" "sbvarsign 0.9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sbvarsign - UEFI authenticated variable signing tool .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbverify.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbverify.1 index 1fceca5a..864a383f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbverify.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sbverify.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.2. -.TH SBVERIFY "1" "June 2022" "sbverify 0.9.4" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. +.TH SBVERIFY "1" "March 2024" "sbverify 0.9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sbverify - UEFI secure boot verification tool .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/scanimage.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/scanimage.1 index 32319e34..82fd53af 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/scanimage.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/scanimage.1 @@ -4,36 +4,32 @@ scanimage \- scan an image .SH SYNOPSIS .B scanimage -.RB [ \-d | \-\-device\-name +.RB [ \-d .IR dev ] -.RB [ \-\-format -.IR format ] -.RB [ \-i | \-\-icc\-profile +.RB [ \-\-format\fI=output-format ] +.RB [ \-i .IR profile ] -.RB [ \-L | \-\-list\-devices ] -.RB [ \-f | \-\-formatted\-device\-list -.IR format ] -.RB [ \-b | \-\-batch +.RB [ \-L ] +.RB [ \-f +.IR device-format ] +.RB [ \-b .RI [ format ]] -.RB [ \-\-batch\-start -.IR start ] -.RB [ \-\-batch\-count -.IR count ] -.RB [ \-\-batch\-increment -.IR increment ] +.RB [ \-\-batch\-start\fI=start ] +.RB [ \-\-batch\-count\fI=count ] +.RB [ \-\-batch\-increment\fI=increment ] .RB [ \-\-batch\-double ] .RB [ \-\-accept\-md5\-only ] -.RB [ \-p | \-\-progress ] -.RB [ \-o | \-\-output-file +.RB [ \-p] +.RB [ \-o .IR path ] -.RB [ \-n | \-\-dont\-scan ] -.RB [ \-T | \-\-test ] -.RB [ \-A | \-\-all-options ] -.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ] -.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ] -.RB [ \-B | \-\-buffer-size -.RI [= size ]] -.RB [ \-V | \-\-version ] +.RB [ \-n ] +.RB [ \-T ] +.RB [ \-A ] +.RB [ \-h ] +.RB [ \-v ] +.RB [ \-B +.RI size ] +.RB [ \-V ] .RI [ device\-specific\-options ] .SH DESCRIPTION .B scanimage @@ -96,9 +92,9 @@ control of the backend code. .PP Parameters are separated by a blank from single-character options (e.g. -.BI "\-d " epson ) +.BI "\-d " epson \fR) and by a "=" from multi-character options (e.g. -.BR \-\-device\-name =\fIepson\FR ). +.BR \-\-device\-name =\fIepson \fR). .TP .BR \-d "\fI dev\fR, " \-\-device\-name =\fIdev\fR @@ -117,12 +113,12 @@ If this variable is not set, will attempt to open the first available device. .TP -.BR \-\-format =\fIformat\fR +.BR \-\-format =\fIoutput-format\fR selects how image data is written to standard output or the file specified by the .B \-\-output\-file option. -.I format +.I output-format can be .BR pnm , .BR tiff , @@ -150,8 +146,8 @@ by its full device name. You may need to consult your system administrator to find out the names of such devices. .TP -.BR \-f "\fI format\fR, " \-\-formatted\-device\-list =\fIformat\fR -works similar to +.BR \-f "\fI format\fR, " \-\-formatted\-device\-list =\fIdevice-format\fR +works similarly to .BR \-\-list\-devices , but requires a format string. .B scanimage @@ -232,7 +228,7 @@ is a specific command provided to aid this. .B \-\-batch\-double will automatically set the increment to 2. Equivalent to -.BR \-\-batch\-increment =2 +.BR \-\-batch\-increment =2. .TP .B \-\-batch\-prompt @@ -301,17 +297,15 @@ standard output and no scan will be performed. .TP .BR \-v ", " \-\-verbose increases the verbosity of the output of -.B scanimage. +.BR scanimage . The option may be specified repeatedly, each time increasing the verbosity level. .TP -.BR \-B " [\fIsize\fR], " \-\-buffer\-size =[\fIsize\fR] -changes input buffer size from the default of 32KB to -.I size -KB. If +.BR \-B " [\fIsize\fR], " \-\-buffer\-size =\fIsize +changes input buffer size from the default of 1MB to .I size -is not specified then the buffer is set to 1 MB. +KB. .TP .BR \-V ", " \-\-version @@ -325,7 +319,7 @@ loads. If more information about the version numbers of the backends are necessary, the .B DEBUG variable for the dll layer can be used. Example: -.I "SANE_DEBUG_DLL=3 scanimage \-L" . +.IR "SANE_DEBUG_DLL=3 scanimage \-L" . .PP As you might imagine, much of the power of .B scanimage @@ -507,8 +501,8 @@ to 127 characters. .BR sane (7), .BR gamma4scanimage (1), .BR xscanimage (1), -.BR xcam (1) , -.BR xsane (1) , +.BR xcam (1), +.BR xsane (1), .BR scanadf (1), .BR sane\-dll (5), .BR sane\-net (5), diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/seq.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/seq.1 index 2e94c5d0..1e843cf2 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/seq.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/seq.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SEQ "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SEQ "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME seq \- print a sequence of numbers .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha1sum.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha1sum.1 index 133a3d43..413bc792 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha1sum.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha1sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA1SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA1SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha1sum \- compute and check SHA1 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha224sum.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha224sum.1 index 1ad5a3cc..4e85eb8a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha224sum.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha224sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA224SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA224SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha224sum \- compute and check SHA224 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha256sum.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha256sum.1 index e097fc9b..0fce95ac 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha256sum.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha256sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA256SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA256SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha256sum \- compute and check SHA256 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha384sum.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha384sum.1 index 198f1fbb..3a3846d9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha384sum.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha384sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA384SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA384SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha384sum \- compute and check SHA384 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha512sum.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha512sum.1 index cc569051..d8de7343 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha512sum.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sha512sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA512SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA512SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha512sum \- compute and check SHA512 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/shred.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/shred.1 index 8465cffc..6f94a2d4 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/shred.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/shred.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHRED "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHRED "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME shred \- overwrite a file to hide its contents, and optionally delete it .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/shuf.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/shuf.1 index 522aabfe..6e8371e5 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/shuf.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/shuf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHUF "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHUF "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME shuf \- generate random permutations .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/size.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/size.1 index b26f177a..0962edeb 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/size.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/size.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "SIZE 1" -.TH SIZE 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH SIZE 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sleep.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sleep.1 index 2dd34099..9e346fd8 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sleep.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sleep.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SLEEP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SLEEP "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sleep \- delay for a specified amount of time .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/smbcontrol.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/smbcontrol.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..87acde72 --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/smbcontrol.1 @@ -0,0 +1,349 @@ +'\" t +.\" Title: smbcontrol +.\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> +.\" Date: 05/29/2024 +.\" Manual: User Commands +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1-Debian +.\" Language: English +.\" +.TH "SMBCONTROL" "1" "05/29/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1\-Debian" "User Commands" +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * Define some portability stuff +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 +.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq +.el .ds Aq ' +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * set default formatting +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" disable hyphenation +.nh +.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) +.ad l +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.SH "NAME" +smbcontrol \- send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.HP \w'\ 'u +smbcontrol [\-?|\-\-help] [\-\-usage] [\-t|\-\-timeout] [\-d|\-\-debuglevel=DEBUGLEVEL] [\-\-debug\-stdout] [\-\-configfile=CONFIGFILE] [\-\-option=name=value] [\-l|\-\-log\-basename=LOGFILEBASE] [\-\-leak\-report] [\-\-leak\-report\-full] +.HP \w'\ 'u +smbcontrol [destination] [message\-type] [parameter] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +This tool is part of the +\fBsamba\fR(7) +suite\&. +.PP +smbcontrol +is a very small program, which sends messages to a +\fBsmbd\fR(8), a +\fBnmbd\fR(8), or a +\fBwinbindd\fR(8) +daemon running on the system\&. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.PP +\-t|\-\-timeout +.RS 4 +Set timeout to seconds\&. +.RE +.PP +destination +.RS 4 +One of +\fInmbd\fR, +\fIsmbd\fR, +\fIwinbindd\fR +or a process ID\&. +.sp +The +\fIall\fR +destination causes the message to "broadcast" to all running daemons including nmbd and winbind\&. This is a change for Samba 3\&.3, prior to this the parameter smbd used to do this\&. +.sp +The +\fIsmbd\fR +destination causes the message to be sent to the smbd daemon specified in the +smbd\&.pid +file\&. +.sp +The +\fInmbd\fR +destination causes the message to be sent to the nmbd daemon specified in the +nmbd\&.pid +file\&. +.sp +The +\fIwinbindd\fR +destination causes the message to be sent to the winbind daemon specified in the +winbindd\&.pid +file\&. +.sp +If a single process ID is given, the message is sent to only that process\&. +.RE +.PP +message\-type +.RS 4 +Type of message to send\&. See the section +\fBMESSAGE\-TYPES\fR +for details\&. +.RE +.PP +parameters +.RS 4 +any parameters required for the message\-type +.RE +.PP +\-?|\-\-help +.RS 4 +Print a summary of command line options\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-usage +.RS 4 +Display brief usage message\&. +.RE +.PP +\-d|\-\-debuglevel=DEBUGLEVEL +.RS 4 +\fIlevel\fR +is an integer from 0 to 10\&. The default value if this parameter is not specified is 1 for client applications\&. +.sp +The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the server\&. At level 0, only critical errors and serious warnings will be logged\&. Level 1 is a reasonable level for day\-to\-day running \- it generates a small amount of information about operations carried out\&. +.sp +Levels above 1 will generate considerable amounts of log data, and should only be used when investigating a problem\&. Levels above 3 are designed for use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic\&. +.sp +Note that specifying this parameter here will override the +\m[blue]\fBlog level\fR\m[] +parameter in the +/etc/samba/smb\&.conf +file\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-debug\-stdout +.RS 4 +This will redirect debug output to STDOUT\&. By default all clients are logging to STDERR\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-configfile=<configuration file> +.RS 4 +The file specified contains the configuration details required by the client\&. The information in this file can be general for client and server or only provide client specific like options such as +\m[blue]\fBclient smb encrypt\fR\m[]\&. See +/etc/samba/smb\&.conf +for more information\&. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-option=<name>=<value> +.RS 4 +Set the +\fBsmb.conf\fR(5) +option "<name>" to value "<value>" from the command line\&. This overrides compiled\-in defaults and options read from the configuration file\&. If a name or a value includes a space, wrap whole \-\-option=name=value into quotes\&. +.RE +.PP +\-l|\-\-log\-basename=logdirectory +.RS 4 +Base directory name for log/debug files\&. The extension +\fB"\&.progname"\fR +will be appended (e\&.g\&. log\&.smbclient, log\&.smbd, etc\&.\&.\&.)\&. The log file is never removed by the client\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-leak\-report +.RS 4 +Enable talloc leak reporting on exit\&. +.RE +.PP +\-\-leak\-report\-full +.RS 4 +Enable full talloc leak reporting on exit\&. +.RE +.PP +\-V|\-\-version +.RS 4 +Prints the program version number\&. +.RE +.SH "MESSAGE\-TYPES" +.PP +Available message types are: +.PP +close\-share +.RS 4 +Order smbd to close the client connections to the named share\&. Note that this doesn\*(Aqt affect client connections to any other shares\&. This message\-type takes an argument of the share name for which client connections will be closed, or the "*" character which will close all currently open shares\&. This may be useful if you made changes to the access controls on the share\&. This message can only be sent to +\fBsmbd\fR\&. +.RE +.PP +close\-denied\-share +.RS 4 +Behave like +\fBclose\-share\fR, but don\*(Aqt disconnect users that are still allowed to access the share\&. It can safely be sent to all smbds after changing share access controls\&. It will only affect users who have been denied access since having connected initially\&. This message can only be sent to +\fBsmbd\fR\&. +.RE +.PP +debug +.RS 4 +Set debug level to the value specified by the parameter\&. This can be sent to any of the destinations\&. If this message is sent to either the smbd or winbindd daemons, the parent process will rebroadcast the message to all child processes changing the debug level in each one\&. +.RE +.PP +kill\-client\-ip +.RS 4 +Order smbd to close the client connections from a given IP address\&. This message\-type takes an argument of the IP address from which client connections will be closed\&. This message can only be sent to +\fBsmbd\fR\&. +.RE +.PP +force\-election +.RS 4 +This message causes the +nmbd +daemon to force a new browse master election\&. +.RE +.PP +ping +.RS 4 +Send specified number of "ping" messages and wait for the same number of reply "pong" messages\&. This can be sent to any of the destinations\&. +.RE +.PP +profile +.RS 4 +Change profile settings of a daemon, based on the parameter\&. The parameter can be "on" to turn on profile stats collection, "off" to turn off profile stats collection, "count" to enable only collection of count stats (time stats are disabled), and "flush" to zero the current profile stats\&. This can be sent to any smbd or nmbd destinations\&. +.RE +.PP +debuglevel +.RS 4 +Request debuglevel of a certain daemon and write it to stdout\&. This can be sent to any of the destinations\&. +.RE +.PP +profilelevel +.RS 4 +Request profilelevel of a certain daemon and write it to stdout\&. This can be sent to any smbd or nmbd destinations\&. +.RE +.PP +printnotify +.RS 4 +Order smbd to send a printer notify message to any Windows NT clients connected to a printer\&. This message\-type takes the following arguments: +.PP +queuepause printername +.RS 4 +Send a queue pause change notify message to the printer specified\&. +.RE +.PP +queueresume printername +.RS 4 +Send a queue resume change notify message for the printer specified\&. +.RE +.PP +jobpause printername unixjobid +.RS 4 +Send a job pause change notify message for the printer and unix jobid specified\&. +.RE +.PP +jobresume printername unixjobid +.RS 4 +Send a job resume change notify message for the printer and unix jobid specified\&. +.RE +.PP +jobdelete printername unixjobid +.RS 4 +Send a job delete change notify message for the printer and unix jobid specified\&. +.RE +.sp +Note that this message only sends notification that an event has occurred\&. It doesn\*(Aqt actually cause the event to happen\&. +.sp +This message can only be sent to +\fBsmbd\fR\&. +.RE +.PP +dmalloc\-mark +.RS 4 +Set a mark for dmalloc\&. Can be sent to both smbd and nmbd\&. Only available if samba is built with dmalloc support\&. +.RE +.PP +dmalloc\-log\-changed +.RS 4 +Dump the pointers that have changed since the mark set by dmalloc\-mark\&. Can be sent to both smbd and nmbd\&. Only available if samba is built with dmalloc support\&. +.RE +.PP +shutdown +.RS 4 +Shut down specified daemon\&. Can be sent to both smbd and nmbd\&. +.RE +.PP +pool\-usage +.RS 4 +Print a human\-readable description of all talloc(pool) memory usage by the specified daemon/process\&. Available for both smbd and nmbd\&. +.RE +.PP +ringbuf\-log +.RS 4 +Fetch and print the ringbuf log\&. Requires +\fIlogging = ringbuf\fR\&. Available for smbd, winbindd and nmbd\&. +.RE +.PP +drvupgrade +.RS 4 +Force clients of printers using specified driver to update their local version of the driver\&. Can only be sent to smbd\&. +.RE +.PP +reload\-config +.RS 4 +Force daemon to reload smb\&.conf configuration file\&. Can be sent to +\fBsmbd\fR, +\fBnmbd\fR, or +\fBwinbindd\fR\&. +.RE +.PP +reload\-printers +.RS 4 +Force smbd to reload printers\&. Can only be sent to +\fBsmbd\fR\&. +.RE +.PP +idmap +.RS 4 +Notify about changes of id mapping\&. Can be sent to +\fBsmbd\fR +or (not implemented yet) +\fBwinbindd\fR\&. +.PP +flush [uid|gid] +.RS 4 +Flush caches for sid <\-> gid and/or sid <\-> uid mapping\&. +.RE +.PP +delete <ID> +.RS 4 +Remove a mapping from cache\&. The mapping is given by <ID> which may either be a sid: S\-x\-\&.\&.\&., a gid: "GID number" or a uid: "UID number"\&. +.RE +.PP +kill <ID> +.RS 4 +Remove a mapping from cache\&. Terminate +\fBsmbd\fR +if the id is currently in use\&. +.RE +.RE +.PP +num\-children +.RS 4 +Query the number of smbd child processes\&. This message can only be sent to +\fBsmbd\fR\&. +.RE +.PP +reload\-certs +.RS 4 +Instruct the LDAP server of a Samba AD DC to reload the TLS certificates protecting ldaps:// connections\&. This message can only be sent to +\fBldap_server\fR\&. +.RE +.SH "VERSION" +.PP +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1\-Debian of the Samba suite\&. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.PP +\fBnmbd\fR(8) +and +\fBsmbd\fR(8)\&. +.SH "AUTHOR" +.PP +The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell\&. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed\&. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/soelim.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/soelim.1 index aa6b4650..cc582b60 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/soelim.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/soelim.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" p -.TH \%soelim 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH \%soelim 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name \%soelim \- recursively interpolate source requests in .I roff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sort.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sort.1 index 2afb89bb..b4bed85a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sort.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sort.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SORT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SORT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sort \- sort lines of text files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/split.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/split.1 index acbbe11a..4853c001 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/split.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/split.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SPLIT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SPLIT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME split \- split a file into pieces .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sprof.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sprof.1 index 186dad4d..3dda1599 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sprof.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sprof.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH sprof 1 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH sprof 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages 6.8" .SH NAME sprof \- read and display shared object profiling data .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -27,30 +27,40 @@ in the current directory. The following command-line options specify the profile output to be produced: .TP -.BR \-c ", " \-\-call\-pairs +.B \-\-call\-pairs +.TQ +.B \-c Print a list of pairs of call paths for the interfaces exported by the shared object, along with the number of times each path is used. .TP -.BR \-p ", " \-\-flat\-profile +.B \-\-flat\-profile +.TQ +.B \-p Generate a flat profile of all of the functions in the monitored object, with counts and ticks. .TP -.BR \-q ", " \-\-graph +.B \-\-graph +.TQ +.B \-q Generate a call graph. -.PP +.P If none of the above options is specified, then the default behavior is to display a flat profile and a call graph. -.PP +.P The following additional command-line options are available: .TP -.BR \-? ", " \-\-help +.B \-\-help +.TQ +.B \-? Display a summary of command-line options and arguments and exit. .TP .B \-\-usage Display a short usage message and exit. .TP -.BR \-V ", " \-\-version +.B \-\-version +.TQ +.B \-V Display the program version and exit. .SH STANDARDS GNU. @@ -60,7 +70,7 @@ The following example demonstrates the use of The example consists of a main program that calls two functions in a shared object. First, the code of the main program: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBcat prog.c\fP @@ -78,14 +88,14 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) } .EE .in -.PP +.P The functions .IR x1 () and .IR x2 () are defined in the following source file that is used to construct the shared object: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBcat libdemo.c\fP @@ -119,32 +129,32 @@ x2(void) } .EE .in -.PP +.P Now we construct the shared object with the real name .IR libdemo.so.1.0.1 , and the soname .IR libdemo.so.1 : -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBcc \-g \-fPIC \-shared \-Wl,\-soname,libdemo.so.1 \e\fP \fB\-o libdemo.so.1.0.1 libdemo.c\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P Then we construct symbolic links for the library soname and the library linker name: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBln \-sf libdemo.so.1.0.1 libdemo.so.1\fP $ \fBln \-sf libdemo.so.1 libdemo.so\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P Next, we compile the main program, linking it against the shared object, and then list the dynamic dependencies of the program: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBcc \-g \-o prog prog.c \-L. \-ldemo\fP @@ -155,46 +165,46 @@ $ \fBldd prog\fP /lib64/ld\-linux\-x86\-64.so.2 (0x00007fd4dc51f000) .EE .in -.PP +.P In order to get profiling information for the shared object, we define the environment variable .B LD_PROFILE with the soname of the library: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBexport LD_PROFILE=libdemo.so.1\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P We then define the environment variable .B LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT with the pathname of the directory where profile output should be written, and create that directory if it does not exist already: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBexport LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT=$(pwd)/prof_data\fP $ \fBmkdir \-p $LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P .B LD_PROFILE causes profiling output to be .I appended to the output file if it already exists, so we ensure that there is no preexisting profiling data: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBrm \-f $LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT/$LD_PROFILE.profile\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P We then run the program to produce the profiling output, which is written to a file in the directory specified in .BR LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT : -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBLD_LIBRARY_PATH=. ./prog\fP @@ -202,11 +212,11 @@ $ \fBls prof_data\fP libdemo.so.1.profile .EE .in -.PP +.P We then use the .B sprof \-p option to generate a flat profile with counts and ticks: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBsprof \-p libdemo.so.1 $LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT/libdemo.so.1.profile\fP @@ -221,11 +231,11 @@ Each sample counts as 0.01 seconds. 0.00 0.10 0.00 1 0.00 x2 .EE .in -.PP +.P The .B sprof \-q option generates a call graph: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBsprof \-q libdemo.so.1 $LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT/libdemo.so.1.profile\fP @@ -248,15 +258,15 @@ index % time self children called name \-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\- .EE .in -.PP +.P Above and below, the "<UNKNOWN>" strings represent identifiers that are outside of the profiled object (in this example, these are instances of .IR main() ). -.PP +.P The .B sprof \-c option generates a list of call pairs and the number of their occurrences: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBsprof \-c libdemo.so.1 $LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT/libdemo.so.1.profile\fP diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ssh-add.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ssh-add.1 index f0186cd5..290ba91d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ssh-add.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ssh-add.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" $OpenBSD: ssh-add.1,v 1.85 2023/12/18 14:46:56 djm Exp $ +.\" $OpenBSD: ssh-add.1,v 1.86 2023/12/19 06:57:34 jmc Exp $ .\" .\" Author: Tatu Ylonen <ylo@cs.hut.fi> .\" Copyright (c) 1995 Tatu Ylonen <ylo@cs.hut.fi>, Espoo, Finland @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ .\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF .\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. .\" -.Dd $Mdocdate: December 18 2023 $ +.Dd $Mdocdate: December 19 2023 $ .Dt SSH-ADD 1 .Os .Sh NAME @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ .Nd adds private key identities to the OpenSSH authentication agent .Sh SYNOPSIS .Nm ssh-add -.Op Fl cCDdKkLlqvXx +.Op Fl CcDdKkLlqvXx .Op Fl E Ar fingerprint_hash .Op Fl H Ar hostkey_file .Op Fl h Ar destination_constraint @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ .Op Ar .Nm ssh-add .Fl s Ar pkcs11 -.Op Fl vC +.Op Fl Cv .Op Ar certificate ... .Nm ssh-add .Fl e Ar pkcs11 @@ -94,6 +94,9 @@ to work. .Pp The options are as follows: .Bl -tag -width Ds +.It Fl C +When loading keys into or deleting keys from the agent, process +certificates only and skip plain keys. .It Fl c Indicates that added identities should be subject to confirmation before being used for authentication. @@ -102,9 +105,6 @@ Confirmation is performed by Successful confirmation is signaled by a zero exit status from .Xr ssh-askpass 1 , rather than text entered into the requester. -.It Fl C -When loading keys into or deleting keys from the agent, process -certificates only and skip plain keys. .It Fl D Deletes all identities from the agent. .It Fl d diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/stat.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/stat.1 index ee84d3fc..f794727b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/stat.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/stat.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH STAT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH STAT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME stat \- display file or file system status .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/stdbuf.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/stdbuf.1 index 90fdb7bc..c41eb4a8 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/stdbuf.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/stdbuf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH STDBUF "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH STDBUF "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME stdbuf \- Run COMMAND, with modified buffering operations for its standard streams. diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/strings.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/strings.1 index 65ff9e40..a51960f9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/strings.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/strings.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "STRINGS 1" -.TH STRINGS 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH STRINGS 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/strip.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/strip.1 index 1b011d0b..6aad43ef 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/strip.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/strip.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "STRIP 1" -.TH STRIP 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH STRIP 1 2024-03-19 binutils-2.42 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/stty.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/stty.1 index b73399f5..68aea6ca 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/stty.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/stty.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH STTY "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH STTY "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME stty \- change and print terminal line settings .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sum.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sum.1 index 2f0f8067..66ce33f1 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sum.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SUM "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sum \- checksum and count the blocks in a file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sync.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sync.1 index e80c72f4..263f9e3f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sync.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/sync.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SYNC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SYNC "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME sync \- Synchronize cached writes to persistent storage .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemctl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemctl.1 index e6609537..9de3380d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemctl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemctl" +.TH "SYSTEMCTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ For details about many of these properties, see the documentation of the D\-Bus .PP \fBcat \fR\fB\fIPATTERN\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR .RS 4 -Show backing files of one or more units\&. Prints the "fragment" and "drop\-ins" (source files) of units\&. Each file is preceded by a comment which includes the file name\&. Note that this shows the contents of the backing files on disk, which may not match the system manager\*(Aqs understanding of these units if any unit files were updated on disk and the +Show backing files of one or more units\&. Prints the "fragment" and "drop\-ins" (source files) of units\&. Each file is preceded by a comment which includes the file name\&. Note that this shows the contents of the backing files on disk, which might not match the system manager\*(Aqs understanding of these units if any unit files were updated on disk and the \fBdaemon\-reload\fR command wasn\*(Aqt issued since\&. .sp @@ -574,6 +574,64 @@ is selected, see \fB\-\-what=\fR is not specified, the cache and runtime data as well as the file descriptor store are removed (as these three types of resources are generally redundant and reproducible on the next invocation of the unit)\&. Note that the specified units must be stopped to invoke this operation\&. .sp +.it 1 an-trap +.nr an-no-space-flag 1 +.nr an-break-flag 1 +.br +.B Table\ \&1.\ \& Possible values for \-\-what= +.TS +allbox tab(:); +lB lB. +T{ +Value +T}:T{ +Unit Setting +T} +.T& +l l +l l +l l +l l +l l +l l +l l. +T{ +"runtime" +T}:T{ +\fIRuntimeDirectory=\fR +T} +T{ +"state" +T}:T{ +\fIStateDirectory=\fR +T} +T{ +"cache" +T}:T{ +\fICacheDirectory=\fR +T} +T{ +"logs" +T}:T{ +\fILogsDirectory=\fR +T} +T{ +"configuration" +T}:T{ +\fIConfigurationDirectory=\fR +T} +T{ +"fdstore" +T}:T{ +\fIFileDescriptorStorePreserve=\fR +T} +T{ +"all" +T}:T{ +All of the above +T} +.TE +.sp 1 Added in version 243\&. .RE .PP @@ -967,7 +1025,7 @@ Checks whether any of the specified unit files are enabled (as with .nr an-no-space-flag 1 .nr an-break-flag 1 .br -.B Table\ \&1.\ \& is\-enabled output +.B Table\ \&2.\ \& is\-enabled output .TS allbox tab(:); lB lB lB. @@ -1186,29 +1244,34 @@ Added in version 217\&. .PP \fBedit \fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR .RS 4 -Edit a drop\-in snippet or a whole replacement file if -\fB\-\-full\fR -is specified, to extend or override the specified unit\&. +Edit or replace a drop\-in snippet or the main unit file, to extend or override the definition of the specified unit\&. .sp Depending on whether \fB\-\-system\fR (the default), \fB\-\-user\fR, or \fB\-\-global\fR -is specified, this command creates a drop\-in file for each unit either for the system, for the calling user, or for all futures logins of all users\&. Then, the editor (see the "Environment" section below) is invoked on temporary files which will be written to the real location if the editor exits successfully\&. +is specified, this command will operate on the system unit files, unit files for the calling user, or the unit files shared between all users\&. .sp -If -\fB\-\-drop\-in=\fR -is specified, the given drop\-in file name will be used instead of the default -override\&.conf\&. +The editor (see the "Environment" section below) is invoked on temporary files which will be written to the real location if the editor exits successfully\&. After the editing is finished, configuration is reloaded, equivalent to +\fBsystemctl daemon\-reload \-\-system\fR +or +\fBsystemctl daemon\-reload \-\-user\fR\&. For +\fBedit \-\-global\fR, the reload is not performed and the edits will take effect only for subsequent logins (or after a reload is requested in a different way)\&. .sp If \fB\-\-full\fR -is specified, this will copy the original units instead of creating drop\-in files\&. +is specified, a replacement for the main unit file will be created or edited\&. Otherwise, a drop\-in file will be created or edited\&. .sp If +\fB\-\-drop\-in=\fR +is specified, the given drop\-in file name will be used instead of the default +override\&.conf\&. +.sp +The unit must exist, i\&.e\&. its main unit file must be present\&. If \fB\-\-force\fR -is specified and any units do not already exist, new unit files will be opened for editing\&. +is specified, this requirement is ignored and a new unit may be created (with +\fB\-\-full\fR), or a drop\-in for a nonexistent unit may be created\&. .sp If \fB\-\-runtime\fR @@ -1216,10 +1279,11 @@ is specified, the changes will be made temporarily in /run/ and they will be lost on the next reboot\&. .sp -If the temporary file is empty upon exit, the modification of the related unit is canceled\&. +If +\fB\-\-stdin\fR +is specified, the new contents will be read from standard input\&. In this mode, the old contents of the file are discarded\&. .sp -After the units have been edited, systemd configuration is reloaded (in a way that is equivalent to -\fBdaemon\-reload\fR)\&. +If the temporary file is empty upon exit, the modification of the related unit is canceled\&. .sp Note that this command cannot be used to remotely edit units and that you cannot temporarily edit units which are in /etc/, since they take precedence over @@ -1299,11 +1363,21 @@ Dump the systemd manager environment block\&. This is the environment block that \fBdash\fR(1) or \fBfish\fR(1)\&. +.sp +Note that this shows the +\fIeffective\fR +block, i\&.e\&. the combination of environment variables configured via configuration files, environment generators and via IPC (i\&.e\&. via the +\fBset\-environment\fR +described below)\&. At the moment a unit process is forked off this combined environment block will be further combined with per\-unit environment variables, which are not visible in this command\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-environment \fR\fB\fIVARIABLE=VALUE\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR .RS 4 -Set one or more systemd manager environment variables, as specified on the command line\&. This command will fail if variable names and values do not conform to the rules listed above\&. +Set one or more service manager environment variables, as specified on the command line\&. This command will fail if variable names and values do not conform to the rules listed above\&. +.sp +Note that this operates on an environment block separate from the environment block configured from service manager configuration and environment generators\&. Whenever a process is invoked the two blocks are combined (also incorporating any per\-service environment variables), and passed to it\&. The +\fBshow\-environment\fR +verb will show the combination of the blocks, see above\&. .sp Added in version 233\&. .RE @@ -1312,6 +1386,10 @@ Added in version 233\&. .RS 4 Unset one or more systemd manager environment variables\&. If only a variable name is specified, it will be removed regardless of its value\&. If a variable and a value are specified, the variable is only removed if it has the specified value\&. .sp +Note that this operates on an environment block separate from the environment block configured from service manager configuration and environment generators\&. Whenever a process is invoked the two blocks are combined (also incorporating any per\-service environment variables), and passed to it\&. The +\fBshow\-environment\fR +verb will show the combination of the blocks, see above\&. Note that this means this command cannot be used to unset environment variables defined in the service manager configuration files or via generators\&. +.sp Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP @@ -1405,7 +1483,7 @@ or .nr an-no-space-flag 1 .nr an-break-flag 1 .br -.B Table\ \&2.\ \&is\-system\-running output +.B Table\ \&3.\ \&is\-system\-running output .TS allbox tab(:); lB lB lB. @@ -1676,16 +1754,49 @@ Switches to a different root directory and executes a new system manager process Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP +\fBsleep\fR +.RS 4 +Put the system to sleep, through +\fBsuspend\fR, +\fBhibernate\fR, +\fBhybrid\-sleep\fR, or +\fBsuspend\-then\-hibernate\fR\&. The sleep operation to use is automatically selected by +\fBsystemd-logind.service\fR(8)\&. By default, +\fBsuspend\-then\-hibernate\fR +is used, and falls back to +\fBsuspend\fR +and then +\fBhibernate\fR +if not supported\&. Refer to +\fISleepOperation=\fR +setting in +\fBlogind.conf\fR(5) +for more details\&. This command is asynchronous, and will return after the sleep operation is successfully enqueued\&. It will not wait for the sleep/resume cycle to complete\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP \fBsuspend\fR .RS 4 Suspend the system\&. This will trigger activation of the special target unit suspend\&.target\&. This command is asynchronous, and will return after the suspend operation is successfully enqueued\&. It will not wait for the suspend/resume cycle to complete\&. +.sp +If +\fB\-\-force\fR +is specified, and +\fBsystemd\-logind\fR +returned error for the operation, the error will be ignored and the operation will be tried again directly through starting the target unit\&. .RE .PP \fBhibernate\fR .RS 4 Hibernate the system\&. This will trigger activation of the special target unit hibernate\&.target\&. This command is asynchronous, and will return after the hibernation operation is successfully enqueued\&. It will not wait for the hibernate/thaw cycle to complete\&. +.sp +This command honors +\fB\-\-force\fR +in the same way as +\fBsuspend\fR\&. .RE .PP \fBhybrid\-sleep\fR @@ -1693,15 +1804,26 @@ hibernate\&.target\&. This command is asynchronous, and will return after the hi Hibernate and suspend the system\&. This will trigger activation of the special target unit hybrid\-sleep\&.target\&. This command is asynchronous, and will return after the hybrid sleep operation is successfully enqueued\&. It will not wait for the sleep/wake\-up cycle to complete\&. .sp +This command honors +\fB\-\-force\fR +in the same way as +\fBsuspend\fR\&. +.sp Added in version 196\&. .RE .PP \fBsuspend\-then\-hibernate\fR .RS 4 -Suspend the system and hibernate it after the delay specified in -systemd\-sleep\&.conf\&. This will trigger activation of the special target unit +Suspend the system and hibernate it when the battery is low, or when the delay specified in +systemd\-sleep\&.conf +elapsed\&. This will trigger activation of the special target unit suspend\-then\-hibernate\&.target\&. This command is asynchronous, and will return after the hybrid sleep operation is successfully enqueued\&. It will not wait for the sleep/wake\-up or hibernate/thaw cycle to complete\&. .sp +This command honors +\fB\-\-force\fR +in the same way as +\fBsuspend\fR\&. +.sp Added in version 240\&. .RE .SS "Parameter Syntax" @@ -1799,7 +1921,7 @@ for more details\&. The patterns are matched against the primary names of units .RS 4 .\} .nf -# systemctl stop sshd@*\&.service +# systemctl stop "sshd@*\&.service" .fi .if n \{\ .RE @@ -2240,7 +2362,19 @@ on units that are enabled in global scope, when a \fBstop\fR\-ped, \fBdisable\fR\-d, or -\fBmask\fR\-ed unit still has active triggering units\&. +\fBmask\fR\-ed unit still has active triggering units, +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +when a unit file is changed and requires +\fBdaemon\-reload\fR\&. .RE .sp Added in version 253\&. @@ -2256,13 +2390,19 @@ will wait until the unit\*(Aqs start\-up is completed\&. By passing this argumen .PP \fB\-\-wait\fR .RS 4 -Synchronously wait for started units to terminate again\&. This option may not be combined with +When used with +\fBstart\fR +or +\fBrestart\fR, synchronously wait for started units to terminate again\&. This option may not be combined with \fB\-\-no\-block\fR\&. Note that this will wait forever if any given unit never terminates (by itself or by getting stopped explicitly); particularly services which use "RemainAfterExit=yes"\&. .sp When used with \fBis\-system\-running\fR, wait until the boot process is completed before returning\&. .sp +When used with +\fBkill\fR, wait until the signalled units terminate\&. Note that this will wait forever if any given unit never terminates\&. +.sp Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP @@ -2341,7 +2481,7 @@ and Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-kill\-value=\fR\fIINT\fR +\fB\-\-kill\-value=\fR\fB\fIINT\fR\fR .RS 4 If used with the \fBkill\fR @@ -2415,20 +2555,42 @@ When used with \fBedit\fR, create all of the specified units which do not already exist\&. .sp When used with +\fBsuspend\fR, +\fBhibernate\fR, +\fBhybrid\-sleep\fR, or +\fBsuspend\-then\-hibernate\fR, the error returned by +\fBsystemd\-logind\fR +will be ignored, and the operation will be performed directly through starting the corresponding units\&. +.sp +When used with \fBhalt\fR, \fBpoweroff\fR, -\fBreboot\fR -or +\fBreboot\fR, or \fBkexec\fR, execute the selected operation without shutting down all units\&. However, all processes will be killed forcibly and all file systems are unmounted or remounted read\-only\&. This is hence a drastic but relatively safe option to request an immediate reboot\&. If \fB\-\-force\fR is specified twice for these operations (with the exception of -\fBkexec\fR), they will be executed immediately, without terminating any processes or unmounting any file systems\&. Warning: specifying +\fBkexec\fR), they will be executed immediately, without terminating any processes or unmounting any file systems\&. +.if n \{\ +.sp +.\} +.RS 4 +.it 1 an-trap +.nr an-no-space-flag 1 +.nr an-break-flag 1 +.br +.ps +1 +\fBWarning\fR +.ps -1 +.br +Specifying \fB\-\-force\fR twice with any of these operations might result in data loss\&. Note that when \fB\-\-force\fR is specified twice the selected operation is executed by \fBsystemctl\fR itself, and the system manager is not contacted\&. This means the command should succeed even when the system manager has crashed\&. +.sp .5v +.RE .RE .PP \fB\-\-message=\fR @@ -2663,7 +2825,7 @@ When used with Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-drop\-in=\fR\fINAME\fR +\fB\-\-drop\-in=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR .RS 4 When used with \fBedit\fR, use @@ -2691,6 +2853,30 @@ is given, the currently scheduled action will be shown, which can be canceled by Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-\-stdin\fR +.RS 4 +When used with +\fBedit\fR, the contents of the file will be read from standard input and the editor will not be launched\&. In this mode, the old contents of the file are completely replaced\&. This is useful to "edit" unit files from scripts: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +$ systemctl edit \-\-drop\-in=limits\&.conf \-\-stdin some\-service\&.service <<EOF +[Unit] +AllowedCPUs=7,11 +EOF + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.sp +Multiple drop\-ins may be "edited" in this mode; the same contents will be written to all of them\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-host=\fR .RS 4 Execute the operation remotely\&. Specify a hostname, or a username and hostname separated by @@ -2716,12 +2902,19 @@ syntax is used either the left hand side or the right hand side may be omitted ( are implied\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-capsule=\fR +.RS 4 +Execute operation on a capsule\&. Specify a capsule name to connect to\&. See +\fBcapsule@.service\fR(5) +for details about capsules\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-\-no\-pager\fR .RS 4 Do not pipe output into a pager\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-legend=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-legend=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Enable or disable printing of the legend, i\&.e\&. column headers and the footer with hints\&. The legend is printed by default, unless disabled with \fB\-\-quiet\fR @@ -2749,7 +2942,7 @@ uses the return codes defined by LSB, as defined in .nr an-no-space-flag 1 .nr an-break-flag 1 .br -.B Table\ \&3.\ \&LSB return codes +.B Table\ \&4.\ \&LSB return codes .TS allbox tab(:); lB lB lB. @@ -2829,7 +3022,7 @@ Added in version 218\&. .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR .RS 4 -The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) \fBemerg\fR, \fBalert\fR, \fBcrit\fR, @@ -2839,7 +3032,15 @@ The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\& \fBinfo\fR, \fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See \fBsyslog\fR(3) -for more information\&. +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR @@ -2945,6 +3146,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -2956,6 +3163,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -3011,17 +3224,7 @@ and other conditions\&. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBjournalctl\fR(1), -\fBloginctl\fR(1), -\fBmachinectl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.unit\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.resource-control\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.special\fR(7), -\fBwall\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.preset\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.generator\fR(7), -\fBglob\fR(7) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBjournalctl\fR(1), \fBloginctl\fR(1), \fBmachinectl\fR(1), \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5), \fBsystemd.resource-control\fR(5), \fBsystemd.special\fR(7), \fBwall\fR(1), \fBsystemd.preset\fR(5), \fBsystemd.generator\fR(7), \fBglob\fR(7) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Boot Loader Specification diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-ac-power.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-ac-power.1 index aadfbf33..863afbf7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-ac-power.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-ac-power.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-AC\-POWER" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-ac-power" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-AC\-POWER" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-ac-power" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-analyze.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-analyze.1 index ce1a2b09..22b5a31a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-analyze.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-analyze.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-ANALYZE" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-analyze" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-ANALYZE" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-analyze" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -73,7 +73,9 @@ systemd-analyze \- Analyze and debug system manager .HP \w'\fBsystemd\-analyze\fR\ 'u \fBsystemd\-analyze\fR [OPTIONS...] pcrs [\fIPCR\fR...] .HP \w'\fBsystemd\-analyze\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-analyze\fR [OPTIONS...] srk > \fIFILE\fR +\fBsystemd\-analyze\fR [OPTIONS...] srk [\fI>FILE\fR] +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-analyze\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-analyze\fR [OPTIONS...] architectures [\fINAME\fR...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP \fBsystemd\-analyze\fR @@ -906,15 +908,48 @@ NR NAME SHA256 .if n \{\ .RE .\} -.SS "systemd\-analyze srk > \fIFILE\fR" +.SS "systemd\-analyze srk [>\fIFILE\fR]" +.PP +This command reads the Storage Root Key (SRK) from the TPM2 device, and writes it in marshalled TPM2B_PUBLIC format to stdout\&. The output is non\-printable data, so it should be redirected to a file or into a pipe\&. .PP -This command reads the Storage Root Key (SRK) from the TPM2 device, and writes it in marshalled TPM2B_PUBLIC format to stdout\&. Example: +\fBExample\ \&25.\ \&Save the Storage Root Key to srk\&.tpm2b_public\fR .sp .if n \{\ .RS 4 .\} .nf -systemd\-analyze srk > srk\&.tpm2b_public +systemd\-analyze srk >srk\&.tpm2b_public +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.SS "systemd\-analyze architectures [\fINAME\fR\&.\&.\&.]" +.PP +Lists all known CPU architectures, and which ones are native\&. The listed architecture names are those +\fIConditionArchitecture=\fR +supports, see +\fBsystemd.unit\fR(5) +for details\&. If architecture names are specified only those specified are listed\&. +.PP +\fBExample\ \&26.\ \&Table output\fR +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +$ systemd\-analyze architectures +NAME SUPPORT +alpha foreign +arc foreign +arc\-be foreign +arm foreign +arm64 foreign +\&... +sparc foreign +sparc64 foreign +tilegx foreign +x86 secondary +x86\-64 native .fi .if n \{\ .RE @@ -959,8 +994,8 @@ are shown\&. If is passed, only dependencies of type \fIRequires=\fR, \fIRequisite=\fR, -\fIWants=\fR -and +\fIBindsTo=\fR, +\fIWants=\fR, and \fIConflicts=\fR are shown\&. If neither is passed, this shows dependencies of all these types\&. .sp @@ -980,7 +1015,7 @@ Each of these can be used more than once, in which case the unit name must match Added in version 201\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-fuzz=\fR\fItimespan\fR +\fB\-\-fuzz=\fR\fB\fItimespan\fR\fR .RS 4 When used in conjunction with the \fBcritical\-chain\fR @@ -1026,9 +1061,13 @@ Added in version 250\&. \fB\-\-root=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 With -\fBcat\-files\fR +\fBcat\-config\fR, +\fBverify\fR, +\fBcondition\fR and -\fBverify\fR, operate on files underneath the specified root path +\fBsecurity\fR +when used with +\fB\-\-offline=\fR, operate on files underneath the specified root path \fIPATH\fR\&. .sp Added in version 239\&. @@ -1037,9 +1076,13 @@ Added in version 239\&. \fB\-\-image=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 With -\fBcat\-files\fR +\fBcat\-config\fR, +\fBverify\fR, +\fBcondition\fR and -\fBverify\fR, operate on files inside the specified image path +\fBsecurity\fR +when used with +\fB\-\-offline=\fR, operate on files inside the specified image path \fIPATH\fR\&. .sp Added in version 250\&. @@ -1609,7 +1652,7 @@ if the condition is respectively true or false\&. .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR .RS 4 -The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) \fBemerg\fR, \fBalert\fR, \fBcrit\fR, @@ -1619,7 +1662,15 @@ The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\& \fBinfo\fR, \fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See \fBsyslog\fR(3) -for more information\&. +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR @@ -1738,6 +1789,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1749,6 +1806,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -1804,7 +1867,7 @@ and other conditions\&. .RE .SH "EXAMPLES" .PP -\fBExample\ \&25.\ \&JSON Policy\fR +\fBExample\ \&27.\ \&JSON Policy\fR .PP The JSON file passed as a path parameter to \fB\-\-security\-policy=\fR @@ -1870,8 +1933,7 @@ means the setting will not be checked\&. .\} .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemctl\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Packaging Metadata diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-ask-password.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-ask-password.1 index 8583162a..e033ef73 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-ask-password.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-ask-password.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-ASK\-PASSWORD" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-ask-password" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-ASK\-PASSWORD" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-ask-password" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ .SH "NAME" systemd-ask-password \- Query the user for a system password .SH "SYNOPSIS" -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-ask\-password\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB[MESSAGE]\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-ask\-password \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB[MESSAGE]\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-ask\-password\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-ask\-password\fR [OPTIONS...] [MESSAGE] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP \fBsystemd\-ask\-password\fR @@ -232,12 +232,7 @@ Print a short help text and exit\&. On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-ask-password-console.service\fR(8), -\fBsystemd-tty-ask-password-agent\fR(1), -\fBkeyctl\fR(1), -\fBplymouth\fR(8), -\fBwall\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-ask-password-console.service\fR(8), \fBsystemd-tty-ask-password-agent\fR(1), \fBkeyctl\fR(1), \fBplymouth\fR(8), \fBwall\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 systemd Password Agent Specification diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cat.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cat.1 index 0e441745..dac2205f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cat.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cat.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-CAT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-cat" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-CAT" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-cat" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ .SH "NAME" systemd-cat \- Connect a pipeline or program\*(Aqs output with the journal .SH "SYNOPSIS" -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-cat\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB[COMMAND]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB[ARGUMENTS...]\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-cat \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB[COMMAND]\fR\fB \fR\fB[ARGUMENTS...]\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-cat\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-cat \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-cat\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-cat\fR [OPTIONS...] [COMMAND] [ARGUMENTS...] +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-cat\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-cat\fR [OPTIONS...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP \fBsystemd\-cat\fR @@ -95,6 +95,14 @@ Controls whether lines read are parsed for syslog priority level prefixes\&. If "<5>" is logged at priority 5 ("notice"), and similarly for the other priority levels\&. Takes a boolean argument\&. .RE +.PP +\fB\-\-namespace=\fR +.RS 4 +Specifies the journal namespace to which the standard IO should be connected\&. For details about journal namespaces, see +\fBsystemd-journald.service\fR(8)\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE .SH "EXIT STATUS" .PP On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. @@ -135,6 +143,4 @@ and writes the output it generates to the journal: Even though the two examples have very similar effects, the first is preferable, since only one process is running at a time and both stdout and stderr are captured, while in the second example, only stdout is captured\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1), -\fBlogger\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemctl\fR(1), \fBlogger\fR(1) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cgls.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cgls.1 index 781d9307..7f53bd49 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cgls.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cgls.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-CGLS" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-cgls" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-CGLS" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-cgls" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -109,8 +109,4 @@ Do not pipe output into a pager\&. On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-cgtop\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1), -\fBps\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd-cgtop\fR(1), \fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1), \fBps\fR(1) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cgtop.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cgtop.1 index c67d5e34..99b1e60d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cgtop.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cgtop.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-CGTOP" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-cgtop" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-CGTOP" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-cgtop" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -283,8 +283,4 @@ Added in version 226\&. On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-cgls\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.resource-control\fR(5), -\fBtop\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd-cgls\fR(1), \fBsystemd.resource-control\fR(5), \fBtop\fR(1) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-creds.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-creds.1 index db9944ec..e2c9198c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-creds.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-creds.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-CREDS" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-creds" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-CREDS" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-creds" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -219,6 +219,39 @@ commands operates on the credentials passed to system as a whole instead of on t Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-\-user\fR +.RS 4 +When specified with the +\fBencrypt\fR +and +\fBdecrypt\fR +commands encrypts a user\-scoped (rather than a system\-scoped) credential\&. Use +\fB\-\-uid=\fR +to select which user the credential is from\&. Such credentials may only be decrypted from the specified user\*(Aqs context, except if privileges can be acquired\&. Generally, when an encrypted credential shall be used in the per\-user service manager it should be encrypted with this option set, when it shall be used in the system service manager it should be encrypted without\&. +.sp +Internally, this ensures that the selected user\*(Aqs numeric UID and username, as well as the system\*(Aqs +\fBmachine-id\fR(5) +are incorporated into the encryption key\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-uid=\fR +.RS 4 +Specifies the user to encrypt the credential for\&. Takes a user name or numeric UID\&. If set, implies +\fB\-\-user\fR\&. If set to the special string +"self" +sets the user to the user of the calling process\&. If +\fB\-\-user\fR +is used without +\fB\-\-uid=\fR +then +\fB\-\-uid=self\fR +is implied, i\&.e\&. the credential is encrypted for the calling user\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-\-transcode=\fR .RS 4 When specified with the @@ -272,7 +305,7 @@ as the output file\&. Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-name=\fR\fIname\fR +\fB\-\-name=\fR\fB\fIname\fR\fR .RS 4 When specified with the \fBencrypt\fR @@ -289,7 +322,7 @@ Embedding the credential name in the encrypted credential is done in order to pr Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-timestamp=\fR\fItimestamp\fR +\fB\-\-timestamp=\fR\fB\fItimestamp\fR\fR .RS 4 When specified with the \fBencrypt\fR @@ -305,7 +338,7 @@ during encryption\&. If not specified defaults to the current system time\&. Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-not\-after=\fR\fItimestamp\fR +\fB\-\-not\-after=\fR\fB\fItimestamp\fR\fR .RS 4 When specified with the \fBencrypt\fR @@ -323,7 +356,7 @@ command controls the encryption/signature key to use\&. Takes one of "host", "tpm2", "host+tpm2", -"tpm2\-absent", +"null", "auto", "auto\-initrd"\&. See above for details on the three key types\&. If set to "auto" @@ -334,11 +367,11 @@ is on persistent media\&. This means on typical systems the encryption is by def is selected but neither TPM2 is available (or running in container) nor /var/lib/systemd/ is on persistent media, encryption will fail\&. If set to -"tpm2\-absent" +"null" a fixed zero length key is used (thus, in this mode no confidentiality nor authenticity are provided!)\&. This logic is useful to cover for systems that lack a TPM2 chip but where credentials shall be generated\&. Note that decryption of such credentials is refused on systems that have a TPM2 chip and where UEFI SecureBoot is enabled (this is done so that such a locked down system cannot be tricked into loading a credential generated this way that lacks authentication information)\&. If set to "auto\-initrd" a TPM2 key is used if a TPM2 is found\&. If not a fixed zero length key is used, equivalent to -"tpm2\-absent" +"null" mode\&. This option is particularly useful to generate credentials files that are encrypted/authenticated against TPM2 where available but still work on systems lacking support for this\&. .sp The @@ -362,7 +395,7 @@ command, as information on which key to use for decryption is included in the en Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-tpm2\-device=\fR\fIPATH\fR +\fB\-\-tpm2\-device=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Controls the TPM2 device to use\&. Expects a device node path referring to the TPM2 chip (e\&.g\&. /dev/tpmrm0)\&. Alternatively the special value @@ -374,7 +407,7 @@ may be used to enumerate all suitable TPM2 devices currently discovered\&. Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-tpm2\-pcrs=\fR [PCR...] +\fB\-\-tpm2\-pcrs=\fR\fB\fIPCR\fR\fI[+PCR\&.\&.\&.]\fR\fR .RS 4 Configures the TPM2 PCRs (Platform Configuration Registers) to bind the encryption key to\&. Takes a "+" @@ -384,7 +417,7 @@ separated list of numeric PCR indexes in the range 0\&...23\&. If not used, defa Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-tpm2\-public\-key=\fR [PATH], \fB\-\-tpm2\-public\-key\-pcrs=\fR [PCR...] +\fB\-\-tpm2\-public\-key=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-tpm2\-public\-key\-pcrs=\fR\fB\fIPCR\fR\fI[+PCR\&.\&.\&.]\fR\fR .RS 4 Configures a TPM2 signed PCR policy to bind encryption to, for use with the \fBencrypt\fR @@ -410,7 +443,7 @@ and Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-tpm2\-signature=\fR [PATH] +\fB\-\-tpm2\-signature=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Takes a path to a TPM2 PCR signature file as generated by the \fBsystemd-measure\fR(1) @@ -427,6 +460,13 @@ is searched for in Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-\-allow\-null\fR +.RS 4 +Allow decrypting credentials that use an empty key\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-\-quiet\fR, \fB\-q\fR .RS 4 When used with @@ -446,7 +486,7 @@ Do not pipe output into a pager\&. Do not print the legend, i\&.e\&. column headers and the footer with hints\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of "short" @@ -543,9 +583,7 @@ xyz\&.service: .\} .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.exec\fR(5), -\fBsystemd-measure\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd.exec\fR(5), \fBsystemd-measure\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 System and Service Credentials diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cryptenroll.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cryptenroll.1 index e65f3cd0..9efa4454 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cryptenroll.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-cryptenroll.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-CRYPTENROLL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-cryptenroll" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-CRYPTENROLL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-cryptenroll" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ is a tool for enrolling hardware security tokens and devices into a LUKS2 encryp .sp -1 .IP " 1." 4.2 .\} -PKCS#11 security tokens and smartcards that may carry an RSA key pair (e\&.g\&. various YubiKeys) +PKCS#11 security tokens and smartcards that may carry an RSA or EC key pair (e\&.g\&. various YubiKeys) .RE .sp .RS 4 @@ -89,6 +89,13 @@ Recovery keys\&. These are similar to regular passphrases, however are randomly In addition, the tool may be used to enumerate currently enrolled security tokens and wipe a subset of them\&. The latter may be combined with the enrollment operation of a new security token, in order to update or replace enrollments\&. .PP The tool supports only LUKS2 volumes, as it stores token meta\-information in the LUKS2 JSON token area, which is not available in other encryption formats\&. +.PP +\fBsystemd\-cryptsetup\fR +operates on the device backing +/var/ +if no device is specified explicitly, and no wipe operation is requested\&. (Note that in the typical case where +/var/ +is on the same file system as the root file system, this hence enrolls a key into the backing device of the root file system\&.) .SS "TPM2 PCRs and policies" .PP PCRs allow binding of the encryption of secrets to specific software versions and system state, so that the enrolled key is only accessible (may be "unsealed") if specific trusted software and/or configuration is used\&. Such bindings may be created with the option @@ -257,10 +264,10 @@ In general, encrypted volumes would be bound to some combination of PCRs 7, 11, for more discussion\&. .SH "LIMITATIONS" .PP -Note that currently when enrolling a new key of one of the five supported types listed above, it is required to first provide a passphrase, a recovery key or a FIDO2 token\&. It\*(Aqs currently not supported to unlock a device with a TPM2/PKCS#11 key in order to enroll a new TPM2/PKCS#11 key\&. Thus, if in future key roll\-over is desired it\*(Aqs generally recommended to ensure a passphrase, a recovery key or a FIDO2 token is always enrolled\&. +Note that currently when enrolling a new key of one of the five supported types listed above, it is required to first provide a passphrase, a recovery key, a FIDO2 token, or a TPM2 key\&. It\*(Aqs currently not supported to unlock a device with a PKCS#11 key in order to enroll a new PKCS#11 key\&. Thus, if in future key roll\-over is desired it\*(Aqs generally recommended to ensure a passphrase, a recovery key, a FIDO2 token, or a TPM2 key is always enrolled\&. .PP Also note that support for enrolling multiple FIDO2 tokens is currently limited\&. When multiple FIDO2 tokens are enrolled, -\fBsystemd\-cryptseup\fR +\fBsystemd\-cryptsetup\fR will perform pre\-flight requests to attempt to identify which of the enrolled tokens are currently plugged in\&. However, this is not possible for FIDO2 tokens with user verification (UV, usually via biometrics), in which case it will fall back to attempting each enrolled token one by one\&. This will result in multiple prompts for PIN and user verification\&. This limitation does not apply to PKCS#11 tokens\&. .SH "COMPATIBILITY" .PP @@ -319,7 +326,7 @@ Enroll a recovery key\&. Recovery keys are mostly identical to passphrases, but Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-unlock\-key\-file=\fR\fIPATH\fR +\fB\-\-unlock\-key\-file=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Use a file instead of a password/passphrase read from stdin to unlock the volume\&. Expects the PATH to the file containing your key to unlock the volume\&. Currently there is nothing like \fB\-\-key\-file\-offset=\fR @@ -330,7 +337,7 @@ so this file has to only contain the full key\&. Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-unlock\-fido2\-device=\fR\fIPATH\fR +\fB\-\-unlock\-fido2\-device=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Use a FIDO2 device instead of a password/passphrase read from stdin to unlock the volume\&. Expects a hidraw @@ -344,13 +351,25 @@ option is also specified\&. Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-pkcs11\-token\-uri=\fR\fIURI\fR +\fB\-\-unlock\-tpm2\-device=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR +.RS 4 +Use a TPM2 device instead of a password/passhprase read from stdin to unlock the volume\&. Expects a device node path referring to the TPM2 chip (e\&.g\&. +/dev/tpmrm0)\&. Alternatively the special value +"auto" +may be specified, in order to automatically determine the device node of a currently discovered TPM2 device (of which there must be exactly one)\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-pkcs11\-token\-uri=\fR\fB\fIURI\fR\fR .RS 4 -Enroll a PKCS#11 security token or smartcard (e\&.g\&. a YubiKey)\&. Expects a PKCS#11 smartcard URI referring to the token\&. Alternatively the special value +Enroll a PKCS#11 security token or smartcard (e\&.g\&. a YubiKey)\&. Expects a PKCS#11 URI that allows finding an X\&.509 certificate or a public key on the token\&. The URI must also be suitable to find a related private key after changing the type of object in it\&. Alternatively the special value "auto" -may be specified, in order to automatically determine the URI of a currently plugged in security token (of which there must be exactly one)\&. The special value +may be specified, in order to automatically determine the suitable URI if a single security token containing a single key pair is plugged in\&. The special value "list" -may be used to enumerate all suitable PKCS#11 tokens currently plugged in\&. The security token must contain an RSA key pair which is used to encrypt the randomly generated key that is used to unlock the LUKS2 volume\&. The encrypted key is then stored in the LUKS2 JSON token header area\&. +may be used to enumerate all suitable PKCS#11 tokens currently plugged in\&. +.sp +The PKCS#11 token must contain an RSA or EC key pair which will be used to unlock a LUKS2 volume\&. For RSA, a randomly generated volume key is encrypted with a public key in the token, and stored in the LUKS2 JSON token header area\&. To unlock a volume, the stored encrypted volume key will be decrypted with a private key in the token\&. For ECC, ECDH algorithm is used: we generate a pair of EC keys in the same EC group, then derive a shared secret using the generated private key and the public key in the token\&. The derived shared secret is used as a volume key\&. The generated public key is stored in the LUKS2 JSON token header area\&. The generated private key is erased\&. To unlock a volume, we derive the shared secret with the stored public key and a private key in the token\&. .sp In order to unlock a LUKS2 volume with an enrolled PKCS#11 security token, specify the \fBpkcs11\-uri=\fR @@ -379,7 +398,7 @@ line\&. Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-fido2\-credential\-algorithm=\fR\fISTRING\fR +\fB\-\-fido2\-credential\-algorithm=\fR\fB\fISTRING\fR\fR .RS 4 Specify COSE algorithm used in credential generation\&. The default value is "es256"\&. Supported values are @@ -395,12 +414,12 @@ denotes 2048\-bit RSA with PKCS#1\&.5 padding and SHA\-256\&. "eddsa" denotes EDDSA over Curve25519 with SHA\-512\&. .sp -Note that your authenticator may not support some algorithms\&. +Note that your authenticator may choose not to support some algorithms\&. .sp Added in version 251\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-fido2\-device=\fR\fIPATH\fR +\fB\-\-fido2\-device=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Enroll a FIDO2 security token that implements the "hmac\-secret" @@ -442,7 +461,7 @@ line\&. Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-fido2\-with\-client\-pin=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-fido2\-with\-client\-pin=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 When enrolling a FIDO2 security token, controls whether to require the user to enter a PIN when unlocking the volume (the FIDO2 "clientPin" @@ -454,7 +473,7 @@ feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it\&.) Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-fido2\-with\-user\-presence=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-fido2\-with\-user\-presence=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 When enrolling a FIDO2 security token, controls whether to require the user to verify presence (tap the token, the FIDO2 "up" @@ -466,7 +485,7 @@ feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it\&.) Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-fido2\-with\-user\-verification=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-fido2\-with\-user\-verification=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 When enrolling a FIDO2 security token, controls whether to require user verification when unlocking the volume (the FIDO2 "uv" @@ -478,7 +497,7 @@ feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it\&.) Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-tpm2\-device=\fR\fIPATH\fR +\fB\-\-tpm2\-device=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Enroll a TPM2 security chip\&. Expects a device node path referring to the TPM2 chip (e\&.g\&. /dev/tpmrm0)\&. Alternatively the special value @@ -518,7 +537,7 @@ Use Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-tpm2\-device\-key=\fR\fIPATH\fR +\fB\-\-tpm2\-device\-key=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Enroll a TPM2 security chip using its public key\&. Expects a path referring to the TPM2 public key in TPM2B_PUBLIC format\&. This cannot be used with \fB\-\-tpm2\-device=\fR, as it performs the same operation, but without connecting to the TPM2 security chip; instead the enrollment is calculated using the provided TPM2 key\&. This is useful in situations where the TPM2 security chip is not available at the time of enrollment\&. @@ -551,7 +570,7 @@ systemd\-analyze srk > srk\&.tpm2b_public Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-tpm2\-seal\-key\-handle=\fR\fIHANDLE\fR +\fB\-\-tpm2\-seal\-key\-handle=\fR\fB\fIHANDLE\fR\fR .RS 4 Configures which parent key to use for sealing, using the TPM handle (index) of the key\&. This is used to "seal" (encrypt) a secret and must be used later to "unseal" (decrypt) the secret\&. Expects a hexadecimal 32bit integer, optionally prefixed with "0x"\&. Allowable values are any handle index in the persistent ("0x81000000"\-"0x81ffffff") or transient ("0x80000000"\-"0x80ffffff") ranges\&. Since transient handles are lost after a TPM reset, and may be flushed during TPM context switching, they should not be used except for very specific use cases, e\&.g\&. testing\&. @@ -564,7 +583,7 @@ This should not be changed unless you know what you are doing\&. Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-tpm2\-pcrs=\fR [PCR...] +\fB\-\-tpm2\-pcrs=\fR\fB\fIPCR\fR\fI[+PCR\&.\&.\&.]\fR\fR .RS 4 Configures the TPM2 PCRs (Platform Configuration Registers) to bind to when enrollment is requested via \fB\-\-tpm2\-device=\fR\&. Takes a list of PCR entries, where each entry starts with a name or numeric index in the range 0\&...23, optionally followed by @@ -589,7 +608,7 @@ specifies that PCR register 4 from the SHA1 bank should be used, and a hash dige Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-tpm2\-with\-pin=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-tpm2\-with\-pin=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 When enrolling a TPM2 device, controls whether to require the user to enter a PIN when unlocking the volume in addition to PCR binding, based on TPM2 policy authentication\&. Defaults to "no"\&. Despite being called PIN, any character can be used, not just numbers\&. @@ -605,7 +624,7 @@ commands, respectively\&. Added in version 251\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-tpm2\-public\-key=\fR [PATH], \fB\-\-tpm2\-public\-key\-pcrs=\fR [PCR...], \fB\-\-tpm2\-signature=\fR [PATH] +\fB\-\-tpm2\-public\-key=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-tpm2\-public\-key\-pcrs=\fR\fB\fIPCR\fR\fI[+PCR\&.\&.\&.]\fR\fR, \fB\-\-tpm2\-signature=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Configures a TPM2 signed PCR policy to bind encryption to\&. The \fB\-\-tpm2\-public\-key=\fR @@ -643,7 +662,7 @@ is searched for in Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-tpm2\-pcrlock=\fR [PATH] +\fB\-\-tpm2\-pcrlock=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Configures a TPM2 pcrlock policy to bind encryption to\&. Expects a path to a pcrlock policy file as generated by the \fBsystemd-pcrlock\fR(1) @@ -658,7 +677,7 @@ it is automatically used\&. Assign an empty string to turn this behaviour off\&. Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-wipe\-slot=\fR [SLOT...] +\fB\-\-wipe\-slot=\fR\fB\fISLOT\fR\fI[,SLOT\&.\&.\&.]\fR\fR .RS 4 Wipes one or more LUKS2 key slots\&. Takes a comma separated list of numeric slot indexes, or the special strings "all" @@ -724,6 +743,42 @@ Print a short help text and exit\&. .RS 4 Print a short version string and exit\&. .RE +.SH "CREDENTIALS" +.PP +\fBsystemd\-cryptenroll\fR +supports the service credentials logic as implemented by +\fIImportCredential=\fR/\fILoadCredential=\fR/\fISetCredential=\fR +(see +\fBsystemd.exec\fR(5) +for details)\&. The following credentials are used when passed in: +.PP +\fIcryptenroll\&.passphrase\fR, \fIcryptenroll\&.new\-passphrase\fR +.RS 4 +May contain the passphrase to unlock the volume with/to newly enroll\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fIcryptenroll\&.tpm2\-pin\fR, \fIcryptenroll\&.new\-tpm2\-pin\fR +.RS 4 +May contain the TPM2 PIN to unlock the volume with/to newly enroll\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fIcryptenroll\&.fido2\-pin\fR +.RS 4 +If a FIDO2 token is enrolled this may contain the PIN of the token\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fIcryptenroll\&.pkcs11\-pin\fR +.RS 4 +If a PKCS#11 token is enrolled this may contain the PIN of the token\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE .SH "EXIT STATUS" .PP On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. @@ -736,11 +791,7 @@ contain various examples employing \fBsystemd\-cryptenroll\fR\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-cryptsetup@.service\fR(8), -\fBcrypttab\fR(5), -\fBcryptsetup\fR(8), -\fBsystemd-measure\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-cryptsetup@.service\fR(8), \fBcrypttab\fR(5), \fBcryptsetup\fR(8), \fBsystemd-measure\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Linux TPM PCR Registry diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-delta.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-delta.1 index d874587b..7462100b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-delta.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-delta.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-DELTA" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-delta" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-DELTA" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-delta" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ systemd-delta \- Find overridden configuration files .SH "SYNOPSIS" .HP \w'\fBsystemd\-delta\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-delta\fR [OPTIONS...] [\fIPREFIX\fR[/\fISUFFIX\fR]|\fISUFFIX\fR...] +\fBsystemd\-delta\fR [OPTIONS...] [\fIPREFIX\fR | \fIPREFIX\fR/\fISUFFIX\fR | \fISUFFIX\fR...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP \fBsystemd\-delta\fR @@ -165,5 +165,4 @@ systemd\-delta \-\-type=extended /run/systemd/system On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.unit\fR(5) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-detect-virt.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-detect-virt.1 index 1a0b04e5..6320ba51 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-detect-virt.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-detect-virt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-DETECT\-VIRT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-detect-virt" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-DETECT\-VIRT" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-detect-virt" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -311,10 +311,7 @@ Print a short version string and exit\&. If a virtualization technology is detected, 0 is returned, a non\-zero code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1), -\fBchroot\fR(2), -\fBnamespaces\fR(7) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1), \fBchroot\fR(2), \fBnamespaces\fR(7) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 ACRN hypervisor diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-dissect.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-dissect.1 index 994c72a0..c8b6a286 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-dissect.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-dissect.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-DISSECT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-dissect" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-DISSECT" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-dissect" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -22,30 +22,32 @@ .SH "NAME" systemd-dissect, mount.ddi \- Dissect Discoverable Disk Images (DDIs) .SH "SYNOPSIS" -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-dissect \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fB\-\-mount\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-dissect \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB\fB\-\-mount\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fB\-\-umount\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-dissect \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB\fB\-\-umount\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fB\-\-attach\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-dissect \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB\fB\-\-attach\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fB\-\-detach\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-dissect \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB\fB\-\-detach\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fB\-\-list\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-dissect \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB\fB\-\-list\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fB\-\-mtree\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-dissect \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB\fB\-\-mtree\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fB\-\-with\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB[\fICOMMAND\fR...]\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-dissect \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB\fB\-\-with\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB[\fICOMMAND\fR...]\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fB\-\-copy\-from\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB[\fITARGET\fR]\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-dissect \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB\fB\-\-copy\-from\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB[\fITARGET\fR]\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fB\-\-copy\-to\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB[\fISOURCE\fR]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-dissect \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB\fB\-\-copy\-to\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB[\fISOURCE\fR]\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fB\-\-discover\fR\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-dissect \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB\fB\-\-discover\fR\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fB\-\-validate\fR\fR\fB\ \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-dissect \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB\fB\-\-validate\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR [OPTIONS...] \fIIMAGE\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR [OPTIONS...] [\-\-mount] \fIIMAGE\fR \fIPATH\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR [OPTIONS...] [\-\-umount] \fIPATH\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR [OPTIONS...] [\-\-attach] \fIIMAGE\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR [OPTIONS...] [\-\-detach] \fIPATH\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR [OPTIONS...] [\-\-list] \fIIMAGE\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR [OPTIONS...] [\-\-mtree] \fIIMAGE\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR [OPTIONS...] [\-\-with] \fIIMAGE\fR [\fICOMMAND\fR...] +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR [OPTIONS...] [\-\-copy\-from] \fIIMAGE\fR \fIPATH\fR [\fITARGET\fR] +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR [OPTIONS...] [\-\-copy\-to] \fIIMAGE\fR [\fISOURCE\fR] \fIPATH\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR [OPTIONS...] [\-\-make\-archive] \fIIMAGE\fR [\fITARGET\fR] +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR [OPTIONS...] [\-\-discover] +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-dissect\fR [OPTIONS...] [\-\-validate] \fIIMAGE\fR .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP \fBsystemd\-dissect\fR @@ -158,6 +160,12 @@ can be mounted directly by \fBmount\fR and \fBfstab\fR(5)\&. For details see below\&. +.PP +In place of the image path a +"\&.v/" +versioned directory may be specified, see +\fBsystemd.v\fR(7) +for details\&. .SH "COMMANDS" .PP If neither of the command switches listed below are passed the specified disk image is opened and general information about the image and the contained partitions and their use is shown\&. @@ -282,6 +290,17 @@ file system checks are implicitly run before the copy operation begins\&. Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-\-make\-archive\fR +.RS 4 +Generates an archive file from the specified disk image\&. Expects two arguments: the path to the disk image and optionally the output archive file path\&. If the latter is omitted the archive is written to standard output\&. The archive file format is determined automatically from the specified output archive file name, e\&.g\&. any path suffixed with +"\&.tar\&.xz" +will result in an xz compressed UNIX tarball (if the path is omitted an uncompressed UNIX tarball is created)\&. See +\fBlibarchive\fR(3) +for a list of supported archive formats and compression schemes\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-\-discover\fR .RS 4 Show a list of DDIs in well\-known directories\&. This will show machine, portable service and system/configuration extension disk images in the usual directories @@ -525,7 +544,7 @@ Do not pipe output into a pager\&. Do not print the legend, i\&.e\&. column headers and the footer with hints\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of "short" @@ -601,7 +620,7 @@ map to the corresponding options listed above (i\&.e\&. generically passed on to the file systems inside the images\&. .SH "EXAMPLES" .PP -\fBExample\ \&1.\ \&Generate a tarball from an OS disk image\fR +\fBExample\ \&1.\ \&Generate a tarball from an OS disk image (\-\-with)\fR .sp .if n \{\ .RS 4 @@ -612,15 +631,23 @@ generically passed on to the file systems inside the images\&. .if n \{\ .RE .\} +.PP +or alternatively just: +.PP +\fBExample\ \&2.\ \&Generate a tarball from an OS disk image (\-\-make\-archive)\fR +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +# systemd\-dissect \-\-make\-archive foo\&.raw foo\&.tar\&.gz +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.exec\fR(5), -\m[blue]\fBDiscoverable Partitions Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2, -\fBmount\fR(8), -\fBumount\fR(8), -\fBfdisk\fR(8) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1), \fBsystemd.exec\fR(5), \fBsystemd.v\fR(7), \m[blue]\fBDiscoverable Partitions Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2, \fBmount\fR(8), \fBumount\fR(8), \fBfdisk\fR(8) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Discoverable Partitions Specification diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-escape.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-escape.1 index a69c2c8d..203a8b5d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-escape.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-escape.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-ESCAPE" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-escape" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-ESCAPE" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-escape" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -218,6 +218,4 @@ My Container 1 On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.unit\fR(5), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5), \fBsystemctl\fR(1) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-firstboot.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-firstboot.1 index 2b65a8ad..38848a53 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-firstboot.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-firstboot.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-FIRSTBOOT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-firstboot" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-FIRSTBOOT" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-firstboot" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -28,14 +28,27 @@ systemd-firstboot, systemd-firstboot.service \- Initialize basic system settings systemd\-firstboot\&.service .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP -\fBsystemd\-firstboot\fR -initializes basic system settings interactively during the first boot, or non\-interactively on an offline system image\&. The service is started during boot if +The +\fBsystemd\-firstboot\&.service\fR +unit is one of the units which are used to initialize the machine configuration during "First Boot", i\&.e\&. when the system is freshly installed or after a factory reset\&. The +\fBsystemd\fR(1) +manager itself will initialize +\fBmachine-id\fR(5) +and preset all units, enabling or disabling them according to the +\fBsystemd.preset\fR(5) +settings\&. +systemd\-firstboot\&.service +is started later to interactively initialize basic system configuration\&. It is started only if \fIConditionFirstBoot=yes\fR is met, which essentially means that /etc/ is unpopulated, see \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5) -for details\&. +for details\&. System credentials may be used to inject configuration; those settings are not queried interactively\&. +.PP +The +\fBsystemd\-firstboot\fR +command can also be used to non\-interactively initialize an offline system image\&. .PP The following settings may be configured: .sp @@ -440,7 +453,7 @@ like this: .RE .\} .PP -Note that these credentials are only read and applied during the first boot process\&. Once they are applied they remain applied for subsequent boots, and the credentials are not considered anymore\&. +Note that these credentials are only read and applied during the first boot\&. Once they are applied they remain applied for subsequent boots, and the credentials are not considered anymore\&. .SH "EXIT STATUS" .PP On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. @@ -456,17 +469,7 @@ Added in version 233\&. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBlocale.conf\fR(5), -\fBvconsole.conf\fR(5), -\fBlocaltime\fR(5), -\fBhostname\fR(5), -\fBmachine-id\fR(5), -\fBshadow\fR(5), -\fBsystemd-machine-id-setup\fR(1), -\fBlocalectl\fR(1), -\fBtimedatectl\fR(1), -\fBhostnamectl\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBlocale.conf\fR(5), \fBvconsole.conf\fR(5), \fBlocaltime\fR(5), \fBhostname\fR(5), \fBmachine-id\fR(5), \fBshadow\fR(5), \fBsystemd-machine-id-setup\fR(1), \fBlocalectl\fR(1), \fBtimedatectl\fR(1), \fBhostnamectl\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Discoverable Partitions Specification diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-id128.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-id128.1 index 79d82b32..478b37cd 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-id128.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-id128.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-ID128" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-id128" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-ID128" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-id128" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -111,6 +111,36 @@ for more discussion\&. Added in version 244\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-\-no\-pager\fR +.RS 4 +Do not pipe output into a pager\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-no\-legend\fR +.RS 4 +Do not print the legend, i\&.e\&. column headers and the footer with hints\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR +.RS 4 +Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of +"short" +(for the shortest possible output without any redundant whitespace or line breaks), +"pretty" +(for a pretty version of the same, with indentation and line breaks) or +"off" +(to turn off JSON output, the default)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-j\fR +.RS 4 +Equivalent to +\fB\-\-json=pretty\fR +if running on a terminal, and +\fB\-\-json=short\fR +otherwise\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR .RS 4 Print a short help text and exit\&. @@ -174,9 +204,7 @@ On a given machine with the ID 3a9d668b\-4db7\-4939\-8a4a\-5e78a03bffb7, for the \fBshow\fR\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsd-id128\fR(3), -\fBsd_id128_get_machine\fR(3) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsd-id128\fR(3), \fBsd_id128_get_machine\fR(3) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Universally Unique Identifiers diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 index 19950530..c099bce0 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-INHIBIT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-inhibit" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-INHIBIT" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-inhibit" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ .SH "NAME" systemd-inhibit \- Execute a program with an inhibition lock taken .SH "SYNOPSIS" -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-inhibit\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB[COMMAND]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB[ARGUMENTS...]\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-inhibit \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB[COMMAND]\fR\fB \fR\fB[ARGUMENTS...]\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-inhibit\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \-\-list\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-inhibit \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \-\-list\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-inhibit\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-inhibit\fR [OPTIONS...] [COMMAND] [ARGUMENTS...] +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-inhibit\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-inhibit\fR [OPTIONS...] [\-\-list] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP \fBsystemd\-inhibit\fR @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ on a CD using .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR .RS 4 -The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) \fBemerg\fR, \fBalert\fR, \fBcrit\fR, @@ -138,7 +138,15 @@ The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\& \fBinfo\fR, \fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See \fBsyslog\fR(3) -for more information\&. +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR @@ -257,6 +265,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -268,6 +282,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -323,8 +343,7 @@ and other conditions\&. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBlogind.conf\fR(5) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBlogind.conf\fR(5) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Inhibitor Lock Developer Documentation diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-machine-id-setup.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-machine-id-setup.1 index 4dbbe6f3..74a60875 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-machine-id-setup.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-machine-id-setup.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-MACHINE\-ID\-SETUP" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-machine-id-setup" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-MACHINE\-ID\-SETUP" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-machine-id-setup" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -172,11 +172,7 @@ Print a short version string and exit\&. On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBmachine-id\fR(5), -\fBsystemd-machine-id-commit.service\fR(8), -\fBdbus-uuidgen\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-firstboot\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBmachine-id\fR(5), \fBsystemd-machine-id-commit.service\fR(8), \fBdbus-uuidgen\fR(1), \fBsystemd-firstboot\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Container Interface diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-measure.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-measure.1 index cbb356f3..9599e6b8 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-measure.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-measure.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-MEASURE" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-measure" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-MEASURE" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-measure" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ .SH "NAME" systemd-measure \- Pre\-calculate and sign expected TPM2 PCR values for booted unified kernel images .SH "SYNOPSIS" -.HP \w'\fB/usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-measure\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\ 'u -\fB/usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-measure \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR +.HP \w'\fB/usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-measure\fR\ 'u +\fB/usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-measure\fR [OPTIONS...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP Note: this command is experimental for now\&. While it is likely to become a regular component of systemd, it might still change in behaviour and interface\&. @@ -64,6 +64,7 @@ Pre\-calculate the expected values seen in PCR register 11 after boot\-up of a u \fB\-\-osrel=\fR, \fB\-\-cmdline=\fR, \fB\-\-initrd=\fR, +\fB\-\-ucode=\fR, \fB\-\-splash=\fR, \fB\-\-dtb=\fR, \fB\-\-uname=\fR, @@ -99,7 +100,7 @@ Added in version 252\&. .PP The following options are understood: .PP -\fB\-\-linux=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-osrel=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-cmdline=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-initrd=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-splash=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-dtb=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-uname=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-sbat=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-pcrpkey=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR +\fB\-\-linux=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-osrel=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-cmdline=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-initrd=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-ucode=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-splash=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-dtb=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-uname=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-sbat=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-pcrpkey=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 When used with the \fBcalculate\fR @@ -144,7 +145,7 @@ output\&. May be used more then once to specify multiple banks\&. If not specifi Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-private\-key=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-public\-key=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR +\fB\-\-private\-key=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-public\-key=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-certificate=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 These switches take paths to a pair of PEM encoded RSA key files, for use with the \fBsign\fR @@ -164,10 +165,28 @@ is not specified but \fB\-\-private\-key=\fR is specified the public key is automatically derived from the private key\&. .sp +\fB\-\-certificate=\fR +can be used to specify an X\&.509 certificate as an alternative to +\fB\-\-public\-key=\fR +since v256\&. +.sp Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-tpm2\-device=\fR\fIPATH\fR +\fB\-\-private\-key=\fR\fB\fIPATH/URI\fR\fR, \fB\-\-private\-key\-source=\fR\fB\fITYPE[:NAME]\fR\fR, \fB\-\-certificate=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR +.RS 4 +As an alternative to +\fB\-\-public\-key=\fR +for the +\fBsign\fR +command, these switches can be used to sign with an hardware token\&. The private key option can take a path or a URI that will be passed to the OpenSSL engine or provider, as specified by +\fB\-\-private\-key\-source=\fR +as a type:name tuple, such as engine:pkcs11\&. The specified OpenSSL signing engine or provider will be used to sign\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-tpm2\-device=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 Controls which TPM2 device to use\&. Expects a device node path referring to the TPM2 chip (e\&.g\&. /dev/tpmrm0)\&. Alternatively the special value @@ -179,7 +198,7 @@ may be used to enumerate all suitable TPM2 devices currently discovered\&. Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-phase=\fR\fIPHASE\fR +\fB\-\-phase=\fR\fB\fIPHASE\fR\fR .RS 4 Controls which boot phases to calculate expected PCR 11 values for\&. This takes a series of colon\-separated strings that encode boot "paths" for entering a specific phase of the boot process\&. Each of the specified strings is measured by the systemd\-pcrphase\-initrd\&.service, @@ -200,7 +219,7 @@ For further details about PCR boot phases, see Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-append=\fR\fIPATH\fR +\fB\-\-append=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 When generating a PCR JSON signature (via the \fBsign\fR @@ -209,7 +228,7 @@ command), combine it with a previously generated PCR JSON signature, and output Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of "short" @@ -415,12 +434,7 @@ on the command line of those tools\&. On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-stub\fR(7), -\fBukify\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-creds\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-cryptsetup@.service\fR(8), -\fBsystemd-pcrphase.service\fR(8) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-stub\fR(7), \fBukify\fR(1), \fBsystemd-creds\fR(1), \fBsystemd-cryptsetup@.service\fR(8), \fBsystemd-pcrphase.service\fR(8) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Unified Kernel Image (UKI) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-mount.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-mount.1 index 22f5c0be..42952e5f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-mount.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-mount.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-MOUNT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-mount" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-MOUNT" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-mount" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -396,10 +396,4 @@ ACTION=="add", SUBSYSTEMS=="usb", SUBSYSTEM=="block", ENV{ID_FS_USAGE}=="filesys .\} .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBmount\fR(8), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.unit\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.mount\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.automount\fR(5), -\fBsystemd-run\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBmount\fR(8), \fBsystemctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5), \fBsystemd.mount\fR(5), \fBsystemd.automount\fR(5), \fBsystemd-run\fR(1) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-notify.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-notify.1 index a8f251e3..3d3a13a9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-notify.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-notify.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-NOTIFY" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-notify" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-NOTIFY" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-notify" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -22,10 +22,10 @@ .SH "NAME" systemd-notify \- Notify service manager about start\-up completion and other daemon status changes .SH "SYNOPSIS" -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-notify\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB[VARIABLE=VALUE...]\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-notify \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB[VARIABLE=VALUE...]\fR -.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-notify\ \-\-exec\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB[VARIABLE=VALUE...]\fR\fB\ ;\ \fR\fB[CMDLINE...]\fR\ 'u -\fBsystemd\-notify \-\-exec \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB[VARIABLE=VALUE...]\fR\fB ; \fR\fB[CMDLINE...]\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-notify\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-notify\fR [OPTIONS...] [VARIABLE=VALUE...] +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-notify\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-notify\fR [\-\-exec] [OPTIONS...] [VARIABLE=VALUE...] [;] [CMDLINE...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP \fBsystemd\-notify\fR @@ -117,7 +117,9 @@ is used, except if that\*(Aqs the service manager\&. If the argument is specifie \fBsystemd\-notify\fR command itself is used, and if "parent" -is specified the calling process\*(Aq PID is used \(em even if it is the service manager\&. The latter is equivalent to +is specified the calling process\*(Aq PID is used \(em even if it is the service manager\&. +\fB\-\-pid=auto\fR +is equivalent to \fBsystemd\-notify MAINPID=$PID\fR\&. For details about the semantics of this option see \fBsd_notify\fR(3)\&. .sp @@ -130,7 +132,7 @@ in the service unit file, or otherwise the notification will be ignored for secu for details\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-uid=\fR\fIUSER\fR +\fB\-\-uid=\fR\fB\fIUSER\fR\fR .RS 4 Set the user ID to send the notification from\&. Takes a UNIX user name or numeric UID\&. When specified the notification message will be sent with the specified UID as sender, in place of the user the command was invoked as\&. This option requires sufficient privileges in order to be able manipulate the user identity of the process\&. .sp @@ -267,9 +269,4 @@ done .\} .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.unit\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.service\fR(5), -\fBsd_notify\fR(3), -\fBsd_booted\fR(3) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5), \fBsystemd.service\fR(5), \fBsd_notify\fR(3), \fBsd_booted\fR(3) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 index bfd09f6b..77ab1706 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-NSPAWN" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-nspawn" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-NSPAWN" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-nspawn" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -119,6 +119,56 @@ While running, containers invoked with are registered with the \fBsystemd-machined\fR(8) service that keeps track of running containers, and provides programming interfaces to interact with them\&. +.SH "UNPRIVILEGED OPERATION" +.PP +\fBsystemd\-nspawn\fR +may be invoked with or without privileges\&. The full functionality is currently only available when invoked with privileges\&. When invoked without privileges, various limitations apply, including, but not limited to: +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +Only disk image based containers are supported (i\&.e\&. +\fB\-\-image=\fR)\&. Directory based ones (i\&.e\&. +\fB\-\-directory=\fR) are not supported\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +Machine registration via +\fB\-\-machine=\fR +is not supported\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +Only +\fB\-\-private\-network\fR +and +\fB\-\-network\-veth\fR +networking modes are supported\&. +.RE +.PP +When running in unprivileged mode, some needed functionality is provided via +\fBsystemd-mountfsd.service\fR(8) +and +\fBsystemd-nsresourced.service\fR(8) .SH "OPTIONS" .PP If option @@ -138,7 +188,7 @@ Turns off any status output by the tool itself\&. When this switch is used, the Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-settings=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-settings=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Controls whether \fBsystemd\-nspawn\fR @@ -194,6 +244,12 @@ is specified the directory is determined by searching for a directory named the \fBmachinectl\fR(1) section "Files and Directories" for the precise search path\&. .sp +In place of the directory path a +"\&.v/" +versioned directory may be specified, see +\fBsystemd.v\fR(7) +for details\&. +.sp If neither \fB\-\-directory=\fR, \fB\-\-image=\fR, nor @@ -313,6 +369,12 @@ Any other partitions, such as foreign partitions or swap partitions are not moun \fB\-\-directory=\fR, \fB\-\-template=\fR\&. .sp +In place of the image path a +"\&.v/" +versioned directory may be specified, see +\fBsystemd.v\fR(7) +for details\&. +.sp Added in version 211\&. .RE .PP @@ -346,7 +408,7 @@ and similar options\&. This mode is implied if the container image file or direc is used\&. In this case the container image on disk is strictly read\-only, while changes are permitted but kept non\-persistently in memory only\&. For further details, see below\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-volatile\fR, \fB\-\-volatile=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-volatile\fR, \fB\-\-volatile=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Boots the container in volatile mode\&. When no mode parameter is passed or when mode is specified as \fByes\fR, full volatile mode is enabled\&. This means the root directory is mounted as a mostly unpopulated @@ -592,6 +654,20 @@ Added in version 209\&. \fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-user=\fR .RS 4 After transitioning into the container, change to the specified user defined in the container\*(Aqs user database\&. Like all other systemd\-nspawn features, this is not a security feature and provides protection against accidental destructive operations only\&. +.sp +Note that if credentials are used in combination with a non\-root +\fB\-\-user=\fR +(e\&.g\&.: +\fB\-\-set\-credential=\fR, +\fB\-\-load\-credential=\fR +or +\fB\-\-import\-credential=\fR), then +\fB\-\-no\-new\-privileges=yes\fR +must be used, and +\fB\-\-boot\fR +or +\fB\-\-as\-pid2\fR +must not be used, as the credentials would otherwise be unreadable by the container due to missing privileges after switching to the specified user\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-kill\-signal=\fR @@ -1504,14 +1580,17 @@ and control whether to create a recursive or a regular bind mount\&. Defaults to \fBrbind\fR\&. \fBnoidmap\fR, -\fBidmap\fR, and +\fBidmap\fR, \fBrootidmap\fR +and +\fBowneridmap\fR control ID mapping\&. .sp Using -\fBidmap\fR -or +\fBidmap\fR, \fBrootidmap\fR +or +\fBowneridmap\fR requires support by the source filesystem for user/group ID mapped mounts\&. Defaults to \fBnoidmap\fR\&. With \fBx\fR @@ -1586,9 +1665,28 @@ on the host\&. Other host users are mapped to inside the container\&. .RE .sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +If +\fBowneridmap\fR +is used, the owner of the target directory inside of the container is mapped to +\fBp\fR +on the host\&. Other host users are mapped to +\fBnobody\fR +inside the container\&. +.RE +.sp Whichever ID mapping option is used, the same mapping will be used for users and groups IDs\&. If \fBrootidmap\fR -is used, the group owning the bind mounted directory will have no effect\&. +or +\fBowneridmap\fR +are used, the group owning the bind mounted directory will have no effect\&. .sp Note that when this option is used in combination with \fB\-\-private\-users\fR, the resulting mount points will be owned by the @@ -1727,7 +1825,7 @@ Added in version 220\&. .RE .SS "Input/Output Options" .PP -\fB\-\-console=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-console=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Configures how to set up standard input, output and error output for the container payload, as well as the /dev/console @@ -1787,9 +1885,23 @@ Equivalent to .sp Added in version 242\&. .RE +.PP +\fB\-\-background=\fR\fB\fICOLOR\fR\fR +.RS 4 +Change the terminal background color to the specified ANSI color as long as the container runs\&. The color specified should be an ANSI X3\&.64 SGR background color, i\&.e\&. strings such as +"40", +"41", \&..., +"47", +"48;2;\&...", +"48;5;\&..."\&. See +\m[blue]\fBANSI Escape Code (Wikipedia)\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[6]\d\s+2 +for details\&. Assign an empty string to disable any coloring\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE .SS "Credentials" .PP -\fB\-\-load\-credential=\fR\fIID\fR:\fIPATH\fR, \fB\-\-set\-credential=\fR\fIID\fR:\fIVALUE\fR +\fB\-\-load\-credential=\fR\fB\fIID\fR\fR\fB:\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-set\-credential=\fR\fB\fIID\fR\fR\fB:\fR\fB\fIVALUE\fR\fR .RS 4 Pass a credential to the container\&. These two options correspond to the \fILoadCredential=\fR @@ -1812,7 +1924,7 @@ to embed a newline, or "\ex00" to embed a \fBNUL\fR -byte)\&. Note that the invoking shell might already apply unescaping once, hence this might require double escaping!\&. +byte)\&. Note that the invoking shell might already apply unescaping once, hence this might require double escaping! .sp The \fBsystemd-sysusers.service\fR(8) @@ -1868,7 +1980,7 @@ Print a short version string and exit\&. .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR .RS 4 -The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) \fBemerg\fR, \fBalert\fR, \fBcrit\fR, @@ -1878,7 +1990,15 @@ The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\& \fBinfo\fR, \fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See \fBsyslog\fR(3) -for more information\&. +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR @@ -1997,6 +2117,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -2008,6 +2134,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -2063,24 +2195,24 @@ and other conditions\&. .RE .SH "EXAMPLES" .PP -\fBExample\ \&1.\ \&Download a Fedora image and start a shell in it\fR +\fBExample\ \&1.\ \&Download an Ubuntu TAR image and open a shell in it\fR .sp .if n \{\ .RS 4 .\} .nf -# machinectl pull\-raw \-\-verify=no \e - https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/38/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e - Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 -# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-38\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 +# importctl pull\-tar \-mN https://cloud\-images\&.ubuntu\&.com/jammy/current/jammy\-server\-cloudimg\-amd64\-root\&.tar\&.xz +# systemd\-nspawn \-M jammy\-server\-cloudimg\-amd64\-root .fi .if n \{\ .RE .\} .PP -This downloads an image using -\fBmachinectl\fR(1) -and opens a shell in it\&. +This downloads and verifies the specified +\&.tar +image, and then uses +\fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1) +to open a shell in it\&. .PP \fBExample\ \&2.\ \&Build and boot a minimal Fedora distribution in a container\fR .sp @@ -2088,21 +2220,21 @@ and opens a shell in it\&. .RS 4 .\} .nf -# dnf \-y \-\-releasever=38 \-\-installroot=/var/lib/machines/f38 \e +# dnf \-y \-\-releasever=40 \-\-installroot=/var/lib/machines/f40 \e \-\-repo=fedora \-\-repo=updates \-\-setopt=install_weak_deps=False install \e passwd dnf fedora\-release vim\-minimal util\-linux systemd systemd\-networkd -# systemd\-nspawn \-bD /var/lib/machines/f38 +# systemd\-nspawn \-bD /var/lib/machines/f40 .fi .if n \{\ .RE .\} .PP This installs a minimal Fedora distribution into the directory -/var/lib/machines/f38 +/var/lib/machines/f40 and then boots that OS in a namespace container\&. Because the installation is located underneath the standard /var/lib/machines/ directory, it is also possible to start the machine using -\fBsystemd\-nspawn \-M f38\fR\&. +\fBsystemd\-nspawn \-M f40\fR\&. .PP \fBExample\ \&3.\ \&Spawn a shell in a container of a minimal Debian unstable distribution\fR .sp @@ -2210,16 +2342,7 @@ This runs a copy of the host system in a snapshot which is removed immediately w The exit code of the program executed in the container is returned\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.nspawn\fR(5), -\fBchroot\fR(1), -\fBdnf\fR(8), -\fBdebootstrap\fR(8), -\fBpacman\fR(8), -\fBzypper\fR(8), -\fBsystemd.slice\fR(5), -\fBmachinectl\fR(1), -\fBbtrfs\fR(8) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd.nspawn\fR(5), \fBchroot\fR(1), \fBdnf\fR(8), \fBdebootstrap\fR(8), \fBpacman\fR(8), \fBzypper\fR(8), \fBsystemd.slice\fR(5), \fBmachinectl\fR(1), \fBimportctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd-mountfsd.service\fR(8), \fBsystemd-nsresourced.service\fR(8), \fBbtrfs\fR(8) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Container Interface @@ -2247,9 +2370,9 @@ Overlay Filesystem \%https://docs.kernel.org/filesystems/overlayfs.html .RE .IP " 6." 4 -Fedora +ANSI Escape Code (Wikipedia) .RS 4 -\%https://getfedora.org +\%https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#SGR_(Select_Graphic_Rendition)_parameters .RE .IP " 7." 4 Debian diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-path.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-path.1 index ca933fef..e12a4e89 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-path.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-path.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-PATH" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-path" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-PATH" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-path" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -48,8 +48,6 @@ Added in version 215\&. \fB\-\-no\-pager\fR .RS 4 Do not pipe output into a pager\&. -.sp -Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR @@ -66,5 +64,4 @@ Print a short version string and exit\&. On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBfile-hierarchy\fR(7) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBfile-hierarchy\fR(7) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-run.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-run.1 index b2792c09..5d85f498 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-run.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-run.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-RUN" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-run" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-RUN" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-run" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -52,9 +52,10 @@ If a command is run as transient service unit, it will be started and managed by like any other unit\&. It will run in a clean and detached execution environment, with the service manager as its parent process\&. In this mode, \fBsystemd\-run\fR will start the service asynchronously in the background and return after the command has begun execution (unless -\fB\-\-no\-block\fR -or -\fB\-\-wait\fR +\fB\-\-no\-block\fR, +\fB\-\-wait\fR, +\fB\-\-pipe\fR, or +\fB\-\-pty\fR are specified, see below)\&. .PP If a command is run as transient scope unit, it will be executed by @@ -176,18 +177,22 @@ Make the new \&.service or \&.scope -unit part of the inherited slice\&. This option can be combined with -\fB\-\-slice=\fR\&. -.sp -An inherited slice is located within +unit part of the slice the \fBsystemd\-run\fR -slice\&. Example: if +itself has been invoked in\&. This option may be combined with +\fB\-\-slice=\fR, in which case the slice specified via +\fB\-\-slice=\fR +is placed within the slice the \fBsystemd\-run\fR -slice is +command is invoked in\&. +.sp +Example: consider +\fBsystemd\-run\fR +being invoked in the slice foo\&.slice, and the \fB\-\-slice=\fR argument is -bar, the unit will be placed under the +bar\&. The unit will then be placed under foo\-bar\&.slice\&. .sp Added in version 246\&. @@ -313,6 +318,14 @@ When invoking the command, the transient service connects its standard input, ou \fBsystemd\-run\fR is invoked on, via a pseudo TTY device\&. This allows running programs that expect interactive user input/output as services, such as interactive command shells\&. .sp +This option will result in +\fBsystemd\-run\fR +synchronously waiting for the transient service to terminate, similar to specifying +\fB\-\-wait\fR\&. If specified along with +\fB\-\-wait\fR, +\fBsystemd\-run\fR +won\*(Aqt exit when manually disconnecting from the pseudo TTY device\&. +.sp Note that \fBmachinectl\fR(1)\*(Aqs \fBshell\fR @@ -330,7 +343,9 @@ If specified, standard input, output, and error of the transient service are inh \fBsystemd\-run\fR command itself\&. This allows \fBsystemd\-run\fR -to be used within shell pipelines\&. Note that this mode is not suitable for interactive command shells and similar, as the service process will not become a TTY controller when invoked on a terminal\&. Use +to be used within shell pipelines\&. +.sp +Note that this mode is not suitable for interactive command shells and similar, as the service process will not become a TTY controller when invoked on a terminal\&. Use \fB\-\-pty\fR instead in that case\&. .sp @@ -343,12 +358,17 @@ are used in combination the more appropriate option is automatically determined is used, and otherwise \fB\-\-pipe\fR\&. .sp +This option will result in +\fBsystemd\-run\fR +synchronously waiting for the transient service to terminate, similar to specifying +\fB\-\-wait\fR\&. +.sp When this option is used the original file descriptors \fBsystemd\-run\fR receives are passed to the service processes as\-is\&. If the service runs with different privileges than -\fBsystemd\-run\fR, this means the service might not be able to re\-open the passed file descriptors, due to normal file descriptor access restrictions\&. If the invoked process is a shell script that uses the +\fBsystemd\-run\fR, this means the service might not be able to reopen the passed file descriptors, due to normal file descriptor access restrictions\&. If the invoked process is a shell script that uses the \fBecho "hello" >/dev/stderr\fR -construct for writing messages to stderr, this might cause problems, as this only works if stderr can be re\-opened\&. To mitigate this use the construct +construct for writing messages to stderr, this might cause problems, as this only works if stderr can be reopened\&. To mitigate this use the construct \fBecho "hello" >&2\fR instead, which is mostly equivalent and avoids this pitfall\&. .sp @@ -476,6 +496,28 @@ for further information\&. Added in version 236\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-\-ignore\-failure\fR +.RS 4 +By default, if the specified command fails the invoked unit will be marked failed (though possibly still unloaded, see +\fB\-\-collect=\fR, above), and this is reported in the logs\&. If this switch is specified this is suppressed and any non\-success exit status/code of the command is treated as success\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-background=\fR\fB\fICOLOR\fR\fR +.RS 4 +Change the terminal background color to the specified ANSI color as long as the session lasts\&. The color specified should be an ANSI X3\&.64 SGR background color, i\&.e\&. strings such as +"40", +"41", \&..., +"47", +"48;2;\&...", +"48;5;\&..."\&. See +\m[blue]\fBANSI Escape Code (Wikipedia)\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2 +for details\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-\-user\fR .RS 4 Talk to the service manager of the calling user, rather than the service manager of the system\&. @@ -511,6 +553,13 @@ syntax is used either the left hand side or the right hand side may be omitted ( are implied\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-capsule=\fR +.RS 4 +Execute operation on a capsule\&. Specify a capsule name to connect to\&. See +\fBcapsule@.service\fR(5) +for details about capsules\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR .RS 4 Print a short help text and exit\&. @@ -746,14 +795,10 @@ $ systemd\-run \-\-user \-\-wait \-p SuccessExitStatus=SIGUSR1 \-\-expand\-envir Those three invocations will succeed, i\&.e\&. terminate with an exit code of 0\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.unit\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.service\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.scope\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.slice\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.exec\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.resource-control\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.timer\fR(5), -\fBsystemd-mount\fR(1), -\fBmachinectl\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5), \fBsystemd.service\fR(5), \fBsystemd.scope\fR(5), \fBsystemd.slice\fR(5), \fBsystemd.exec\fR(5), \fBsystemd.resource-control\fR(5), \fBsystemd.timer\fR(5), \fBsystemd-mount\fR(1), \fBmachinectl\fR(1), \fBrun0\fR(1) +.SH "NOTES" +.IP " 1." 4 +ANSI Escape Code (Wikipedia) +.RS 4 +\%https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ANSI_escape_code#SGR_(Select_Graphic_Rendition)_parameters +.RE diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-socket-activate.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-socket-activate.1 index e9235e31..52e53b6f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-socket-activate.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-socket-activate.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-SOCKET\-ACTIVATE" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-socket-activate" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-SOCKET\-ACTIVATE" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-socket-activate" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ itself\&. Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-fdname=\fR\fINAME\fR[:\fINAME\fR\&...] +\fB\-\-fdname=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB[:\fINAME\fR\&...]\fR .RS 4 Specify names for the file descriptors passed\&. This is equivalent to setting \fIFileDescriptorName=\fR @@ -167,10 +167,4 @@ $ systemd\-socket\-activate \-l 19531 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-journal\-gateway .\} .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd.socket\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.service\fR(5), -\fBsystemd-run\fR(1), -\fBsd_listen_fds\fR(3), -\fBsd_listen_fds_with_names\fR(3), -\fBcat\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd.socket\fR(5), \fBsystemd.service\fR(5), \fBsystemd-run\fR(1), \fBsd_listen_fds\fR(3), \fBsd_listen_fds_with_names\fR(3), \fBcat\fR(1) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-ssh-proxy.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-ssh-proxy.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..70df9299 --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-ssh-proxy.1 @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +'\" t +.TH "SYSTEMD\-SSH\-PROXY" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-ssh-proxy" +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * Define some portability stuff +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 +.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq +.el .ds Aq ' +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * set default formatting +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" disable hyphenation +.nh +.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) +.ad l +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.SH "NAME" +systemd-ssh-proxy \- SSH client plugin for connecting to \fBAF_VSOCK\fR and \fBAF_UNIX\fR sockets +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.sp +.nf +Host unix/* vsock/* + ProxyCommand /usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-ssh\-proxy %h %p + ProxyUseFdpass yes +.fi +.HP \w'\fB/usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-ssh\-proxy\fR\ 'u +\fB/usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-ssh\-proxy\fR [ADDRESS] [PORT] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +\fBsystemd\-ssh\-proxy\fR +is a small "proxy" plugin for the +\fBssh\fR(1) +tool that allows connecting to +\fBAF_UNIX\fR +and +\fBAF_VSOCK\fR +sockets\&. It implements the interface defined by +ssh\*(Aqs +\fIProxyCommand\fR +configuration option\&. It\*(Aqs supposed to be used with an +\fBssh_config\fR(5) +configuration fragment like the following: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +Host unix/* vsock/* + ProxyCommand /usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-ssh\-proxy %h %p + ProxyUseFdpass yes + CheckHostIP no + +Host \&.host + ProxyCommand /usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-ssh\-proxy unix/run/ssh\-unix\-local/socket %p + ProxyUseFdpass yes + CheckHostIP no +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.PP +A configuration fragment along these lines is by default installed into +/etc/ssh/ssh_config\&.d/20\-systemd\-ssh\-proxy\&.conf\&.in\&. +.PP +With this in place, SSH connections to host string +"unix/" +followed by an absolute +\fBAF_UNIX\fR +file system path to a socket will be directed to the specified socket, which must be of type +\fBSOCK_STREAM\fR\&. Similar, SSH connections to +"vsock/" +followed by an +\fBAF_VSOCK\fR +CID will result in an SSH connection made to that CID\&. Moreover connecting to +"\&.host" +will connect to the local host via SSH, without involving networking\&. +.PP +This tool is supposed to be used together with +\fBsystemd-ssh-generator\fR(8) +which when run inside a VM or container will bind SSH to suitable addresses\&. +\fBsystemd\-ssh\-generator\fR +is supposed to run in the container of VM guest, and +\fBsystemd\-ssh\-proxy\fR +is run on the host, in order to connect to the container or VM guest\&. +.SH "EXIT STATUS" +.PP +On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. +.SH "EXAMPLES" +.PP +\fBExample\ \&1.\ \&Talk to a local VM with CID 4711\fR +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +ssh vsock/4711 +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.PP +\fBExample\ \&2.\ \&Talk to the local host via ssh\fR +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +ssh \&.host +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.PP +or equivalent: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +ssh unix/run/ssh\-unix\-local/socket +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.PP +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-ssh-generator\fR(8), \fBvsock\fR(7), \fBunix\fR(7), \fBssh\fR(1), \fBsshd\fR(8) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-stdio-bridge.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-stdio-bridge.1 index e5c06413..1970fb44 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-stdio-bridge.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-stdio-bridge.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-STDIO\-BRIDGE" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-stdio-bridge" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-STDIO\-BRIDGE" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-stdio-bridge" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -93,10 +93,7 @@ Print a short version string and exit\&. On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBdbus-daemon\fR(1), -\fBdbus-broker\fR(1), -\m[blue]\fBD\-Bus\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2, -\fBsystemd\fR(1) +\fBdbus-daemon\fR(1), \fBdbus-broker\fR(1), \m[blue]\fBD\-Bus\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2, \fBsystemd\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 D-Bus diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-tty-ask-password-agent.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-tty-ask-password-agent.1 index d6643734..488dd656 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-tty-ask-password-agent.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-tty-ask-password-agent.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-TTY\-ASK\-PASSWORD\-AGENT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-tty-ask-password-agent" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-TTY\-ASK\-PASSWORD\-AGENT" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-tty-ask-password-agent" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -103,11 +103,7 @@ Print a short version string and exit\&. On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-ask-password-console.service\fR(8), -\fBwall\fR(1), -\fBplymouth\fR(8) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd-ask-password-console.service\fR(8), \fBwall\fR(1), \fBplymouth\fR(8) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Password Agents Specification diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-vpick.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-vpick.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..557af222 --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd-vpick.1 @@ -0,0 +1,253 @@ +'\" t +.TH "SYSTEMD\-VPICK" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd-vpick" +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * Define some portability stuff +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 +.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq +.el .ds Aq ' +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * set default formatting +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" disable hyphenation +.nh +.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) +.ad l +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.SH "NAME" +systemd-vpick \- Resolve paths to "\&.v/" versioned directories +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-vpick\ \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB\ \fR\fB[PATH...]\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-vpick \fR\fB[OPTIONS...]\fR\fB \fR\fB[PATH...]\fR +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +\fBsystemd\-vpick\fR +resolves a file system path referencing a +"\&.v/" +versioned directory to a path to the newest (by version) file contained therein\&. This tool provides a command line interface for the +\fBsystemd.v\fR(7) +logic\&. +.PP +The tool expects a path to a +"\&.v/" +directory as argument (either directly, or with a triple underscore pattern as final component)\&. It then determines the newest file contained in that directory, and writes its path to standard output\&. +.PP +Unless the triple underscore pattern is passed as last component of the path, it is typically necessary to at least specify the +\fB\-\-suffix=\fR +switch to configure the file suffix to look for\&. +.PP +If the specified path does not reference a +"\&.v/" +path (i\&.e\&. neither the final component ends in +"\&.v", nor the penultimate does or the final one does contain a triple underscore) it specified path is written unmodified to standard output\&. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.PP +The following options are understood: +.PP +\fB\-\-basename=\fR, \fB\-B\fR +.RS 4 +Overrides the "basename" of the files to look for, i\&.e\&. the part to the left of the variable part of the filenames\&. Normally this is derived automatically from the filename of the +"\&.v" +component of the specified path, or from the triple underscore pattern in the last component of the specified path\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-V\fR +.RS 4 +Explicitly configures the version to select\&. If specified, a filename with the specified version string will be looked for, instead of the newest version available\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-A\fR +.RS 4 +Explicitly configures the architecture to select\&. If specified, a filename with the specified architecture identifier will be looked for\&. If not specified only filenames with a locally supported architecture are considered, or those without any architecture identifier\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-suffix=\fR, \fB\-S\fR +.RS 4 +Configures the suffix of the filenames to consider\&. For the +"\&.v/" +logic it is necessary to specify the suffix to look for, and the +"\&.v/" +component must also carry the suffix immediately before +"\&.v" +in its name\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-type=\fR, \fB\-t\fR +.RS 4 +Configures the inode type to look for in the +"\&.v/" +directory\&. Takes one of +"reg", +"dir", +"sock", +"fifo", +"blk", +"chr", +"lnk" +as argument, each identifying an inode type\&. See +\fBinode\fR(7) +for details about inode types\&. If this option is used inodes not matching the specified type are filtered and not taken into consideration\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-print=\fR, \fB\-p\fR +.RS 4 +Configures what precisely to write to standard output\&. If not specified prints the full, resolved path of the newest matching file in the +"\&.v/" +directory\&. This switch can be set to one of the following: +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +If set to +"filename", will print only the filename instead of the full path of the resolved file\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +If set to +"version", will print only the version of the resolved file\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +If set to +"type", will print only the inode type of the resolved file (i\&.e\&. a string such as +"reg" +for regular files, or +"dir" +for directories)\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +If set to +"arch", will print only the architecture of the resolved file\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +If set to +"tries", will print only the tries left/tries done of the resolved file\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +If set to +"all", will print all of the above in a simple tabular output\&. +.RE +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-resolve=\fR +.RS 4 +Takes a boolean argument\&. If true the path to the versioned file is fully canonicalized (i\&.e\&. symlinks resolved, and redundant path components removed) before it is shown\&. If false (the default) this is not done, and the path is shown without canonicalization\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR +.RS 4 +Print a short help text and exit\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-version\fR +.RS 4 +Print a short version string and exit\&. +.RE +.SH "EXAMPLES" +.PP +Use a command like the following to automatically pick the newest raw disk image from a +"\&.v/" +directory: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +$ systemd\-vpick \-\-suffix=\&.raw \-\-type=reg /var/lib/machines/quux\&.raw\&.v/ +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.PP +This will enumerate all regular files matching +/var/lib/machines/quux\&.raw\&.v/quux*\&.raw, filter and sort them according to the rules described in +\fBsystemd.v\fR(7), and then write the path to the newest (by version) file to standard output\&. +.PP +Use a command like the following to automatically pick the newest OS directory tree from a +"\&.v/" +directory: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +$ systemd\-vpick \-\-type=dir /var/lib/machines/waldo\&.v/ +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.PP +This will enumerate all directory inodes matching +/var/lib/machines/waldo\&.v/waldo*, filter and sort them according to the rules described in +\fBsystemd.v\fR(7), and then write the path to the newest (by version) directory to standard output\&. +.PP +For further examples see +\fBsystemd.v\fR(7)\&. +.SH "EXIT STATUS" +.PP +On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.PP +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd.v\fR(7) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd.1 index 24ba6297..410c1617 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/systemd.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd" +.TH "SYSTEMD" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "systemd" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -394,6 +394,12 @@ The location of the SysV runlevel link farm directory varies between distributio .RE .SH "SIGNALS" .PP +The service listens to various UNIX process signals that can be used to request various actions asynchronously\&. The signal handling is enabled very early during boot, before any further processes are invoked\&. However, a supervising container manager or similar that intends to request these operations via this mechanism must take into consideration that this functionality is not available during the earliest initialization phase\&. An +\fBsd_notify()\fR +notification message carrying the +\fIX_SYSTEMD_SIGNALS_LEVEL=2\fR +field is emitted once the signal handlers are enabled, see below\&. This may be used to schedule submission of these signals correctly\&. +.PP \fBSIGTERM\fR .RS 4 Upon receiving this signal the systemd system manager serializes its state, reexecutes itself and deserializes the saved state again\&. This is mostly equivalent to @@ -657,7 +663,7 @@ Some of the variables understood by .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR .RS 4 -The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) \fBemerg\fR, \fBalert\fR, \fBcrit\fR, @@ -667,7 +673,15 @@ The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\& \fBinfo\fR, \fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See \fBsyslog\fR(3) -for more information\&. +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. .sp This can be overridden with \fB\-\-log\-level=\fR\&. @@ -809,6 +823,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -820,6 +840,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -883,9 +909,9 @@ for more information\&. .PP \fI$NOTIFY_SOCKET\fR .RS 4 -Set by systemd for supervised processes for status and start\-up completion notification\&. See +Set by service manager for its services for status and readiness notifications\&. Also consumed by service manager for notifying supervising container managers or service managers up the stack about its own progress\&. See \fBsd_notify\fR(3) -for more information\&. +and the relevant section below for more information\&. .RE .PP For further environment variables understood by systemd and its various components, see @@ -940,12 +966,20 @@ Takes a boolean argument or enables the option if specified without an argument\ Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP -\fIsystemd\&.crash_reboot\fR +\fIsystemd\&.crash_action=\fR .RS 4 -Takes a boolean argument or enables the option if specified without an argument\&. If enabled, the system manager (PID 1) will reboot the machine automatically when it crashes, after a 10s delay\&. Otherwise, the system will hang indefinitely\&. Defaults to disabled, in order to avoid a reboot loop\&. If combined with -\fIsystemd\&.crash_shell\fR, the system is rebooted after the shell exits\&. +Takes one of +"freeze", +"reboot" +or +"poweroff"\&. Defaults to +"freeze"\&. If set to +"freeze", the system will hang indefinitely when the system manager (PID 1) crashes\&. If set to +"reboot", the system manager (PID 1) will reboot the machine automatically when it crashes, after a 10s delay\&. If set to +"poweroff", the system manager (PID 1) will power off the machine immediately when it crashes\&. If combined with +\fIsystemd\&.crash_shell\fR, the configured crash action is executed after the shell exits\&. .sp -Added in version 227\&. +Added in version 256\&. .RE .PP \fIsystemd\&.confirm_spawn\fR @@ -1247,19 +1281,26 @@ or \fBAF_UNIX\fR address where to send a \fBREADY=1\fR -notification datagram when the system has finished booting\&. See +notification message when the service manager has completed booting\&. See \fBsd_notify\fR(3) -for more information\&. Note that in case the hypervisor does not support +and the next section for more information\&. Note that in case the hypervisor does not support \fBSOCK_DGRAM\fR over \fBAF_VSOCK\fR, \fBSOCK_SEQPACKET\fR will be tried instead\&. The credential payload for \fBAF_VSOCK\fR -should be in the form +should be a string in the form "vsock:CID:PORT"\&. +"vsock\-stream", +"vsock\-dgram" +and +"vsock\-seqpacket" +can be used instead of +"vsock" +to force usage of the corresponding socket type\&. .sp -This feature is useful for hypervisors/VMMs or other processes on the host to receive a notification via VSOCK when a virtual machine has finished booting\&. +This feature is useful for machine managers or other processes on the host to receive a notification via VSOCK when a virtual machine has finished booting\&. .sp Added in version 254\&. .RE @@ -1274,6 +1315,146 @@ for details\&. .sp Added in version 254\&. .RE +.PP +For a list of system credentials various other components of systemd consume, see +\fBsystemd.system-credentials\fR(7)\&. +.SH "READINESS PROTOCOL" +.PP +The service manager implements a readiness notification protocol both between the manager and its services (i\&.e\&. down the stack), and between the manager and a potential supervisor further up the stack (the latter could be a machine or container manager, or in case of a per\-user service manager the system service manager instance)\&. The basic protocol (and the suggested API for it) is described in +\fBsd_notify\fR(3)\&. +.PP +The notification socket the service manager (including PID 1) uses for reporting readiness to its own supervisor is set via the usual +\fI$NOTIFY_SOCKET\fR +environment variable (see above)\&. Since this is directly settable only for container managers and for the per\-user instance of the service manager, an additional mechanism to configure this is available, in particular intended for use in VM environments: the +\fIvmm\&.notify_socket\fR +system credential (see above) may be set to a suitable socket (typically an +\fBAF_VSOCK\fR +one) via SMBIOS Type 11 vendor strings\&. For details see above\&. +.PP +The notification protocol from the service manager up the stack towards a supervisor supports a number of extension fields that allow a supervisor to learn about specific properties of the system and track its boot progress\&. Specifically the following fields are sent: +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +An +\fIX_SYSTEMD_HOSTNAME=\&...\fR +message will be sent out once the initial hostname for the system has been determined\&. Note that during later runtime the hostname might be changed again programmatically, and (currently) no further notifications are sent out in that case\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +An +\fIX_SYSTEMD_MACHINE_ID=\&...\fR +message will be sent out once the machine ID of the system has been determined\&. See +\fBmachine-id\fR(5) +for details\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +An +\fIX_SYSTEMD_SIGNALS_LEVEL=\&...\fR +message will be sent out once the service manager installed the various UNIX process signal handlers described above\&. The field\*(Aqs value is an unsigned integer formatted as decimal string, and indicates the supported UNIX process signal feature level of the service manager\&. Currently, only a single feature level is defined: +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIX_SYSTEMD_SIGNALS_LEVEL=2\fR +covers the various UNIX process signals documented above \(en which are a superset of those supported by the historical SysV init system\&. +.RE +.sp +Signals sent to PID 1 before this message is sent might not be handled correctly yet\&. A consumer of these messages should parse the value as an unsigned integer indication the level of support\&. For now only the mentioned level 2 is defined, but later on additional levels might be defined with higher integers, that will implement a superset of the currently defined behaviour\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +\fIX_SYSTEMD_UNIT_ACTIVE=\&...\fR +and +\fIX_SYSTEMD_UNIT_INACTIVE=\&...\fR +messages will be sent out for each target unit as it becomes active or stops being active\&. This is useful to track boot progress and functionality\&. For example, once the +ssh\-access\&.target +unit is reported started SSH access is typically available, see +\fBsystemd.special\fR(7) +for details\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +An +\fIX_SYSTEMD_SHUTDOWN=\&...\fR +message will be sent out very shortly before the system shuts down\&. The value is one of the strings +"reboot", +"halt", +"poweroff", +"kexec" +and indicates which kind of shutdown is being executed\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +An +\fIX_SYSTEMD_REBOOT_PARAMETER=\&...\fR +message will also be sent out very shortly before the system shuts down\&. Its value is the reboot argument as configured with +\fBsystemctl \-\-reboot\-argument=\&...\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +Note that these extension fields are sent in addition to the regular +"READY=1" +and +"RELOADING=1" +notifications\&. .SH "OPTIONS" .PP \fBsystemd\fR @@ -1355,7 +1536,7 @@ Enable core dumping on crash\&. This switch has no effect when running as user i above\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-crash\-vt=\fR\fIVT\fR +\fB\-\-crash\-vt=\fR\fB\fIVT\fR\fR .RS 4 Switch to a specific virtual console (VT) on crash\&. This switch has no effect when running as user instance\&. Same as \fIsystemd\&.crash_chvt=\fR @@ -1371,13 +1552,13 @@ Run a shell on crash\&. This switch has no effect when running as user instance\ above\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-crash\-reboot\fR +\fB\-\-crash\-action=\fR .RS 4 -Automatically reboot the system on crash\&. This switch has no effect when running as user instance\&. See -\fIsystemd\&.crash_reboot\fR +Specify what to do when the system manager (PID 1) crashes\&. This switch has no effect when systemd is running as user instance\&. See +\fIsystemd\&.crash_action=\fR above\&. .sp -Added in version 227\&. +Added in version 256\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-confirm\-spawn\fR @@ -1502,22 +1683,7 @@ Added in version 252\&. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -The -\m[blue]\fBsystemd Homepage\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[9]\d\s+2, -\fBsystemd-system.conf\fR(5), -\fBlocale.conf\fR(5), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1), -\fBjournalctl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-notify\fR(1), -\fBdaemon\fR(7), -\fBsd-daemon\fR(3), -\fBorg.freedesktop.systemd1\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.unit\fR(5), -\fBsystemd.special\fR(7), -\fBpkg-config\fR(1), -\fBkernel-command-line\fR(7), -\fBbootup\fR(7), -\fBsystemd.directives\fR(7) +The \m[blue]\fBsystemd Homepage\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[9]\d\s+2, \fBsystemd-system.conf\fR(5), \fBlocale.conf\fR(5), \fBsystemctl\fR(1), \fBjournalctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd-notify\fR(1), \fBdaemon\fR(7), \fBsd-daemon\fR(3), \fBorg.freedesktop.systemd1\fR(5), \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5), \fBsystemd.special\fR(7), \fBpkg-config\fR(1), \fBkernel-command-line\fR(7), \fBbootup\fR(7), \fBsystemd.directives\fR(7) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Control Groups v2 diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tabs.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tabs.1 index d81b1d60..bc4c1c69 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tabs.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tabs.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2021,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 2008-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.52 2023/12/23 16:08:25 tom Exp $ -.TH tabs 1 2023-12-23 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.59 2024/04/20 19:08:15 tom Exp $ +.TH tabs 1 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -192,53 +192,75 @@ UNIVAC 1100 Assembler .br 1,12,20,44 .SS Margins -A few terminals provide the capability for changing their left/right margins. -The tabs program has an option to use this feature: +A few terminals expose a means of changing their left and right margins. +\fBtabs\fP supports this feature with an option. .TP 5 .BI +m \ margin The effect depends on whether the terminal has the margin capabilities: .RS .bP If the terminal provides the capability for setting the left margin, -tabs uses this, and adjusts the available width for tab-stops. +\fBtabs\fP uses this, +and adjusts the available tab stop widths. .bP If the terminal does not provide the margin capabilities, -tabs imitates the effect, putting the tab stops at the appropriate -place on each line. -The terminal's left-margin is not modified. +\fBtabs\fP imitates their effect, +putting tab stops at appropriate places on each line. +The terminal's left margin is not modified. .RE .IP -If the \fImargin\fP parameter is omitted, the default is 10. -Use \fB+m0\fP to reset the left margin, -i.e., to the left edge of the terminal's display. -Before setting a left-margin, -tabs resets the margin to reduce problems which might arise -on moving the cursor before the current left-margin. +If the +.I margin +parameter is omitted, +the default is 10. +Use +.B +m0 +to reset the left margin, +that is, +to make it the left edge of the terminal's display. +Before setting a left margin, +\fBtabs\fP resets the margin to reduce problems that might arise +from moving the cursor to the left of the current left margin. .PP -When setting or resetting the left-margin, -tabs may reset the right-margin. +When setting or resetting the left margin, +\fBtabs\fP may also reset the right margin. .SH FILES .TP .I /usr/share/tabset tab stop initialization database .SH PORTABILITY -\fIIEEE Std 1003.1/The Open Group Base Specifications Issue 7\fP (POSIX.1-2008) -describes a \fBtabs\fP utility. -However +IEEE Std 1003.1/The Open Group Base Specifications Issue 7 +(POSIX.1-2008) +describes a +.B tabs +utility. +However, .bP -This standard describes a \fB+m\fP option, to set a terminal's left-margin. +this standard describes a +.B +m +option to set a terminal's left margin. Very few of the entries in the terminal database provide the -\fBsmgl\fP (\fBset_left_margin\fP) or -\fBsmglp\fP (\fBset_left_margin_parm\fP) -capability needed to support the feature. +.B \%set_left_margin +.RB ( smgl ) +or +.B \%set_left_margin_parm +.RB \%( smglp ) +capabilities needed to support the feature. .bP There is no counterpart in X/Open Curses Issue 7 for this utility, unlike \fB\%tput\fP(1). .PP -The \fB\-d\fP (debug) and \fB\-n\fP (no-op) options are extensions not provided -by other implementations. +The +.B \-d +(debug) and +.B \-n +(no-op) options are +.I \%ncurses +extensions not provided by other implementations. .SH HISTORY -A \fBtabs\fP utility appeared in PWB/Unix 1.0 (1977). +A +.B tabs +utility appeared in PWB/Unix 1.0 (1977). .\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=PWB1/sys/source/s2/\ .\" tabs.c A reduced version shipped in Seventh Edition Unix @@ -250,12 +272,14 @@ and in 3BSD (later the same year); it supported a \*(``\-n\*('' option to set the first tab stop at the left margin. -That option is not documented by POSIX. +That option is not specified by POSIX. .PP -The PWB/Unix \fBtabs\fP utility returned in System III (1980), -and used built-in tables rather than the terminal database, +The PWB/Unix +.B tabs +utility returned in System III (1980), +and used built-in tables to support a half-dozen hardcopy terminal (printer) types. -It also had built-in logic to support setting the left margin, +It also had logic to support setting the left margin, as well as a feature for copying the tab settings from a file. .PP Versions of the program in later releases of AT&T Unix, @@ -263,50 +287,69 @@ such as SVr4, .\" https://minnie.tuhs.org/cgi-bin/utree.pl?file=SysVR4/cmd/tabs/tabs.c added support for the terminal database, but retained the tables to support the printers. -In an earlier development effort, -the tab stop initialization provided by \fB\%tset\fP(1) (1982), -and incorporated into \fB\%tput\fP(1) uses the terminal database, +By this time, +System\ V +.B tput +had incorporated the tab stop initialization feature of BSD's +.B tset +from 1982, +but employed the +.I \%term\%info +database to do so. .PP -The \fB+m\fP option was documented in the POSIX -Base Specifications Issue 5 +The +.B +m +option was documented in the POSIX Base Specifications Issue 5 (Unix98, 1997), then omitted in Issue 6 (Unix03, 2004) without express motivation, though an introductory comment -\fI\*(``and optionally adjusts the margin\*(''\fP remains, +\*(``and optionally adjusts the margin\*('' remains, overlooked in the removal. -The \fBtabs\fP utility documented in Issues 6 and later has no mechanism -for setting margins. -The \fB+m\fP option in +The +.B tabs +utility documented in Issues 6 and later has no mechanism for setting +margins. +The +.B +m +option in .I \%ncurses -\fBtabs\fP differs from the SVr4 feature by using terminal capabilities -rather than built-in tables. +\fB\%tabs\fP differs from the SVr4 feature by using terminal +capabilities rather than built-in tables. .PP POSIX documents no limit on the number of tab stops. Other implementations impose one; -the limit is 20 in PWB/Unix's \fBtabs\fP utility. +the limit is 20 in PWB/Unix's +.B tabs +utility. While some terminals may not accept an arbitrary number of tab stops, .I \%ncurses -\fBtabs\fP attempts to set tab stops up to the right margin if the list -thereof is sufficiently long. +\fB\%tabs\fP attempts to set tab stops up to the right margin if the +list thereof is sufficiently long. .PP -The \*(``Rationale\*('' section of the Issue 6 \fBtabs\fP reference page +The \*(``Rationale\*('' section of the Issue 6 +.B tabs +reference page .\" https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009604499/utilities/tabs.html -details how the committee considered redesigning the \fBtabs\fP and -\fBtput\fP utilities, +details how the committee considered redesigning the +.B tabs +and +.B tput +utilities, without settling on an improved solution. It claims that -.RS 5 .PP -no known historical version of tabs supports the capability of setting -arbitrary tab stops. +.RS 4 +\*(``no known historical version of +.I tabs +supports the capability of setting arbitrary tab stops.\*('' .RE .PP -Nevertheless, -the feature described in subsection \*(``Explicit Lists\*('' above was +The feature described in subsection \*(``Explicit Lists\*('' above was implemented in PWB/Unix, -and permits the setting of abitrary tab stops. +.\" see URL above +and permitted the setting of abitrary tab stops nevertheless. .SH SEE ALSO \fB\%infocmp\fP(1), \fB\%tset\fP(1), diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tac.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tac.1 index 0dc5b04b..0bc7effb 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tac.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tac.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TAC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TAC "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME tac \- concatenate and print files in reverse .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tail.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tail.1 index ceedfc92..ccb2be09 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tail.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tail.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TAIL "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TAIL "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME tail \- output the last part of files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tbl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tbl.1 index 9e2cdf20..6fa3affc 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tbl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tbl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH \%tbl 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH \%tbl 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name \%tbl \- prepare tables for .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tee.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tee.1 index 9be88388..99a23ce7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tee.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tee.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TEE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TEE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME tee \- read from standard input and write to standard output and files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/test.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/test.1 index d26d04ba..ce79c9bc 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/test.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/test.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TEST "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TEST "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME test \- check file types and compare values .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/testparm.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/testparm.1 index 18602b94..acccff1c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/testparm.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/testparm.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: testparm .\" Author: [see the "AUTHOR" section] .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 02/19/2024 +.\" Date: 05/29/2024 .\" Manual: User Commands -.\" Source: Samba 4.19.5-Debian +.\" Source: Samba 4.20.1-Debian .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "TESTPARM" "1" "02/19/2024" "Samba 4\&.19\&.5\-Debian" "User Commands" +.TH "TESTPARM" "1" "05/29/2024" "Samba 4\&.20\&.1\-Debian" "User Commands" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ The program will issue a message saying whether the configuration file loaded OK For certain use cases, SMB protocol requires use of cryptographic algorithms which are known to be weak and already broken\&. DES and ARCFOUR (RC4) ciphers and the SHA1 and MD5 hash algorithms are considered weak but they are required for backward compatibility\&. The testparm utility shows whether the Samba tools will fall back to these weak crypto algorithms if it is not possible to use strong cryptography by default\&. In FIPS mode weak crypto cannot be enabled\&. .SH "VERSION" .PP -This man page is part of version 4\&.19\&.5\-Debian of the Samba suite\&. +This man page is part of version 4\&.20\&.1\-Debian of the Samba suite\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBsmb.conf\fR(5), diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tfmtodit.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tfmtodit.1 index cbdb49f6..ac5afe3f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tfmtodit.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tfmtodit.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH tfmtodit 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH tfmtodit 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name tfmtodit \- adapt TeX Font Metrics files for use with .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tic.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tic.1 index 9e140533..acaa375a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tic.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tic.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tic.1m,v 1.106 2023/12/30 21:36:32 tom Exp $ -.TH tic 1 2023-12-30 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: tic.1m,v 1.110 2024/04/27 17:57:06 tom Exp $ +.TH tic 1 2024-04-27 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo). tells \fBtic\fP to discard commented-out capabilities. Normally when translating from terminfo to termcap, untranslatable capabilities are commented-out. -.TP 5 +.TP \fB\-U\fP tells \fBtic\fP to not post-process the data after parsing the source file. Normally, it infers data which is commonly missing in older terminfo data, diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/timedatectl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/timedatectl.1 index 1a6738e0..4391edd9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/timedatectl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/timedatectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "TIMEDATECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "timedatectl" +.TH "TIMEDATECTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "timedatectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -215,6 +215,19 @@ When printing properties with Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-P\fR +.RS 4 +Equivalent to +\fB\-\-value\fR +\fB\-\-property=\fR, i\&.e\&. shows the value of the property without the property name or +"="\&. Note that using +\fB\-P\fR +once will also affect all properties listed with +\fB\-p\fR/\fB\-\-property=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-host=\fR .RS 4 Execute the operation remotely\&. Specify a hostname, or a username and hostname separated by @@ -261,7 +274,7 @@ On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR .RS 4 -The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) \fBemerg\fR, \fBalert\fR, \fBcrit\fR, @@ -271,7 +284,15 @@ The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\& \fBinfo\fR, \fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See \fBsyslog\fR(3) -for more information\&. +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR @@ -390,6 +411,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -401,6 +428,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -541,11 +574,4 @@ Root distance: 335us (max: 5s) .sp .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBhwclock\fR(8), -\fBdate\fR(1), -\fBlocaltime\fR(5), -\fBsystemctl\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-timedated.service\fR(8), -\fBsystemd-timesyncd.service\fR(8), -\fBsystemd-firstboot\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBhwclock\fR(8), \fBdate\fR(1), \fBlocaltime\fR(5), \fBsystemctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd-timedated.service\fR(8), \fBsystemd-timesyncd.service\fR(8), \fBsystemd-firstboot\fR(1) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/timeout.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/timeout.1 index 70e27d5c..11a6bf9c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/timeout.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/timeout.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TIMEOUT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TIMEOUT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME timeout \- run a command with a time limit .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/toe.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/toe.1 index 37b52ab7..6f57ce8c 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/toe.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/toe.1 @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: toe.1m,v 1.62 2024/01/13 22:05:39 tom Exp $ -.TH toe 1 2024-01-13 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: toe.1m,v 1.68 2024/04/20 18:59:26 tom Exp $ +.TH toe 1 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -85,10 +85,13 @@ lists entries from all terminal database directories that \fIterminfo\fP would search, instead of only the first that it finds. .IP -If the \fB\-s\fP option is also given, -\fB\%toe\fP adds a column to the report, -showing (like \fB\%conflict\fP(1)) which entries belong to a given -terminal database. +If +.B \-s +is also given, +\fB\%toe\fP +additionally reports, +like \fI\%conflict\fP(1), +which entries correspond to a given terminal database. An \*(``*\*('' marks entries that differ, and \*(``+\*('' marks equivalent entries. .IP @@ -167,8 +170,9 @@ terminal database directories named in the \fI\%TERMINFO\fP and .RS 4 .PP .\" toe -a | grep -E '^(xterm|vt)' +.ft \*(CW .TS -Lf(\*(CW)2 Lf(\*(CW). +L2 Lx. xterm\-color generic color xterm xterm\-xfree86 xterm terminal emulator (XFree86) xterm\-vt220 xterm emulating vt220 @@ -188,6 +192,7 @@ vt52 dec vt52 L. \&.\|.\|. .TE +.ft .RE .PP Use the \fB\-a\fP and \fB\-s\fP options together to show where each @@ -195,14 +200,15 @@ terminal description was found. .RS 4 .PP .\" toe -as | grep -E '(^-+>|:.(xterm|vt))' +.ft \*(CW .TS -lf(\*(CW). +Lx. \-\-> /etc/terminfo \-\-\-\-> /lib/terminfo \-\-\-\-\-\-> /usr/share/terminfo .TE .TS -lf(\*(CW)1 lf(\*(CW)2 lf(\*(CW). +L1 L2 Lx. \-\-*\-\-\-: vt100 dec vt100 (w/advanced video) \-\-*\-\-\-: vt102 dec vt102 \-\-*\-\-\-: vt220 dec vt220 @@ -222,9 +228,10 @@ T} xterm terminal emulator (XFree86) T} .T& -l. +L. \&.\|.\|. .TE +.ft .RE .SH SEE ALSO \fB\%captoinfo\fP(1), diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/touch.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/touch.1 index f562a6c4..06f5dd75 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/touch.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/touch.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TOUCH "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TOUCH "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME touch \- change file timestamps .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tput.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tput.1 index c7c02767..295c8afc 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tput.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tput.1 @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.102 2024/01/13 22:47:16 tom Exp $ -.TH tput 1 2024-01-13 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.113 2024/04/20 19:58:50 tom Exp $ +.TH tput 1 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -47,9 +47,7 @@ .. .ds d /etc/terminfo .SH NAME -\fB\%tput\fP, -\fB\%init\fP, -\fB\%reset\fP \- +\fB\%tput\fP \- initialize a terminal, exercise its capabilities, or query \fI\%term\%info\fP database .SH SYNOPSIS \fBtput\fP [\fB\-T\fP \fIterminal-type\fP] @@ -81,7 +79,7 @@ Terminal capabilities are accessed by .PP \fB\%terminfo\fP(5) discusses terminal capabilities at length and presents a complete list of -.I cap-codes. +.IR cap-codes . .PP When retrieving capability values, the result depends upon the capability's type. @@ -90,7 +88,7 @@ Boolean \fB\%tput\fP sets its exit status to .B 0 if the terminal possesses -.I cap-code, +.IR cap-code , and .B 1 if it does not. @@ -116,7 +114,7 @@ see section \*(``EXIT STATUS\*('' below. .SS Operands Generally, an operand is a -.I cap-code, +.IR cap-code , a capability code from the terminal database, or a parameter thereto. Three others are specially recognized by \fB\%tput\fP: @@ -131,8 +129,13 @@ we term them \*(``pseudo-capabilities\*(''. .I cap-code indicates a capability from the terminal database. .IP -If the capability is of string type and takes parameters, -the arguments following the capability will be used as its parameters. +If +.I cap-code +is of string type and takes parameters, +\fB\%tput\fP interprets arguments following +.I cap-code +as the parameters, +up to the (fixed) quantity the capability requires. .IP Most parameters are numeric. Only a few terminal capabilities require string parameters; @@ -277,16 +280,23 @@ executing a link named .B \%reset that points to \fB\%tput\fP has the same effect as .RB \%\*(`` "tput \%reset" \*(''. -(The \fB\%tset\fP(1) utility also treats a link named -.B \%reset -specially.) .PP -If \fB\%tput\fP is invoked by a link named -.BR \%init , -this has the same effect as -.RB \%\*(`` "tput init" \*(''. -Such a link is seldom employed because another program of that name -is in widespread use. +This feature was introduced by +.I \%ncurses +5.2 in 2000. +It is rarely used: +.TP +.B \%clear +is a separate program, +which is both smaller and more frequently executed. +.TP +.B init +has the same name as another program in widespread use. +.TP +.B \%reset +is provided +by the \fB\%tset\fP(1) utility (also via a link named +.BR \%reset ")." .SS "Terminal Size" Besides the pseudo-capabilities (such as @@ -314,7 +324,7 @@ Finally, it inspects the environment variables .I LINES and -.I \%COLUMNS, +.IR \%COLUMNS , which may override the terminal size. .PP If the @@ -352,7 +362,7 @@ and whether to use \fB\%tparm\fP(3NCURSES). .TP .BI \-T\ type indicates the terminal's -.I type. +.IR type . Normally this option is unnecessary, because a default is taken from the .I TERM @@ -410,7 +420,7 @@ _ 4 some operands not interpreted .TE .SH ENVIRONMENT -\fBtput\fP command reads one environment variable. +\fBtput\fP reads one environment variable. .TP 8n \" "TERM" + 2n + adjustment for PDF .I TERM denotes the terminal type. @@ -509,7 +519,7 @@ to port NetBSD's .IR termcap -based .B tput to -.I \%term\%info, +.IR \%term\%info , and modified it to interpret multiple .I cap-codes (and parameters) @@ -551,7 +561,7 @@ to but .B \%parm_delete_line to -.I \%term\%info. +.IR \%term\%info . .I termcap uses the code .B DL @@ -559,7 +569,7 @@ for .BR \%parm_delete_line . .I \%term\%info uses the code -.B dch1 +.B dl1 for .BR \%delete_line . .bP @@ -573,7 +583,7 @@ to but .B \%clr_eos to -.I \%term\%info. +.IR \%term\%info . .I termcap uses the code .B cd @@ -618,7 +628,7 @@ A few observations of interest arise from that selection. supports .B clear as it does any other standard -.I cap-code. +.IR cap-code . The others .RB ( init and @@ -637,9 +647,9 @@ operands. .bP A few platforms such as FreeBSD recognize .I termcap -names rather than +codes rather than .I \%term\%info -capability names in their respective +capability codes in their respective .B tput commands. Since 2010, @@ -647,13 +657,13 @@ NetBSD's .B tput uses .I \%term\%info -names. +codes. Before that, it (like FreeBSD) recognized .I termcap -names. +codes. .IP Beginning in 2021, FreeBSD uses @@ -688,13 +698,13 @@ X/Open Curses and the terminal capability database. While it is certainly possible to write a .B tput program without using -.I curses, +.IR curses , no system with a .I curses implementation provides a .B tput utility that does not also support standard -.I cap-codes. +.IR cap-codes . .PP X/Open Curses Issue 7 (2009) is the first version to document utilities. However that part of X/Open Curses does not follow existing practice @@ -724,7 +734,7 @@ The various System\ V implementations HP-UX, Solaris) use the same exit statuses as -.I \%ncurses. +.IR \%ncurses . .PP NetBSD .I curses @@ -800,7 +810,7 @@ because he had only available, it accepted .I termcap -names for other capabilities. +codes for other capabilities. Also, Bostic's BSD .B tput diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tr.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tr.1 index 6c12a59c..5cf7c477 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tr.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME tr \- translate or delete characters .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/troff.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/troff.1 index 9f207c56..f6e331a2 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/troff.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/troff.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH \%troff 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH \%troff 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name \%troff \- GNU .I roff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/true.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/true.1 index a9e769ef..dda41713 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/true.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/true.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TRUE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TRUE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME true \- do nothing, successfully .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/truncate.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/truncate.1 index 6973314f..c6ab0715 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/truncate.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/truncate.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TRUNCATE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TRUNCATE "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME truncate \- shrink or extend the size of a file to the specified size .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tset.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tset.1 index 70c4ae0b..33051613 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tset.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tset.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.79 2023/12/23 16:20:07 tom Exp $ -.TH tset 1 2023-12-23 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.85 2024/04/27 17:57:47 tom Exp $ +.TH tset 1 2024-04-27 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -391,23 +391,25 @@ to set the window size if \fBtset\fP is not able to obtain the window size from the operating system. .bP In \fI\%ncurses\fP, \fBtset\fP obtains the window size using -\fBsetupterm\fP, which may be from +\fB\%setupterm\fP(3NCURSES), which may be from the operating system, the \fILINES\fP and \fICOLUMNS\fP environment variables or the terminal description. .PP -Obtaining the window size from the terminal description is common to -both implementations, but considered obsolescent. +Obtaining the window size from a terminal's type description is common +to both implementations, +but considered obsolescent. Its only practical use is for hardware terminals. -Generally speaking, a window size would be unset only if there were -some problem obtaining the value from the operating system -(and \fBsetupterm\fP would still fail). -For that reason, -the \fILINES\fP and \fI\%COLUMNS\fP environment variables -may be useful for working around window-size problems. -Those have the drawback that if the window is resized, -those variables must be recomputed and reassigned. -To do this more easily, use the \fBresize\fP(1) program. +Generally, +the window size will remain uninitialized only if there were a problem +obtaining the value from the operating system +(and \fB\%setupterm\fP would still fail). +The \fILINES\fP and \fI\%COLUMNS\fP environment variables +may thus be useful for working around window-size problems, +but have the drawback that if the window is resized, +their values must be recomputed and reassigned. +The \fI\%resize\fP(1) program distributed with +\fI\%xterm\fP(1) assists this activity. .SH HISTORY A \fB\%reset\fP command written by Kurt Shoens appeared in 1BSD (March 1978). diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tsget.1ssl b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tsget.1ssl index ca9b1cc2..b827c4f7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tsget.1ssl +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tsget.1ssl @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "TSGET 1SSL" -.TH TSGET 1SSL 2024-02-03 3.1.5 OpenSSL +.TH TSGET 1SSL 2024-04-04 3.2.2-dev OpenSSL .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tsort.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tsort.1 index f61e36f7..46516dc2 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tsort.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tsort.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TSORT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TSORT "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME tsort \- perform topological sort .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tty.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tty.1 index f79e8155..e043f13e 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tty.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/tty.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TTY "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TTY "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME tty \- print the file name of the terminal connected to standard input .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ukify.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ukify.1 index 00e7ff62..10123b4f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ukify.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/ukify.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "UKIFY" "1" "" "systemd 255" "ukify" +.TH "UKIFY" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "ukify" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ accepts multiple whitespace\-separated paths and can be specified multiple times\&. .PP Additional sections will be inserted into the UKI, either automatically or only if a specific option is provided\&. See the discussions of +\fIMicrocode=\fR/\fB\-\-microcode=\fR, \fICmdline=\fR/\fB\-\-cmdline=\fR, \fIOSRelease=\fR/\fB\-\-os\-release=\fR, \fIDeviceTree=\fR/\fB\-\-devicetree=\fR, @@ -89,7 +90,9 @@ are used, they must be specified the same number of times, and then the n\-th bo \fIPCRPrivateKey=\fR, \fIPCRPublicKey=\fR, and \fIPhases=\fR -are grouped into separate sections, describing separate boot phases\&. +are grouped into separate sections, describing separate boot phases\&. If +\fISigningEngine=\fR/\fB\-\-signing\-engine=\fR +is specified, then the private keys arguments will be passed verbatim to OpenSSL as URIs, and the public key arguments will be loaded as X\&.509 certificates, so that signing can be performed with an OpenSSL engine\&. .PP If a SecureBoot signing key is provided via the \fISecureBootPrivateKey=\fR/\fB\-\-secureboot\-private\-key=\fR @@ -123,6 +126,12 @@ Also see the description of \fB\-j\fR/\fB\-\-json=\fR and \fB\-\-section=\fR\&. +.PP +Other tools that may be useful for inspect UKIs: +\fBllvm-objdump\fR(1) +\fB\-p\fR +and +\fBpe\-inspect\fR\&. .SH "CONFIGURATION SETTINGS" .PP Settings can appear in configuration files (the syntax with @@ -133,8 +142,8 @@ If no config file is provided via the option \fB\-\-config=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fBukify\fR will try to look for a default configuration file in the following paths in this order: -/run/systemd/ukify\&.conf, /etc/systemd/ukify\&.conf, +/run/systemd/ukify\&.conf, /usr/local/lib/systemd/ukify\&.conf, and /usr/lib/systemd/ukify\&.conf, and then load the first one found\&. \fBukify\fR @@ -169,7 +178,7 @@ to print pre\-calculated PCR values\&. Defaults to false\&. Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-section=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB:\fR\fB\fITEXT\fR\fR\fB|\fR\fB\fI@PATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-section=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB:\fR\fBtext|binary\fR\fB[@\fIPATH\fR]\fR +\fB\-\-section=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB:\fR\fB\fITEXT\fR\fR\fB|\fR\fB\fI@PATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-section=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB:text|binary\fR\fB[@\fIPATH\fR]\fR .RS 4 For all verbs except \fBinspect\fR, the first syntax is used\&. Specify an arbitrary additional section @@ -267,6 +276,13 @@ Zero or more initrd paths\&. In the configuration file, items are separated by w Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP +\fIMicrocode=\fR\fI\fIUCODE\fR\fR, \fB\-\-microcode=\fR\fB\fIUCODE\fR\fR +.RS 4 +Path to initrd containing microcode updates\&. If not specified, the section will not be present\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP \fICmdline=\fR\fI\fITEXT\fR\fR\fI|\fR\fI\fI@PATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-cmdline=\fR\fB\fITEXT\fR\fR\fB|\fR\fB\fI@PATH\fR\fR .RS 4 The kernel command line (the @@ -421,8 +437,10 @@ Added in version 253\&. \fISBAT=\fR\fI\fITEXT\fR\fR\fI|\fR\fI\fI@PATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-sbat=\fR\fB\fITEXT\fR\fR\fB|\fR\fB\fI@PATH\fR\fR .RS 4 SBAT metadata associated with the UKI or addon\&. SBAT policies are useful to revoke whole groups of UKIs or addons with a single, static policy update that does not take space in DBX/MOKX\&. If not specified manually, a default metadata entry consisting of -"uki,1,UKI,uki,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html" -will be used, to ensure it is always possible to revoke UKIs and addons\&. For more information on SBAT see +"uki,1,UKI,uki,1,https://uapi\-group\&.org/specifications/specs/unified_kernel_image/" +for UKIs and +"uki\-addon,1,UKI Addon,addon,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/latest/systemd\-stub\&.html" +for addons will be used, to ensure it is always possible to revoke them\&. For more information on SBAT see \m[blue]\fBShim documentation\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2\&. .sp Added in version 254\&. @@ -495,7 +513,7 @@ $ ukify build \e \-\-initrd=early_cpio \e \-\-initrd=/some/path/initramfs\-6\&.0\&.9\-300\&.fc37\&.x86_64\&.img \e \-\-sbat=\*(Aqsbat,1,SBAT Version,sbat,1,https://github\&.com/rhboot/shim/blob/main/SBAT\&.md - uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,UKI for System,uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html\*(Aq \e + uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,UKI for System,uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,https://uapi\-group\&.org/specifications/specs/unified_kernel_image/\*(Aq \e \-\-pcr\-private\-key=pcr\-private\-initrd\-key\&.pem \e \-\-pcr\-public\-key=pcr\-public\-initrd\-key\&.pem \e \-\-phases=\*(Aqenter\-initrd\*(Aq \e @@ -582,7 +600,7 @@ ukify build \e \-\-secureboot\-certificate=sb\&.cert \e \-\-cmdline=\*(Aqdebug\*(Aq \e \-\-sbat=\*(Aqsbat,1,SBAT Version,sbat,1,https://github\&.com/rhboot/shim/blob/main/SBAT\&.md - uki\&.addon\&.author,1,UKI Addon for System,uki\&.addon\&.author,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html\*(Aq + uki\-addon\&.author,1,UKI Addon for System,uki\-addon\&.author,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html\*(Aq \-\-output=debug\&.cmdline .fi @@ -655,11 +673,7 @@ by default, so after this file has been created, installations of kernels that c will perform signing using this config\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-stub\fR(7), -\fBsystemd-boot\fR(7), -\fBsystemd-measure\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-pcrphase.service\fR(8) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-stub\fR(7), \fBsystemd-boot\fR(7), \fBsystemd-measure\fR(1), \fBsystemd-pcrphase.service\fR(8) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Unified Kernel Image (UKI) diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/uname.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/uname.1 index eedf99ee..22a18efd 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/uname.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/uname.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNAME "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH UNAME "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME uname \- print system information .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/unexpand.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/unexpand.1 index 10f88ede..59601c53 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/unexpand.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/unexpand.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNEXPAND "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH UNEXPAND "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME unexpand \- convert spaces to tabs .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/uniq.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/uniq.1 index 3e5c45c6..9a273a3b 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/uniq.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/uniq.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNIQ "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH UNIQ "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME uniq \- report or omit repeated lines .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/unlink.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/unlink.1 index f92605ee..34f3653f 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/unlink.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/unlink.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNLINK "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH UNLINK "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME unlink \- call the unlink function to remove the specified file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/userdbctl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/userdbctl.1 index a5445353..b77cbec6 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/userdbctl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/userdbctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "USERDBCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "userdbctl" +.TH "USERDBCTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "userdbctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ definitions), and classic UNIX NSS/glibc user and group records\&. This tool is .PP The following options are understood: .PP -\fB\-\-output=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-output=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Choose the output mode, takes one of "classic", @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ to view all fields, including any authentication fields\&. Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-json=\fR\fIFORMAT\fR +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIFORMAT\fR\fR .RS 4 Selects JSON output mode (like \fB\-\-output=json\fR) and selects the precise display mode\&. Takes one of @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ or Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-service=\fR\fISERVICE\fR[:\fISERVICE\&...\fR], \fB\-s\fR \fISERVICE\fR:\fISERVICE\&...\fR +\fB\-\-service=\fR\fB\fISERVICE\fR\fR\fB[:\fISERVICE\&...\fR]\fR, \fB\-s\fR \fISERVICE\fR:\fISERVICE\&...\fR .RS 4 Controls which services to query for users/groups\&. Takes a list of one or more service names, separated by ":"\&. See below for a list of well\-known service names\&. If not specified all available services are queried at once\&. @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ Controls which services to query for users/groups\&. Takes a list of one or more Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-with\-nss=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-with\-nss=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Controls whether to include classic glibc/NSS user/group lookups in the output\&. If \fB\-\-with\-nss=no\fR @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ is specified such users/groups are included in the output (which is the default) Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-with\-varlink=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-with\-varlink=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Controls whether to include Varlink user/group lookups in the output, i\&.e\&. those done via the \m[blue]\fBUser/Group Record Lookup API via Varlink\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[3]\d\s+2\&. If @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ is specified such users/groups are included in the output (which is the default) Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-with\-dropin=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-with\-dropin=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Controls whether to include user/group lookups in the output that are defined using drop\-in files in /etc/userdb/, @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ is specified such users/groups are included in the output (which is the default) Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-synthesize=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-synthesize=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Controls whether to synthesize records for the root and nobody users/groups if they aren\*(Aqt defined otherwise\&. By default (or "yes") such records are implicitly synthesized if otherwise missing since they have special significance to the OS\&. When @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ This option is short for Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-multiplexer=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +\fB\-\-multiplexer=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR .RS 4 Controls whether to do lookups via the multiplexer service (if specified as true, the default) or do lookups in the client (if specified as false)\&. Using the multiplexer service is typically preferable, since it runs in a locked down sandbox\&. .sp @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR .RS 4 -The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of values\&. A value may be either one of (in order of decreasing importance) \fBemerg\fR, \fBalert\fR, \fBcrit\fR, @@ -387,7 +387,15 @@ The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\& \fBinfo\fR, \fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See \fBsyslog\fR(3) -for more information\&. +for more information\&. Each value may optionally be prefixed with one of +\fBconsole\fR, +\fBsyslog\fR, +\fBkmsg\fR +or +\fBjournal\fR +followed by a colon to set the maximum log level for that specific log target (e\&.g\&. +\fBSYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug,console:info\fR +specifies to log at debug level except when logging to the console which should be at info level)\&. Note that the global maximum log level takes priority over any per target maximum log levels\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR @@ -506,6 +514,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -517,6 +531,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -572,11 +592,7 @@ and other conditions\&. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBsystemd\fR(1), -\fBsystemd-userdbd.service\fR(8), -\fBsystemd-homed.service\fR(8), -\fBnss-systemd\fR(8), -\fBgetent\fR(1) +\fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBsystemd-userdbd.service\fR(8), \fBsystemd-homed.service\fR(8), \fBnss-systemd\fR(8), \fBgetent\fR(1) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 JSON User Records diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/users.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/users.1 index ed6a8acb..7213e241 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/users.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/users.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH USERS "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH USERS "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME users \- print the user names of users currently logged in to the current host .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/varlinkctl.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/varlinkctl.1 index 61b4aa3c..3dd650e7 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/varlinkctl.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/varlinkctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "VARLINKCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "varlinkctl" +.TH "VARLINKCTL" "1" "" "systemd 256~rc3" "varlinkctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ varlinkctl \- Introspect with and invoke Varlink services .HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u \fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] introspect \fIADDRESS\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR .HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u -\fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] call \fIADDRESS\fR \fIMETHOD\fR [\fIPARAMETERS\fR] +\fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] call \fIADDRESS\fR \fIMETHOD\fR [\fIARGUMENTS\fR] .HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u \fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] validate\-idl [\fIFILE\fR] .SH "DESCRIPTION" @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ A Varlink service reference starting with the "unix:" string, followed by an absolute \fBAF_UNIX\fR -path, or by +socket path, or by "@" and an arbitrary string (the latter for referencing sockets in the abstract namespace)\&. .RE @@ -70,6 +70,22 @@ A Varlink service reference starting with the "exec:" string, followed by an absolute path of a binary to execute\&. .RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +A Varlink service reference starting with the +"ssh:" +string, followed by an SSH host specification, followed by +":", followed by an absolute +\fBAF_UNIX\fR +socket path\&. (This requires OpenSSH 9\&.4 or newer on the server side, abstract namespace sockets are not supported\&.) +.RE .PP For convenience these two simpler (redundant) service address syntaxes are also supported: .sp @@ -106,21 +122,21 @@ The following commands are understood: .PP \fBinfo\fR \fIADDRESS\fR .RS 4 -Show brief information about the specified service, including vendor name and list of implemented interfaces\&. Expects a service address in the formats described above\&. +Show brief information about the specified service, including vendor name and list of implemented interfaces\&. Expects a service address in one of the formats described above\&. .sp Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP \fBlist\-interfaces\fR \fIADDRESS\fR .RS 4 -Show list of interfaces implemented by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in the formats described above\&. +Show list of interfaces implemented by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in one of the formats described above\&. .sp Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP \fBintrospect\fR \fIADDRESS\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR .RS 4 -Show interface definition of the specified interface provided by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in the formats described above and a Varlink interface name\&. +Show interface definition of the specified interface provided by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in one of the formats described above and a Varlink interface name\&. .sp Added in version 255\&. .RE @@ -164,6 +180,15 @@ If this mode is enabled output is automatically switched to JSON\-SEQ mode, so t Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP +\fB\-\-collect\fR +.RS 4 +This is similar to +\fB\-\-more\fR +but collects all responses in a JSON array, and prints it, rather than in JSON_SEQ mode\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-\-oneway\fR .RS 4 When used with @@ -174,7 +199,7 @@ flag set (the command exits immediately after), which tells the service not to g Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR .RS 4 Selects the JSON output formatting, one of "pretty" @@ -314,8 +339,7 @@ method Extend( .\} .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP -\fBbusctl\fR(1), -\m[blue]\fBVarlink\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2 +\fBbusctl\fR(1), \m[blue]\fBVarlink\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2 .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 Varlink diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/vdir.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/vdir.1 index 50de3f56..1d3bf3bb 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/vdir.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/vdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH VDIR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH VDIR "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME vdir \- list directory contents .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/wc.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/wc.1 index fe02c051..bd6152d3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/wc.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/wc.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH WC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH WC "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME wc \- print newline, word, and byte counts for each file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/wget.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/wget.1 index 352ac705..2d58971d 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/wget.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/wget.1 @@ -1,4 +1,5 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 4.14 (Pod::Simple 3.43) +.\" -*- mode: troff; coding: utf-8 -*- +.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 5.01 (Pod::Simple 3.43) .\" .\" Standard preamble: .\" ======================================================================== @@ -15,29 +16,12 @@ .ft R .fi .. -.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will -.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left -.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will -.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and -.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff, -.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>. -.tr \(*W- -.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p' +.\" \*(C` and \*(C' are quotes in nroff, nothing in troff, for use with C<>. .ie n \{\ -. ds -- \(*W- -. ds PI pi -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch -. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch -. ds L" "" -. ds R" "" . ds C` "" . ds C' "" 'br\} .el\{\ -. ds -- \|\(em\| -. ds PI \(*p -. ds L" `` -. ds R" '' . ds C` . ds C' 'br\} @@ -71,21 +55,21 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "WGET 1" -.TH WGET 1 "2023-09-10" "GNU Wget 1.21.4" "GNU Wget" +.TH WGET 1 2024-03-17 "GNU Wget 1.24.5" "GNU Wget" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l .nh -.SH "NAME" +.SH NAME Wget \- The non\-interactive network downloader. -.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.SH SYNOPSIS .IX Header "SYNOPSIS" -wget [\fIoption\fR]... [\fI\s-1URL\s0\fR]... -.SH "DESCRIPTION" +wget [\fIoption\fR]... [\fIURL\fR]... +.SH DESCRIPTION .IX Header "DESCRIPTION" -\&\s-1GNU\s0 Wget is a free utility for non-interactive download of files from -the Web. It supports \s-1HTTP, HTTPS,\s0 and \s-1FTP\s0 protocols, as -well as retrieval through \s-1HTTP\s0 proxies. +GNU Wget is a free utility for non-interactive download of files from +the Web. It supports HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP protocols, as +well as retrieval through HTTP proxies. .PP Wget is non-interactive, meaning that it can work in the background, while the user is not logged on. This allows you to start a retrieval @@ -93,10 +77,10 @@ and disconnect from the system, letting Wget finish the work. By contrast, most of the Web browsers require constant user's presence, which can be a great hindrance when transferring a lot of data. .PP -Wget can follow links in \s-1HTML, XHTML,\s0 and \s-1CSS\s0 pages, to +Wget can follow links in HTML, XHTML, and CSS pages, to create local versions of remote web sites, fully recreating the directory structure of the original site. This is sometimes referred to -as \*(L"recursive downloading.\*(R" While doing that, Wget respects the Robot +as "recursive downloading." While doing that, Wget respects the Robot Exclusion Standard (\fI/robots.txt\fR). Wget can be instructed to convert the links in downloaded files to point at the local files, for offline viewing. @@ -106,11 +90,11 @@ connections; if a download fails due to a network problem, it will keep retrying until the whole file has been retrieved. If the server supports regetting, it will instruct the server to continue the download from where it left off. -.SH "OPTIONS" +.SH OPTIONS .IX Header "OPTIONS" .SS "Option Syntax" .IX Subsection "Option Syntax" -Since Wget uses \s-1GNU\s0 getopt to process command-line arguments, every +Since Wget uses GNU getopt to process command-line arguments, every option has a long form along with the short one. Long options are more convenient to remember, but take time to type. You may freely mix different option styles, or specify options after the command-line @@ -138,7 +122,7 @@ This is completely equivalent to: .PP Since the options can be specified after the arguments, you may terminate them with \fB\-\-\fR. So the following will try to download -\&\s-1URL\s0 \fB\-x\fR, reporting failure to \fIlog\fR: +URL \fB\-x\fR, reporting failure to \fIlog\fR: .PP .Vb 1 \& wget \-o log \-\- \-x @@ -157,9 +141,9 @@ and \fI/~somebody\fR. You can also clear the lists in \fI.wgetrc\fR. .PP Most options that do not accept arguments are \fIboolean\fR options, so named because their state can be captured with a yes-or-no -(\*(L"boolean\*(R") variable. For example, \fB\-\-follow\-ftp\fR tells Wget -to follow \s-1FTP\s0 links from \s-1HTML\s0 files and, on the other hand, -\&\fB\-\-no\-glob\fR tells it not to perform file globbing on \s-1FTP\s0 URLs. A +("boolean") variable. For example, \fB\-\-follow\-ftp\fR tells Wget +to follow FTP links from HTML files and, on the other hand, +\&\fB\-\-no\-glob\fR tells it not to perform file globbing on FTP URLs. A boolean option is either \fIaffirmative\fR or \fInegative\fR (beginning with \fB\-\-no\fR). All such options share several properties. @@ -167,7 +151,7 @@ properties. Unless stated otherwise, it is assumed that the default behavior is the opposite of what the option accomplishes. For example, the documented existence of \fB\-\-follow\-ftp\fR assumes that the default -is to \fInot\fR follow \s-1FTP\s0 links from \s-1HTML\s0 pages. +is to \fInot\fR follow FTP links from HTML pages. .PP Affirmative options can be negated by prepending the \fB\-\-no\-\fR to the option name; negative options can be negated by omitting the @@ -175,29 +159,29 @@ the option name; negative options can be negated by omitting the an affirmative option is to not do something, then why provide a way to explicitly turn it off? But the startup file may in fact change the default. For instance, using \f(CW\*(C`follow_ftp = on\*(C'\fR in -\&\fI.wgetrc\fR makes Wget \fIfollow\fR \s-1FTP\s0 links by default, and +\&\fI.wgetrc\fR makes Wget \fIfollow\fR FTP links by default, and using \fB\-\-no\-follow\-ftp\fR is the only way to restore the factory default from the command line. .SS "Basic Startup Options" .IX Subsection "Basic Startup Options" -.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-V\fR 4 .IX Item "-V" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-version\fR 4 .IX Item "--version" .PD Display the version of Wget. -.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-h\fR 4 .IX Item "-h" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-help\fR 4 .IX Item "--help" .PD Print a help message describing all of Wget's command-line options. -.IP "\fB\-b\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-b\fR 4 .IX Item "-b" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-background\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-background\fR 4 .IX Item "--background" .PD Go to background immediately after startup. If no output file is @@ -217,7 +201,7 @@ instances of \fB\-e\fR. .IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIlogfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-o logfile" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-output\-file=\fR\fIlogfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-output\-file=\fR\fIlogfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--output-file=logfile" .PD Log all messages to \fIlogfile\fR. The messages are normally reported @@ -225,16 +209,16 @@ to standard error. .IP "\fB\-a\fR \fIlogfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-a logfile" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-append\-output=\fR\fIlogfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-append\-output=\fR\fIlogfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--append-output=logfile" .PD Append to \fIlogfile\fR. This is the same as \fB\-o\fR, only it appends to \fIlogfile\fR instead of overwriting the old log file. If \&\fIlogfile\fR does not exist, a new file is created. -.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-d\fR 4 .IX Item "-d" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-debug\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-debug\fR 4 .IX Item "--debug" .PD Turn on debug output, meaning various information important to the @@ -243,37 +227,37 @@ administrator may have chosen to compile Wget without debug support, in which case \fB\-d\fR will not work. Please note that compiling with debug support is always safe\-\-\-Wget compiled with the debug support will \&\fInot\fR print any debug info unless requested with \fB\-d\fR. -.IP "\fB\-q\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-q\fR 4 .IX Item "-q" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-quiet\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-quiet\fR 4 .IX Item "--quiet" .PD Turn off Wget's output. -.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-v\fR 4 .IX Item "-v" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--verbose" .PD Turn on verbose output, with all the available data. The default output is verbose. -.IP "\fB\-nv\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-nv\fR 4 .IX Item "-nv" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-verbose\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-verbose\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-verbose" .PD Turn off verbose without being completely quiet (use \fB\-q\fR for that), which means that error messages and basic information still get printed. -.IP "\fB\-\-report\-speed=\fR\fItype\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-report\-speed=\fR\fItype\fR 4 .IX Item "--report-speed=type" Output bandwidth as \fItype\fR. The only accepted value is \fBbits\fR. .IP "\fB\-i\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-i file" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-input\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-input\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--input-file=file" .PD Read URLs from a local or external \fIfile\fR. If \fB\-\fR is @@ -289,122 +273,122 @@ should consist of a series of URLs, one per line. However, if you specify \fB\-\-force\-html\fR, the document will be regarded as \fBhtml\fR. In that case you may have problems with relative links, which you can solve either by adding \f(CW\*(C`<base -href="\f(CIurl\f(CW">\*(C'\fR to the documents or by specifying +href="\fR\f(CIurl\fR\f(CW">\*(C'\fR to the documents or by specifying \&\fB\-\-base=\fR\fIurl\fR on the command line. .Sp If the \fIfile\fR is an external one, the document will be automatically treated as \fBhtml\fR if the Content-Type matches \fBtext/html\fR. Furthermore, the \fIfile\fR's location will be implicitly used as base href if none was specified. -.IP "\fB\-\-input\-metalink=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-input\-metalink=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--input-metalink=file" Downloads files covered in local Metalink \fIfile\fR. Metalink version 3 and 4 are supported. -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-badhash\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-badhash\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-badhash" Keeps downloaded Metalink's files with a bad hash. It appends .badhash to the name of Metalink's files which have a checksum mismatch, except without overwriting existing files. -.IP "\fB\-\-metalink\-over\-http\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-metalink\-over\-http\fR 4 .IX Item "--metalink-over-http" -Issues \s-1HTTP HEAD\s0 request instead of \s-1GET\s0 and extracts Metalink metadata +Issues HTTP HEAD request instead of GET and extracts Metalink metadata from response headers. Then it switches to Metalink download. -If no valid Metalink metadata is found, it falls back to ordinary \s-1HTTP\s0 download. +If no valid Metalink metadata is found, it falls back to ordinary HTTP download. Enables \fBContent-Type: application/metalink4+xml\fR files download/processing. -.IP "\fB\-\-metalink\-index=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-metalink\-index=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--metalink-index=number" Set the Metalink \fBapplication/metalink4+xml\fR metaurl ordinal -\&\s-1NUMBER.\s0 From 1 to the total number of \*(L"application/metalink4+xml\*(R" +NUMBER. From 1 to the total number of "application/metalink4+xml" available. Specify 0 or \fBinf\fR to choose the first good one. Metaurls, such as those from a \fB\-\-metalink\-over\-http\fR, may have been sorted by priority key's value; keep this in mind to choose the -right \s-1NUMBER.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-\-preferred\-location\fR" 4 +right NUMBER. +.IP \fB\-\-preferred\-location\fR 4 .IX Item "--preferred-location" Set preferred location for Metalink resources. This has effect if multiple resources with same priority are available. -.IP "\fB\-\-xattr\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-xattr\fR 4 .IX Item "--xattr" Enable use of file system's extended attributes to save the -original \s-1URL\s0 and the Referer \s-1HTTP\s0 header value if used. +original URL and the Referer HTTP header value if used. .Sp -Be aware that the \s-1URL\s0 might contain private information like +Be aware that the URL might contain private information like access tokens or credentials. -.IP "\fB\-F\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-F\fR 4 .IX Item "-F" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-force\-html\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-force\-html\fR 4 .IX Item "--force-html" .PD -When input is read from a file, force it to be treated as an \s-1HTML\s0 +When input is read from a file, force it to be treated as an HTML file. This enables you to retrieve relative links from existing -\&\s-1HTML\s0 files on your local disk, by adding \f(CW\*(C`<base -href="\f(CIurl\f(CW">\*(C'\fR to \s-1HTML,\s0 or using the \fB\-\-base\fR command-line +HTML files on your local disk, by adding \f(CW\*(C`<base +href="\fR\f(CIurl\fR\f(CW">\*(C'\fR to HTML, or using the \fB\-\-base\fR command-line option. -.IP "\fB\-B\fR \fI\s-1URL\s0\fR" 4 +.IP "\fB\-B\fR \fIURL\fR" 4 .IX Item "-B URL" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-base=\fR\fI\s-1URL\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-base=\fR\fIURL\fR 4 .IX Item "--base=URL" .PD -Resolves relative links using \fI\s-1URL\s0\fR as the point of reference, -when reading links from an \s-1HTML\s0 file specified via the +Resolves relative links using \fIURL\fR as the point of reference, +when reading links from an HTML file specified via the \&\fB\-i\fR/\fB\-\-input\-file\fR option (together with \&\fB\-\-force\-html\fR, or when the input file was fetched remotely from -a server describing it as \s-1HTML\s0). This is equivalent to the -presence of a \f(CW\*(C`BASE\*(C'\fR tag in the \s-1HTML\s0 input file, with -\&\fI\s-1URL\s0\fR as the value for the \f(CW\*(C`href\*(C'\fR attribute. +a server describing it as HTML). This is equivalent to the +presence of a \f(CW\*(C`BASE\*(C'\fR tag in the HTML input file, with +\&\fIURL\fR as the value for the \f(CW\*(C`href\*(C'\fR attribute. .Sp For instance, if you specify \fBhttp://foo/bar/a.html\fR for -\&\fI\s-1URL\s0\fR, and Wget reads \fB../baz/b.html\fR from the input file, it +\&\fIURL\fR, and Wget reads \fB../baz/b.html\fR from the input file, it would be resolved to \fBhttp://foo/baz/b.html\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-config=\fR\fI\s-1FILE\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-config=\fR\fIFILE\fR 4 .IX Item "--config=FILE" Specify the location of a startup file you wish to use instead of the default one(s). Use \-\-no\-config to disable reading of config files. If both \-\-config and \-\-no\-config are given, \-\-no\-config is ignored. -.IP "\fB\-\-rejected\-log=\fR\fIlogfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-rejected\-log=\fR\fIlogfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--rejected-log=logfile" -Logs all \s-1URL\s0 rejections to \fIlogfile\fR as comma separated values. The values -include the reason of rejection, the \s-1URL\s0 and the parent \s-1URL\s0 it was found in. +Logs all URL rejections to \fIlogfile\fR as comma separated values. The values +include the reason of rejection, the URL and the parent URL it was found in. .SS "Download Options" .IX Subsection "Download Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-bind\-address=\fR\fI\s-1ADDRESS\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-bind\-address=\fR\fIADDRESS\fR 4 .IX Item "--bind-address=ADDRESS" -When making client \s-1TCP/IP\s0 connections, bind to \fI\s-1ADDRESS\s0\fR on -the local machine. \fI\s-1ADDRESS\s0\fR may be specified as a hostname or \s-1IP\s0 +When making client TCP/IP connections, bind to \fIADDRESS\fR on +the local machine. \fIADDRESS\fR may be specified as a hostname or IP address. This option can be useful if your machine is bound to multiple IPs. -.IP "\fB\-\-bind\-dns\-address=\fR\fI\s-1ADDRESS\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-bind\-dns\-address=\fR\fIADDRESS\fR 4 .IX Item "--bind-dns-address=ADDRESS" [libcares only] -This address overrides the route for \s-1DNS\s0 requests. If you ever need to +This address overrides the route for DNS requests. If you ever need to circumvent the standard settings from /etc/resolv.conf, this option together with \fB\-\-dns\-servers\fR is your friend. -\&\fI\s-1ADDRESS\s0\fR must be specified either as IPv4 or IPv6 address. +\&\fIADDRESS\fR must be specified either as IPv4 or IPv6 address. Wget needs to be built with libcares for this option to be available. -.IP "\fB\-\-dns\-servers=\fR\fI\s-1ADDRESSES\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dns\-servers=\fR\fIADDRESSES\fR 4 .IX Item "--dns-servers=ADDRESSES" [libcares only] The given address(es) override the standard nameserver addresses, e.g. as configured in /etc/resolv.conf. -\&\fI\s-1ADDRESSES\s0\fR may be specified either as IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, +\&\fIADDRESSES\fR may be specified either as IPv4 or IPv6 addresses, comma-separated. Wget needs to be built with libcares for this option to be available. .IP "\fB\-t\fR \fInumber\fR" 4 .IX Item "-t number" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-tries=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-tries=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--tries=number" .PD Set number of tries to \fInumber\fR. Specify 0 or \fBinf\fR for infinite retrying. The default is to retry 20 times, with the exception -of fatal errors like \*(L"connection refused\*(R" or \*(L"not found\*(R" (404), +of fatal errors like "connection refused" or "not found" (404), which are not retried. .IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "-O file" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-output\-document=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-output\-document=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--output-document=file" .PD The documents will not be written to the appropriate files, but all @@ -414,7 +398,7 @@ disabling link conversion. (Use \fB./\-\fR to print to a file literally named \fB\-\fR.) .Sp Use of \fB\-O\fR is \fInot\fR intended to mean simply "use the name -\&\fIfile\fR instead of the one in the \s-1URL\s0;" rather, it is +\&\fIfile\fR instead of the one in the URL;" rather, it is analogous to shell redirection: \&\fBwget \-O file http://foo\fR is intended to work like \&\fBwget \-O \- http://foo > file\fR; \fIfile\fR will be truncated @@ -440,10 +424,10 @@ downloading a single document, as in that case it will just convert all relative URIs to external ones; \fB\-k\fR makes no sense for multiple URIs when they're all being downloaded to a single file; \&\fB\-k\fR can be used only when the output is a regular file. -.IP "\fB\-nc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-nc\fR 4 .IX Item "-nc" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-clobber" .PD If a file is downloaded more than once in the same directory, Wget's @@ -482,21 +466,21 @@ if the given output file does not exist. Note that when \fB\-nc\fR is specified, files with the suffixes \&\fB.html\fR or \fB.htm\fR will be loaded from the local disk and parsed as if they had been retrieved from the Web. -.IP "\fB\-\-backups=\fR\fIbackups\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-backups=\fR\fIbackups\fR 4 .IX Item "--backups=backups" Before (over)writing a file, back up an existing file by adding a -\&\fB.1\fR suffix (\fB_1\fR on \s-1VMS\s0) to the file name. Such backup +\&\fB.1\fR suffix (\fB_1\fR on VMS) to the file name. Such backup files are rotated to \fB.2\fR, \fB.3\fR, and so on, up to \&\fIbackups\fR (and lost beyond that). -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-netrc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-netrc\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-netrc" Do not try to obtain credentials from \fI.netrc\fR file. By default \&\fI.netrc\fR file is searched for credentials in case none have been passed on command line and authentication is required. -.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-c\fR 4 .IX Item "-c" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-continue\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-continue\fR 4 .IX Item "--continue" .PD Continue getting a partially-downloaded file. This is useful when you @@ -530,7 +514,7 @@ Beginning with Wget 1.7, if you use \fB\-c\fR on a file which is of equal size as the one on the server, Wget will refuse to download the file and print an explanatory message. The same happens when the file is smaller on the server than locally (presumably because it was changed -on the server since your last download attempt)\-\-\-because \*(L"continuing\*(R" +on the server since your last download attempt)\-\-\-because "continuing" is not meaningful, no download occurs. .Sp On the other side of the coin, while using \fB\-c\fR, any file that's @@ -546,18 +530,18 @@ However, if the file is bigger on the server because it's been with a garbled file. Wget has no way of verifying that the local file is really a valid prefix of the remote file. You need to be especially careful of this when using \fB\-c\fR in conjunction with \fB\-r\fR, -since every file will be considered as an \*(L"incomplete download\*(R" candidate. +since every file will be considered as an "incomplete download" candidate. .Sp Another instance where you'll get a garbled file if you try to use -\&\fB\-c\fR is if you have a lame \s-1HTTP\s0 proxy that inserts a -\&\*(L"transfer interrupted\*(R" string into the local file. In the future a -\&\*(L"rollback\*(R" option may be added to deal with this case. +\&\fB\-c\fR is if you have a lame HTTP proxy that inserts a +"transfer interrupted" string into the local file. In the future a +"rollback" option may be added to deal with this case. .Sp -Note that \fB\-c\fR only works with \s-1FTP\s0 servers and with \s-1HTTP\s0 +Note that \fB\-c\fR only works with FTP servers and with HTTP servers that support the \f(CW\*(C`Range\*(C'\fR header. -.IP "\fB\-\-start\-pos=\fR\fI\s-1OFFSET\s0\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-start\-pos=\fR\fIOFFSET\fR 4 .IX Item "--start-pos=OFFSET" -Start downloading at zero-based position \fI\s-1OFFSET\s0\fR. Offset may be expressed +Start downloading at zero-based position \fIOFFSET\fR. Offset may be expressed in bytes, kilobytes with the `k' suffix, or megabytes with the `m' suffix, etc. .Sp \&\fB\-\-start\-pos\fR has higher precedence over \fB\-\-continue\fR. When @@ -566,17 +550,17 @@ warning then proceed as if \fB\-\-continue\fR was absent. .Sp Server support for continued download is required, otherwise \fB\-\-start\-pos\fR cannot help. See \fB\-c\fR for details. -.IP "\fB\-\-progress=\fR\fItype\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-progress=\fR\fItype\fR 4 .IX Item "--progress=type" Select the type of the progress indicator you wish to use. Legal -indicators are \*(L"dot\*(R" and \*(L"bar\*(R". +indicators are "dot" and "bar". .Sp -The \*(L"bar\*(R" indicator is used by default. It draws an \s-1ASCII\s0 progress -bar graphics (a.k.a \*(L"thermometer\*(R" display) indicating the status of -retrieval. If the output is not a \s-1TTY,\s0 the \*(L"dot\*(R" bar will be used by +The "bar" indicator is used by default. It draws an ASCII progress +bar graphics (a.k.a "thermometer" display) indicating the status of +retrieval. If the output is not a TTY, the "dot" bar will be used by default. .Sp -Use \fB\-\-progress=dot\fR to switch to the \*(L"dot\*(R" display. It traces +Use \fB\-\-progress=dot\fR to switch to the "dot" display. It traces the retrieval by printing dots on the screen, each dot representing a fixed amount of downloaded data. .Sp @@ -589,7 +573,7 @@ When using the dotted retrieval, you may set the \fIstyle\fR by specifying the type as \fBdot:\fR\fIstyle\fR. Different styles assign different meaning to one dot. With the \f(CW\*(C`default\*(C'\fR style each dot represents 1K, there are ten dots in a cluster and 50 dots in a line. -The \f(CW\*(C`binary\*(C'\fR style has a more \*(L"computer\*(R"\-like orientation\-\-\-8K +The \f(CW\*(C`binary\*(C'\fR style has a more "computer"\-like orientation\-\-\-8K dots, 16\-dots clusters and 48 dots per line (which makes for 384K lines). The \f(CW\*(C`mega\*(C'\fR style is suitable for downloading large files\-\-\-each dot represents 64K retrieved, there are eight dots in a @@ -601,23 +585,23 @@ cluster, and 32 dots on each line (so each line contains 32M). With \fB\-\-progress=bar\fR, there are currently two possible parameters, \&\fIforce\fR and \fInoscroll\fR. .Sp -When the output is not a \s-1TTY,\s0 the progress bar always falls back to \*(L"dot\*(R", +When the output is not a TTY, the progress bar always falls back to "dot", even if \fB\-\-progress=bar\fR was passed to Wget during invocation. This -behaviour can be overridden and the \*(L"bar\*(R" output forced by using the \*(L"force\*(R" +behaviour can be overridden and the "bar" output forced by using the "force" parameter as \fB\-\-progress=bar:force\fR. .Sp By default, the \fBbar\fR style progress bar scroll the name of the file from left to right for the file being downloaded if the filename exceeds the maximum length allotted for its display. In certain cases, such as with \&\fB\-\-progress=bar:force\fR, one may not want the scrolling filename in the -progress bar. By passing the \*(L"noscroll\*(R" parameter, Wget can be forced to +progress bar. By passing the "noscroll" parameter, Wget can be forced to display as much of the filename as possible without scrolling through it. .Sp Note that you can set the default style using the \f(CW\*(C`progress\*(C'\fR command in \fI.wgetrc\fR. That setting may be overridden from the command line. For example, to force the bar output without scrolling, use \fB\-\-progress=bar:force:noscroll\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-show\-progress\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-show\-progress\fR 4 .IX Item "--show-progress" Force wget to display the progress bar in any verbosity. .Sp @@ -630,18 +614,18 @@ a much cleaner output on the screen. .Sp This option will also force the progress bar to be printed to \fIstderr\fR when used alongside the \fB\-\-output\-file\fR option. -.IP "\fB\-N\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-N\fR 4 .IX Item "-N" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-timestamping\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-timestamping\fR 4 .IX Item "--timestamping" .PD Turn on time-stamping. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-if\-modified\-since\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-if\-modified\-since\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-if-modified-since" -Do not send If-Modified-Since header in \fB\-N\fR mode. Send preliminary \s-1HEAD\s0 +Do not send If-Modified-Since header in \fB\-N\fR mode. Send preliminary HEAD request instead. This has only effect in \fB\-N\fR mode. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-use\-server\-timestamps\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-use\-server\-timestamps\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-use-server-timestamps" Don't set the local file's timestamp by the one on the server. .Sp @@ -651,15 +635,15 @@ match those from the remote file. This allows the use of is sometimes useful to base the local file's timestamp on when it was actually downloaded; for that purpose, the \&\fB\-\-no\-use\-server\-timestamps\fR option has been provided. -.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-S\fR 4 .IX Item "-S" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-server\-response\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-server\-response\fR 4 .IX Item "--server-response" .PD -Print the headers sent by \s-1HTTP\s0 servers and responses sent by -\&\s-1FTP\s0 servers. -.IP "\fB\-\-spider\fR" 4 +Print the headers sent by HTTP servers and responses sent by +FTP servers. +.IP \fB\-\-spider\fR 4 .IX Item "--spider" When invoked with this option, Wget will behave as a Web \fIspider\fR, which means that it will not download the pages, just check that they @@ -674,7 +658,7 @@ functionality of real web spiders. .IP "\fB\-T seconds\fR" 4 .IX Item "-T seconds" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR 4 .IX Item "--timeout=seconds" .PD Set the network timeout to \fIseconds\fR seconds. This is equivalent @@ -692,21 +676,21 @@ All timeout-related options accept decimal values, as well as subsecond values. For example, \fB0.1\fR seconds is a legal (though unwise) choice of timeout. Subsecond timeouts are useful for checking server response times or for testing network latency. -.IP "\fB\-\-dns\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-dns\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR 4 .IX Item "--dns-timeout=seconds" -Set the \s-1DNS\s0 lookup timeout to \fIseconds\fR seconds. \s-1DNS\s0 lookups that +Set the DNS lookup timeout to \fIseconds\fR seconds. DNS lookups that don't complete within the specified time will fail. By default, there -is no timeout on \s-1DNS\s0 lookups, other than that implemented by system +is no timeout on DNS lookups, other than that implemented by system libraries. -.IP "\fB\-\-connect\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-connect\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR 4 .IX Item "--connect-timeout=seconds" -Set the connect timeout to \fIseconds\fR seconds. \s-1TCP\s0 connections that +Set the connect timeout to \fIseconds\fR seconds. TCP connections that take longer to establish will be aborted. By default, there is no connect timeout, other than that implemented by system libraries. -.IP "\fB\-\-read\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-read\-timeout=\fR\fIseconds\fR 4 .IX Item "--read-timeout=seconds" Set the read (and write) timeout to \fIseconds\fR seconds. The -\&\*(L"time\*(R" of this timeout refers to \fIidle time\fR: if, at any point in +"time" of this timeout refers to \fIidle time\fR: if, at any point in the download, no data is received for more than the specified number of seconds, reading fails and the download is restarted. This option does not directly affect the duration of the entire download. @@ -714,7 +698,7 @@ does not directly affect the duration of the entire download. Of course, the remote server may choose to terminate the connection sooner than this option requires. The default read timeout is 900 seconds. -.IP "\fB\-\-limit\-rate=\fR\fIamount\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-limit\-rate=\fR\fIamount\fR 4 .IX Item "--limit-rate=amount" Limit the download speed to \fIamount\fR bytes per second. Amount may be expressed in bytes, kilobytes with the \fBk\fR suffix, or megabytes @@ -728,14 +712,14 @@ value. .Sp Note that Wget implements the limiting by sleeping the appropriate amount of time after a network read that took less time than specified -by the rate. Eventually this strategy causes the \s-1TCP\s0 transfer to slow +by the rate. Eventually this strategy causes the TCP transfer to slow down to approximately the specified rate. However, it may take some time for this balance to be achieved, so don't be surprised if limiting the rate doesn't work well with very small files. .IP "\fB\-w\fR \fIseconds\fR" 4 .IX Item "-w seconds" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-wait=\fR\fIseconds\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-wait=\fR\fIseconds\fR 4 .IX Item "--wait=seconds" .PD Wait the specified number of seconds between the retrievals. Use of @@ -749,7 +733,7 @@ destination host is down, so that Wget can wait long enough to reasonably expect the network error to be fixed before the retry. The waiting interval specified by this function is influenced by \&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-random\-wait\*(C'\fR, which see. -.IP "\fB\-\-waitretry=\fR\fIseconds\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-waitretry=\fR\fIseconds\fR 4 .IX Item "--waitretry=seconds" If you don't want Wget to wait between \fIevery\fR retrieval, but only between retries of failed downloads, you can use this option. Wget will @@ -758,7 +742,7 @@ given file, then waiting 2 seconds after the second failure on that file, up to the maximum number of \fIseconds\fR you specify. .Sp By default, Wget will assume a value of 10 seconds. -.IP "\fB\-\-random\-wait\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-random\-wait\fR 4 .IX Item "--random-wait" Some web sites may perform log analysis to identify retrieval programs such as Wget by looking for statistically significant similarities in @@ -776,14 +760,14 @@ addresses. The \fB\-\-random\-wait\fR option was inspired by this ill-advised recommendation to block many unrelated users from a web site due to the actions of one. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-proxy\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-proxy\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-proxy" Don't use proxies, even if the appropriate \f(CW*_proxy\fR environment variable is defined. .IP "\fB\-Q\fR \fIquota\fR" 4 .IX Item "-Q quota" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-quota=\fR\fIquota\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-quota=\fR\fIquota\fR 4 .IX Item "--quota=quota" .PD Specify download quota for automatic retrievals. The value can be @@ -800,31 +784,31 @@ will be aborted after the file that exhausts the quota is completely downloaded. .Sp Setting quota to 0 or to \fBinf\fR unlimits the download quota. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-dns\-cache\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-dns\-cache\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-dns-cache" -Turn off caching of \s-1DNS\s0 lookups. Normally, Wget remembers the \s-1IP\s0 -addresses it looked up from \s-1DNS\s0 so it doesn't have to repeatedly -contact the \s-1DNS\s0 server for the same (typically small) set of hosts it +Turn off caching of DNS lookups. Normally, Wget remembers the IP +addresses it looked up from DNS so it doesn't have to repeatedly +contact the DNS server for the same (typically small) set of hosts it retrieves from. This cache exists in memory only; a new Wget run will -contact \s-1DNS\s0 again. +contact DNS again. .Sp However, it has been reported that in some situations it is not desirable to cache host names, even for the duration of a short-running application like Wget. With this option Wget issues a -new \s-1DNS\s0 lookup (more precisely, a new call to \f(CW\*(C`gethostbyname\*(C'\fR or +new DNS lookup (more precisely, a new call to \f(CW\*(C`gethostbyname\*(C'\fR or \&\f(CW\*(C`getaddrinfo\*(C'\fR) each time it makes a new connection. Please note that this option will \fInot\fR affect caching that might be performed by the resolving library or by an external caching layer, -such as \s-1NSCD.\s0 +such as NSCD. .Sp If you don't understand exactly what this option does, you probably won't need it. -.IP "\fB\-\-restrict\-file\-names=\fR\fImodes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-restrict\-file\-names=\fR\fImodes\fR 4 .IX Item "--restrict-file-names=modes" Change which characters found in remote URLs must be escaped during generation of local filenames. Characters that are \fIrestricted\fR -by this option are escaped, i.e. replaced with \fB\f(CB%HH\fB\fR, where -\&\fB\s-1HH\s0\fR is the hexadecimal number that corresponds to the restricted +by this option are escaped, i.e. replaced with \fR\f(CB%HH\fR\fB\fR, where +\&\fBHH\fR is the hexadecimal number that corresponds to the restricted character. This option may also be used to force all alphabetical cases to be either lower\- or uppercase. .Sp @@ -834,7 +818,7 @@ characters that are typically unprintable. This option is useful for changing these defaults, perhaps because you are downloading to a non-native partition, or because you want to disable escaping of the control characters, or you want to further restrict characters to only -those in the \s-1ASCII\s0 range of values. +those in the ASCII range of values. .Sp The \fImodes\fR are a comma-separated set of text values. The acceptable values are \fBunix\fR, \fBwindows\fR, \fBnocontrol\fR, @@ -845,51 +829,51 @@ override the other), as are \fBlowercase\fR and the set of characters that would be escaped, but rather force local file paths to be converted either to lower\- or uppercase. .Sp -When \*(L"unix\*(R" is specified, Wget escapes the character \fB/\fR and +When "unix" is specified, Wget escapes the character \fB/\fR and the control characters in the ranges 0\-\-31 and 128\-\-159. This is the default on Unix-like operating systems. .Sp -When \*(L"windows\*(R" is given, Wget escapes the characters \fB\e\fR, +When "windows" is given, Wget escapes the characters \fB\e\fR, \&\fB|\fR, \fB/\fR, \fB:\fR, \fB?\fR, \fB"\fR, \fB*\fR, \fB<\fR, \&\fB>\fR, and the control characters in the ranges 0\-\-31 and 128\-\-159. In addition to this, Wget in Windows mode uses \fB+\fR instead of \&\fB:\fR to separate host and port in local file names, and uses \&\fB@\fR instead of \fB?\fR to separate the query portion of the file -name from the rest. Therefore, a \s-1URL\s0 that would be saved as +name from the rest. Therefore, a URL that would be saved as \&\fBwww.xemacs.org:4300/search.pl?input=blah\fR in Unix mode would be saved as \fBwww.xemacs.org+4300/search.pl@input=blah\fR in Windows mode. This mode is the default on Windows. .Sp If you specify \fBnocontrol\fR, then the escaping of the control characters is also switched off. This option may make sense -when you are downloading URLs whose names contain \s-1UTF\-8\s0 characters, on -a system which can save and display filenames in \s-1UTF\-8\s0 (some possible -byte values used in \s-1UTF\-8\s0 byte sequences fall in the range of values -designated by Wget as \*(L"controls\*(R"). +when you are downloading URLs whose names contain UTF\-8 characters, on +a system which can save and display filenames in UTF\-8 (some possible +byte values used in UTF\-8 byte sequences fall in the range of values +designated by Wget as "controls"). .Sp The \fBascii\fR mode is used to specify that any bytes whose values -are outside the range of \s-1ASCII\s0 characters (that is, greater than +are outside the range of ASCII characters (that is, greater than 127) shall be escaped. This can be useful when saving filenames whose encoding does not match the one used locally. -.IP "\fB\-4\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-4\fR 4 .IX Item "-4" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-inet4\-only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-inet4\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--inet4-only" -.IP "\fB\-6\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-6\fR 4 .IX Item "-6" -.IP "\fB\-\-inet6\-only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-inet6\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--inet6-only" .PD Force connecting to IPv4 or IPv6 addresses. With \fB\-\-inet4\-only\fR -or \fB\-4\fR, Wget will only connect to IPv4 hosts, ignoring \s-1AAAA\s0 -records in \s-1DNS,\s0 and refusing to connect to IPv6 addresses specified in +or \fB\-4\fR, Wget will only connect to IPv4 hosts, ignoring AAAA +records in DNS, and refusing to connect to IPv6 addresses specified in URLs. Conversely, with \fB\-\-inet6\-only\fR or \fB\-6\fR, Wget will only connect to IPv6 hosts and ignore A records and IPv4 addresses. .Sp Neither options should be needed normally. By default, an IPv6\-aware -Wget will use the address family specified by the host's \s-1DNS\s0 record. -If the \s-1DNS\s0 responds with both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, Wget will try +Wget will use the address family specified by the host's DNS record. +If the DNS responds with both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, Wget will try them in sequence until it finds one it can connect to. (Also see \&\f(CW\*(C`\-\-prefer\-family\*(C'\fR option described below.) .Sp @@ -899,11 +883,11 @@ or to deal with broken network configuration. Only one of \&\fB\-\-inet6\-only\fR and \fB\-\-inet4\-only\fR may be specified at the same time. Neither option is available in Wget compiled without IPv6 support. -.IP "\fB\-\-prefer\-family=none/IPv4/IPv6\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-prefer\-family=none/IPv4/IPv6\fR 4 .IX Item "--prefer-family=none/IPv4/IPv6" When given a choice of several addresses, connect to the addresses with specified address family first. The address order returned by -\&\s-1DNS\s0 is used without change by default. +DNS is used without change by default. .Sp This avoids spurious errors and connect attempts when accessing hosts that resolve to both IPv6 and IPv4 addresses from IPv4 networks. For @@ -912,7 +896,7 @@ example, \fBwww.kame.net\fR resolves to \&\fB203.178.141.194\fR. When the preferred family is \f(CW\*(C`IPv4\*(C'\fR, the IPv4 address is used first; when the preferred family is \f(CW\*(C`IPv6\*(C'\fR, the IPv6 address is used first; if the specified value is \f(CW\*(C`none\*(C'\fR, -the address order returned by \s-1DNS\s0 is used without change. +the address order returned by DNS is used without change. .Sp Unlike \fB\-4\fR and \fB\-6\fR, this option doesn't inhibit access to any address family, it only changes the \fIorder\fR in which the @@ -920,113 +904,113 @@ addresses are accessed. Also note that the reordering performed by this option is \fIstable\fR\-\-\-it doesn't affect order of addresses of the same family. That is, the relative order of all IPv4 addresses and of all IPv6 addresses remains intact in all cases. -.IP "\fB\-\-retry\-connrefused\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-retry\-connrefused\fR 4 .IX Item "--retry-connrefused" -Consider \*(L"connection refused\*(R" a transient error and try again. -Normally Wget gives up on a \s-1URL\s0 when it is unable to connect to the +Consider "connection refused" a transient error and try again. +Normally Wget gives up on a URL when it is unable to connect to the site because failure to connect is taken as a sign that the server is not running at all and that retries would not help. This option is for mirroring unreliable sites whose servers tend to disappear for short periods of time. -.IP "\fB\-\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR 4 .IX Item "--user=user" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR 4 .IX Item "--password=password" .PD Specify the username \fIuser\fR and password \fIpassword\fR for both -\&\s-1FTP\s0 and \s-1HTTP\s0 file retrieval. These parameters can be overridden +FTP and HTTP file retrieval. These parameters can be overridden using the \fB\-\-ftp\-user\fR and \fB\-\-ftp\-password\fR options for -\&\s-1FTP\s0 connections and the \fB\-\-http\-user\fR and \fB\-\-http\-password\fR -options for \s-1HTTP\s0 connections. -.IP "\fB\-\-ask\-password\fR" 4 +FTP connections and the \fB\-\-http\-user\fR and \fB\-\-http\-password\fR +options for HTTP connections. +.IP \fB\-\-ask\-password\fR 4 .IX Item "--ask-password" Prompt for a password for each connection established. Cannot be specified when \fB\-\-password\fR is being used, because they are mutually exclusive. -.IP "\fB\-\-use\-askpass=\fR\fIcommand\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-use\-askpass=\fR\fIcommand\fR 4 .IX Item "--use-askpass=command" Prompt for a user and password using the specified command. If no command is -specified then the command in the environment variable \s-1WGET_ASKPASS\s0 is used. -If \s-1WGET_ASKPASS\s0 is not set then the command in the environment variable -\&\s-1SSH_ASKPASS\s0 is used. +specified then the command in the environment variable WGET_ASKPASS is used. +If WGET_ASKPASS is not set then the command in the environment variable +SSH_ASKPASS is used. .Sp You can set the default command for use-askpass in the \fI.wgetrc\fR. That setting may be overridden from the command line. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-iri\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-iri\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-iri" -Turn off internationalized \s-1URI\s0 (\s-1IRI\s0) support. Use \fB\-\-iri\fR to -turn it on. \s-1IRI\s0 support is activated by default. +Turn off internationalized URI (IRI) support. Use \fB\-\-iri\fR to +turn it on. IRI support is activated by default. .Sp -You can set the default state of \s-1IRI\s0 support using the \f(CW\*(C`iri\*(C'\fR +You can set the default state of IRI support using the \f(CW\*(C`iri\*(C'\fR command in \fI.wgetrc\fR. That setting may be overridden from the command line. -.IP "\fB\-\-local\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-local\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR 4 .IX Item "--local-encoding=encoding" Force Wget to use \fIencoding\fR as the default system encoding. That affects -how Wget converts URLs specified as arguments from locale to \s-1UTF\-8\s0 for -\&\s-1IRI\s0 support. +how Wget converts URLs specified as arguments from locale to UTF\-8 for +IRI support. .Sp -Wget use the function \f(CW\*(C`nl_langinfo()\*(C'\fR and then the \f(CW\*(C`CHARSET\*(C'\fR -environment variable to get the locale. If it fails, \s-1ASCII\s0 is used. +Wget use the function \f(CWnl_langinfo()\fR and then the \f(CW\*(C`CHARSET\*(C'\fR +environment variable to get the locale. If it fails, ASCII is used. .Sp You can set the default local encoding using the \f(CW\*(C`local_encoding\*(C'\fR command in \fI.wgetrc\fR. That setting may be overridden from the command line. -.IP "\fB\-\-remote\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-remote\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR 4 .IX Item "--remote-encoding=encoding" Force Wget to use \fIencoding\fR as the default remote server encoding. That affects how Wget converts URIs found in files from remote encoding -to \s-1UTF\-8\s0 during a recursive fetch. This options is only useful for -\&\s-1IRI\s0 support, for the interpretation of non-ASCII characters. +to UTF\-8 during a recursive fetch. This options is only useful for +IRI support, for the interpretation of non-ASCII characters. .Sp -For \s-1HTTP,\s0 remote encoding can be found in \s-1HTTP\s0 \f(CW\*(C`Content\-Type\*(C'\fR -header and in \s-1HTML\s0 \f(CW\*(C`Content\-Type http\-equiv\*(C'\fR meta tag. +For HTTP, remote encoding can be found in HTTP \f(CW\*(C`Content\-Type\*(C'\fR +header and in HTML \f(CW\*(C`Content\-Type http\-equiv\*(C'\fR meta tag. .Sp You can set the default encoding using the \f(CW\*(C`remoteencoding\*(C'\fR command in \fI.wgetrc\fR. That setting may be overridden from the command line. -.IP "\fB\-\-unlink\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-unlink\fR 4 .IX Item "--unlink" Force Wget to unlink file instead of clobbering existing file. This option is useful for downloading to the directory with hardlinks. .SS "Directory Options" .IX Subsection "Directory Options" -.IP "\fB\-nd\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-nd\fR 4 .IX Item "-nd" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-directories\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-directories\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-directories" .PD Do not create a hierarchy of directories when retrieving recursively. With this option turned on, all files will get saved to the current directory, without clobbering (if a name shows up more than once, the filenames will get extensions \fB.n\fR). -.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-x\fR 4 .IX Item "-x" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-force\-directories\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-force\-directories\fR 4 .IX Item "--force-directories" .PD The opposite of \fB\-nd\fR\-\-\-create a hierarchy of directories, even if one would not have been created otherwise. E.g. \fBwget \-x http://fly.srk.fer.hr/robots.txt\fR will save the downloaded file to \&\fIfly.srk.fer.hr/robots.txt\fR. -.IP "\fB\-nH\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-nH\fR 4 .IX Item "-nH" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-host\-directories\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-host\-directories\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-host-directories" .PD Disable generation of host-prefixed directories. By default, invoking Wget with \fB\-r http://fly.srk.fer.hr/\fR will create a structure of directories beginning with \fIfly.srk.fer.hr/\fR. This option disables such behavior. -.IP "\fB\-\-protocol\-directories\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-protocol\-directories\fR 4 .IX Item "--protocol-directories" Use the protocol name as a directory component of local file names. For example, with this option, \fBwget \-r http://\fR\fIhost\fR will save to \&\fBhttp/\fR\fIhost\fR\fB/...\fR rather than just to \fIhost\fR\fB/...\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-cut\-dirs=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-cut\-dirs=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--cut-dirs=number" Ignore \fInumber\fR directory components. This is useful for getting a fine-grained control over the directory where recursive retrieval will @@ -1038,7 +1022,7 @@ Take, for example, the directory at \&\fIftp.xemacs.org/pub/xemacs/\fR. While the \fB\-nH\fR option can remove the \fIftp.xemacs.org/\fR part, you are still stuck with \&\fIpub/xemacs\fR. This is where \fB\-\-cut\-dirs\fR comes in handy; it -makes Wget not \*(L"see\*(R" \fInumber\fR remote directory components. Here +makes Wget not "see" \fInumber\fR remote directory components. Here are several examples of how \fB\-\-cut\-dirs\fR option works. .Sp .Vb 4 @@ -1059,39 +1043,39 @@ be placed to \fIxemacs/beta\fR, as one would expect. .IP "\fB\-P\fR \fIprefix\fR" 4 .IX Item "-P prefix" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-directory\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-directory\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR 4 .IX Item "--directory-prefix=prefix" .PD Set directory prefix to \fIprefix\fR. The \fIdirectory prefix\fR is the directory where all other files and subdirectories will be saved to, i.e. the top of the retrieval tree. The default is \fB.\fR (the current directory). -.SS "\s-1HTTP\s0 Options" +.SS "HTTP Options" .IX Subsection "HTTP Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-default\-page=\fR\fIname\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-default\-page=\fR\fIname\fR 4 .IX Item "--default-page=name" Use \fIname\fR as the default file name when it isn't known (i.e., for URLs that end in a slash), instead of \fIindex.html\fR. -.IP "\fB\-E\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-E\fR 4 .IX Item "-E" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-extension\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-adjust\-extension\fR 4 .IX Item "--adjust-extension" .PD If a file of type \fBapplication/xhtml+xml\fR or \fBtext/html\fR is -downloaded and the \s-1URL\s0 does not end with the regexp +downloaded and the URL does not end with the regexp \&\fB\e.[Hh][Tt][Mm][Ll]?\fR, this option will cause the suffix \fB.html\fR to be appended to the local filename. This is useful, for instance, when you're mirroring a remote site that uses \fB.asp\fR pages, but you want the mirrored pages to be viewable on your stock Apache server. Another -good use for this is when you're downloading CGI-generated materials. A \s-1URL\s0 +good use for this is when you're downloading CGI-generated materials. A URL like \fBhttp://site.com/article.cgi?25\fR will be saved as \&\fIarticle.cgi?25.html\fR. .Sp Note that filenames changed in this way will be re-downloaded every time you re-mirror a site, because Wget can't tell that the local -\&\fI\fIX\fI.html\fR file corresponds to remote \s-1URL\s0 \fIX\fR (since -it doesn't yet know that the \s-1URL\s0 produces output of type +\&\fIX.html\fR file corresponds to remote URL \fIX\fR (since +it doesn't yet know that the URL produces output of type \&\fBtext/html\fR or \fBapplication/xhtml+xml\fR. .Sp As of version 1.12, Wget will also ensure that any downloaded files of @@ -1108,35 +1092,35 @@ and \fB.gz\fR respectively. At some point in the future, this option may well be expanded to include suffixes for other types of content, including content types that are not parsed by Wget. -.IP "\fB\-\-http\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-http\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR 4 .IX Item "--http-user=user" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-http\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-http\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR 4 .IX Item "--http-password=password" .PD Specify the username \fIuser\fR and password \fIpassword\fR on an -\&\s-1HTTP\s0 server. According to the type of the challenge, Wget will +HTTP server. According to the type of the challenge, Wget will encode them using either the \f(CW\*(C`basic\*(C'\fR (insecure), the \f(CW\*(C`digest\*(C'\fR, or the Windows \f(CW\*(C`NTLM\*(C'\fR authentication scheme. .Sp -Another way to specify username and password is in the \s-1URL\s0 itself. Either method reveals your password to anyone who +Another way to specify username and password is in the URL itself. Either method reveals your password to anyone who bothers to run \f(CW\*(C`ps\*(C'\fR. To prevent the passwords from being seen, use the \fB\-\-use\-askpass\fR or store them in \fI.wgetrc\fR or \fI.netrc\fR, and make sure to protect those files from other users with \f(CW\*(C`chmod\*(C'\fR. If the passwords are really important, do not leave them lying in those files either\-\-\-edit the files and delete them after Wget has started the download. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-http\-keep\-alive\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-http\-keep\-alive\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-http-keep-alive" -Turn off the \*(L"keep-alive\*(R" feature for \s-1HTTP\s0 downloads. Normally, Wget +Turn off the "keep-alive" feature for HTTP downloads. Normally, Wget asks the server to keep the connection open so that, when you download more than one document from the same server, they get transferred over -the same \s-1TCP\s0 connection. This saves time and at the same time reduces +the same TCP connection. This saves time and at the same time reduces the load on the server. .Sp This option is useful when, for some reason, persistent (keep-alive) connections don't work for you, for example due to a server bug or due to the inability of server-side scripts to cope with the connections. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-cache\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-cache\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-cache" Disable server-side cache. In this case, Wget will send the remote server appropriate directives (\fBCache-Control: no-cache\fR and @@ -1145,7 +1129,7 @@ rather than returning the cached version. This is especially useful for retrieving and flushing out-of-date documents on proxy servers. .Sp Caching is allowed by default. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-cookies\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-cookies\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-cookies" Disable the use of cookies. Cookies are a mechanism for maintaining server-side state. The server sends the client a cookie using the @@ -1156,13 +1140,13 @@ consider them a breach of privacy. The default is to use cookies; however, \fIstoring\fR cookies is not on by default. .IP "\fB\-\-load\-cookies\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "--load-cookies file" -Load cookies from \fIfile\fR before the first \s-1HTTP\s0 retrieval. +Load cookies from \fIfile\fR before the first HTTP retrieval. \&\fIfile\fR is a textual file in the format originally used by Netscape's \&\fIcookies.txt\fR file. .Sp You will typically use this option when mirroring sites that require that you be logged in to access some or all of their content. The login -process typically works by the web server issuing an \s-1HTTP\s0 cookie +process typically works by the web server issuing an HTTP cookie upon receiving and verifying your credentials. The cookie is then resent by the browser when accessing that part of the site, and so proves your identity. @@ -1184,7 +1168,7 @@ The cookies are in \fI~/.netscape/cookies.txt\fR. Mozilla's cookie file is also named \fIcookies.txt\fR, located somewhere under \fI~/.mozilla\fR, in the directory of your profile. The full path usually ends up looking somewhat like -\&\fI~/.mozilla/default/\fIsome-weird-string\fI/cookies.txt\fR. +\&\fI~/.mozilla/default/some-weird-string/cookies.txt\fR. .ie n .IP """Internet Explorer.""" 4 .el .IP "\f(CWInternet Explorer.\fR" 4 .IX Item "Internet Explorer." @@ -1201,10 +1185,10 @@ cookie file in the Netscape format that Wget expects. .RS 4 .Sp If you cannot use \fB\-\-load\-cookies\fR, there might still be an -alternative. If your browser supports a \*(L"cookie manager\*(R", you can use +alternative. If your browser supports a "cookie manager", you can use it to view the cookies used when accessing the site you're mirroring. Write down the name and value of the cookie, and manually instruct Wget -to send those cookies, bypassing the \*(L"official\*(R" cookie support: +to send those cookies, bypassing the "official" cookie support: .Sp .Vb 1 \& wget \-\-no\-cookies \-\-header "Cookie: <name>=<value>" @@ -1213,9 +1197,9 @@ to send those cookies, bypassing the \*(L"official\*(R" cookie support: .IP "\fB\-\-save\-cookies\fR \fIfile\fR" 4 .IX Item "--save-cookies file" Save cookies to \fIfile\fR before exiting. This will not save cookies -that have expired or that have no expiry time (so-called \*(L"session -cookies\*(R"), but also see \fB\-\-keep\-session\-cookies\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-session\-cookies\fR" 4 +that have expired or that have no expiry time (so-called "session +cookies"), but also see \fB\-\-keep\-session\-cookies\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-keep\-session\-cookies\fR 4 .IX Item "--keep-session-cookies" When specified, causes \fB\-\-save\-cookies\fR to also save session cookies. Session cookies are normally not saved because they are @@ -1232,9 +1216,9 @@ confuse other browsers. Also note that cookies so loaded will be treated as other session cookies, which means that if you want \&\fB\-\-save\-cookies\fR to preserve them again, you must use \&\fB\-\-keep\-session\-cookies\fR again. -.IP "\fB\-\-ignore\-length\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ignore\-length\fR 4 .IX Item "--ignore-length" -Unfortunately, some \s-1HTTP\s0 servers (\s-1CGI\s0 programs, to be more +Unfortunately, some HTTP servers (CGI programs, to be more precise) send out bogus \f(CW\*(C`Content\-Length\*(C'\fR headers, which makes Wget go wild, as it thinks not all the document was retrieved. You can spot this syndrome if Wget retries getting the same document again and again, @@ -1243,10 +1227,10 @@ the very same byte. .Sp With this option, Wget will ignore the \f(CW\*(C`Content\-Length\*(C'\fR header\-\-\-as if it never existed. -.IP "\fB\-\-header=\fR\fIheader-line\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-header=\fR\fIheader-line\fR 4 .IX Item "--header=header-line" Send \fIheader-line\fR along with the rest of the headers in each -\&\s-1HTTP\s0 request. The supplied header is sent as-is, which means it +HTTP request. The supplied header is sent as-is, which means it must contain name and value separated by colon, and must not contain newlines. .Sp @@ -1272,7 +1256,7 @@ localhost, but to specify \fBfoo.bar\fR in the \f(CW\*(C`Host\*(C'\fR header: .Sp In versions of Wget prior to 1.10 such use of \fB\-\-header\fR caused sending of duplicate headers. -.IP "\fB\-\-compression=\fR\fItype\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-compression=\fR\fItype\fR 4 .IX Item "--compression=type" Choose the type of compression to be used. Legal values are \&\fBauto\fR, \fBgzip\fR and \fBnone\fR. @@ -1288,16 +1272,16 @@ the file and will not decompress any server responses. This is the default. .Sp Compression support is currently experimental. In case it is turned on, please report any bugs to \f(CW\*(C`bug\-wget@gnu.org\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-max\-redirect=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-max\-redirect=\fR\fInumber\fR 4 .IX Item "--max-redirect=number" Specifies the maximum number of redirections to follow for a resource. The default is 20, which is usually far more than necessary. However, on those occasions where you want to allow more (or fewer), this is the option to use. -.IP "\fB\-\-proxy\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-proxy\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR 4 .IX Item "--proxy-user=user" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-proxy\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-proxy\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR 4 .IX Item "--proxy-password=password" .PD Specify the username \fIuser\fR and password \fIpassword\fR for @@ -1306,27 +1290,27 @@ authentication on a proxy server. Wget will encode them using the .Sp Security considerations similar to those with \fB\-\-http\-password\fR pertain here as well. -.IP "\fB\-\-referer=\fR\fIurl\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-referer=\fR\fIurl\fR 4 .IX Item "--referer=url" -Include `Referer: \fIurl\fR' header in \s-1HTTP\s0 request. Useful for +Include `Referer: \fIurl\fR' header in HTTP request. Useful for retrieving documents with server-side processing that assume they are always being retrieved by interactive web browsers and only come out properly when Referer is set to one of the pages that point to them. -.IP "\fB\-\-save\-headers\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-save\-headers\fR 4 .IX Item "--save-headers" -Save the headers sent by the \s-1HTTP\s0 server to the file, preceding the +Save the headers sent by the HTTP server to the file, preceding the actual contents, with an empty line as the separator. .IP "\fB\-U\fR \fIagent-string\fR" 4 .IX Item "-U agent-string" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-user\-agent=\fR\fIagent-string\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-user\-agent=\fR\fIagent-string\fR 4 .IX Item "--user-agent=agent-string" .PD -Identify as \fIagent-string\fR to the \s-1HTTP\s0 server. +Identify as \fIagent-string\fR to the HTTP server. .Sp -The \s-1HTTP\s0 protocol allows the clients to identify themselves using a +The HTTP protocol allows the clients to identify themselves using a \&\f(CW\*(C`User\-Agent\*(C'\fR header field. This enables distinguishing the -\&\s-1WWW\s0 software, usually for statistical purposes or for tracing of +WWW software, usually for statistical purposes or for tracing of protocol violations. Wget normally identifies as \&\fBWget/\fR\fIversion\fR, \fIversion\fR being the current version number of Wget. @@ -1341,14 +1325,14 @@ Use of this option is discouraged, unless you really know what you are doing. .Sp Specifying empty user agent with \fB\-\-user\-agent=""\fR instructs Wget -not to send the \f(CW\*(C`User\-Agent\*(C'\fR header in \s-1HTTP\s0 requests. -.IP "\fB\-\-post\-data=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4 +not to send the \f(CW\*(C`User\-Agent\*(C'\fR header in HTTP requests. +.IP \fB\-\-post\-data=\fR\fIstring\fR 4 .IX Item "--post-data=string" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-post\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-post\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--post-file=file" .PD -Use \s-1POST\s0 as the method for all \s-1HTTP\s0 requests and send the specified +Use POST as the method for all HTTP requests and send the specified data in the request body. \fB\-\-post\-data\fR sends \fIstring\fR as data, whereas \fB\-\-post\-file\fR sends the contents of \fIfile\fR. Other than that, they work in exactly the same way. In particular, @@ -1359,39 +1343,39 @@ accepts its content from a file. In particular, \fB\-\-post\-file\fR is \&\fInot\fR for transmitting files as form attachments: those must appear as \f(CW\*(C`key=value\*(C'\fR data (with appropriate percent-coding) just like everything else. Wget does not currently support -\&\f(CW\*(C`multipart/form\-data\*(C'\fR for transmitting \s-1POST\s0 data; only +\&\f(CW\*(C`multipart/form\-data\*(C'\fR for transmitting POST data; only \&\f(CW\*(C`application/x\-www\-form\-urlencoded\*(C'\fR. Only one of \&\fB\-\-post\-data\fR and \fB\-\-post\-file\fR should be specified. .Sp Please note that wget does not require the content to be of the form \&\f(CW\*(C`key1=value1&key2=value2\*(C'\fR, and neither does it test for it. Wget will simply transmit whatever data is provided to it. Most servers however expect -the \s-1POST\s0 data to be in the above format when processing \s-1HTML\s0 Forms. +the POST data to be in the above format when processing HTML Forms. .Sp -When sending a \s-1POST\s0 request using the \fB\-\-post\-file\fR option, Wget treats -the file as a binary file and will send every character in the \s-1POST\s0 request +When sending a POST request using the \fB\-\-post\-file\fR option, Wget treats +the file as a binary file and will send every character in the POST request without stripping trailing newline or formfeed characters. Any other control -characters in the text will also be sent as-is in the \s-1POST\s0 request. +characters in the text will also be sent as-is in the POST request. .Sp -Please be aware that Wget needs to know the size of the \s-1POST\s0 data in +Please be aware that Wget needs to know the size of the POST data in advance. Therefore the argument to \f(CW\*(C`\-\-post\-file\*(C'\fR must be a regular -file; specifying a \s-1FIFO\s0 or something like \fI/dev/stdin\fR won't work. +file; specifying a FIFO or something like \fI/dev/stdin\fR won't work. It's not quite clear how to work around this limitation inherent in -\&\s-1HTTP/1.0.\s0 Although \s-1HTTP/1.1\s0 introduces \fIchunked\fR transfer that +HTTP/1.0. Although HTTP/1.1 introduces \fIchunked\fR transfer that doesn't require knowing the request length in advance, a client can't -use chunked unless it knows it's talking to an \s-1HTTP/1.1\s0 server. And it +use chunked unless it knows it's talking to an HTTP/1.1 server. And it can't know that until it receives a response, which in turn requires the -request to have been completed \*(-- a chicken-and-egg problem. +request to have been completed \-\- a chicken-and-egg problem. .Sp -Note: As of version 1.15 if Wget is redirected after the \s-1POST\s0 request is +Note: As of version 1.15 if Wget is redirected after the POST request is completed, its behaviour will depend on the response code returned by the server. In case of a 301 Moved Permanently, 302 Moved Temporarily or -307 Temporary Redirect, Wget will, in accordance with \s-1RFC2616,\s0 continue -to send a \s-1POST\s0 request. +307 Temporary Redirect, Wget will, in accordance with RFC2616, continue +to send a POST request. In case a server wants the client to change the Request method upon redirection, it should send a 303 See Other response code. .Sp -This example shows how to log in to a server using \s-1POST\s0 and then proceed to +This example shows how to log in to a server using POST and then proceed to download the desired pages, presumably only accessible to authorized users: .Sp @@ -1411,16 +1395,16 @@ the above will not work because \fB\-\-save\-cookies\fR will not save them (and neither will browsers) and the \fIcookies.txt\fR file will be empty. In that case use \fB\-\-keep\-session\-cookies\fR along with \&\fB\-\-save\-cookies\fR to force saving of session cookies. -.IP "\fB\-\-method=\fR\fIHTTP-Method\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-method=\fR\fIHTTP-Method\fR 4 .IX Item "--method=HTTP-Method" -For the purpose of RESTful scripting, Wget allows sending of other \s-1HTTP\s0 Methods +For the purpose of RESTful scripting, Wget allows sending of other HTTP Methods without the need to explicitly set them using \fB\-\-header=Header\-Line\fR. -Wget will use whatever string is passed to it after \fB\-\-method\fR as the \s-1HTTP\s0 +Wget will use whatever string is passed to it after \fB\-\-method\fR as the HTTP Method to the server. -.IP "\fB\-\-body\-data=\fR\fIData-String\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-body\-data=\fR\fIData-String\fR 4 .IX Item "--body-data=Data-String" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-body\-file=\fR\fIData-File\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-body\-file=\fR\fIData-File\fR 4 .IX Item "--body-file=Data-File" .PD Must be set when additional data needs to be sent to the server along with the @@ -1433,60 +1417,60 @@ Wget does not currently support \f(CW\*(C`multipart/form\-data\*(C'\fR for trans only \f(CW\*(C`application/x\-www\-form\-urlencoded\*(C'\fR. In the future, this may be changed so that wget sends the \fB\-\-body\-file\fR as a complete file instead of sending its contents to the server. Please be aware that Wget needs to know the contents of -\&\s-1BODY\s0 Data in advance, and hence the argument to \fB\-\-body\-file\fR should be a +BODY Data in advance, and hence the argument to \fB\-\-body\-file\fR should be a regular file. See \fB\-\-post\-file\fR for a more detailed explanation. Only one of \fB\-\-body\-data\fR and \fB\-\-body\-file\fR should be specified. .Sp If Wget is redirected after the request is completed, Wget will -suspend the current method and send a \s-1GET\s0 request till the redirection +suspend the current method and send a GET request till the redirection is completed. This is true for all redirection response codes except 307 Temporary Redirect which is used to explicitly specify that the request method should \fInot\fR change. Another exception is when the method is set to \f(CW\*(C`POST\*(C'\fR, in which case the redirection rules specified under \fB\-\-post\-data\fR are followed. -.IP "\fB\-\-content\-disposition\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-content\-disposition\fR 4 .IX Item "--content-disposition" If this is set to on, experimental (not fully-functional) support for \&\f(CW\*(C`Content\-Disposition\*(C'\fR headers is enabled. This can currently result in extra round-trips to the server for a \f(CW\*(C`HEAD\*(C'\fR request, and is known to suffer from a few bugs, which is why it is not currently enabled by default. .Sp -This option is useful for some file-downloading \s-1CGI\s0 programs that use +This option is useful for some file-downloading CGI programs that use \&\f(CW\*(C`Content\-Disposition\*(C'\fR headers to describe what the name of a downloaded file should be. .Sp When combined with \fB\-\-metalink\-over\-http\fR and \fB\-\-trust\-server\-names\fR, a \fBContent-Type: application/metalink4+xml\fR file is named using the \&\f(CW\*(C`Content\-Disposition\*(C'\fR filename field, if available. -.IP "\fB\-\-content\-on\-error\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-content\-on\-error\fR 4 .IX Item "--content-on-error" If this is set to on, wget will not skip the content when the server responds with a http status code that indicates error. -.IP "\fB\-\-trust\-server\-names\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-trust\-server\-names\fR 4 .IX Item "--trust-server-names" If this is set, on a redirect, the local file name will be based -on the redirection \s-1URL.\s0 By default the local file name is based on -the original \s-1URL.\s0 When doing recursive retrieving this can be helpful +on the redirection URL. By default the local file name is based on +the original URL. When doing recursive retrieving this can be helpful because in many web sites redirected URLs correspond to an underlying file structure, while link URLs do not. -.IP "\fB\-\-auth\-no\-challenge\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-auth\-no\-challenge\fR 4 .IX Item "--auth-no-challenge" -If this option is given, Wget will send Basic \s-1HTTP\s0 authentication +If this option is given, Wget will send Basic HTTP authentication information (plaintext username and password) for all requests, just like Wget 1.10.2 and prior did by default. .Sp Use of this option is not recommended, and is intended only to support -some few obscure servers, which never send \s-1HTTP\s0 authentication +some few obscure servers, which never send HTTP authentication challenges, but accept unsolicited auth info, say, in addition to form-based authentication. -.IP "\fB\-\-retry\-on\-host\-error\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-retry\-on\-host\-error\fR 4 .IX Item "--retry-on-host-error" -Consider host errors, such as \*(L"Temporary failure in name resolution\*(R", +Consider host errors, such as "Temporary failure in name resolution", as non-fatal, transient errors. -.IP "\fB\-\-retry\-on\-http\-error=\fR\fIcode[,code,...]\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-retry\-on\-http\-error=\fR\fIcode[,code,...]\fR 4 .IX Item "--retry-on-http-error=code[,code,...]" -Consider given \s-1HTTP\s0 response codes as non-fatal, transient errors. -Supply a comma-separated list of 3\-digit \s-1HTTP\s0 response codes as +Consider given HTTP response codes as non-fatal, transient errors. +Supply a comma-separated list of 3\-digit HTTP response codes as argument. Useful to work around special circumstances where retries are required, but the server responds with an error code normally not retried by Wget. Such errors might be 503 (Service Unavailable) and @@ -1498,60 +1482,60 @@ Using this option is intended to support special use cases only and is generally not recommended, as it can force retries even in cases where the server is actually trying to decrease its load. Please use wisely and only if you know what you are doing. -.SS "\s-1HTTPS\s0 (\s-1SSL/TLS\s0) Options" +.SS "HTTPS (SSL/TLS) Options" .IX Subsection "HTTPS (SSL/TLS) Options" -To support encrypted \s-1HTTP\s0 (\s-1HTTPS\s0) downloads, Wget must be compiled -with an external \s-1SSL\s0 library. The current default is GnuTLS. -In addition, Wget also supports \s-1HSTS\s0 (\s-1HTTP\s0 Strict Transport Security). -If Wget is compiled without \s-1SSL\s0 support, none of these options are available. -.IP "\fB\-\-secure\-protocol=\fR\fIprotocol\fR" 4 +To support encrypted HTTP (HTTPS) downloads, Wget must be compiled +with an external SSL library. The current default is GnuTLS. +In addition, Wget also supports HSTS (HTTP Strict Transport Security). +If Wget is compiled without SSL support, none of these options are available. +.IP \fB\-\-secure\-protocol=\fR\fIprotocol\fR 4 .IX Item "--secure-protocol=protocol" Choose the secure protocol to be used. Legal values are \fBauto\fR, \&\fBSSLv2\fR, \fBSSLv3\fR, \fBTLSv1\fR, \fBTLSv1_1\fR, \fBTLSv1_2\fR, -\&\fBTLSv1_3\fR and \fB\s-1PFS\s0\fR. If \fBauto\fR is used, the \s-1SSL\s0 library is +\&\fBTLSv1_3\fR and \fBPFS\fR. If \fBauto\fR is used, the SSL library is given the liberty of choosing the appropriate protocol automatically, which is achieved by sending a TLSv1 greeting. This is the default. .Sp Specifying \fBSSLv2\fR, \fBSSLv3\fR, \fBTLSv1\fR, \fBTLSv1_1\fR, \&\fBTLSv1_2\fR or \fBTLSv1_3\fR forces the use of the corresponding -protocol. This is useful when talking to old and buggy \s-1SSL\s0 server -implementations that make it hard for the underlying \s-1SSL\s0 library to choose +protocol. This is useful when talking to old and buggy SSL server +implementations that make it hard for the underlying SSL library to choose the correct protocol version. Fortunately, such servers are quite rare. .Sp -Specifying \fB\s-1PFS\s0\fR enforces the use of the so-called Perfect Forward -Security cipher suites. In short, \s-1PFS\s0 adds security by creating a one-time -key for each \s-1SSL\s0 connection. It has a bit more \s-1CPU\s0 impact on client and server. -We use known to be secure ciphers (e.g. no \s-1MD4\s0) and the \s-1TLS\s0 protocol. This mode -also explicitly excludes non-PFS key exchange methods, such as \s-1RSA.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-\-https\-only\fR" 4 +Specifying \fBPFS\fR enforces the use of the so-called Perfect Forward +Security cipher suites. In short, PFS adds security by creating a one-time +key for each SSL connection. It has a bit more CPU impact on client and server. +We use known to be secure ciphers (e.g. no MD4) and the TLS protocol. This mode +also explicitly excludes non-PFS key exchange methods, such as RSA. +.IP \fB\-\-https\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--https-only" -When in recursive mode, only \s-1HTTPS\s0 links are followed. -.IP "\fB\-\-ciphers\fR" 4 +When in recursive mode, only HTTPS links are followed. +.IP \fB\-\-ciphers\fR 4 .IX Item "--ciphers" Set the cipher list string. Typically this string sets the -cipher suites and other \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 options that the user wish should be used, in a +cipher suites and other SSL/TLS options that the user wish should be used, in a set order of preference (GnuTLS calls it 'priority string'). This string -will be fed verbatim to the \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 engine (OpenSSL or GnuTLS) and hence +will be fed verbatim to the SSL/TLS engine (OpenSSL or GnuTLS) and hence its format and syntax is dependent on that. Wget will not process or manipulate it in any way. Refer to the OpenSSL or GnuTLS documentation for more information. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-check\-certificate\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-check\-certificate\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-check-certificate" Don't check the server certificate against the available certificate -authorities. Also don't require the \s-1URL\s0 host name to match the common +authorities. Also don't require the URL host name to match the common name presented by the certificate. .Sp As of Wget 1.10, the default is to verify the server's certificate -against the recognized certificate authorities, breaking the \s-1SSL\s0 +against the recognized certificate authorities, breaking the SSL handshake and aborting the download if the verification fails. Although this provides more secure downloads, it does break interoperability with some sites that worked with previous Wget versions, particularly those using self-signed, expired, or otherwise -invalid certificates. This option forces an \*(L"insecure\*(R" mode of +invalid certificates. This option forces an "insecure" mode of operation that turns the certificate verification errors into warnings and allows you to proceed. .Sp -If you encounter \*(L"certificate verification\*(R" errors or ones saying -that \*(L"common name doesn't match requested host name\*(R", you can use +If you encounter "certificate verification" errors or ones saying +that "common name doesn't match requested host name", you can use this option to bypass the verification and proceed with the download. \&\fIOnly use this option if you are otherwise convinced of the site's authenticity, or if you really don't care about the validity of @@ -1563,207 +1547,207 @@ If you are really sure of not desiring any certificate verification, you can specify \-\-check\-certificate=quiet to tell wget to not print any warning about invalid certificates, albeit in most cases this is the wrong thing to do. -.IP "\fB\-\-certificate=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-certificate=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--certificate=file" Use the client certificate stored in \fIfile\fR. This is needed for servers that are configured to require certificates from the clients that connect to them. Normally a certificate is not required and this switch is optional. -.IP "\fB\-\-certificate\-type=\fR\fItype\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-certificate\-type=\fR\fItype\fR 4 .IX Item "--certificate-type=type" Specify the type of the client certificate. Legal values are -\&\fB\s-1PEM\s0\fR (assumed by default) and \fB\s-1DER\s0\fR, also known as -\&\fB\s-1ASN1\s0\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-private\-key=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +\&\fBPEM\fR (assumed by default) and \fBDER\fR, also known as +\&\fBASN1\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-private\-key=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--private-key=file" Read the private key from \fIfile\fR. This allows you to provide the private key in a file separate from the certificate. -.IP "\fB\-\-private\-key\-type=\fR\fItype\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-private\-key\-type=\fR\fItype\fR 4 .IX Item "--private-key-type=type" -Specify the type of the private key. Accepted values are \fB\s-1PEM\s0\fR -(the default) and \fB\s-1DER\s0\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-ca\-certificate=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +Specify the type of the private key. Accepted values are \fBPEM\fR +(the default) and \fBDER\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-ca\-certificate=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--ca-certificate=file" Use \fIfile\fR as the file with the bundle of certificate authorities -(\*(L"\s-1CA\*(R"\s0) to verify the peers. The certificates must be in \s-1PEM\s0 format. +("CA") to verify the peers. The certificates must be in PEM format. .Sp -Without this option Wget looks for \s-1CA\s0 certificates at the +Without this option Wget looks for CA certificates at the system-specified locations, chosen at OpenSSL installation time. -.IP "\fB\-\-ca\-directory=\fR\fIdirectory\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ca\-directory=\fR\fIdirectory\fR 4 .IX Item "--ca-directory=directory" -Specifies directory containing \s-1CA\s0 certificates in \s-1PEM\s0 format. Each -file contains one \s-1CA\s0 certificate, and the file name is based on a hash +Specifies directory containing CA certificates in PEM format. Each +file contains one CA certificate, and the file name is based on a hash value derived from the certificate. This is achieved by processing a certificate directory with the \f(CW\*(C`c_rehash\*(C'\fR utility supplied with OpenSSL. Using \fB\-\-ca\-directory\fR is more efficient than \&\fB\-\-ca\-certificate\fR when many certificates are installed because it allows Wget to fetch certificates on demand. .Sp -Without this option Wget looks for \s-1CA\s0 certificates at the +Without this option Wget looks for CA certificates at the system-specified locations, chosen at OpenSSL installation time. -.IP "\fB\-\-crl\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-crl\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--crl-file=file" -Specifies a \s-1CRL\s0 file in \fIfile\fR. This is needed for certificates +Specifies a CRL file in \fIfile\fR. This is needed for certificates that have been revocated by the CAs. -.IP "\fB\-\-pinnedpubkey=file/hashes\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-pinnedpubkey=file/hashes\fR 4 .IX Item "--pinnedpubkey=file/hashes" Tells wget to use the specified public key file (or hashes) to verify the peer. -This can be a path to a file which contains a single public key in \s-1PEM\s0 or \s-1DER\s0 -format, or any number of base64 encoded sha256 hashes preceded by \*(L"sha256//\*(R" -and separated by \*(L";\*(R" +This can be a path to a file which contains a single public key in PEM or DER +format, or any number of base64 encoded sha256 hashes preceded by "sha256//" +and separated by ";" .Sp -When negotiating a \s-1TLS\s0 or \s-1SSL\s0 connection, the server sends a certificate +When negotiating a TLS or SSL connection, the server sends a certificate indicating its identity. A public key is extracted from this certificate and if it does not exactly match the public key(s) provided to this option, wget will abort the connection before sending or receiving any data. -.IP "\fB\-\-random\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-random\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--random-file=file" [OpenSSL and LibreSSL only] Use \fIfile\fR as the source of random data for seeding the pseudo-random number generator on systems without \fI/dev/urandom\fR. .Sp -On such systems the \s-1SSL\s0 library needs an external source of randomness -to initialize. Randomness may be provided by \s-1EGD\s0 (see +On such systems the SSL library needs an external source of randomness +to initialize. Randomness may be provided by EGD (see \&\fB\-\-egd\-file\fR below) or read from an external source specified by the user. If this option is not specified, Wget looks for random data -in \f(CW$RANDFILE\fR or, if that is unset, in \fI\f(CI$HOME\fI/.rnd\fR. +in \f(CW$RANDFILE\fR or, if that is unset, in \fR\f(CI$HOME\fR\fI/.rnd\fR. .Sp -If you're getting the \*(L"Could not seed OpenSSL \s-1PRNG\s0; disabling \s-1SSL.\*(R"\s0 +If you're getting the "Could not seed OpenSSL PRNG; disabling SSL." error, you should provide random data using some of the methods described above. -.IP "\fB\-\-egd\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-egd\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--egd-file=file" [OpenSSL only] -Use \fIfile\fR as the \s-1EGD\s0 socket. \s-1EGD\s0 stands for \fIEntropy +Use \fIfile\fR as the EGD socket. EGD stands for \fIEntropy Gathering Daemon\fR, a user-space program that collects data from various unpredictable system sources and makes it available to other -programs that might need it. Encryption software, such as the \s-1SSL\s0 +programs that might need it. Encryption software, such as the SSL library, needs sources of non-repeating randomness to seed the random number generator used to produce cryptographically strong keys. .Sp OpenSSL allows the user to specify his own source of entropy using the \&\f(CW\*(C`RAND_FILE\*(C'\fR environment variable. If this variable is unset, or if the specified file does not produce enough randomness, OpenSSL will -read random data from \s-1EGD\s0 socket specified using this option. +read random data from EGD socket specified using this option. .Sp If this option is not specified (and the equivalent startup command is -not used), \s-1EGD\s0 is never contacted. \s-1EGD\s0 is not needed on modern Unix +not used), EGD is never contacted. EGD is not needed on modern Unix systems that support \fI/dev/urandom\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-hsts\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-hsts\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-hsts" -Wget supports \s-1HSTS\s0 (\s-1HTTP\s0 Strict Transport Security, \s-1RFC 6797\s0) by default. -Use \fB\-\-no\-hsts\fR to make Wget act as a non-HSTS-compliant \s-1UA.\s0 As a +Wget supports HSTS (HTTP Strict Transport Security, RFC 6797) by default. +Use \fB\-\-no\-hsts\fR to make Wget act as a non-HSTS-compliant UA. As a consequence, Wget would ignore all the \f(CW\*(C`Strict\-Transport\-Security\*(C'\fR -headers, and would not enforce any existing \s-1HSTS\s0 policy. -.IP "\fB\-\-hsts\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +headers, and would not enforce any existing HSTS policy. +.IP \fB\-\-hsts\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--hsts-file=file" -By default, Wget stores its \s-1HSTS\s0 database in \fI~/.wget\-hsts\fR. +By default, Wget stores its HSTS database in \fI~/.wget\-hsts\fR. You can use \fB\-\-hsts\-file\fR to override this. Wget will use -the supplied file as the \s-1HSTS\s0 database. Such file must conform to the -correct \s-1HSTS\s0 database format used by Wget. If Wget cannot parse the provided +the supplied file as the HSTS database. Such file must conform to the +correct HSTS database format used by Wget. If Wget cannot parse the provided file, the behaviour is unspecified. .Sp -The Wget's \s-1HSTS\s0 database is a plain text file. Each line contains an \s-1HSTS\s0 entry +The Wget's HSTS database is a plain text file. Each line contains an HSTS entry (ie. a site that has issued a \f(CW\*(C`Strict\-Transport\-Security\*(C'\fR header and that -therefore has specified a concrete \s-1HSTS\s0 policy to be applied). Lines starting with +therefore has specified a concrete HSTS policy to be applied). Lines starting with a dash (\f(CW\*(C`#\*(C'\fR) are ignored by Wget. Please note that in spite of this convenient -human-readability hand-hacking the \s-1HSTS\s0 database is generally not a good idea. +human-readability hand-hacking the HSTS database is generally not a good idea. .Sp -An \s-1HSTS\s0 entry line consists of several fields separated by one or more whitespace: +An HSTS entry line consists of several fields separated by one or more whitespace: .Sp \&\f(CW\*(C`<hostname> SP [<port>] SP <include subdomains> SP <created> SP <max\-age>\*(C'\fR .Sp The \fIhostname\fR and \fIport\fR fields indicate the hostname and port to which -the given \s-1HSTS\s0 policy applies. The \fIport\fR field may be zero, and it will, in +the given HSTS policy applies. The \fIport\fR field may be zero, and it will, in most of the cases. That means that the port number will not be taken into account -when deciding whether such \s-1HSTS\s0 policy should be applied on a given request (only +when deciding whether such HSTS policy should be applied on a given request (only the hostname will be evaluated). When \fIport\fR is different to zero, both the -target hostname and the port will be evaluated and the \s-1HSTS\s0 policy will only be applied +target hostname and the port will be evaluated and the HSTS policy will only be applied if both of them match. This feature has been included for testing/development purposes only. -The Wget testsuite (in \fItestenv/\fR) creates \s-1HSTS\s0 databases with explicit ports -with the purpose of ensuring Wget's correct behaviour. Applying \s-1HSTS\s0 policies to ports -other than the default ones is discouraged by \s-1RFC 6797\s0 (see Appendix B \*(L"Differences -between \s-1HSTS\s0 Policy and Same-Origin Policy\*(R"). Thus, this functionality should not be used +The Wget testsuite (in \fItestenv/\fR) creates HSTS databases with explicit ports +with the purpose of ensuring Wget's correct behaviour. Applying HSTS policies to ports +other than the default ones is discouraged by RFC 6797 (see Appendix B "Differences +between HSTS Policy and Same-Origin Policy"). Thus, this functionality should not be used in production environments and \fIport\fR will typically be zero. The last three fields do what they are expected to. The field \fIinclude_subdomains\fR can either be \f(CW1\fR or \f(CW0\fR and it signals whether the subdomains of the target domain should be -part of the given \s-1HSTS\s0 policy as well. The \fIcreated\fR and \fImax-age\fR fields +part of the given HSTS policy as well. The \fIcreated\fR and \fImax-age\fR fields hold the timestamp values of when such entry was created (first seen by Wget) and the -HSTS-defined value 'max\-age', which states how long should that \s-1HSTS\s0 policy remain active, +HSTS-defined value 'max\-age', which states how long should that HSTS policy remain active, measured in seconds elapsed since the timestamp stored in \fIcreated\fR. Once that time -has passed, that \s-1HSTS\s0 policy will no longer be valid and will eventually be removed +has passed, that HSTS policy will no longer be valid and will eventually be removed from the database. .Sp -If you supply your own \s-1HSTS\s0 database via \fB\-\-hsts\-file\fR, be aware that Wget -may modify the provided file if any change occurs between the \s-1HSTS\s0 policies +If you supply your own HSTS database via \fB\-\-hsts\-file\fR, be aware that Wget +may modify the provided file if any change occurs between the HSTS policies requested by the remote servers and those in the file. When Wget exits, -it effectively updates the \s-1HSTS\s0 database by rewriting the database file with the new entries. +it effectively updates the HSTS database by rewriting the database file with the new entries. .Sp -If the supplied file does not exist, Wget will create one. This file will contain the new \s-1HSTS\s0 -entries. If no \s-1HSTS\s0 entries were generated (no \f(CW\*(C`Strict\-Transport\-Security\*(C'\fR headers +If the supplied file does not exist, Wget will create one. This file will contain the new HSTS +entries. If no HSTS entries were generated (no \f(CW\*(C`Strict\-Transport\-Security\*(C'\fR headers were sent by any of the servers) then no file will be created, not even an empty one. This behaviour applies to the default database file (\fI~/.wget\-hsts\fR) as well: it will not be -created until some server enforces an \s-1HSTS\s0 policy. +created until some server enforces an HSTS policy. .Sp Care is taken not to override possible changes made by other Wget processes at -the same time over the \s-1HSTS\s0 database. Before dumping the updated \s-1HSTS\s0 entries +the same time over the HSTS database. Before dumping the updated HSTS entries on the file, Wget will re-read it and merge the changes. .Sp -Using a custom \s-1HSTS\s0 database and/or modifying an existing one is discouraged. +Using a custom HSTS database and/or modifying an existing one is discouraged. For more information about the potential security threats arose from such practice, -see section 14 \*(L"Security Considerations\*(R" of \s-1RFC 6797,\s0 specially section 14.9 -\&\*(L"Creative Manipulation of \s-1HSTS\s0 Policy Store\*(R". -.IP "\fB\-\-warc\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +see section 14 "Security Considerations" of RFC 6797, specially section 14.9 +"Creative Manipulation of HSTS Policy Store". +.IP \fB\-\-warc\-file=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--warc-file=file" -Use \fIfile\fR as the destination \s-1WARC\s0 file. -.IP "\fB\-\-warc\-header=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4 +Use \fIfile\fR as the destination WARC file. +.IP \fB\-\-warc\-header=\fR\fIstring\fR 4 .IX Item "--warc-header=string" Use \fIstring\fR into as the warcinfo record. -.IP "\fB\-\-warc\-max\-size=\fR\fIsize\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-warc\-max\-size=\fR\fIsize\fR 4 .IX Item "--warc-max-size=size" -Set the maximum size of the \s-1WARC\s0 files to \fIsize\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-warc\-cdx\fR" 4 +Set the maximum size of the WARC files to \fIsize\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-warc\-cdx\fR 4 .IX Item "--warc-cdx" -Write \s-1CDX\s0 index files. -.IP "\fB\-\-warc\-dedup=\fR\fIfile\fR" 4 +Write CDX index files. +.IP \fB\-\-warc\-dedup=\fR\fIfile\fR 4 .IX Item "--warc-dedup=file" -Do not store records listed in this \s-1CDX\s0 file. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warc\-compression\fR" 4 +Do not store records listed in this CDX file. +.IP \fB\-\-no\-warc\-compression\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-warc-compression" -Do not compress \s-1WARC\s0 files with \s-1GZIP.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warc\-digests\fR" 4 +Do not compress WARC files with GZIP. +.IP \fB\-\-no\-warc\-digests\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-warc-digests" -Do not calculate \s-1SHA1\s0 digests. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-warc\-keep\-log\fR" 4 +Do not calculate SHA1 digests. +.IP \fB\-\-no\-warc\-keep\-log\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-warc-keep-log" -Do not store the log file in a \s-1WARC\s0 record. -.IP "\fB\-\-warc\-tempdir=\fR\fIdir\fR" 4 +Do not store the log file in a WARC record. +.IP \fB\-\-warc\-tempdir=\fR\fIdir\fR 4 .IX Item "--warc-tempdir=dir" -Specify the location for temporary files created by the \s-1WARC\s0 writer. -.SS "\s-1FTP\s0 Options" +Specify the location for temporary files created by the WARC writer. +.SS "FTP Options" .IX Subsection "FTP Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-ftp\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ftp\-user=\fR\fIuser\fR 4 .IX Item "--ftp-user=user" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-ftp\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ftp\-password=\fR\fIpassword\fR 4 .IX Item "--ftp-password=password" .PD Specify the username \fIuser\fR and password \fIpassword\fR on an -\&\s-1FTP\s0 server. Without this, or the corresponding startup option, +FTP server. Without this, or the corresponding startup option, the password defaults to \fB\-wget@\fR, normally used for anonymous -\&\s-1FTP.\s0 +FTP. .Sp -Another way to specify username and password is in the \s-1URL\s0 itself. Either method reveals your password to anyone who +Another way to specify username and password is in the URL itself. Either method reveals your password to anyone who bothers to run \f(CW\*(C`ps\*(C'\fR. To prevent the passwords from being seen, store them in \fI.wgetrc\fR or \fI.netrc\fR, and make sure to protect those files from other users with \f(CW\*(C`chmod\*(C'\fR. If the passwords are really important, do not leave them lying in those files either\-\-\-edit the files and delete them after Wget has started the download. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-remove\-listing\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-remove\-listing\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-remove-listing" -Don't remove the temporary \fI.listing\fR files generated by \s-1FTP\s0 +Don't remove the temporary \fI.listing\fR files generated by FTP retrievals. Normally, these files contain the raw directory listings -received from \s-1FTP\s0 servers. Not removing them can be useful for +received from FTP servers. Not removing them can be useful for debugging purposes, or when you want to be able to easily check on the contents of remote server directories (e.g. to verify that a mirror you're running is complete). @@ -1776,16 +1760,16 @@ the options used, either Wget will refuse to write to \fI.listing\fR, making the globbing/recursion/time\-stamping operation fail, or the symbolic link will be deleted and replaced with the actual \&\fI.listing\fR file, or the listing will be written to a -\&\fI.listing.\fInumber\fI\fR file. +\&\fI.listing.number\fR file. .Sp Even though this situation isn't a problem, though, \f(CW\*(C`root\*(C'\fR should never run Wget in a non-trusted user's directory. A user could do something as simple as linking \fIindex.html\fR to \fI/etc/passwd\fR and asking \f(CW\*(C`root\*(C'\fR to run Wget with \fB\-N\fR or \fB\-r\fR so the file will be overwritten. -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-glob\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-glob\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-glob" -Turn off \s-1FTP\s0 globbing. Globbing refers to the use of shell-like +Turn off FTP globbing. Globbing refers to the use of shell-like special characters (\fIwildcards\fR), like \fB*\fR, \fB?\fR, \fB[\fR and \fB]\fR to retrieve more than one file from the same directory at once, like: @@ -1794,32 +1778,32 @@ once, like: \& wget ftp://gnjilux.srk.fer.hr/*.msg .Ve .Sp -By default, globbing will be turned on if the \s-1URL\s0 contains a +By default, globbing will be turned on if the URL contains a globbing character. This option may be used to turn globbing on or off permanently. .Sp -You may have to quote the \s-1URL\s0 to protect it from being expanded by +You may have to quote the URL to protect it from being expanded by your shell. Globbing makes Wget look for a directory listing, which is -system-specific. This is why it currently works only with Unix \s-1FTP\s0 +system-specific. This is why it currently works only with Unix FTP servers (and the ones emulating Unix \f(CW\*(C`ls\*(C'\fR output). -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-passive\-ftp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-passive\-ftp\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-passive-ftp" -Disable the use of the \fIpassive\fR \s-1FTP\s0 transfer mode. Passive \s-1FTP\s0 +Disable the use of the \fIpassive\fR FTP transfer mode. Passive FTP mandates that the client connect to the server to establish the data connection rather than the other way around. .Sp If the machine is connected to the Internet directly, both passive and -active \s-1FTP\s0 should work equally well. Behind most firewall and \s-1NAT\s0 -configurations passive \s-1FTP\s0 has a better chance of working. However, -in some rare firewall configurations, active \s-1FTP\s0 actually works when -passive \s-1FTP\s0 doesn't. If you suspect this to be the case, use this +active FTP should work equally well. Behind most firewall and NAT +configurations passive FTP has a better chance of working. However, +in some rare firewall configurations, active FTP actually works when +passive FTP doesn't. If you suspect this to be the case, use this option, or set \f(CW\*(C`passive_ftp=off\*(C'\fR in your init file. -.IP "\fB\-\-preserve\-permissions\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-preserve\-permissions\fR 4 .IX Item "--preserve-permissions" Preserve remote file permissions instead of permissions set by umask. -.IP "\fB\-\-retr\-symlinks\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-retr\-symlinks\fR 4 .IX Item "--retr-symlinks" -By default, when retrieving \s-1FTP\s0 directories recursively and a symbolic link +By default, when retrieving FTP directories recursively and a symbolic link is encountered, the symbolic link is traversed and the pointed-to files are retrieved. Currently, Wget does not traverse symbolic links to directories to download them recursively, though this feature may be added in the future. @@ -1828,7 +1812,7 @@ When \fB\-\-retr\-symlinks=no\fR is specified, the linked-to file is not downloaded. Instead, a matching symbolic link is created on the local file system. The pointed-to file will not be retrieved unless this recursive retrieval would have encountered it separately and downloaded it anyway. This -option poses a security risk where a malicious \s-1FTP\s0 Server may cause Wget to +option poses a security risk where a malicious FTP Server may cause Wget to write to files outside of the intended directories through a specially crafted \&.LISTING file. .Sp @@ -1836,60 +1820,60 @@ Note that when retrieving a file (not a directory) because it was specified on the command-line, rather than because it was recursed to, this option has no effect. Symbolic links are always traversed in this case. -.SS "\s-1FTPS\s0 Options" +.SS "FTPS Options" .IX Subsection "FTPS Options" -.IP "\fB\-\-ftps\-implicit\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ftps\-implicit\fR 4 .IX Item "--ftps-implicit" -This option tells Wget to use \s-1FTPS\s0 implicitly. Implicit \s-1FTPS\s0 consists of initializing -\&\s-1SSL/TLS\s0 from the very beginning of the control connection. This option does not send -an \f(CW\*(C`AUTH TLS\*(C'\fR command: it assumes the server speaks \s-1FTPS\s0 and directly starts an -\&\s-1SSL/TLS\s0 connection. If the attempt is successful, the session continues just like -regular \s-1FTPS\s0 (\f(CW\*(C`PBSZ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`PROT\*(C'\fR are sent, etc.). -Implicit \s-1FTPS\s0 is no longer a requirement for \s-1FTPS\s0 implementations, and thus +This option tells Wget to use FTPS implicitly. Implicit FTPS consists of initializing +SSL/TLS from the very beginning of the control connection. This option does not send +an \f(CW\*(C`AUTH TLS\*(C'\fR command: it assumes the server speaks FTPS and directly starts an +SSL/TLS connection. If the attempt is successful, the session continues just like +regular FTPS (\f(CW\*(C`PBSZ\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`PROT\*(C'\fR are sent, etc.). +Implicit FTPS is no longer a requirement for FTPS implementations, and thus many servers may not support it. If \fB\-\-ftps\-implicit\fR is passed and no explicit -port number specified, the default port for implicit \s-1FTPS, 990,\s0 will be used, instead -of the default port for the \*(L"normal\*(R" (explicit) \s-1FTPS\s0 which is the same as that of \s-1FTP, -21.\s0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-ftps\-resume\-ssl\fR" 4 +port number specified, the default port for implicit FTPS, 990, will be used, instead +of the default port for the "normal" (explicit) FTPS which is the same as that of FTP, +21. +.IP \fB\-\-no\-ftps\-resume\-ssl\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-ftps-resume-ssl" -Do not resume the \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 session in the data channel. When starting a data connection, -Wget tries to resume the \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 session previously started in the control connection. -\&\s-1SSL/TLS\s0 session resumption avoids performing an entirely new handshake by reusing -the \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 parameters of a previous session. Typically, the \s-1FTPS\s0 servers want it that way, +Do not resume the SSL/TLS session in the data channel. When starting a data connection, +Wget tries to resume the SSL/TLS session previously started in the control connection. +SSL/TLS session resumption avoids performing an entirely new handshake by reusing +the SSL/TLS parameters of a previous session. Typically, the FTPS servers want it that way, so Wget does this by default. Under rare circumstances however, one might want to -start an entirely new \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 session in every data connection. +start an entirely new SSL/TLS session in every data connection. This is what \fB\-\-no\-ftps\-resume\-ssl\fR is for. -.IP "\fB\-\-ftps\-clear\-data\-connection\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ftps\-clear\-data\-connection\fR 4 .IX Item "--ftps-clear-data-connection" All the data connections will be in plain text. Only the control connection will be -under \s-1SSL/TLS.\s0 Wget will send a \f(CW\*(C`PROT C\*(C'\fR command to achieve this, which must be +under SSL/TLS. Wget will send a \f(CW\*(C`PROT C\*(C'\fR command to achieve this, which must be approved by the server. -.IP "\fB\-\-ftps\-fallback\-to\-ftp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ftps\-fallback\-to\-ftp\fR 4 .IX Item "--ftps-fallback-to-ftp" -Fall back to \s-1FTP\s0 if \s-1FTPS\s0 is not supported by the target server. For security reasons, +Fall back to FTP if FTPS is not supported by the target server. For security reasons, this option is not asserted by default. The default behaviour is to exit with an error. If a server does not successfully reply to the initial \f(CW\*(C`AUTH TLS\*(C'\fR command, or in the -case of implicit \s-1FTPS,\s0 if the initial \s-1SSL/TLS\s0 connection attempt is rejected, it is -considered that such server does not support \s-1FTPS.\s0 +case of implicit FTPS, if the initial SSL/TLS connection attempt is rejected, it is +considered that such server does not support FTPS. .SS "Recursive Retrieval Options" .IX Subsection "Recursive Retrieval Options" -.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-r\fR 4 .IX Item "-r" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-recursive\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-recursive\fR 4 .IX Item "--recursive" .PD Turn on recursive retrieving. The default maximum depth is 5. .IP "\fB\-l\fR \fIdepth\fR" 4 .IX Item "-l depth" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-level=\fR\fIdepth\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-level=\fR\fIdepth\fR 4 .IX Item "--level=depth" .PD Set the maximum number of subdirectories that Wget will recurse into to \fIdepth\fR. In order to prevent one from accidentally downloading very large websites when using recursion this is limited to a depth of 5 by default, i.e., it will traverse at most 5 directories deep -starting from the provided \s-1URL.\s0 +starting from the provided URL. Set \fB\-l 0\fR or \fB\-l inf\fR for infinite recursion depth. .Sp .Vb 1 @@ -1898,10 +1882,10 @@ Set \fB\-l 0\fR or \fB\-l inf\fR for infinite recursion depth. .Sp Ideally, one would expect this to download just \fI1.html\fR. but unfortunately this is not the case, because \fB\-l 0\fR is equivalent to -\&\fB\-l inf\fR\-\-\-that is, infinite recursion. To download a single \s-1HTML\s0 +\&\fB\-l inf\fR\-\-\-that is, infinite recursion. To download a single HTML page (or a handful of them), specify them all on the command line and leave away \fB\-r\fR -and \fB\-l\fR. To download the essential items to view a single \s-1HTML\s0 page, see \fBpage requisites\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-delete\-after\fR" 4 +and \fB\-l\fR. To download the essential items to view a single HTML page, see \fBpage requisites\fR. +.IP \fB\-\-delete\-after\fR 4 .IX Item "--delete-after" This option tells Wget to delete every single file it downloads, \&\fIafter\fR having done so. It is useful for pre-fetching popular @@ -1915,14 +1899,14 @@ The \fB\-r\fR option is to retrieve recursively, and \fB\-nd\fR to not create directories. .Sp Note that \fB\-\-delete\-after\fR deletes files on the local machine. It -does not issue the \fB\s-1DELE\s0\fR command to remote \s-1FTP\s0 sites, for +does not issue the \fBDELE\fR command to remote FTP sites, for instance. Also note that when \fB\-\-delete\-after\fR is specified, \&\fB\-\-convert\-links\fR is ignored, so \fB.orig\fR files are simply not created in the first place. -.IP "\fB\-k\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-k\fR 4 .IX Item "-k" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-convert\-links\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-convert\-links\fR 4 .IX Item "--convert-links" .PD After the download is complete, convert the links in the document to @@ -1933,7 +1917,7 @@ content, etc. .Sp Each link will be changed in one of the two ways: .RS 4 -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 The links to files that have been downloaded by Wget will be changed to refer to the file they point to as a relative link. .Sp @@ -1941,14 +1925,14 @@ Example: if the downloaded file \fI/foo/doc.html\fR links to \&\fI/bar/img.gif\fR, also downloaded, then the link in \fIdoc.html\fR will be modified to point to \fB../bar/img.gif\fR. This kind of transformation works reliably for arbitrary combinations of directories. -.IP "\(bu" 4 +.IP \(bu 4 The links to files that have not been downloaded by Wget will be changed to include host name and absolute path of the location they point to. .Sp Example: if the downloaded file \fI/foo/doc.html\fR links to \&\fI/bar/img.gif\fR (or to \fI../bar/img.gif\fR), then the link in \&\fIdoc.html\fR will be modified to point to -\&\fIhttp://\fIhostname\fI/bar/img.gif\fR. +\&\fIhttp://hostname/bar/img.gif\fR. .RE .RS 4 .Sp @@ -1963,11 +1947,11 @@ Note that only at the end of the download can Wget know which links have been downloaded. Because of that, the work done by \fB\-k\fR will be performed at the end of all the downloads. .RE -.IP "\fB\-\-convert\-file\-only\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-convert\-file\-only\fR 4 .IX Item "--convert-file-only" This option converts only the filename part of the URLs, leaving the rest of the URLs untouched. This filename part is sometimes referred to as the -\&\*(L"basename\*(R", although we avoid that term here in order not to cause confusion. +"basename", although we avoid that term here in order not to cause confusion. .Sp It works particularly well in conjunction with \fB\-\-adjust\-extension\fR, although this coupling is not enforced. It proves useful to populate Internet caches @@ -1977,42 +1961,42 @@ Example: if some link points to \fI//foo.com/bar.cgi?xyz\fR with \&\fB\-\-adjust\-extension\fR asserted and its local destination is intended to be \&\fI./foo.com/bar.cgi?xyz.css\fR, then the link would be converted to \&\fI//foo.com/bar.cgi?xyz.css\fR. Note that only the filename part has been -modified. The rest of the \s-1URL\s0 has been left untouched, including the net path +modified. The rest of the URL has been left untouched, including the net path (\f(CW\*(C`//\*(C'\fR) which would otherwise be processed by Wget and converted to the effective scheme (ie. \f(CW\*(C`http://\*(C'\fR). -.IP "\fB\-K\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-K\fR 4 .IX Item "-K" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-backup\-converted\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-backup\-converted\fR 4 .IX Item "--backup-converted" .PD When converting a file, back up the original version with a \fB.orig\fR suffix. Affects the behavior of \fB\-N\fR. -.IP "\fB\-m\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-m\fR 4 .IX Item "-m" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-mirror\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-mirror\fR 4 .IX Item "--mirror" .PD Turn on options suitable for mirroring. This option turns on recursion -and time-stamping, sets infinite recursion depth and keeps \s-1FTP\s0 +and time-stamping, sets infinite recursion depth and keeps FTP directory listings. It is currently equivalent to \&\fB\-r \-N \-l inf \-\-no\-remove\-listing\fR. -.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-p\fR 4 .IX Item "-p" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-page\-requisites\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-page\-requisites\fR 4 .IX Item "--page-requisites" .PD This option causes Wget to download all the files that are necessary to -properly display a given \s-1HTML\s0 page. This includes such things as +properly display a given HTML page. This includes such things as inlined images, sounds, and referenced stylesheets. .Sp -Ordinarily, when downloading a single \s-1HTML\s0 page, any requisite documents +Ordinarily, when downloading a single HTML page, any requisite documents that may be needed to display it properly are not downloaded. Using \&\fB\-r\fR together with \fB\-l\fR can help, but since Wget does not ordinarily distinguish between external and inlined documents, one is -generally left with \*(L"leaf documents\*(R" that are missing their +generally left with "leaf documents" that are missing their requisites. .Sp For instance, say document \fI1.html\fR contains an \f(CW\*(C`<IMG>\*(C'\fR tag @@ -2053,9 +2037,9 @@ to be downloaded. One might think that: .Sp would download just \fI1.html\fR and \fI1.gif\fR, but unfortunately this is not the case, because \fB\-l 0\fR is equivalent to -\&\fB\-l inf\fR\-\-\-that is, infinite recursion. To download a single \s-1HTML\s0 +\&\fB\-l inf\fR\-\-\-that is, infinite recursion. To download a single HTML page (or a handful of them, all specified on the command-line or in a -\&\fB\-i\fR \s-1URL\s0 input file) and its (or their) requisites, simply leave off +\&\fB\-i\fR URL input file) and its (or their) requisites, simply leave off \&\fB\-r\fR and \fB\-l\fR: .Sp .Vb 1 @@ -2074,23 +2058,23 @@ likes to use a few options in addition to \fB\-p\fR: .Ve .Sp To finish off this topic, it's worth knowing that Wget's idea of an -external document link is any \s-1URL\s0 specified in an \f(CW\*(C`<A>\*(C'\fR tag, an +external document link is any URL specified in an \f(CW\*(C`<A>\*(C'\fR tag, an \&\f(CW\*(C`<AREA>\*(C'\fR tag, or a \f(CW\*(C`<LINK>\*(C'\fR tag other than \f(CW\*(C`<LINK REL="stylesheet">\*(C'\fR. -.IP "\fB\-\-strict\-comments\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-strict\-comments\fR 4 .IX Item "--strict-comments" -Turn on strict parsing of \s-1HTML\s0 comments. The default is to terminate +Turn on strict parsing of HTML comments. The default is to terminate comments at the first occurrence of \fB\-\->\fR. .Sp -According to specifications, \s-1HTML\s0 comments are expressed as \s-1SGML\s0 +According to specifications, HTML comments are expressed as SGML \&\fIdeclarations\fR. Declaration is special markup that begins with \&\fB<!\fR and ends with \fB>\fR, such as \fB<!DOCTYPE ...>\fR, that -may contain comments between a pair of \fB\-\-\fR delimiters. \s-1HTML\s0 -comments are \*(L"empty declarations\*(R", \s-1SGML\s0 declarations without any +may contain comments between a pair of \fB\-\-\fR delimiters. HTML +comments are "empty declarations", SGML declarations without any non-comment text. Therefore, \fB<!\-\-foo\-\->\fR is a valid comment, and -so is \fB<!\-\-one\*(-- \-\-two\-\->\fR, but \fB<!\-\-1\-\-2\-\->\fR is not. +so is \fB<!\-\-one\-\- \-\-two\-\->\fR, but \fB<!\-\-1\-\-2\-\->\fR is not. .Sp -On the other hand, most \s-1HTML\s0 writers don't perceive comments as anything +On the other hand, most HTML writers don't perceive comments as anything other than text delimited with \fB<!\-\-\fR and \fB\-\->\fR, which is not quite the same. For example, something like \fB<!\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\->\fR works as a valid comment as long as the number of dashes is a multiple @@ -2104,7 +2088,7 @@ Until version 1.9, Wget interpreted comments strictly, which resulted in missing links in many web pages that displayed fine in browsers, but had the misfortune of containing non-compliant comments. Beginning with version 1.9, Wget has joined the ranks of clients that implements -\&\*(L"naive\*(R" comments, terminating each comment at the first occurrence of +"naive" comments, terminating each comment at the first occurrence of \&\fB\-\->\fR. .Sp If, for whatever reason, you want strict comment parsing, use this @@ -2123,14 +2107,14 @@ any of the wildcard characters, \fB*\fR, \fB?\fR, \fB[\fR or \&\fB]\fR, appear in an element of \fIacclist\fR or \fIrejlist\fR, it will be treated as a pattern, rather than a suffix. In this case, you have to enclose the pattern into quotes to prevent -your shell from expanding it, like in \fB\-A \*(L"*.mp3\*(R"\fR or \fB\-A '*.mp3'\fR. +your shell from expanding it, like in \fB\-A "*.mp3"\fR or \fB\-A '*.mp3'\fR. .IP "\fB\-\-accept\-regex\fR \fIurlregex\fR" 4 .IX Item "--accept-regex urlregex" .PD 0 .IP "\fB\-\-reject\-regex\fR \fIurlregex\fR" 4 .IX Item "--reject-regex urlregex" .PD -Specify a regular expression to accept or reject the complete \s-1URL.\s0 +Specify a regular expression to accept or reject the complete URL. .IP "\fB\-\-regex\-type\fR \fIregextype\fR" 4 .IX Item "--regex-type regextype" Specify the regular expression type. Possible types are \fBposix\fR or @@ -2139,7 +2123,7 @@ compiled with libpcre support. .IP "\fB\-D\fR \fIdomain-list\fR" 4 .IX Item "-D domain-list" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-domains=\fR\fIdomain-list\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-domains=\fR\fIdomain-list\fR 4 .IX Item "--domains=domain-list" .PD Set domains to be followed. \fIdomain-list\fR is a comma-separated list @@ -2147,21 +2131,21 @@ of domains. Note that it does \fInot\fR turn on \fB\-H\fR. .IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-domains\fR \fIdomain-list\fR" 4 .IX Item "--exclude-domains domain-list" Specify the domains that are \fInot\fR to be followed. -.IP "\fB\-\-follow\-ftp\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-follow\-ftp\fR 4 .IX Item "--follow-ftp" -Follow \s-1FTP\s0 links from \s-1HTML\s0 documents. Without this option, -Wget will ignore all the \s-1FTP\s0 links. -.IP "\fB\-\-follow\-tags=\fR\fIlist\fR" 4 +Follow FTP links from HTML documents. Without this option, +Wget will ignore all the FTP links. +.IP \fB\-\-follow\-tags=\fR\fIlist\fR 4 .IX Item "--follow-tags=list" -Wget has an internal table of \s-1HTML\s0 tag / attribute pairs that it +Wget has an internal table of HTML tag / attribute pairs that it considers when looking for linked documents during a recursive retrieval. If a user wants only a subset of those tags to be considered, however, he or she should be specify such tags in a comma-separated \fIlist\fR with this option. -.IP "\fB\-\-ignore\-tags=\fR\fIlist\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ignore\-tags=\fR\fIlist\fR 4 .IX Item "--ignore-tags=list" This is the opposite of the \fB\-\-follow\-tags\fR option. To skip -certain \s-1HTML\s0 tags when recursively looking for documents to download, +certain HTML tags when recursively looking for documents to download, specify them in a comma-separated \fIlist\fR. .Sp In the past, this option was the best bet for downloading a single page @@ -2177,26 +2161,26 @@ specifying tags to ignore was not enough. One can't just tell Wget to ignore \f(CW\*(C`<LINK>\*(C'\fR, because then stylesheets will not be downloaded. Now the best bet for downloading a single page and its requisites is the dedicated \fB\-\-page\-requisites\fR option. -.IP "\fB\-\-ignore\-case\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-ignore\-case\fR 4 .IX Item "--ignore-case" Ignore case when matching files and directories. This influences the behavior of \-R, \-A, \-I, and \-X options, as well as globbing -implemented when downloading from \s-1FTP\s0 sites. For example, with this -option, \fB\-A \*(L"*.txt\*(R"\fR will match \fBfile1.txt\fR, but also +implemented when downloading from FTP sites. For example, with this +option, \fB\-A "*.txt"\fR will match \fBfile1.txt\fR, but also \&\fBfile2.TXT\fR, \fBfile3.TxT\fR, and so on. The quotes in the example are to prevent the shell from expanding the pattern. -.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-H\fR 4 .IX Item "-H" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-span\-hosts\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-span\-hosts\fR 4 .IX Item "--span-hosts" .PD Enable spanning across hosts when doing recursive retrieving. -.IP "\fB\-L\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-L\fR 4 .IX Item "-L" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-relative\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-relative\fR 4 .IX Item "--relative" .PD Follow relative links only. Useful for retrieving a specific home page @@ -2204,7 +2188,7 @@ without any distractions, not even those from the same hosts. .IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIlist\fR" 4 .IX Item "-I list" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-include\-directories=\fR\fIlist\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-include\-directories=\fR\fIlist\fR 4 .IX Item "--include-directories=list" .PD Specify a comma-separated list of directories you wish to follow when @@ -2213,84 +2197,84 @@ of \fIlist\fR may contain wildcards. .IP "\fB\-X\fR \fIlist\fR" 4 .IX Item "-X list" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-directories=\fR\fIlist\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-exclude\-directories=\fR\fIlist\fR 4 .IX Item "--exclude-directories=list" .PD Specify a comma-separated list of directories you wish to exclude from download. Elements of \&\fIlist\fR may contain wildcards. -.IP "\fB\-np\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-np\fR 4 .IX Item "-np" .PD 0 -.IP "\fB\-\-no\-parent\fR" 4 +.IP \fB\-\-no\-parent\fR 4 .IX Item "--no-parent" .PD Do not ever ascend to the parent directory when retrieving recursively. This is a useful option, since it guarantees that only the files \&\fIbelow\fR a certain hierarchy will be downloaded. -.SH "ENVIRONMENT" +.SH ENVIRONMENT .IX Header "ENVIRONMENT" -Wget supports proxies for both \s-1HTTP\s0 and \s-1FTP\s0 retrievals. The +Wget supports proxies for both HTTP and FTP retrievals. The standard way to specify proxy location, which Wget recognizes, is using the following environment variables: -.IP "\fBhttp_proxy\fR" 4 +.IP \fBhttp_proxy\fR 4 .IX Item "http_proxy" .PD 0 -.IP "\fBhttps_proxy\fR" 4 +.IP \fBhttps_proxy\fR 4 .IX Item "https_proxy" .PD If set, the \fBhttp_proxy\fR and \fBhttps_proxy\fR variables should -contain the URLs of the proxies for \s-1HTTP\s0 and \s-1HTTPS\s0 +contain the URLs of the proxies for HTTP and HTTPS connections respectively. -.IP "\fBftp_proxy\fR" 4 +.IP \fBftp_proxy\fR 4 .IX Item "ftp_proxy" -This variable should contain the \s-1URL\s0 of the proxy for \s-1FTP\s0 +This variable should contain the URL of the proxy for FTP connections. It is quite common that \fBhttp_proxy\fR and -\&\fBftp_proxy\fR are set to the same \s-1URL.\s0 -.IP "\fBno_proxy\fR" 4 +\&\fBftp_proxy\fR are set to the same URL. +.IP \fBno_proxy\fR 4 .IX Item "no_proxy" This variable should contain a comma-separated list of domain extensions proxy should \fInot\fR be used for. For instance, if the value of \&\fBno_proxy\fR is \fB.mit.edu\fR, proxy will not be used to retrieve -documents from \s-1MIT.\s0 +documents from MIT. .SH "EXIT STATUS" .IX Header "EXIT STATUS" Wget may return one of several error codes if it encounters problems. -.ie n .IP "0" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW0\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 0 4 +.el .IP \f(CW0\fR 4 .IX Item "0" No problems occurred. -.ie n .IP "1" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW1\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 1 4 +.el .IP \f(CW1\fR 4 .IX Item "1" Generic error code. -.ie n .IP "2" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW2\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 2 4 +.el .IP \f(CW2\fR 4 .IX Item "2" Parse error\-\-\-for instance, when parsing command-line options, the \&\fB.wgetrc\fR or \fB.netrc\fR... -.ie n .IP "3" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW3\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 3 4 +.el .IP \f(CW3\fR 4 .IX Item "3" File I/O error. -.ie n .IP "4" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW4\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 4 4 +.el .IP \f(CW4\fR 4 .IX Item "4" Network failure. -.ie n .IP "5" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW5\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 5 4 +.el .IP \f(CW5\fR 4 .IX Item "5" -\&\s-1SSL\s0 verification failure. -.ie n .IP "6" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW6\fR" 4 +SSL verification failure. +.ie n .IP 6 4 +.el .IP \f(CW6\fR 4 .IX Item "6" Username/password authentication failure. -.ie n .IP "7" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW7\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 7 4 +.el .IP \f(CW7\fR 4 .IX Item "7" Protocol errors. -.ie n .IP "8" 4 -.el .IP "\f(CW8\fR" 4 +.ie n .IP 8 4 +.el .IP \f(CW8\fR 4 .IX Item "8" Server issued an error response. .PP @@ -2303,17 +2287,17 @@ unhelpful and inconsistent. Recursive downloads would virtually always return 0 (success), regardless of any issues encountered, and non-recursive fetches only returned the status corresponding to the most recently-attempted download. -.SH "FILES" +.SH FILES .IX Header "FILES" -.IP "\fB/etc/wgetrc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB/etc/wgetrc\fR 4 .IX Item "/etc/wgetrc" Default location of the \fIglobal\fR startup file. -.IP "\fB.wgetrc\fR" 4 +.IP \fB.wgetrc\fR 4 .IX Item ".wgetrc" User startup file. -.SH "BUGS" +.SH BUGS .IX Header "BUGS" -You are welcome to submit bug reports via the \s-1GNU\s0 Wget bug tracker (see +You are welcome to submit bug reports via the GNU Wget bug tracker (see <\fBhttps://savannah.gnu.org/bugs/?func=additem&group=wget\fR>) or to our mailing list <\fBbug\-wget@gnu.org\fR>. .PP @@ -2322,13 +2306,13 @@ get more info (how to subscribe, list archives, ...). .PP Before actually submitting a bug report, please try to follow a few simple guidelines. -.IP "1." 4 +.IP 1. 4 Please try to ascertain that the behavior you see really is a bug. If Wget crashes, it's a bug. If Wget does not behave as documented, it's a bug. If things work strange, but you are not sure about the way they are supposed to work, it might well be a bug, but you might want to double-check the documentation and the mailing lists. -.IP "2." 4 +.IP 2. 4 Try to repeat the bug in as simple circumstances as possible. E.g. if Wget crashes while downloading \fBwget \-rl0 \-kKE \-t5 \-\-no\-proxy http://example.com \-o /tmp/log\fR, you should try to see if the crash is @@ -2342,7 +2326,7 @@ a bad idea. Instead, you should first try to see if the bug repeats with \fI.wgetrc\fR moved out of the way. Only if it turns out that \&\fI.wgetrc\fR settings affect the bug, mail me the relevant parts of the file. -.IP "3." 4 +.IP 3. 4 Please start Wget with \fB\-d\fR option and send us the resulting output (or relevant parts thereof). If Wget was compiled without debug support, recompile it\-\-\-it is \fImuch\fR easier to trace bugs @@ -2355,34 +2339,34 @@ but the log \fIwill\fR contain a fairly complete transcript of Wget's communication with the server, which may include passwords and pieces of downloaded data. Since the bug address is publicly archived, you may assume that all bug reports are visible to the public. -.IP "4." 4 +.IP 4. 4 If Wget has crashed, try to run it in a debugger, e.g. \f(CW\*(C`gdb \`which wget\` core\*(C'\fR and type \f(CW\*(C`where\*(C'\fR to get the backtrace. This may not work if the system administrator has disabled core files, but it is safe to try. .SH "SEE ALSO" .IX Header "SEE ALSO" -This is \fBnot\fR the complete manual for \s-1GNU\s0 Wget. +This is \fBnot\fR the complete manual for GNU Wget. For more complete information, including more detailed explanations of some of the options, and a number of commands available -for use with \fI.wgetrc\fR files and the \fB\-e\fR option, see the \s-1GNU\s0 +for use with \fI.wgetrc\fR files and the \fB\-e\fR option, see the GNU Info entry for \fIwget\fR. .PP -Also see \fBwget2\fR\|(1), the updated version of \s-1GNU\s0 Wget with even better -support for recursive downloading and modern protocols like \s-1HTTP/2.\s0 -.SH "AUTHOR" +Also see \fBwget2\fR\|(1), the updated version of GNU Wget with even better +support for recursive downloading and modern protocols like HTTP/2. +.SH AUTHOR .IX Header "AUTHOR" Originally written by Hrvoje Nikšić <hniksic@xemacs.org>. Currently maintained by Darshit Shah <darnir@gnu.org> and Tim Rühsen <tim.ruehsen@gmx.de>. -.SH "COPYRIGHT" +.SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1996\-\-2011, 2015, 2018\-\-2023 Free Software +Copyright (c) 1996\-\-2011, 2015, 2018\-\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document -under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or +under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled -\&\*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R". +"GNU Free Documentation License". diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/who.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/who.1 index e3699fcf..4e81333a 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/who.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/who.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH WHO "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH WHO "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME who \- show who is logged on .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/whoami.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/whoami.1 index 424cb266..b1c48a40 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/whoami.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/whoami.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH WHOAMI "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH WHOAMI "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME whoami \- print effective user name .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/xtotroff.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/xtotroff.1 index 335476ca..d1876ff9 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/xtotroff.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/xtotroff.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH xtotroff 1 "16 October 2023" "groff 1.23.0" +.TH xtotroff 1 "30 April 2024" "groff 1.23.0" .SH Name xtotroff \- convert X font metrics into .I groff diff --git a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/yes.1 b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/yes.1 index 84be3fd6..f83308b3 100644 --- a/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/yes.1 +++ b/upstream/debian-unstable/man1/yes.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH YES "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH YES "1" "March 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" .SH NAME yes \- output a string repeatedly until killed .SH SYNOPSIS |